AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION APRIL 21, 2015
Securities Act of 1933 File No. 333-201935
Investment Company Act of 1940 File No. 811-23029

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
_________________
FORM N-1A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
X
 
 
Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1
X
 
 
Post-Effective Amendment No. ____
 
and/or
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
X
 
 
Amendment No. 1
X
(Check Appropriate Box or Boxes)
_________________
PRINCIPAL EXCHANGE-TRADED FUNDS
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)
_________________
655 9th Street
Des Moines, IA 50392
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
515-235-9328
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code)
_________________
Name and Address of Agent for Service:
 
with a copy to:
Adam U. Shaikh
 
Veena K. Jain
The Principal Financial Group
 
Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP
Des Moines, IA 50392
 
191 N. Wacker Drive, Suite 3700
 
 
Chicago, IL 60606-1698
_________________
Approximate Date Of Proposed Public Offering:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.
The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that the registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state in which the offer or sale is not permitted.


 

Preliminary Prospectus dated _________

Subject to Completion
The information in the prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.



PRINCIPAL EXCHANGE-TRADED FUNDS





The date of this Prospectus is_________, 2015.




Fund
Ticker Symbol
Principal U.S. Listing Exchange
Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
YLD
NYSE Arca
























The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.






































This page intentionally left blank.


2


TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
FUND SUMMARY – Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RISKS
PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS INFORMATION
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
DISTRIBUTOR AND OTHER FUND SERVICE PROVIDERS
PRICING OF FUND SHARES
PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND SHARES
DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
FREQUENT PURCHASE AND REDEMPTIONS
TAX CONSIDERATIONS
DISTRIBUTION PLANS AND INTERMEDIARY COMPENSATION
FUND ACCOUNT INFORMATION
APPENDIX A - DESCRIPTION OF BOND RATINGS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION


3


PRINCIPAL EDGE ACTIVE INCOME ETF
Objective : The Fund seeks to provide current income.
Fees and Expenses of the Fund:
This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund ("Shares"). Investors may pay brokerage commissions on their purchases and sales of Shares, which are not reflected in the table or the example below.
Annual Fund Operating Expenses
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)
Management Fees
0.75
 %
 
Other Expenses (1)
0.19
 %
 
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses
0.94
 %
 
Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement (2)
(0.09
)%
 
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Expense Reimbursement
0.85
 %
 
(1)  
Based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.
(2)  
Principal Management Corporation ("Principal"), the investment advisor, has contractually agreed to limit the Fund’s expenses by paying, if necessary, expenses normally payable by the Fund, (excluding interest expense, expenses related to fund investments, acquired fund fees and expenses, and other extraordinary expenses) to maintain a total level of operating expenses (expressed as a percent of average net assets on an annualized basis) not to exceed 0.85%. It is expected that the expense limits will continue through the period ending October 31, 2016; however, Principal Exchange-Traded Funds and Principal, the parties to the agreement, may mutually agree to terminate the expense limits prior to the end of the period.
Example
This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other funds.
The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
 
1 year
3 years
Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
$87
$287
Portfolio Turnover
The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the Fund’s performance. This is a new Fund and does not yet have a portfolio turnover rate to disclose.
Principal Investment Strategies
The Fund is an actively managed exchange-traded fund (“ETF”) that seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing, under normal circumstances, its assets in investment grade and non-investment grade fixed income securities (commonly known as "junk bonds") and in equity securities. In pursuing its strategies, the Fund invests in a diversified portfolio of a broad range of instruments. Edge Asset Management, Inc. ("Edge"), one of the Fund's Sub-Advisors, actively and tactically allocates the Fund’s assets among fixed income securities and equity securities in an effort to take advantage of changing economic conditions that Edge believes favors one asset class over another. Based on the analysis of various economic indicators, Edge will increase the allocation to the asset class that it believes will have a higher probability of achieving the Fund’s objective of providing current income. The Fund actively trades portfolio securities.
Fixed Income. A portion of the Fund's net assets will be invested in a diversified portfolio of investment grade securities and non-investment grade fixed income securities (commonly known as "junk bonds") issued by U.S., supranational and non-U.S. issuers (including issuers located in emerging markets) including investments in convertible bonds, inverse floating rate instruments, U.S. government and agency securities, asset-backed securities and mortgage-backed securities (including commercial mortgage-backed securities) and sovereign debt. “Investment grade” securities are rated BBB- or higher by S&P or Baa3 or higher by Moody's or, if unrated, of comparable quality in the opinion of one of the Sub-Advisors. “Non-investment grade” securities are rated Ba1 or lower by Moody’s and BB+ or lower by S&P. If the security has been rated by only one of those agencies, that rating will determine whether

4


the security is below investment grade. If the security has not been rated by either of those agencies, one of the Sub-Advisors will determine whether the security is of a quality comparable to those rated below investment grade.
Equity Securities. A portion of the Fund's net assets will be invested in a diversified portfolio of dividend paying equity securities issued by companies located in the U.S. and/or foreign countries, including emerging markets, which trade on a U.S. or foreign exchange. The equity securities will be common stocks and preferred stocks as well as master limited partnerships (“MLPs”) and real estate investment trusts (“REITs”). Although not a factor in the selection of the equity securities; such securities generally have a medium market capitalization. For this Fund, companies with medium market capitalizations are those with market capitalizations within the range of companies comprising the Russell Midcap® Index (as of December 31, 2014, this range was between approximately $275.0 million and $33.5 billion).
Principal Risks
The value of your investment in the Fund changes with the value of the Fund's investments. Many factors affect that value, and it is possible to lose money by investing in the Fund. An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. The principal risks of investing in the Fund, in alphabetical order, are:
Active Trading Risk. A fund that has a portfolio turnover rate over 100% is considered actively traded. Actively trading portfolio securities may accelerate realization of taxable gains and losses, lower fund performance and may result in high portfolio turnover rates and increased brokerage costs.
Asset Allocation Risk. A fund's selection and weighting of asset classes may cause it to underperform other funds with a similar investment objective.
Convertible Securities Risk. Convertible securities can be bonds, notes, debentures, preferred stock or other securities which are convertible into common stock. Convertible securities are subject to both the credit and interest rate risks associated with fixed income securities and to the stock market risk associated with equity securities.
Currency Risk. Risks of investing in securities denominated in, or that trade in, foreign (non-U.S.) currencies include changes in foreign exchange rates and foreign exchange restrictions.
Emerging Market Risk. Investments in emerging market countries may have more risk than those in developed market countries because the emerging markets are less developed and more illiquid. Emerging market countries can also be subject to increased social, economic, regulatory, and political uncertainties and can be extremely volatile.
Equity Securities Risk. Equity securities could decline in value if the issuer's financial condition declines or in response to overall market and economic conditions. A fund's principal market segment(s), such as large cap, mid cap or small cap stocks, or growth or value stocks, may underperform other market segments or the equity markets as a whole. Investments in smaller companies and mid-size companies may involve greater risk and price volatility than investments in larger, more mature companies.
Fixed-Income Securities Risk. Fixed-income securities are subject to interest rate risk and credit quality risk. The market value of fixed-income securities generally declines when interest rates rise, and an issuer of fixed-income securities could default on its payment obligations.
Foreign Securities Risk. The risks of foreign securities include loss of value as a result of: political or economic instability; nationalization, expropriation or confiscatory taxation; settlement delays; and limited government regulation (including less stringent reporting, accounting, and disclosure standards than are required of U.S. companies).
High Yield Securities Risk. High yield fixed-income securities (commonly referred to as "junk bonds") are subject to greater credit quality risk than higher rated fixed-income securities and should be considered speculative.
Inverse Floating Rate Investments. Inverse floating rate investments are extremely sensitive to changes in interest rates and in some cases their market value may be extremely volatile.
Market Trading Risks. The risks that the Fund faces because its shares are listed on a securities exchange, including the potential lack of an active market for Fund shares, losses from trading in secondary markets, and disruption in the creation/redemption process of the Fund. ANY OF THESE FACTORS MAY LEAD TO THE FUND’S SHARES TRADING AT A PREMIUM OR DISCOUNT TO NAV.
Master Limited Partnership ("MLP") Risk. MLPs are publicly-traded limited partnership interests or units. An MLP that invests in a particular industry (e.g., oil and gas) will be harmed by detrimental economic events within that industry. As partnerships, MLPs may be subject to less regulation (and less protection for investors) under state laws than corporations. In addition, MLPs may be subject to state taxation in certain jurisdictions, which may reduce the amount of income an MLP pays to its investors.

5


Portfolio Duration Risk. Portfolio duration is a measure of the expected life of a fixed-income security and its sensitivity to changes in interest rates. The longer a fund's average portfolio duration, the more sensitive the fund will be to changes in interest rates.
Preferred Securities Risk. Preferred securities are securities with a lower priority claim on assets or earnings than bonds and other debt instruments in a company's capital structure, and therefore can be subject to greater credit and liquidation risk than more senior debt instruments. In addition, preferred securities are subject to other risks, such as limited or no voting rights, deferring or skipping distributions, interest rate risk, and redeeming the security prior to the stated maturity date.
Prepayment Risk. Unscheduled prepayments on mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities may have to be reinvested at lower rates. A reduction in prepayments may increase the effective maturities of these securities, exposing them to the risk of decline in market value over time (extension risk).
Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITs”) Risk. A REIT could fail to qualify for tax-free pass-through of income under the Internal Revenue Code, and fund shareholders will indirectly bear their proportionate share of the expenses of REITs in which the fund invests.
Real Estate Securities Risk. Real estate securities are subject to the risks associated with direct ownership of real estate, including declines in value, adverse economic conditions, increases in expenses, regulatory changes and environmental problems. Investing in securities of companies in the real estate industry, subjects a fund to the special risks associated with the real estate market including factors such as loss to casualty or condemnation, changes in real estate values, property taxes, interest rates, cash flow of underlying real estate assets, occupancy rates, government regulations affecting zoning, land use and rents, and the management skill and creditworthiness of the issuer.
U.S. Government Securities Risk. Yields available from U.S. government securities are generally lower than yields from many other fixed-income securities.
U.S. Government Sponsored Securities Risk. Securities issued by U.S. government-sponsored or -chartered enterprises such as the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, the Federal National Mortgage Association, and the Federal Home Loan Banks are not issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury.
Performance
No performance information is shown because the Fund has not yet had a calendar year of performance. The Fund’s performance is benchmarked against the Barclays U.S. Corporate High Yield 2% Issuer Capped Index. Performance information provides an indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. Past performance (before and after taxes) is not necessarily an indication of how the Fund will perform in the future. You may get updated performance information by calling 1-[ ] or online at www.principalfunds.com.
Management
Investment Advisor:
Principal Management Corporation
Sub-Advisors and Portfolio Managers:
Edge Asset Management, Inc.
Charles D. Averill (since 2015), Portfolio Manager
Jill R. Cuniff (since 2015), President and Portfolio Manager
Todd A. Jablonski (since 2015), Portfolio Manager
Principal Global Investors, LLC
Paul Kim (since 2015), Portfolio Manager
Barbara A. McKenzie (since 2015), Portfolio Manager
Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares
The Fund issues and redeems Shares at net asset value (“NAV”) only with authorized participants ("APs") who have entered into agreements with the Fund’s distributor and only in blocks of 50,000 Shares (each block of Shares is called a "Creation Unit"), or multiples thereof ("Creation Unit Aggregations"), in exchange for the deposit or delivery of a basket of securities that the Fund specifies each day. Except when aggregated in Creation Units, the Shares are not redeemable securities of the Fund. Typically, the basket of assets will be made up of securities as well as a cash component. (See "Purchase and Redemption of Creation Units" in the Statement of Additional Information" for more information.)

6


Individual Shares of the Fund may be purchased and sold only on a national securities exchange through brokers. Shares of the Fund are expected to be listed for trading on NYSE Arca, Inc. ("NYSE Arca") and because the Shares will trade at market prices rather than NAV, Shares may trade at prices greater than NAV (at a premium), at NAV, or less than NAV (at a discount).
Tax Information
The Fund’s distributions you receive are generally subject to federal income tax as ordinary income or capital gain and may also be subject to state and local taxes, unless you are tax-exempt or your account is tax-deferred in which case your distributions would be taxed when withdrawn from the tax-deferred account.
Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries
If you purchase the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank, insurance company, investment adviser, etc.), the Fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary's website for more information.


7


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RISKS
The Fund’s investment objective is described in the summary section for the Fund. The summary section also describes the Fund’s principal investment strategies, including the types of securities in which the Fund invests, and the principal risks of investing in the Fund. The principal investment strategies are not the only investment strategies available to the Fund, but they are the ones the Fund primarily uses to achieve its investment objective.
The Board of Trustees may change the Fund's objective or the investment strategies without a shareholder vote if it determines such a change is in the best interests of the Fund. If there is a material change to the Fund's investment objective or investment strategies, you should consider whether the Fund remains an appropriate investment for you. There is no guarantee that the Fund will meet its objective.
The investment strategies identified in this section provide specific information about the Fund, but there are some general principles the Sub-Advisors apply in making investment decisions. When making decisions about whether to buy or sell equity securities, the Sub-Advisors may consider, among other things, a company’s strength in fundamentals, its potential for earnings growth over time, its ability to navigate certain macroeconomic environments, and the current price of its securities relative to their perceived worth and relative to others in its industry, and analysis from computer models. When making decisions about whether to buy or sell fixed-income investments, the Sub-Advisors may consider, among other things, the strength of certain sectors of the fixed-income market relative to others, interest rates, the macroeconomic backdrop, the balance between supply and demand for certain asset classes, other general market conditions , t he credit quality of individual issuers, and the fundamental strengths of corporate issuers.
The Fund is designed to be a portion of an investor's portfolio. The Fund is not intended to be a complete investment program. Investors should consider the risks of the Fund before making an investment and be prepared to maintain the investment during periods of adverse market conditions. It is possible to lose money by investing in the Fund.
The following table identifies whether the strategies and risks discussed in this section (listed in alphabetical order) are principal or non-principal to the Fund. The Statement of Additional Information ("SAI") contains additional information about investment strategies and their related risks.
The Fund is actively managed and does not seek to replicate the performance of a specified index. On each business day, before commencement of trading on the NYSE Arca, the Fund will disclose on [________________] the identities and quantities of the Fund’s portfolio holdings that will form the basis for the Fund’s calculation of the Fund’s net asset value at the end of the business day.

8


INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RISKS
PRINCIPAL EDGE ACTIVE INCOME ETF
Bank Loans (also known as Senior Floating Rate interests)
Non-Principal
Convertible Securities
Principal
Derivatives
Non-Principal
Emerging Markets
Principal
Equity Securities
Principal
Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs)
Non-Principal
Fixed Income Securities
Principal
Foreign Securities
Principal
Hedging
Non-Principal
High Yield Securities
Principal
Inverse Floating Rate Investments
Principal
Investment Company Risk
Non-Principal
Leverage
Non-Principal
Liquidity Risk (1)
Non-Principal
Management Risk (1)
Non-Principal
Market Volatility and Issuer Risk (1)
Non-Principal
Master Limited Partnerships
Principal
Municipal Obligations and AMT-Subject Bonds
Non-Principal
Portfolio Turnover
Principal
Preferred Securities
Principal
Real Estate Investment Trusts
Principal
Real Estate Securities
Principal
Repurchase Agreements
Non-Principal
Securitized Products
Principal
Shares May Trade at Prices Different than NAV (1)
Non-Principal
Small and Medium Market Capitalization Companies
Principal
Temporary Defensive Measures
Non-Principal
Trading Issues (1)
Non-Principal
(1)  
These risks are not deemed principal for purposes of this table because they apply to almost all funds; however, in certain circumstances, they could significantly affect the net asset value, yield, and total return.
Bank Loans (also known as Senior Floating Rate Interests)
Bank loans typically hold the most senior position in the capital structure of a business entity (the "Borrower"), are typically secured by specific collateral, and have a claim on the assets and/or stock of the Borrower that is senior to that held by unsecured subordinated debtholders and stockholders of the Borrower. The proceeds of bank loans primarily are used to finance leveraged buyouts, recapitalizations, mergers, acquisitions, stock repurchases, dividends, and, to a lesser extent, to finance internal growth and for other corporate purposes. Bank loans are typically structured and administered by a financial institution that acts as the agent of the lenders participating in the bank loan. Most bank loans that will be purchased by the fund are rated below-investment-grade (sometimes called “junk”) or will be comparable if unrated, which means they are more likely to default than investment-grade loans. A default could lead to non-payment of income which would result in a reduction of income to the fund, and there can be no assurance that the liquidation of any collateral would satisfy the Borrower's obligation in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal payments, or that such collateral could be readily liquidated. Most bank loans are not traded on any national securities exchange. Bank loans generally have less liquidity than investment-grade bonds and there may be less public information available about them.
The primary and secondary market for bank loans may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods, which may cause the fund to be unable to realize full value and thus cause a material decline in the fund's net asset value.
Bank loans pay interest at rates which are periodically reset by reference to a base lending rate plus a spread. These base lending rates are generally the prime rate offered by a designated U.S. bank or the London InterBank Offered Rate (LIBOR) or the prime rate offered by one or more major U.S. banks.
Bank loans generally are subject to mandatory and/or optional prepayment. Because of these mandatory prepayment conditions and because there may be significant economic incentives for the borrower to repay, prepayments of senior floating rate interests may occur.

9


Convertible Securities
Convertible securities are usually fixed-income securities that a fund has the right to exchange for equity securities at a specified conversion price. Convertible securities include corporate bonds, notes or preferred stocks of U.S. or foreign issuers. Convertible securities allow the Fund to realize additional returns if the market price of the equity securities exceeds the conversion price. For example, the Fund may hold fixed-income securities that are convertible into shares of common stock at a conversion price of $10 per share. If the market value of the shares of common stock reached $12, the Fund could realize an additional $2 per share by converting its fixed-income securities.
Convertible securities have lower yields than comparable fixed-income securities. In addition, at the time a convertible security is issued the conversion price exceeds the market value of the underlying equity securities. Thus, convertible securities may provide lower returns than non-convertible fixed-income securities or equity securities depending upon changes in the price of the underlying equity securities. However, convertible securities permit the Fund to realize some of the potential appreciation of the underlying equity securities with less risk of losing its initial investment.
Depending on the features of the convertible security, the Fund will treat a convertible security as either a fixed-income or equity security for purposes of investment policies and limitations because of the unique characteristics of convertible securities. The Fund may invest in convertible securities that are below investment grade. Many convertible securities are relatively illiquid.
Derivatives
The Fund may invest in certain derivative strategies to earn income, manage or adjust the risk profile of the Fund, replace more direct investments, or obtain exposure to certain markets. Generally, a derivative is a financial arrangement, the value of which is derived from, or based on, a traditional security, asset, or market index. Certain derivative securities are described more accurately as index/structured securities. Index/structured securities are derivative securities whose value or performance is linked to other equity securities (such as depositary receipts), currencies, interest rates, indices, or other financial indicators (reference indices).
There are many different types of derivatives and many different ways to use them. Futures, forward contracts, and options are commonly used for traditional hedging purposes to attempt to protect a Fund from loss due to changing interest rates, securities prices, asset values, or currency exchange rates and as a low-cost method of gaining exposure to a particular market without investing directly in those securities or assets. The Fund may enter into put or call options, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, over-the-counter swap contracts (e.g., interest rate swaps, total return swaps and credit default swaps), currency futures contracts and options, options on currencies, and forward currency contracts or currency swaps for both hedging and non-hedging purposes. The Fund also may use foreign currency options and foreign currency forward and swap contracts to increase exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one country to another. A forward currency contract involves a privately negotiated obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date at a price set in the contract. The Fund will not hedge currency exposure to an extent greater than the approximate aggregate market value of the securities held or to be purchased by the Fund (denominated or generally quoted or currently convertible into the currency). The Fund may enter into forward commitment agreements, which call for the Fund to purchase or sell a security on a future date at a fixed price. The Fund may also enter into contracts to sell its investments either on demand or at a specific interval.
Generally, a Fund may not invest in a derivative security unless the reference index or the instrument to which it relates is an eligible investment for the Fund or the reference currency relates to an eligible investment for the Fund.
The return on a derivative security may increase or decrease, depending upon changes in the reference index or instrument to which it relates. If the Fund's Sub-Advisors hedge market conditions incorrectly or employs a strategy that does not correlate well with the Fund's investment, these techniques could result in a loss. These techniques may increase the volatility of the Fund and may involve a small investment of cash relative to the magnitude of the risk assumed.
The risks associated with derivative investments include:
the risk that the underlying security, currency, interest rate, market index, or other financial asset will not move in the direction Principal Management Corporation (“Principal”) and/or Sub-Advisors anticipated;
the possibility that there may be no liquid secondary market which may make it difficult or impossible to close out a position when desired;
the risk that adverse price movements in an instrument can result in a loss substantially greater than the Fund's initial investment;
the possibility that the counterparty may fail to perform its obligations; and
the inability to close out certain hedged positions to avoid adverse tax consequences.

10


Swap agreements involve the risk that the party with whom the Fund has entered into the swap will default on its obligation to pay the Fund and the risk that the Fund will not be able to meet its obligations to pay the other party to the agreement.
The Fund may enter into credit default swap agreements as a "buyer" or "seller" of credit protection. Credit default swap agreements involve special risks because they may be difficult to value, are highly susceptible to liquidity and credit risk, and generally pay a return to the party that has paid the premium only in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation (as opposed to a credit downgrade or other indication of financial difficulty). Credit default swaps can increase credit risk because the Fund has exposure to both the issuer of the referenced obligation and the counterparty to the credit default swap.
Forward, swap, and futures contracts are subject to special risk considerations. The primary risks associated with the use of these contracts are (a) the imperfect correlation between the change in market value of the instruments held by the Fund and the price of the forward or futures contract; (b) possible lack of a liquid secondary market for a forward, swap, or futures contract and the resulting inability to close a forward, swap, or futures contract when desired; (c) losses caused by unanticipated market movements, which are potentially unlimited; (d) the sub-advisor’s inability to predict correctly the direction of securities prices, interest rates, currency exchange rates, asset values, and other economic factors; (e) the possibility that the counterparty will default in the performance of its obligations; and (f) if the Fund has insufficient cash, it may have to sell securities from its portfolio to meet daily variation margin requirements, and the Fund may have to sell securities at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so.
For currency contracts, there is also a risk of government action through exchange controls that would restrict the ability of the Fund to deliver or receive currency.
Some of the risks associated with options include imperfect correlation, counterparty risk, difference in trading hours for the options markets and the markets for the underlying securities (rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the options markets), and an insufficient liquid secondary market for particular options.
Emerging Markets
Principal defines emerging market securities as those issued by:
companies with their principal place of business or principal office in emerging market countries or
companies whose principal securities trading market is an emerging market country.
Usually, the term "emerging market country" means any country that is considered to be an emerging country by the international financial community (including the MSCI Emerging Markets Index or Barclays Emerging Markets USD Aggregate Bond). These countries generally include every nation in the world except the U.S., Canada, Japan, Australia, New Zealand, and most nations located in Western Europe.
Investments in companies of emerging (also called "developing") countries are subject to higher risks than investments in companies in more developed countries. These risks include:
increased social, political, and economic instability;
a smaller market for these securities and low or nonexistent volume of trading that results in a lack of liquidity and in greater price volatility;
lack of publicly available information, including reports of payments of dividends or interest on outstanding securities;
foreign government policies that may restrict opportunities, including restrictions on investment in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to national interests;
relatively new capital market structure or market-oriented economy;
the possibility that recent favorable economic developments may be slowed or reversed by unanticipated political or social events in these countries;
restrictions that may make it difficult or impossible for the Fund to vote proxies, exercise shareholder rights, pursue legal remedies, and obtain judgments in foreign courts; and
possible losses through the holding of securities in domestic and foreign custodial banks and depositories.
In addition, many developing countries have experienced substantial and, in some periods, extremely high rates of inflation for many years. Inflation and rapid fluctuations in inflation rates have had and may continue to have negative effects on the economies, currencies, interest rates, and securities markets of those countries.
Repatriation of investment income, capital, and proceeds of sales by foreign investors may require governmental registration and/or approval in some developing countries. The Fund could be adversely affected by delays in or a refusal to grant any required governmental registration or approval for repatriation.

11


Further, the economies of developing countries generally are heavily dependent upon international trade and, accordingly, have been and may continue to be adversely affected by trade barriers, exchange controls, managed adjustments in relative currency values and other protectionist measures imposed or negotiated by the countries with which they trade.
Equity Securities
Equity securities include common stocks, preferred stock, depositary receipts, rights (a right is an offering of common stock to investors who currently own shares which entitle them to buy subsequent issues at a discount from the offering price), and warrants (a warrant grants its owner the right to purchase securities from the issuer at a specified price, normally higher than the current market price). Common stocks, the most familiar type, represent an equity (ownership) interest in a corporation. The value of a company's stock may fall as a result of factors directly relating to that company, such as decisions made by its management or lower demand for the company's products or services. A stock's value may also fall because of factors affecting not just the company, but also companies in the same industry or in a number of different industries, such as increases in production costs. The value of a company's stock may also be affected by changes in financial markets that are relatively unrelated to the company or its industry, such as changes in interest rates or currency exchange rates. In addition, a company's stock generally pays dividends only after the company invests in its own business and makes required payments to holders of its bonds and other debt. For this reason, the value of a company's stock will usually react more strongly than its bonds and other debt to actual or perceived changes in the company's financial condition or prospects. Some Funds focus their investments on certain market capitalization ranges. Market capitalization is defined as total current market value of a company's outstanding equity securities. The market capitalization of companies in the Fund’s portfolios and their related indexes will change over time and, the Fund will not automatically sell a security just because it falls outside of the market capitalization range of its index(es). Stocks of smaller companies may be more vulnerable to adverse developments than those of larger companies.
Exchange Traded Funds ("ETFs")
Generally, ETFs (and other exchange-traded equity securities, such as exchange-traded products ) invest in a portfolio of securities, but they may also invest in other assets, such as securities indices, government bonds, or currencies. Often ETFs are a type of index or actively managed fund bought and sold on a securities exchange. An ETF trades like common stock. Shares in an index ETF represent an interest in a fixed portfolio of securities designed to track a particular market index. The Fund could purchase shares issued by an ETF to gain exposure to a portion of the U.S. or a foreign market while awaiting purchase of underlying securities or for other reasons. The risks of owning an ETF generally reflect the risks of owning the underlying securities or other assets they are designed to track, although ETFs have management fees that increase their costs. Fund shareholders indirectly bear their proportionate share of the expenses of the ETFs in which the Fund invests.
Fixed-Income Securities
Fixed-income securities include bonds and other debt instruments that are used by issuers to borrow money from investors (some examples include corporate bonds, convertible bonds, mortgage-backed securities, U.S. government securities and asset-backed securities). The issuer generally pays the investor a fixed, variable, or floating rate of interest. The amount borrowed must be repaid at maturity. Some debt securities, such as zero coupon bonds, do not pay current interest, but are sold at a discount from their face values.
Interest Rate Changes:  Fixed-income securities are sensitive to changes in interest rates. In general, fixed-income security prices rise when interest rates fall and fall when interest rates rise. If interest rates fall, issuers of callable bonds may call (repay) securities with high interest rates before their maturity dates; this is known as call risk. In this case, the Fund would likely reinvest the proceeds from these securities at lower interest rates, resulting in a decline in the Fund's income. Floating rate securities generally are less sensitive to interest rate changes but may decline in value if their interest rates do not rise much, or as quickly, as interest rates in general. Conversely, floating rate securities will not generally increase in value if interest rates decline. Average duration is a mathematical calculation of the average life of a bond (or bonds in a bond fund) that serves as a useful measure of its price risk. Duration is an estimate of how much the value of the bonds held by the Fund will fluctuate in response to a change in interest rates. For example, if the Fund has an average duration of 4 years and interest rates rise by 1%, the value of the bonds held by the Fund will decline by approximately 4%, and if the interest rates decline by 1%, the value of the bonds held by the Fund will increase by approximately 4%. Longer term bonds and zero coupon bonds are generally more sensitive to interest rate changes. Duration, which measures price sensitivity to interest rate changes, is not necessarily equal to average maturity.

12


Credit Risk:  Fixed-income security prices are also affected by the credit quality of the issuer. Investment grade debt securities are medium and high quality securities. Some bonds, such as lower grade or "junk" bonds, may have speculative characteristics and may be particularly sensitive to economic conditions and the financial condition of the issuers. Credit risk refers to the possibility that the issuer of the security will not be able to make principal and interest payments when due.
Fixed income securities include agency securities (debt instruments issued by U.S. government-sponsored entities and other federally related entities such as the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), Federal Home Loan Bank and the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB)); asset-backed securities (debt instruments secured by a loan, lease or receivables against assets); residential mortgage-backed securities (debt instruments secured by a residential mortgage or a collection of mortgages); commercial mortgage-backed securities (debt instruments secured by a loan on a commercial property); inverse floaters (bonds or other types of debt instruments whose coupon rate has an inverse relationship to a benchmark rate); covered securities (secured debt instruments generally issued by credit institutions and backed by a pool of assets usually mortgages or public sector loans; sinking fund securities (bonds or other types of debt instruments that are subject to periodic payments by the issuer to a trustee. The trustee uses the payments to retire part of the bond issuance by purchasing the bonds in the open market); equipment trust certificates (debt instruments secured by equipment or other physical assets, with the title of the equipment or other physical assets held in trust for the holders of the debt instruments); sovereign bonds (debt instruments issued by national governments); convertible bonds (debt instruments that can be converted into common stock of the issuing company); pay-in-kind securities (debt instruments that pay investors in the form of additional securities rather than cash); and step coupon securities (debt instruments that pay interest at predetermined rates which increase or decrease over time).
Foreign Securities
Principal defines foreign securities as those issued by:
companies with their principal place of business or principal office outside the U.S. or
companies whose principal securities trading market is outside the U.S.
Foreign companies may not be subject to the same uniform accounting, auditing, and financial reporting practices as are required of U.S. companies. In addition, there may be less publicly available information about a foreign company than about a U.S. company. Securities of many foreign companies are less liquid and more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. companies. Commissions on foreign securities exchanges may be generally higher than those on U.S. exchanges.
Foreign markets also have different clearance and settlement procedures than those in U.S. markets. In certain markets, there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct these transactions. Delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when a portion of Fund assets is not invested and earning no return. If the Fund is unable to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems, the Fund may miss attractive investment opportunities. In addition, the Fund may incur a loss as a result of a decline in the value of its portfolio if it is unable to sell a security.
With respect to certain foreign countries, there is the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation, political or social instability, or diplomatic developments that could affect the Fund's investments in those countries. In addition, the Fund may also suffer losses due to nationalization, expropriation, or differing accounting practices and treatments. Investments in foreign securities are subject to laws of the foreign country that may limit the amount and types of foreign investments. Changes of governments or of economic or monetary policies, in the U.S. or abroad, changes in dealings between nations, currency convertibility or exchange rates could result in investment losses for the Fund. Finally, even though certain currencies may be convertible into U.S. dollars, the conversion rates may be artificial relative to the actual market values and may be unfavorable to Fund investors. To protect against future uncertainties in foreign currency exchange rates, the Fund is authorized to enter into certain foreign currency exchange transactions.
Foreign securities are often traded with less frequency and volume, and therefore may have greater price volatility, than is the case with many U.S. securities. Brokerage commissions, custodial services, and other costs relating to investment in foreign countries are generally more expensive than in the U.S. Though the Fund intends to acquire the securities of foreign issuers where there are public trading markets, economic or political turmoil in a country in which the Fund has a significant portion of its assets or deterioration of the relationship between the U.S. and a foreign country may reduce the liquidity of the Fund's portfolio. Furthermore, there may be difficulties in obtaining or enforcing judgments against foreign issuers.

13


The Fund may choose to invest in a foreign company by purchasing depositary receipts. Depositary receipts are certificates of ownership of shares in a foreign-based issuer held by a bank or other financial institution. They are alternatives to purchasing the underlying security but are subject to the foreign securities risks to which they relate.
Hedging
Hedging is a strategy that can be used to limit or offset investment risk. The success of the Fund’s hedging strategy will be subject to the Sub-Advisors’ ability to correctly assess the degree of correlation between the performance of the instruments used in the hedging strategy and the performance of the investments in the portfolio being hedged. Since the characteristics of many securities change as markets change or time passes, the success of the Fund’s hedging strategy will also be subject to the Sub-Advisors’ ability to continually recalculate, readjust, and execute hedges in an efficient and timely manner. For a variety of reasons, the Sub-Advisors may not seek to establish a perfect correlation between such hedging instruments and the portfolio holdings being hedged. Such imperfect correlation may prevent the Fund from achieving the intended hedge or expose the Fund to risk of loss. In addition, it is not possible to hedge fully or perfectly against any risk, and hedging entails its own costs.
High Yield Securities
Below investment grade bonds, which are rated at the time of purchase Ba1 or lower by Moody's and BB+ or lower by S&P (if the bond has been rated by only one of those agencies, that rating will determine if the bond is below investment grade; if the bond has not been rated by either of those agencies, the Sub-Advisors will determine whether the bond is of a quality comparable to those rated below investment grade), are sometimes referred to as high yield or "junk bonds" and are considered speculative.
Investment in high yield bonds involves special risks in addition to the risks associated with investment in highly rated debt securities. High yield bonds may be regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer's continuing ability to meet principal and interest payments. Moreover, under certain circumstances, such securities may be less liquid than higher rated debt securities.
Analysis of the creditworthiness of issuers of high yield securities may be more complex than for issuers of higher quality debt securities. The ability of the Fund to achieve its investment objective may, to the extent of its investment in high yield bonds, be more dependent on such credit analysis than would be the case if the Fund were investing in higher quality bonds.
High yield bonds may be more susceptible to real or perceived adverse economic and competitive industry conditions than higher-grade bonds. The prices of high yield bonds have been found to be less sensitive to interest rate changes than more highly rated investments, but more sensitive to adverse economic downturns or individual corporate developments. If the issuer of high yield bonds defaults, the Fund may incur additional expenses to seek recovery. To the extent that such high yield issuers undergo a corporate restructuring, such high yield securities may become exchanged for or converted into reorganized equity of the underlying issuer. High yield bonds oftentimes include complex legal covenants that impose various degrees of restriction on the issuer’s ability to take certain actions, such as distribute cash to equity holders, incur additional indebtedness, and dispose of assets. To the extent that a bond indenture or loan agreement does not contain sufficiently protective covenants or otherwise permits the issuer to take certain actions to the detriment of the holder of the fixed-income security, the underlying value of such fixed-income security may decline.
The secondary market on which high yield bonds are traded may be less liquid than the market for higher-grade bonds. Less liquidity in the secondary trading market could adversely affect the price at which the Fund could sell a high yield bond and could adversely affect and cause large fluctuations in the daily price of the Fund's shares. Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the value and liquidity of high yield bonds, especially in a thinly traded market.
The use of credit ratings for evaluating high yield bonds also involves certain risks. For example, credit ratings evaluate the safety of principal and interest payments, not the market value risk of high yield bonds. Also, credit rating agencies may fail to change credit ratings in a timely manner to reflect subsequent events. If a credit rating agency changes the rating of a portfolio security held by the Fund, the Fund may retain the security if Principal or Sub-Advisors think it is in the best interest of shareholders.
Inverse Floating Rate Investments
Inverse floating rate investments are variable rate debt instruments that pay interest at rates that move in the opposite direction of prevailing interest rates. Inverse floating rate investments tend to underperform the market for fixed rate bonds in a rising interest rate environment. Inverse floating rate investments have varying degrees of liquidity. Inverse floating rate investments in which the Fund may invest may include derivative instruments, such as residual interest bonds or tender option bonds. Such instruments are typically created by a special purpose trust that holds long-term fixed rate bonds and sells two classes of beneficial interests: short-term floating rate interests, which are sold to third

14


party investors, and the inverse floating residual interests, which are purchased by the Fund. The Fund generally invests in inverse floating rate investments that include embedded leverage, thus exposing the Fund to greater risks and increased costs. The market value of a "leveraged" inverse floating rate investment generally will fluctuate in response to changes in market rates of interest to a greater extent than the value of an unleveraged investment. The Fund making such an investment will segregate on its books liquid securities having a value equal to the market value of the bonds underlying the “leveraged” inverse floating rate investment.
Investment Companies
Because the Fund may invest in other investment companies, its investment performance may depend on the investment performance of the underlying investment companies in which it invests. An investment in an investment company is subject to the risks associated with that investment company. Fund shareholders indirectly bear their proportionate share of the expenses of the investment companies in which the Fund invests.
Leverage
If the Fund makes investments in futures contracts, forward contracts, swaps and other derivative instruments, these instruments provide the economic effect of financial leverage by creating additional investment exposure, as well as the potential for greater loss. If the Fund uses leverage through activities such as borrowing, entering into short sales, purchasing securities on margin or on a “when-issued” basis or purchasing derivative instruments in an effort to increase its returns, the Fund has the risk of magnified capital losses that occur when losses affect an asset base, enlarged by borrowings or the creation of liabilities, that exceeds the net assets of the Fund. The net asset value of the Fund employing leverage will be more volatile and sensitive to market movements. Leverage may involve the creation of a liability that requires the Fund to pay interest. Leveraging may cause the Fund to liquidate portfolio positions to satisfy its obligations or to meet segregation requirements when it may not be advantageous to do so. To the extent that the Fund is not able to close out a leveraged position because of market illiquidity, the Fund’s liquidity may be impaired to the extent that it has a substantial portion of liquid assets segregated or earmarked to cover obligations.
Liquidity Risk
The Fund is exposed to liquidity risk when trading volume, lack of a market maker, or legal restrictions impair the Fund's ability to sell particular securities or close derivative positions at an advantageous price. Funds with principal investment strategies that involve securities of companies with smaller market capitalizations, foreign securities, derivatives, high yield bonds and bank loans or securities with substantial market and/or credit risk tend to have the greatest exposure to liquidity risk.
Management Risk
If a Sub-Advisor's investment strategies do not perform as expected, the Fund could underperform other Funds with similar investment objectives or lose money. As an actively managed Fund, the Fund’s performance will reflect in part the ability of Principal and/or Sub-Advisor(s) to make investment decisions that are suited to achieving the Fund's investment objective. Funds that are actively managed are prepared to invest in securities, sectors, or industries differently from the benchmark.
Market Volatility and Issuer Risk
The value of the Fund's portfolio securities may go down in response to overall stock or bond market movements. Markets tend to move in cycles, with periods of rising prices and periods of falling prices. Stocks tend to go up and down in value more than bonds. If the Fund's investments are concentrated in certain sectors, its performance could be worse than the overall market. The value of an individual security or particular type of security can be more volatile than the market as a whole and can perform differently from the value of the market as a whole. The value of a security may decline for reasons directly related to the issuer, such as management performance, financial leverage and reduced demand for the issuer’s goods or services. It is possible to lose money when investing in the Fund.

15


Master Limited Partnerships
Master limited partnerships ("MLPs") tend to pay relatively higher distributions than other types of companies. The amount of cash that each individual MLP can distribute to its partners will depend on the amount of cash it generates from operations, which will vary from quarter to quarter depending on factors affecting the market generally and on factors affecting the particular business lines of the MLP. Available cash will also depend on the MLPs' level of operating costs (including incentive distributions to the general partner), level of capital expenditures, debt service requirements, acquisition costs (if any), fluctuations in working capital needs and other factors. The benefit derived from investment in MLPs depends largely on the MLPs being treated as partnerships for federal income tax purposes. As a partnership, an MLP has no federal income tax liability at the entity level. If, because of a change in current law or a change in an MLP's business, an MLP were to be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, the MLP would be obligated to pay federal income tax on its income at the corporate tax rate. If an MLP were to be classified as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, the amount of cash available for distribution would be reduced and the distributions received might be taxed entirely as dividend income.
An MLP that invests in a particular industry (e.g., oil and gas) will be harmed by detrimental economic events within that industry. For example, the business of certain MLPs is affected by supply and demand for energy commodities because such MLPs derive revenue and income based upon the volume of the underlying commodity produced, transported, processed, distributed, and/or marketed. Many MLPs are also subject to various federal, state and local environmental laws and health and safety laws as well as laws and regulations specific to their particular activities.
Municipal Obligations and AMT-Subject Bonds
The term “municipal obligations” generally is understood to include debt obligations issued by municipalities to obtain funds for various public purposes. The two principal classifications of municipal bonds are "general obligation" and "revenue" bonds. General obligation bonds are secured by the issuer's pledge of its full faith and credit, with either limited or unlimited taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. Revenue bonds are not supported by the issuer's full taxing authority. Generally, they are payable only from the revenues of a particular facility, a class of facilities, or the proceeds of another specific revenue source.
"AMT-subject bonds" are municipal obligations issued to finance certain "private activities," such as bonds used to finance airports, housing projects, student loan programs, and water and sewer projects. Interest on AMT-subject bonds is an item of tax preference for purposes of the federal individual alternative minimum tax ("AMT") and will also give rise to corporate alternative minimum taxes. See "Tax Considerations" for a discussion of the tax consequences of investing in the Fund.
Current federal income tax laws limit the types and volume of bonds qualifying for the federal income tax exemption of interest, which may have an effect upon the ability of the Fund to purchase sufficient amounts of tax-exempt securities.
Portfolio Turnover
"Portfolio Turnover" is the term used in the industry for measuring the amount of trading that occurs in a Fund's portfolio during the year. For example, a 100% turnover rate means that on average every security in the portfolio has been replaced once during the year. Funds that engage in active trading may have high portfolio turnover rates. Funds with high turnover rates (more than 100%) often have higher transaction costs (which are paid by the Fund) and may lower the Fund's performance. Please consider all the factors when you compare the turnover rates of different Funds.
Preferred Securities
Preferred securities generally pay fixed rate dividends and/or interest (though some are adjustable rate) and typically have "preference" over common stock in payment priority and the liquidation of a company's assets - preference means that a company must pay on its preferred securities before paying on its common stock, and the claims of preferred securities holders are typically ahead of common stockholders' claims on assets in a corporate liquidation. Holders of preferred securities usually have no right to vote for corporate directors or on other matters. The market value of preferred securities is sensitive to changes in interest rates as they are typically fixed income securities - the fixed-income payments are expected to be the primary source of long-term investment return. While some preferred securities are issued with a final maturity date, others are perpetual in nature. In certain instances, a final maturity date may be extended and/or the final payment of principal may be deferred at the issuer’s option for a specified time without triggering an event of default for the issuer. In addition, an issuer of preferred securities may have the right to redeem the securities before their stated maturity date. For instance, for certain types of preferred securities, a redemption may be triggered by a change in federal income tax or securities laws. As with call provisions, a redemption by the issuer may reduce the return of the security held by the Fund. Preferred securities may be subject

16


to provisions that allow an issuer, under certain circumstances to skip (indefinitely) or defer (possibly up to 10 years) distributions. If the Fund owns a preferred security that is deferring its distribution, the Fund may be required to report income for tax purposes while it is not receiving any income.
Preferred securities are typically issued by corporations, generally in the form of interest or dividend bearing instruments, or by an affiliated business trust of a corporation, generally in the form of beneficial interests in subordinated debentures or similarly structured securities. The preferred securities market is generally divided into the $25 par “retail” and the $1,000 par “institutional” segments. The $25 par segment includes securities that are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (exchange traded), which trade and are quoted with accrued dividend or interest income, and which are often callable at par value five years after their original issuance date. The institutional segment includes $1,000 par value securities that are not exchange-listed (over the counter), which trade and are quoted on a “clean” price, i.e., without accrued dividend or interest income, and which often have a minimum of 10 years of call protection from the date of their original issuance. Preferred securities can also be issues by real estate investment trusts and involve risks similar to those associated with investing in real estate investment trust companies.
Real Estate Investment Trusts
Real estate investment trust securities ("REITs") involve certain unique risks in addition to those risks associated with investing in the real estate industry in general (such as possible declines in the value of real estate, lack of availability of mortgage funds, or extended vacancies of property). REITs are characterized as: equity REITs, which primarily own property and generate revenue from rental income; mortgage REITs, which invest in real estate mortgages; and hybrid REITs, which combine the characteristics of both equity and mortgage REITs. Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the REITs, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended. REITs are dependent upon management skills, are not diversified, and are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, risks of default by borrowers, and self-liquidation. As an investor in a REIT, the Fund will be subject to the REIT’s expenses, including management fees, and will remain subject to the Fund's advisory fees with respect to the assets so invested. REITs are also subject to the possibilities of failing to qualify for the special tax treatment accorded REITs under the Internal Revenue Code, and failing to maintain their exemptions from registration under the 1940 Act.
Investment in REITs involves risks similar to those associated with investing in small market capitalization companies. REITs may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in a limited volume, and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities.
Real Estate Securities
Investing in securities of companies in the real estate industry subjects the Fund to the special risks associated with the real estate market and the real estate industry in general. Generally, companies in the real estate industry are considered to be those that have principal activity involving the development, ownership, construction, management or sale of real estate; have significant real estate holdings, such as hospitality companies, healthcare facilities, supermarkets, mining, lumber and/or paper companies; and/or provide products or services related to the real estate industry, such as financial institutions that make and/or service mortgage loans and manufacturers or distributors of building supplies. Securities of companies in the real estate industry are sensitive to factors such as loss to casualty or condemnation, changes in real estate values, property taxes, interest rates, cash flow of underlying real estate assets, occupancy rates, government regulations affecting zoning, land use and rents, and the management skill and creditworthiness of the issuer. Companies in the real estate industry may also be subject to liabilities under environmental and hazardous waste laws.
Repurchase Agreements
Repurchase agreements typically involve the purchase of debt securities from a financial institution such as a bank, savings and loan association, or broker-dealer. A repurchase agreement provides that the Fund sells back to the seller and that the seller repurchases the underlying securities at a specified price on a specific date. Repurchase agreements may be viewed as loans by the Fund collateralized by the underlying securities. This arrangement results in a fixed rate of return that is not subject to market fluctuation while the Fund holds the security. In the event of a default or bankruptcy by a selling financial institution, the affected Fund bears a risk of loss. To minimize such risks, the Fund enters into repurchase agreements only with parties a Sub-Advisor deems creditworthy (those that are large, well-capitalized and well-established financial institutions). In addition, the value of the securities collateralizing the repurchase agreement is, and during the entire term of the repurchase agreement remains, at least equal to the repurchase price, including accrued interest.

17


Securitized Products
Securitized products are fixed income instruments that represent interest in underlying pools of collateral or assets. The value of the securitized product is derived from the performance, value, and cash flows of the underlying asset(s). The fund’s investments in securitized products are subject to risks similar to traditional fixed income securities, such as credit, interest rate, liquidity, prepayment, extension, and default risk, as well as additional risks associated with the nature of the assets and the servicing of those assets. Prepayment risk may make it difficult to calculate the average life of a fund’s investment in securitized products. Securitized products are generally issued as pass-through certificates, which represent the right to receive principal and interest payments collected on the underlying pool of assets, which are passed through to the security holder. Therefore, repayment depends on the cash flows generated by the underlying pool of assets. The securities may be rated as investment-grade or below-investment-grade.
Mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) represent an interest in a pool of underlying mortgage loans secured by real property. Mortgage-backed securities are sensitive to changes in interest rates, but may respond to these changes differently from other fixed income securities due to the possibility of prepayment of the underlying mortgage loans. If interest rates fall and the underlying loans are prepaid faster than expected, the fund may have to reinvest the prepaid principal in lower yielding securities, thus reducing the fund’s income. Conversely, rising interest rates tend to discourage refinancings and the underlying loans may be prepaid more slowly than expected, reducing a fund’s potential to reinvest the principal in higher yielding securities and extending the duration of the underlying loans. In addition, when market conditions result in an increase in default rates on the underlying loans and the foreclosure values of the underlying real estate is less than the outstanding amount due on the underlying loan, collection of the full amount of accrued interest and principal on these investments may be doubtful. The risk of such defaults is generally higher in the case of underlying mortgage pools that include sub-prime mortgages (mortgages granted to borrowers whose credit histories would not support conventional mortgages).
Commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”) represent an interest in a pool of underlying commercial mortgage loans secured by real property such as retail, office, hotel, multi-family, and industrial properties. Certain CMBS are issued in several classes with different levels of yield and credit protection, and the CMBS class in which a fund invests usually influences the interest rate, credit, and prepayment risks.
Asset-backed securities (“ABS”) are backed by non-mortgage assets such as company receivables, truck and auto loans, student loans, leases and credit card receivables. Asset-backed securities entail credit risk. They also may present a risk that, in the event of default, the liquidation value of the underlying assets may be inadequate to pay any unpaid interest or principal.
Shares May Trade at Prices Different Than NAV
The net asset value (NAV) of the Shares generally will fluctuate with changes in the market value of the Fund's holdings. The market prices of the Shares generally will fluctuate in accordance with changes in NAV, as well as the relative supply of and demand for Shares on NYSE Arca. Principal cannot predict whether the Shares will trade below, at or above their NAV. Price differences may be due largely to the fact that supply and demand forces at work in the secondary trading market for the Shares will be related, but not identical, to the same forces influencing the prices of the securities held by the Fund (individually or in the aggregate) at any time. In addition, disruptions to creations and redemptions or the existence of extreme market volatility may result in trading prices that differ significantly from NAV. If a shareholder purchases at a time when the market price is at a premium to the NAV or sells at a time when the market price is at a discount to the NAV, the shareholder may sustain losses. Given that Shares can be created and redeemed only in Creation Units at NAV, Principal believes that large discounts and premiums should not be sustained over the long term. Since foreign exchanges may be open on days when the Fund does not price its shares, the value of the Fund’s portfolio may change on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase or sell the Fund’s Shares.
Small and Medium Market Capitalization Companies
The Fund may invest in securities of companies with small- or mid-sized market capitalizations. Market capitalization is defined as total current market value of a company's outstanding common stock. Investments in companies with smaller market capitalizations may involve greater risks and price volatility (wide, rapid fluctuations) than investments in larger, more mature companies. Small companies may be less significant within their industries and may be at a competitive disadvantage relative to their larger competitors. While smaller companies may be subject to these additional risks, they may also realize more substantial growth than larger or more established companies.
Smaller companies may be less mature than larger companies. At this earlier stage of development, the companies may have limited product lines, reduced market liquidity for their shares, limited financial resources, or less depth in management than larger or more established companies. Unseasoned issuers are companies with a record of less than three years continuous operation, including the operation of predecessors and parents. Unseasoned issuers by their nature have only a limited operating history that can be used for evaluating the company's growth prospects. As

18


a result, these securities may place a greater emphasis on current or planned product lines and the reputation and experience of the company's management and less emphasis on fundamental valuation factors than would be the case for more mature growth companies.
Temporary Defensive Measures
From time to time, as part of its investment strategy, the Fund may invest without limit in cash and cash equivalents for temporary defensive purposes in response to adverse market, economic, or political conditions. To the extent that the Fund is in a defensive position, it may lose the benefit of upswings and limit its ability to meet its investment objective. For this purpose, cash equivalents include: bank notes, bank certificates of deposit, bankers' acceptances, repurchase agreements, commercial paper, and commercial paper master notes, which are floating rate debt instruments without a fixed maturity. In addition, the Fund may purchase U.S. government securities, preferred stocks, and debt securities, whether or not convertible into or carrying rights for common stock.
There is no limit on the extent to which the Fund may take temporary defensive measures. In taking such measures, the Fund may fail to achieve its investment objective.
Trading Issues
Although the shares of the Fund are expected to be listed on the NYSE Arca, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for such shares will develop or be maintained.
Trading in Shares on NYSE Arca may be halted due to market conditions or for reasons that, in the view of NYSE Arca, make trading in Shares inadvisable. In addition, trading in Shares on NYSE Arca is subject to trading halts caused by extraordinary market volatility pursuant to NYSE Arca "circuit breaker" rules. There can be no assurance that the requirements of NYSE Arca necessary to maintain the listing of the Fund will continue to be met or will remain unchanged.
PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS INFORMATION
A description of the Fund's policies and procedures with respect to disclosure of the Fund's portfolio securities is available in the Fund's SAI.
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
The Manager
Principal Management Corporation (“Principal”) serves as the manager for the Fund. Through the Management Agreement with the Fund, Principal provides investment advisory services and certain corporate administrative services for the Fund.
Principal is an indirect subsidiary of Principal Financial Group, Inc. and has managed mutual funds since 1969. Principal’s address is 655 9th Street, Des Moines, IA 50392 .
The Sub-Advisor(s)
Principal has signed contracts with sub-advisors. Under each sub-advisory agreement, the Sub-Advisor agrees to assume the obligations of Principal to provide investment advisory services to the portion of the assets of the Fund allocated to it by Principal. For these services, Principal pays the Sub-Advisor a fee.
Principal or the Sub-Advisors provide the Trustees of the Fund with a recommended investment program. The program must be consistent with the Fund's investment objective and policies. Within the scope of the approved investment program, the Sub-Advisors advise the Fund on its investment policy and determines which securities are bought or sold, and in what amounts.
The Fund summary identified the portfolio managers of the Fund. Additional information about the portfolio managers follows. The SAI provides additional information about each portfolio manager’s compensation, other accounts the portfolio managers manage, and each portfolio manager’s ownership of securities in the Fund.
 
Sub-Advisor:
Edge Asset Management, Inc. (“Edge”), 601 Union Street, Suite 2200, Seattle, WA 98101-1377, has been in the business of investment management since 1944.
Edge's day-to-day responsibility is shared among multiple portfolio managers. They operate as a team, sharing authority, with no limitation on the authority of one portfolio manager in relation to another.
Charles D. Averill has been with Edge since 1990 and previously was a Senior Quantitative Analyst. He earned a bachelor’s degree in Economics from Reed College and an M.A. in Economics from Princeton University. Mr. Averill has earned the right to use the Chartered Financial Analyst designation.

19


Jill R. Cuniff has been with Edge since 2009. She earned a bachelor’s degree in Business Finance from Montana State University.
Todd A. Jablonski has been with Edge since 2010. He earned a bachelor’s degree in Economics from the University of Virginia and an M.B.A. with an emphasis in Quantitative Finance from New York University's Stern School of Business. Mr. Jablonski has earned the right to use the Chartered Financial Analyst designation.
 
Sub-Advisor:
Principal Global Investors, LLC (“PGI”), 801 Grand Avenue, Des Moines, IA 50392, manages equity and fixed-income investments, primarily for institutional investors. PGI's other primary asset management office is in New York, with asset management offices of affiliate advisors in several non-U.S. locations including London, Sydney and Singapore.
PGI’s day-to-day responsibility is shared between multiple portfolio managers. They operate as a team, sharing authority, with no limitation on the authority of one portfolio manager in relation to another.
Paul S. Kim has been with PGI since 2015. He currently serves as managing director at PGI. Previously, he was a senior vice president at PIMCO. He earned a bachelor’s degree in Economics from Dartmouth College and an M.B.A. in Finance from The Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Kim has earned the right to use the Chartered Financial Analyst designation.
Barbara A. McKenzie has been with Principal since 1984. She currently serves as senior executive director -- Chief Operating Officer at PGI. She earned her bachelor's degree from the University of Iowa, and her master's degree from Indiana University.
Edge will be responsible for the ongoing management of the Fund’s asset allocation and implementation into specific securities.
PGI will be responsible for executing the Fund’s implementation in a manner which seeks to avoid detrimental effect on the Fund’s next day Creation Unit. (See “PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF CREATION UNITS” in the SAI).
 
Fees Paid to Principal
The Fund pays Principal a fee for its services, which includes the fee Principal pays to the Sub-Advisors and to State Street Bank and Trust for fund administration, fund accounting and other services . The management fee schedule for the Fund, which has not completed a full fiscal year, are as follows:

Fund
First $500
Million
Next $500
Million
Next $500
Million
Over $1.5
Billion
Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
0.75%
0.73%
0.71%
0.70%
A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Trustees approval of the management agreement with Principal and the sub-advisory agreements with PGI and Edge will be available in the annual report to shareholders for the period ending June 30, 2015.
Manager of Managers
The Fund operates as a Manager of Managers. Under an order received from the SEC (the "current order"), the Fund and Principal may enter into and materially amend agreements with unaffiliated and wholly-owned affiliated sub-advisors (affiliated sub-advisors which are at least 95% owned, directly or indirectly, by Principal or an affiliated person of Principal) without obtaining shareholder approval. Principal may, without obtaining shareholder approval:
hire one or more Sub-Advisors;
change Sub-Advisors; and
reallocate management fees between itself and Sub-Advisors.
Additionally, the Fund has applied to the SEC for an amended e xemptive order, which if granted, would allow Principal to also enter into and materially amend agreements with majority-owned affiliated sub-advisors (affiliated sub-advisors which are at least 50% owned, directly or indirectly, by Principal or an affiliated person of Principal) (the "majority-owned order"). There is no assurance, however, that the SEC will grant the majority-owned order.
Principal has ultimate responsibility for the investment performance of each Fund that utilizes a Sub-Advisor due to its responsibility to oversee Sub-Advisors and recommend their hiring, termination, and replacement. No fund will rely on the current order, the majority-owned order, or any future order until it receives approval from its shareholders (or in the case of a new Fund, the Fund's sole initial shareholder before the Fund is available to other purchasers).

20


The shareholders of the Fund have approved the Fund’s reliance on the current order. The shareholders of the Fund have also approved reliance on the majority-owned relief, should the SEC grant that relief in the future.
DISTRIBUTOR AND OTHER FUND SERVICE PROVIDERS
ALPS Distributor, Inc. (the "Distributor") serves as the distributor of Creation Units for the Fund. The Distributor does not maintain a secondary market in Shares.
State Street Bank and Trust Company is the sub-administrator, custodian, transfer agent, and dividend disbursing agent for the Fund.
PRICING OF FUND SHARES
The Fund will directly issue and redeem Shares on a continuous basis, to and from Authorized Participants , at net asset value (NAV) per Share in aggregations of 50,000 Shares called “Creation Units.” The value of the Fund’s Shares bought and sold in the secondary market (on NYSE Arca) will be determined by market price, as described in the section below.
The Board of Trustees has delegated day-to-day valuation oversight responsibilities to Principal. Principal has established a Valuation Committee to fulfill these oversight responsibilities. The New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) will disseminate every 15 seconds throughout the trading day through the facilities of the Consolidated Tape Association an amount representing, on a per Share basis, the sum of the current value of the Portfolio Positions that were publicly disclosed prior to the commencement of trading in Shares on the NYSE. This approximate value should not be viewed as a "real-time" update of the NAV per Share of the Fund because the approximate value may not be calculated in the same manner as the NAV, which is computed once a day, at the end of the business day. The Fund is not involved in, or responsible for, the calculation or dissemination of the approximate value and the Fund does not make any warranty as to its accuracy.
The NAV of the Fund is calculated each day the NYSE is open (share prices are not calculated on the days on which the NYSE is closed for trading, generally New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday/ Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas). The share price is determined as of the close of business of the NYSE (normally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time).
Notes:
If market quotations are not readily available for a security owned by a Fund, its fair value is determined using a policy adopted by the Directors. Fair valuation pricing is subjective and creates the possibility that the fair value determined for a security may differ materially from the value that could be realized upon the sale of the security.
A Fund's securities may be traded on foreign securities markets that generally complete trading at various times during the day before the close of the NYSE. Foreign securities and currencies are converted to U.S. dollars using the exchange rate in effect at the close of the NYSE. Securities traded outside of the Western Hemisphere are valued using a fair value policy adopted by the Fund. These fair valuation procedures are intended to discourage shareholders from investing in the Fund for the purpose of engaging in market timing or arbitrage transactions.
The trading of foreign securities generally or in a particular country or countries may not take place on all days the NYSE is open, or may trade on days the NYSE is closed. Thus, the value of the foreign securities held by the Fund may change on days when shareholders are unable to purchase or redeem shares.
Certain securities issued by companies in emerging market countries may have more than one quoted valuation at any point in time. These may be referred to as local price and premium price. The premium price is often a negotiated price that may not consistently represent a price at which a specific transaction can be effected. The Fund has a policy to value such securities at a price at which the Sub-Advisor expects the securities may be sold.
Fund Share Trading Prices – Secondary Market
The trading prices of Shares of the Fund on NYSE Arca may differ from the Fund's daily NAV. The price of the Shares will be subject to factors such as supply and demand, as well as the current value of the Fund’s portfolio securities. Secondary market Shares, which are available for purchase or sale on an intraday basis, do not have a fixed relationship to either the previous day’s NAV or to the current day’s NAV. Prices in the secondary market, therefore, may be below, at, or above the most recently calculated NAV per Share.
The approximate value of shares of the Fund, known as the “indicative optimized portfolio value” (“IOPV”) will be disseminated every fifteen seconds throughout the trading day by the national securities exchange on which the Fund is listed or by other information providers or market data vendors. The IOPV is based on the current market value of the securities and cash required to be deposited in exchange for a Creation Unit. The IOPV does not necessarily reflect the precise composition of the current portfolio of securities held by the Fund at a particular point in time nor

21


the best possible valuation of the current portfolio. The IOPV should not be viewed as a “real-time” update of the NAV, because the IOPV may not be calculated in the same manner as the NAV, which is computed once a day as discussed below. The IOPV is generally determined by using current market quotations and/or price quotations obtained from broker-dealers that may trade in the portfolio securities held by the Fund. The quotations of certain Fund holdings may not be updated during U.S. trading hours if such holdings do not trade in the U.S. The Fund is not involved in, or responsible for, the calculation or dissemination of the IOPV and makes no warranty as to its accuracy.
Shares of the Fund may trade in the secondary market on days when the Fund does not accept orders to purchase or redeem shares. On such days, shares may trade in the secondary market with more significant premiums or discounts than might otherwise be experienced on days when the Fund accepts purchase and redemption orders.
Information regarding how often the Shares of the Fund traded on NYSE Arca at a price above (at a premium) or below (at a discount) the NAV per Share of the Fund during the past four calendar quarters (if available) can be found at [_________________]. Data presented represents past performance and cannot be used to predict future results.
PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND SHARES
Generally
Shareholders who are not Authorized Participants or “APs" will not be able to purchase or redeem Shares directly with or from the Fund. As a result, most investors will buy and sell Shares of the Fund in secondary market transactions through brokers. Shares of the Fund are expected to be listed for trading on the secondary market on NYSE Arca. Shares can be bought and sold throughout the trading day like other publicly traded shares. There is no minimum investment. When buying or selling Shares through a broker, you will incur customary brokerage commissions and charges, and you may pay some or all of the spread between the bid and the offered price in the secondary market on each leg of a round trip (purchase and sale) transaction. Due to the costs of buying or selling shares, including bid/ask spreads, frequent trading of shares may significantly reduce investment results and an investment in Shares may not be advisable for investors who anticipate regularly making small investments. The Shares of the Fund are expected to trade under the symbol YLD . Contact your broker for additional information on how to buy and sell Shares.
The Fund will directly issue shares to APs on a continuous basis at net asset value (NAV) per Share in aggregations of 50,000 Shares called “Creation Units,” in exchange for portfolio securities. APs may acquire Shares directly from the Fund, and APs may tender their Shares for redemption directly to the Fund, at NAV per Share only in Creation Units or Creation Unit Aggregations, and in accordance with the procedures described in the SAI. An AP is either: (a) a broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act or other participant in the Continuous Net Settlement System of the National Securities Clearing Corporation (“NSCC”), a clearing agency registered with the Commission and affiliated with the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”); or (b) a participant in the DTC (such participant, “DTC Participant”). Shares are not individually redeemable, but are redeemable only in Creation Unit aggregations, and in exchange for portfolio securities and/or cash. A Creation Unit of the Fund will consist of a block of 50,000 shares, which is subject to change.
All orders to purchase or redeem Creation Units must be placed with the Distributor by or through an AP that has entered into a participant agreement with the Distributor with respect to the creation and redemption of Creation Units. An investor purchasing or redeeming a Creation Unit from the Fund may be charged a fee (“Transaction Fee”) to protect existing shareholders of the Fund from the dilutive costs associated with the purchase and redemption of Creation Units.
Principal may recommend to the Board, and the Board may elect, to liquidate and terminate the Fund at any time without shareholder approval.
Note:
No salesperson, broker-dealer, or other person is authorized to give information or make representations about the Fund other than those contained in this Prospectus. Information or representations not contained in this prospectus may not be relied upon as having been provided or made by the Trust, the Fund, Principal, any Sub-Advisor, or the Distributor.
Book Entry
Shares are held in book-entry form, which means that no stock certificates are issued. The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") or its nominee is the record owner of all outstanding Shares of the Fund and is recognized as the owner of all Shares for all purposes.

22


Investors owning Shares are beneficial owners as shown on the records of DTC or its participants. DTC serves as the securities depository for all Shares. Participants in DTC include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and other institutions that directly or indirectly maintain a custodial relationship with DTC. As a beneficial owner of Shares, you are not entitled to receive physical delivery of stock certificates or to have Shares registered in your name, and you are not considered a registered owner of Shares. Therefore, to exercise any right as an owner of Shares, you must rely upon the procedures of DTC and its participants. These procedures are the same as those that apply to any other stocks that you hold in book entry or "street name" form.
DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
The Fund intends to generally make distributions of net income monthly. The factors that could affect the Fund’s ability to make regular monthly distributions include, without limitation, changes in interest rates, the performance of the financial markets in which the Fund invests, the allocation of Fund assets across different asset classes and investments, the performance of the Fund’s investment strategies, and the amount and timing of the Fund’s prior distributions. The Fund intends to make monthly income payments to shareholders on or about the last business day of each month. The Fund seeks to tailor the amount of its monthly income payments to moderate fluctuations in the amounts it distributes to shareholders over the course of the year. Although the Fund attempts to moderate fluctuations, the amounts it distributes to shareholders are not fixed and may not be the same each month. Further, the Fund does not guarantee it will make any monthly income payments to its shareholders. The Fund may make an additional distribution at the end of the year in order to comply with applicable law. This additional distribution may include an income component that may be higher or lower than the Fund’s regular monthly income payment. The Fund does not expect to make distributions that will be treated as return of capital, although it cannot guarantee that it will not do so. Return of capital represents the return of a shareholder’s original investment in Fund shares, not a dividend from the Fund’s profits and earnings. If the Fund’s distributions are treated as a return of capital, the distributions themselves may not be taxable, but they will lower a shareholder's basis in the Fund shares so that when such shares are sold (even if they are sold at a loss on the original investment), the shareholder may be obligated to pay taxes on the capital gains. At the end of the year, the Fund may be required under applicable law to re-characterize distributions for the year among ordinary income, capital gains, and return of capital (if any) for purposes of tax reporting to shareholders.
To the extent that distributions the Fund pays are derived from a source other than net income (such as a return of capital), a notice will be included in your quarterly statement pursuant to Section 19(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and Rule 19a-1 disclosing the source of such distributions. Furthermore, such notices shall be posted monthly on our website at www.principalfunds.com. You may request a copy of all such notices, free of charge, by telephoning [ ]. The amounts and sources of distributions included in such notices are estimates only and you should not rely upon them for purposes of reporting income taxes. The Fund will send shareholders a Form 1099-DIV for the calendar year that will provide shareholders with information for reporting these distributions for federal income tax purposes.
No dividend reinvestment service is provided by the Trust. Broker-dealers may make available DTC book-entry Dividend Reinvestment Service for use by beneficial owners of the Fund for reinvestment of their dividend distributions. Beneficial owners should contact their broker to determine the availability and costs of the service and the details of participation. Brokers may require beneficial owners to adhere to specific procedures and timetables. If this service is available and used, dividend distributions of both income and realized gains will be automatically reinvested in additional whole shares of the Fund purchased in the secondary market.
FREQUENT PURCHASES AND REDEMPTIONS
Shares of the Fund are listed and traded on national securities exchange. Therefore, it is unlikely that a shareholder could take advantage of a potential arbitrage opportunity presented by a lag between a change in the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities after the close of the primary markets for the Fund’s portfolio securities and the reflection of that change in the Fund’s NAV (“market timing”), because the Fund sells and redeems its shares directly through transactions that are in-kind and/or for cash, with a deadline for placing cash-related transactions no later than the close of the primary markets for the Fund’s portfolio securities. Further, the Fund employs fair valuation pricing and imposes transaction fees on purchases and redemptions of Creation Units to cover the custodial and other costs the Fund incurs in effecting trades which may help minimize the potential consequences of frequent purchases and redemptions of shares.  For these reasons, the Board of Trustees believes that a frequent trading monitoring policy is unnecessary for the Fund. The Fund reserves the right, without prior written notice, to reject orders from APs that the Fund determines to be disruptive to the management of the Fund or otherwise not in the best interests of the Fund.


23


TAX CONSIDERATIONS
The following discussion summarizes some of the possible consequences under current federal tax law of an investment in the Fund. It is not a substitute for personal tax advice. You also may be subject to state, local, and/or foreign tax on Fund distributions and sales of Shares. Consult your personal tax advisor about the potential tax consequences of an investment in Shares under all applicable tax laws. For more information, please see the section entitled "Taxes" in the SAI.
Taxes
As with any investment, you should consider how your investment in Shares will be taxed. The tax information in this Prospectus is provided as general information. You should consult your own tax professional about the tax consequences of an investment in Shares.
Unless your investment in Shares is made through a tax-exempt entity or tax-deferred retirement account, such as an IRA plan, you need to be aware of the possible tax consequences when:
the Fund makes distributions,
You sell your Shares listed on NYSE Arca, and
You purchase or redeem Creation Units.
Taxes on Distributions
As stated above, dividends from net investment income and net capital gains, ordinarily, are declared and paid monthly. The Fund also may pay a special distribution at the end of the calendar year to comply with federal tax requirements. In general, your distributions are subject to federal income tax when they are paid, whether you take them in cash or reinvest them in the Fund.
Dividends paid out of the Fund's income and net realized short-term capital gains, if any, are generally taxable as ordinary income, except that the Fund’s dividends attributable to its “qualified dividend income” (i.e., dividends received on stock of most domestic and foreign corporations, including Chinese corporations, with respect to which the Fund satisfies certain holding period and other restrictions) generally will be subject to federal income tax for individual and certain other non-corporate shareholders (each, an “individual shareholder”) who satisfy those restrictions with respect to their Fund shares at the lower rates for long-term capital gains—a maximum of 15% (or 20% for individual shareholders with taxable income exceeding certain thresholds, which will be adjusted annually for inflation after 2013). Distributions of net long-term capital gains, if any, in excess of net short-term capital losses are taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long you have held the Shares.
Distributions in excess of the Fund's current and accumulated earnings and profits, if any, are treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of your basis in the Shares, and as capital gain thereafter. A distribution will reduce the Fund's NAV per Share and may be taxable to you as ordinary income or long-term capital gains even though, from an investment standpoint, the distribution may constitute a return of capital.
By law, the Fund may be required to withhold a percentage of your distributions and proceeds if you have not provided your taxpayer identification number or social security number.
Taxes on Share Sales
Any capital gain or loss you realize upon a sale of Shares generally is treated as long-term capital gain, taxable at the rates mentioned above for individual shareholders, or loss if you held the Shares for more than one year and as short-term capital gain or loss if you held the Shares for one year or less . The ability to deduct capital losses may be limited.
Taxes on Purchase and Redemption of Creation Units
An AP who exchanges securities for Creation Units generally will recognize a gain or a loss. The gain or loss will be equal to the difference between the market value of the Creation Units at the time and the exchanger's aggregate basis in the securities surrendered and the cash component paid. A person who exchanges Creation Units f or securities generally will recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the exchanger's basis in the Creation Units and the aggregate market value of the securities received and the cash redemption amount. The Internal Revenue Service, however, may assert that a loss realized upon an exchange of securities for Creation Units cannot be deducted currently under the rules governing "wash sales," or on the basis that there has been no significant change in economic position. Persons exchanging securities should consult their own tax advisors with respect to whether wash sale rules apply and when a loss might be deductible.
Any capital gain or loss realized upon redemption of Creation Units generally is treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the Shares have been held for more than one year and as a short-term capital gain or loss if the Shares have been held for one year or less.

24


DISTRIBUTION PLANS AND INTERMEDIARY COMPENSATION
Distribution and/or Service (12b-1) Fees
The Trust has adopted a distribution plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act for the Fund. Under the 12b-1 Plan, the Fund is authorized to pay fees for distribution related expenses and/or for providing services to shareholders of up to 0.25% of the Fund’s average daily net assets each year.
No 12b-1 fees are currently paid by the Fund, and there are no current plans to impose these fees.
However, in the event 12b-1 fees are charged in the future, because Rule 12b-1 fees are paid out of Fund assets and are ongoing fees, over time they will increase the cost of your investment in the Funds and may cost you more than other types of sales charges.
Additional Payments to Intermediaries
Shares of the Fund are sold primarily through intermediaries, such as brokers, dealers, investment advisors, banks, trust companies, pension plan consultants, retirement plan administrators and insurance companies.
Principal and its affiliates may, out of their own resources, pay amounts to intermediaries that support the distribution or marketing of shares of the Fund or provide services to Fund shareholders.
In some cases, Principal, the Distributor, or their respective affiliates will provide payments or reimbursements in connection with the costs of conferences and seminars, and educational, training and marketing efforts related to the Fund.  Such activities may be sponsored by intermediaries, Principal, or the Distributor. Additional costs paid or reimbursed may include travel, lodging, entertainment, meals and small gifts.  In some cases, Principal or the Distributor will also provide payment or reimbursement for expenses associated with transactions ("ticket") charges and general marketing expenses.
For more information, see the SAI.
The payments described in this prospectus may create a conflict of interest by influencing your Financial Professional or your intermediary to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your Financial Professional or visit your intermediary's website for more information about the total amounts paid to them by Principal and its affiliates, and by sponsors of other mutual funds your Financial Professional may recommend to you.
Your intermediary may charge you additional fees other than those disclosed in this prospectus. Ask your Financial Professional about any fees and commissions they charge.
FUND ACCOUNT INFORMATION
Continuous Offering
The method by which Creation Unit Aggregations of Shares are created and traded may raise certain issues under applicable securities laws. Because new Creation Unit Aggregations of Shares are issued and sold by the Fund on an ongoing basis, a "distribution," as such term is used in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), may occur at any point. Broker-dealers and other persons are cautioned that some activities on their part may, depending on the circumstances, result in their being deemed participants in a distribution in a manner which could render them statutory underwriters and subject them to the prospectus delivery requirement and liability provisions of the Securities Act.
For example, a broker-dealer firm or its client may be deemed a statutory underwriter if it takes Creation Unit Aggregations after placing an order with the Distributor, breaks them down into constituent Shares and sells such Shares directly to customers, or if it chooses to couple the creation of a supply of new Shares with an active selling effort involving solicitation of secondary market demand for Shares. A determination of whether one is an underwriter for purposes of the Securities Act must take into account all the facts and circumstances pertaining to the activities of the broker-dealer or its client in the particular case, and the examples mentioned above should not be considered a complete description of all the activities that could lead to a characterization as an underwriter.
Broker-dealer firms also should note that dealers who are not "underwriters" but are effecting transactions in Shares, whether or not participating in the distribution of Shares, generally are required to deliver a prospectus. This is because the prospectus delivery exemption in Section 4(a)(3)(C) of the Securities Act is not available in respect of such transactions as a result of Section 24(d) of the 1940 Act. As a result, broker-dealer firms should note that dealers who are not "underwriters" but are participating in a distribution (as contrasted with engaging in ordinary secondary market transactions), and thus dealing with the Shares that are part of an overallotment within the meaning of Section 4(a)(3)(C) of the Securities Act, will be unable to take advantage of the prospectus delivery exemption provided by Section 4(a)(3) of the Securities Act. For delivery of prospectuses to exchange members, the prospectus delivery mechanism of Rule 153 under the Securities Act only is available with respect to transactions on a national exchange.

25


Reservation of Rights
The Trust reserves the right to amend or terminate the Fund, as well as certain terms related to the Fund, described in this prospectus. Shareholders will be notified of any such action to the extent required by law.
Householding
Householding is an option available to certain investors. Householding is a method of delivery, based on the preference of the individual investor, in which a single copy of certain shareholder documents can be delivered to investors who share the same address, even if their accounts are registered under different names. Householding is available through certain broker-dealers. If you are interested in enrolling in householding and receiving a single copy of certain shareholder documents, please contact your broker-dealer. If you are currently enrolled in householding and wish to change your householding status, please contact your broker-dealer.
Multiple Translations
This prospectus may be translated into other languages. In the event of any inconsistencies or ambiguity as to the meaning of any word or phrase in a translation, the English text will prevail.
Financial Statements
Shareholders will receive annual financial statements for the Funds, audited by the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm. Shareholders will also receive a semiannual financial statement that is unaudited.
Section 12(d)(1)
Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act restricts investments by investment companies in the securities of other investment companies. However, registered investment companies are permitted to invest in the Fund beyond the limits set forth in Section 12(d)(1) subject to certain terms and conditions set forth in an SEC exemptive order issued to the Trust, including that such investment companies enter into an agreement with the Trust on behalf of the Fund prior to exceeding the limits imposed by Section 12(d)(1).

26


APPENDIX A – DESCRIPTION OF BOND RATINGS
Moody's Investors Service, Inc. Rating Definitions :
Long-Term Obligation Ratings
Ratings assigned on Moody's global long-term obligation rating scales are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risk of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities. Long-term ratings are assigned to issuers or obligations with an original maturity of one year or more and reflect both on the likelihood of default on contractually promised payments and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default. 1  
1 For certain structured finance, preferred stock and hybrid securities in which payment default events are either not defined or do not match investor’s expectations for timely payment, the ratings reflect the likelihood of impairment and the expected financial loss in the event of impairment.
Aaa:
Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.
Aa:
Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.
A:
Obligations rated A are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.
Baa:
Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium-grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.
Ba:
Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.
B:
Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.
Caa:
Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.
Ca:
Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.
C:
Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.
NOTE: Moody's appends numerical modifiers, 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category, the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking, and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category. Additionally, a “(hyb)” indicator is appended to all ratings of hybrid securities issued by banks, issuers, financial companies, and securities firms.*
* By their terms, hybrid securities allow for the omission of scheduled dividends, interest, or principal payments, which can potentially result in impairment if such an omission occurs. Hybrid securities may also by subject to contractually allowable write-downs of principal that could result in impairment. Together the hybrid indicator, the long-term obligation rating assigned to a hybrid security is an expression of the relative credit risk associated with that security.
SHORT-TERM NOTES: Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect the likelihood of a default on contractually promised payments. Moody's employs the following three designations, all judged to be investment grade, to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:
Issuers rated Prime-1 (or related supporting institutions) have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
Issuers rated Prime-2 (or related supporting institutions) have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

27




Issuers rated Prime-3 (or related supporting institutions) have an acceptable ability to repay short-term promissory obligations.
Issuers rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.
US MUNICIPAL SHORT-TERM DEBT: The Municipal Investment Grade (MIG) scale is used to rate US municipal bonds of up to three years maturity. MIG ratings are divided into three levels - MIG 1 through MIG 3 - while speculative grade short-term obligations are designed SG.
MIG 1 denotes superior credit quality, afforded excellent protection from established cash flows, reliable liquidity support, or broad-based access to the market for refinancing.
MIG 2 denotes strong credit quality with ample margins of protection, although not as large as in the preceding group.
MIG 3 notes are of acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established
SG denotes speculative-grade credit quality and may lack sufficient margins of protection.
Description of Standard & Poor's Corporation's Credit Ratings:
A Standard & Poor's credit rating, both long-term and short-term, is a forward-looking opinion of the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific obligation. This assessment takes into consideration obligors such as guarantors, insurers, or lessees.
The credit rating is not a recommendation to purchase, sell or hold a security, inasmuch as it does not comment as to market price or suitability for a particular investor.
The ratings are statements of opinion as of the date they are expressed furnished by the issuer or obtained by Standard & Poor's from other sources Standard & Poor's considers reliable. Standard & Poor's does not perform an audit in connection with any rating and may, on occasion, rely on unaudited financial information. The ratings may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn as a result of changes in, or unavailability of, such information, or for other circumstances.
The ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following considerations:
Likelihood of default - capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;
Nature of and provisions of the obligation;
Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditor's rights.
LONG-TERM CREDIT RATINGS:
AAA:
Obligations rated ‘AAA’ have the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor's. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.
AA:
Obligations rated ‘AA’ differ from the highest-rated issues only in small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.
A:
Obligations rated ‘A’ have a strong capacity to meet financial commitment on the obligation although they are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories.

28




BBB:
Obligations rated ‘BBB’ exhibit adequate protection parameters; however, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to meet financial commitment on the obligation.
BB, B, CCC,
Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded, on balance, as having significant
CC, and C:
speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the lowest degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest degree of speculation. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions.
BB:
Obligations rated ‘BB’ are less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
B:
Obligations rated ‘B’ are more vulnerable to nonpayment than ‘BB’ but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair this capacity.
CCC:
Obligations rated ‘CCC’ are currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. If adverse business, financial, or economic conditions occur, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meeting its financial commitment on the obligation.
CC:
Obligations rated ‘CC’ are currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The ‘CC’ rating is used when a default has not yet occurred but Standard & Poor’s expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of anticipated time to default.
C:
The rating ‘C’ is highly vulnerable to nonpayment, the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared to higher rated obligations.
D:
Obligations rated ‘D’ are in default, or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. This rating will also be used upon filing for bankruptcy petition or the taking or similar action and where default is a virtual certainty. If an obligation is subject to a distressed exchange offer the rating is lowered to ‘D’.
Plus (+) or Minus (-): The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
NR:
Indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating or that Standard & Poor’s does not rate a particular type of obligation as a matter of policy.
SHORT-TERM CREDIT RATINGS: Short-Term credit ratings are forward-looking opinions of the likelihood of timely payment of obligations having an original maturity of no more than 365 days. Ratings are graded into four categories, ranging from ‘A-1’ for the highest quality obligations to ‘D’ for the lowest. Ratings are applicable to both taxable and tax-exempt commercial paper. The four categories are as follows:
A-1:
This is the highest category. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.
A-2:
Issues carrying this designation are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of the changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

29




A-3:
Issues carrying this designation exhibit adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet it financial commitment on the obligation.
B:
Issues rated ‘B’ are regarded as vulnerable and have significant speculative characteristics. The obligor has capacity to meet financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial obligations.
C:
This rating is assigned to short-term debt obligations that are currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
D:
This rating indicates that the issue is either in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. This rating will also be used upon filing for bankruptcy petition or the taking or similar action and where default is a virtual certainty. If an obligation is subject to a distressed exchange offer the rating is lowered to ‘D’.
MUNICIPAL SHORT-TERM NOTE RATINGS: Standard & Poor's rates U.S. municipal notes with a maturity of less than three years as follows:
SP-1:
A strong capacity to pay principal and interest. Issues that possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a "+" designation.
SP-2:
A satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the terms of the notes.
SP-3:
A speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.
Fitch, Inc. Rating Definitions :
Fitch’s credit ratings are forward looking and typically attempt to assess the likelihood of repayment by the obligor at “ultimate/final maturity” and thus material changes in economic conditions and expectations (for a particular issuer) may result in a rating change. Credit ratings are opinions on relative credit quality and not a predictive measure of specific default probability.
Investment Grade
AAA:
Highest credit quality. ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.
AA:
Very high credit quality. ‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for timely payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
A:
High credit quality. ‘A’ ratings denote low expectation of credit risk. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.
BBB:
Good credit quality. ‘BBB’ ratings indicate that expectations of credit risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

30




Speculative Grade
BB:
Speculative. ‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to credit risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met.
B:
Highly speculative. ‘B’ ratings indicate that material credit risk is present.
CCC:
Substantial credit risk. ‘CCC’ ratings indicate that substantial credit risk is present.
CC:
Very high levels of credit risk. ‘CC’ ratings indicate very high levels of credit risk.
C:
Exceptionally high levels of credit risk. ‘C’ indicates exceptionally high levels of credit risk.
D:
Default. ‘D’ ratings indicate an issuer has entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or which has otherwise ceased business.
Note: The modifiers “+” or “-“may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ obligation rating category, or to corporate finance obligation ratings in the categories below ‘B’.
Short-Term Credit Ratings
A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity or security stream, and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, structured and sovereign obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations in US public finance markets.
F1:
Highest short-term credit quality. Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.
F2:
Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.
F3:
Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.
B:
Speculative short-term credit quality. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.
C:
High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.
RD:
Restricted default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Typically applicable to entity ratings only.
D:
Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a specific short-term obligation.
Recovery Ratings
Recovery Ratings are assigned to selected individual securities and obligations, most frequently for individual obligations of corporate issuers with speculative grade ratings.
Among the factors that affect recovery rates for securities are the collateral, the seniority relative to other obligations in the capital structure (where appropriate), and the expected value of the company or underlying collateral in distress.

31




The Recovery Rating scale is based upon the expected relative recovery characteristics of an obligation upon the curing of a default, emergence from insolvency or following the liquidation or termination of the obligor or its associated collateral. Recovery Ratings are an ordinal scale and do not attempt to precisely predict a given level of recovery. As a guideline in developing the rating assessments, the agency employs broad theoretical recovery bands in its ratings approach based on historical averages, but actual recoveries for a given security may deviate materially from historical averages.
RR1:
Outstanding recovery prospects given default. ‘RR1’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 91%-100% of current principal and related interest.
RR2:
Superior recovery prospects given default. ‘RR2’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 71%-90% of current principal and related interest.
RR3:
Good recovery prospects given default. ‘RR3’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 51%-70% of current principal and related interest.
RR4:
Average recovery prospects given default. ‘RR4’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 31%-50% of current principal and related interest.
RR5:
Below average recovery prospects given default. ‘RR5’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 11%-30% of current principal and related interest.
RR6:
Poor recovery prospects given default. ‘RR6’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 0%-10% of current principal and related interest.


32




ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Additional information about the Fund is available in the Statement of Additional Information dated __________, which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. Additional information about the Fund’s investments is available in the Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders. In the Fund’s annual report, you will find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the Fund’s performance during the last fiscal year. The Statement of Additional Information and the Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports can be obtained free of charge by writing Principal Exchange Traded Funds, c/o ALPS Distributors, Inc., 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, CO 80203. In addition, the Fund makes its Statement of Additional Information and annual and semi-annual reports available, free of charge, on our website www.principalfunds.com. To request this and other information about the Fund and to make shareholder inquiries, telephone [ ]
Information about the Fund (including the Statement of Additional Information) can be reviewed and copied at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the Commission at 1-202-551-8090. Reports and other information about the Fund are available on the EDGAR Database on the Commission’s internet site at http:// www.sec.gov. Copies of this information may be obtained, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the Commission’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-1520.
The U.S. government does not insure or guarantee an investment in any Fund.
Shares of the Fund are not deposits or obligations of, or guaranteed or endorsed by, any financial institution, nor are shares of the Fund federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board, or any other agency.

















Principal Exchange-Traded Funds SEC File ___________



33
 


PRINCIPAL EXCHANGE-TRADED FUNDS
Statement of Additional Information
dated ______, ____


This Statement of Additional Information (SAI) is not a prospectus. It contains information in addition to the information in the Fund’s prospectus. This prospectus, which we may amend from time to time, contains the basic information you should know before investing in the Fund. You should read this SAI together with the Fund’s prospectus dated [ ].

Incorporation by reference: To be filed by amendment .

For a free copy of the current prospectus semiannual or annual report, call [ ] or write:
Principal Exchange-Traded Funds
[ ]
[ ]

The prospectus may be viewed at www.principalfunds.com.


Fund
Ticker Symbol
Principal U.S. Listing Exchange
Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
YLD
NYSE Arca


The information in this Statement of Additional Information is not complete and may be changed.  We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective.  This Statement of Additional Information is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state in which the offer or sale is not permitted.







TABLE OF CONTENTS
GENERAL DESCRIPTON OF TRUST AND FUND
EXCHANGE LISTING & TRADING
DESCRIPTION OF THE FUND’S INVESTMENTS AND RISKS
LEADERSHIP STRUCTURE AND BOARD OF TRUSTEES
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES
PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF CREATION UNITS
CALCULATION OF NAV
TAX CONSIDERATIONS
PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS DISCLOSURE
PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES
PORTFOLIO MANAGER DISCLOSURE
APPENDIX A
APPENDIX B – DESCRIPTION OF BOND RATINGS
APPENDIX C – FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
APPENDIX D – FOREIGN MARKET HOLIDAYS
APPENDIX E – PROXY VOTING POLICIES


2



GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF TRUST AND FUND
The Principal Exchange-Traded Funds (the "Trust") is a statutory trust organized under the laws of the State of Delaware in 2013 and is authorized to have multiple series or portfolios. The Trust is an open-end management investment company, registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act"). The Trust currently consists of one series, the Principal EDGE Active Income ETF (the “Fund”). The Fund is "diversified," and as such, the Fund's investments are required to meet certain diversification requirements under the 1940 Act. The shares of the Fund are referred to herein as "Shares."
The Trust issues and redeems Shares at net asset value ("NAV") only with Authorized Participants (“APs”) and only in aggregations of 50,000 Shares (each a "Creation Unit" or a "Creation Unit Aggregation"), which is subject to change. The Fund issues and redeems Creation Units in exchange for portfolio securities and/or cash, plus a fixed and/or variable transaction fee.
The Fund is expected to be approved for listing, subject to notice of issuance, on NYSE Arca, Inc. ("NYSE Arca" or the "Exchange"). Shares trade on the Exchange at market prices that may be below, at, or above NAV.
EXCHANGE LISTING AND TRADING
Shares of the Fund are expected to be listed for trading and trade throughout the day on NYSE Arca.
Once listed, there can be no assurance that the Fund will continue to meet the requirements of the Exchange necessary to maintain the listing of its Shares. The Exchange may, but is not required to, remove the Shares of the Fund from listing if: (i) following the initial 12-month period beginning at the commencement of trading of the Fund, there are fewer than 50 beneficial owners of the Shares of the Fund for 30 or more consecutive trading days; or (ii) such other event shall occur or condition shall exist that, in the opinion of the Exchange, makes further dealings on such Exchange inadvisable. The Exchange will remove the Shares of the Fund from listing and trading upon termination of the Fund.
As in the case of other stocks traded on the Exchange, brokers' commissions on transactions will be based on negotiated commission rates at customary levels.
The Trust reserves the right to adjust the price levels of the Shares in the future to help maintain convenient trading ranges for investors. Any adjustments would be accomplished through stock splits or reverse stock splits, which would have no effect on the net assets of the Fund.
DESCRIPTION OF THE FUND’S INVESTMENTS AND RISKS
Fund Policies
The investment objectives, investment strategies and the principal risks of the Fund are described in the Prospectus. This Statement of Additional Information contains supplemental information about those strategies and risks and the types of securities the Sub-Advisors can select for the Fund. Additional information is also provided about other the strategies that the Fund may use to try to achieve its objective.
The composition of the Fund and the techniques and strategies that the Sub-Advisors may use in selecting securities will vary over time. The Fund is not required to use all of the investment techniques and strategies available to it in seeking its goals.
Unless otherwise indicated, with the exception of the percentage limitations on borrowing, the restrictions apply at the time transactions are entered into. Accordingly, any later increase or decrease beyond the specified limitation, resulting from market fluctuations or in a rating by a rating service, does not require elimination of any security from the Fund’s portfolio.
The investment objective of the Fund and, except as described below as "Fundamental Restrictions," the investment strategies described in this Statement of Additional Information and the Prospectus are not fundamental and may be changed by the Trust’s Board of Trustees without shareholder approval. The Fundamental Restrictions may not be changed without a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund. The Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, ("1940 Act") provides that "a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities" of the Fund means the affirmative vote of the lesser of 1) more than 50% of the outstanding shares or 2) 67% or more of the shares present at a meeting if more than 50% of the outstanding Fund shares are represented at the meeting in person or by proxy. Each share has one vote.

3



With the exception of the diversification test required by the Internal Revenue Code, the Fund will not consider collateral held in connection with securities lending activities when applying any of the following fundamental restrictions or any other investment restriction set forth in the Fund's Prospectus or Statement of Additional Information.
 
Fundamental Restrictions – Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
Each of the following numbered restrictions for the Fund is a matter of fundamental policy and may not be changed without shareholder approval. The:
1)
Fund may not issue senior securities, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as amended, and as interpreted, modified or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.
2)
Fund may not purchase or sell commodities, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as amended, and as interpreted, modified or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.
3)
Fund may not purchase or sell real estate, which term does not include securities of companies which deal in real estate or mortgages or investments secured by real estate or interests therein, except that the Fund reserves freedom of action to hold and to sell real estate acquired as a result of the Fund’s ownership of securities.
4)
Fund may not borrow money, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as amended, and as interpreted, modified or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.
5)
Fund may not make loans except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as amended, and as interpreted, modified or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.
6)
Fund has elected to be treated as a “diversified” investment company, as that term is used in the 1940 Act, as amended, and as interpreted, modified or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.
7)
Fund may not concentrate, as that term is used in the 1940 Act, its investments in a particular industry, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as amended, and as interpreted, modified or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time. 
8)
Fund may not act as an underwriter of securities, except to the extent that the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter in connection with the sale of securities held in its portfolio.
Non-Fundamental Restrictions – Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
The Fund has also adopted the following restrictions that are not fundamental policies and may be changed without shareholder approval. It is contrary to the Fund's present policy to:
1)
Invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities and in repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days except to the extent permitted by applicable law.
2)
Pledge, mortgage, or hypothecate its assets, except to secure permitted borrowings. The deposit of underlying securities and other assets in escrow and other collateral arrangements in connection with transactions in put or call options, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, and over-the-counter swap contracts are not deemed to be pledges or other encumbrances.
3)
Invest in companies for the purpose of exercising control or management.
4)
Acquire securities of other investment companies in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) or (G) of the 1940 Act, invest more than 10% of its total assets in securities of other investment companies, invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one investment company, or acquire more than 3% of the outstanding voting securities of any one investment company except in connection with a merger, consolidation, or plan of reorganization and except as permitted by the 1940 Act, SEC rules adopted under the 1940 Act or exemptions granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Fund may purchase securities of closed-end investment companies in the open market where no underwriter or dealer’s commission or profit, other than a customary broker’s commission, is involved.
Investment Strategies and Risks
Senior Securities
Under the 1940 Act, a fund that borrows money is required to maintain continuous asset coverage (that is, total assets including borrowings, less liabilities exclusive of borrowings) of 300% of the amount borrowed, with an exception for borrowings not in excess of 5% of the fund’s total assets made for temporary or emergency purposes. Pursuant to SEC staff interpretations of the Act, a fund that purchases securities or makes other investments that have a leveraging effect on the fund (for example, reverse repurchase agreements) must segregate assets to render them not available for sale or other disposition in an amount equal to the amount the fund owes pursuant to the terms of the security or other investment.

4



Commodities
Under the 1940 Act, a fund's registration statement must recite the fund's policy with regard to investing in commodities. Pursuant to a claim for exclusion filed with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) on behalf of the Fund, neither the Trust nor the Fund is deemed to be a “commodity pool” or “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”), and they are therefore not subject to registration or regulation under the CEA. The CFTC recently amended rule 4.5 “Exclusion for certain otherwise regulated persons from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator.” Rule 4.5 provides that an investment company does not meet the definition of “commodity pool operator” if its use of futures contracts, options on futures contracts and swaps is sufficiently limited that the fund can fall within one of two exclusions set out in rule 4.5. The Fund intends to limit its use of futures contracts, options on futures contracts and swaps to the degree necessary to fall within one of the two exclusions. If the Fund is unable to do so, it may incur expenses that are necessary to comply with the CEA and rules the CFTC has adopted under it.
Borrowing
If the Fund invests the proceeds of borrowing, borrowing will tend to exaggerate the effect on net asset value of any increase or decrease in the market value of the Fund’s portfolio. If the Fund invests the proceeds of borrowing, money borrowed will be subject to interest costs that may or may not be recovered by earnings on the securities purchased. The Fund also may be required to maintain minimum average balances in connection with a borrowing or to pay a commitment or other fee to maintain a line of credit; either of these requirements would increase the cost of borrowing over the stated interest rate.
The 1940 Act limits a fund’s ability to borrow money. For example, a fund may borrow for temporary purposes so long as the amount borrowed does not exceed 5% of the fund's total assets.
Loans
The Fund may not make loans to other persons except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, or other successor law governing the regulation of registered investment companies, or interpretations or modifications thereof by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), SEC staff or other authority of competent jurisdiction, or (ii) pursuant to exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority of competent jurisdiction. Examples of permissible loans include (a) the lending of its portfolio securities, (b) the purchase of debt securities, loan participations and/or engaging in direct corporate loans in accordance with its investment objectives and policies, (c) the entry into a repurchase agreement (to the extent such entry is deemed to be a loan), and (d) loans to affiliated investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act or any exemptions therefrom that may be granted by the SEC.
Industry Concentration
“Concentration” means a fund invests more than 25% of its net assets in a particular industry or group of industries. To monitor compliance with the policy regarding industry concentration, the Fund may use the industry classifications provided by Bloomberg, L.P., the Morgan Stanley Capital International/Standard & Poor's Global Industry Classification Standard (GICS), the Directory of Companies Filing Annual Reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other reasonable industry classification system. The Fund interprets its policy with respect to concentration in a particular industry to apply only to direct investments in the securities of issuers in a particular industry. For purposes of this restriction, government securities such as treasury securities or mortgage-backed securities that are issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities are not subject to the Fund’s industry concentration restrictions. The Fund views its investments in privately issued mortgage-related securities, asset-backed securities or tax-exempt municipal securities as not representing interests in any particular industry or group of industries. For information about municipal securities, see the Municipal Obligations section.
Restricted and Illiquid Securities
A fund may experience difficulty in valuing and selling illiquid securities and, in some cases, may be unable to value or sell certain illiquid securities for an indefinite period of time. Illiquid securities may include a wide variety of investments, such as (1) repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days (unless the agreements have demand/redemption features), (2) OTC options contracts and certain other derivatives (including certain swap agreements), (3) fixed time deposits that are not subject to prepayment or do not provide for withdrawal penalties upon prepayment (other than overnight deposits), (4) loan interests and other direct debt instruments, (5) certain municipal lease obligations, (6) commercial paper issued pursuant to Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act, (7) thinly-traded securities, and (8) securities whose resale is restricted under the federal securities laws or contractual provisions (including restricted, privately placed securities that, under the federal securities laws, generally may be resold only to qualified institutional buyers). Generally, restricted securities may be sold only in a public offering for which a registration statement has been filed and declared effective or in a transaction that is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933. When registration is required, a fund that owns restricted securities may

5



be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expenses and a considerable period may elapse between the time of the decision to sell and the time the Fund may be permitted to sell a restricted security. If adverse market conditions were to develop during such a period, the fund might obtain a less favorable price than existed when it decided to sell.
Illiquid and restricted securities are priced at fair value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of the Directors. The Fund has adopted investment restrictions that limit its investments in illiquid securities to no more than 15% of its net assets. The Trustees have adopted procedures to determine the liquidity of Rule 4(2) short-term paper and of restricted securities that may be resold under Rule 144A. Securities determined to be liquid under these procedures are excluded from the preceding investment restriction.
Foreign Securities
Foreign companies may not be subject to the same uniform accounting, auditing, and financial reporting practices as are required of U.S. companies. In addition, there may be less publicly available information about a foreign company than about a U.S. company. Securities of many foreign companies are less liquid and more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. companies. Commissions on foreign securities exchanges may be generally higher than those on U.S. exchanges.
Foreign markets also have different clearance and settlement procedures than those in U.S. markets. In certain markets there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct these transactions. Delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when a portion of a fund's assets is not invested and is earning no return. If a fund is unable to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems, the fund may miss attractive investment opportunities. In addition, a fund may incur a loss as a result of a decline in the value of its portfolio if it is unable to sell a security.
With respect to certain foreign countries, there is the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation, political, or social instability, or diplomatic developments that could affect a fund's investments in those countries. In addition, a fund may also suffer losses due to nationalization, expropriation, or differing accounting practices and treatments.
Investments in foreign securities are subject to laws of the foreign country that may limit the amount and types of foreign investments. Changes of governments or of economic or monetary policies, in the U.S. or abroad, changes in dealings between nations, currency convertibility, or exchange rates could result in investment losses for a fund. Finally, even though certain currencies may be convertible into U.S. dollars, the conversion rates may be artificial relative to the actual market values and may be unfavorable to a fund's investors.
Foreign securities are often traded with less frequency and volume, and therefore may have greater price volatility, than is the case with many U.S. securities. Brokerage commissions, custodial services, and other costs relating to investment in foreign countries are generally more expensive than in the U.S. Though the Fund intends to acquire the securities of foreign issuers where there are public trading markets, economic or political turmoil in a country in which the Fund has a significant portion of its assets or deterioration of the relationship between the U.S. and a foreign country may negatively impact the liquidity of the Fund's portfolio. The Fund may have difficulty meeting a large number of redemption requests. Furthermore, there may be difficulties in obtaining or enforcing judgments against foreign issuers.
Investments in companies of developing (also called “emerging”) countries are subject to higher risks than investments in companies in more developed countries. These risks include:
increased social, political, and economic instability;
a smaller market for these securities and low or nonexistent volume of trading that results in a lack of liquidity and in greater price volatility;
lack of publicly available information, including reports of payments of dividends or interest on outstanding securities;
foreign government policies that may restrict opportunities, including restrictions on investment in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to national interests;
relatively new capital market structure or market-oriented economy;
the possibility that recent favorable economic developments may be slowed or reversed by unanticipated political or social events in these countries;
restrictions that may make it difficult or impossible for the fund to vote proxies, exercise shareholder rights, pursue legal remedies, and obtain judgments in foreign courts; and
possible losses through the holding of securities in domestic and foreign custodial banks and depositories.

6



In addition, many developing countries have experienced substantial and, in some periods, extremely high rates of inflation for many years. Inflation and rapid fluctuations in inflation rates have had and may continue to have negative effects on the economies and securities markets of those countries.
Repatriation of investment income, capital and proceeds of sales by foreign investors may require governmental registration and/or approval in some developing countries. The Fund could be adversely affected by delays in or a refusal to grant any required governmental registration or approval for repatriation.
Further, the economies of developing countries generally are heavily dependent upon international trade and, accordingly, have been and may continue to be adversely affected by trade barriers, exchange controls, managed adjustments in relative currency values and other protectionist measures imposed or negotiated by the countries with which they trade.
Depositary Receipts
Depositary Receipts are generally subject to the same sort of risks as direct investments in a foreign country, such as, currency risk, political and economic risk, and market risk, because their values depend on the performance of a foreign security denominated in its home currency.
The Fund may invest in foreign securities which means it may invest in:
American Depositary Receipts ("ADRs") - receipts issued by an American bank or trust company evidencing ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign issuer. They are designed for use in U.S. securities markets.
European Depositary Receipts ("EDRs") and Global Depositary Receipts ("GDRs") - receipts typically issued by a foreign financial institution to evidence an arrangement similar to that of ADRs.
Depositary Receipts may be issued by sponsored or unsponsored programs. In sponsored programs, an issuer has made arrangements to have its securities traded in the form of Depositary Receipts. In unsponsored programs, the issuer may not be directly involved in the creation of the program. Although regulatory requirements with respect to sponsored and unsponsored programs are generally similar, in some cases it may be easier to obtain financial information from an issuer that has participated in the creation of a sponsored program. Accordingly, there may be less information available regarding issuers of securities of underlying unsponsored programs, and there may not be a correlation between the availability of such information and the market value of the Depositary Receipts.
Securities of Smaller Companies
The Fund may invest in securities of companies with small- or mid-sized market capitalizations. Market capitalization is defined as total current market value of a company's outstanding common stock. Investments in companies with smaller market capitalizations may involve greater risks and price volatility (wide, rapid fluctuations) than investments in larger, more mature companies. Smaller companies may be less mature than older companies. At this earlier stage of development, the companies may have limited product lines, reduced market liquidity for their shares, limited financial resources or less depth in management than larger or more established companies. Small companies also may be less significant within their industries and may be at a competitive disadvantage relative to their larger competitors. While smaller companies may be subject to these additional risks, they may also realize more substantial growth than larger or more established companies. Small company stocks may decline in price as large company stocks rise, or rise in price while larger company stocks decline. Investors should therefore expect the net asset value of a fund that invests a substantial portion of its assets in small company stocks may be more volatile than the shares of a fund that invests solely in larger company stocks.
Unseasoned Issuers
The Fund may invest in the securities of unseasoned issuers. Unseasoned issuers are companies with a record of less than three years continuous operation, including the operation of predecessors and parents. Unseasoned issuers by their nature have only a limited operating history that can be used for evaluating the companies' growth prospects. As a result, investment decisions for these securities may place a greater emphasis on current or planned product lines and the reputation and experience of the company's management and less emphasis on fundamental valuation factors than would be the case for more mature growth companies. In addition, many unseasoned issuers also may be small companies and involve the risks and price volatility associated with smaller companies.
Convertible Securities
A convertible security is a bond, debenture, note, preferred stock, or other security that entitles the holder to acquire common stock or other equity securities of the same or a different issuer. A convertible security generally entitles the holder to receive interest paid or accrued until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Before conversion, convertible securities have characteristics similar to non-convertible debt or preferred securities, as applicable. Convertible securities rank senior to common stock in a corporation’s capital structure and,

7



therefore, generally entail less risk than the corporation’s common stock, although the extent to which such risk is reduced depends in large measure upon the degree to which the convertible security sells above its value as a fixed income security. Convertible securities are subordinate in rank to any senior debt obligations of the issuer, and, therefore, an issuer’s convertible securities entail more risk than its debt obligations. Convertible securities generally offer lower interest or dividend yields than non-convertible debt securities of similar credit quality because of the potential for capital appreciation. In addition, convertible securities are often lower-rated securities.
Because of the conversion feature, the price of the convertible security will normally fluctuate in some proportion to changes in the price of the underlying asset, and as such is subject to risks relating to the activities of the issuer and/or general market and economic conditions. The income component of a convertible security may tend to cushion the security against declines in the price of the underlying asset. However, the income component of convertible securities causes fluctuations based upon changes in interest rates and the credit quality of the issuer.
If the conversion value of a convertible security increases to a point that approximates or exceeds its investment value, the value of the security will be principally influenced by its conversion value. A convertible security will sell at a premium over its conversion value to the extent investors place value on the right to acquire the underlying common stock while holding an income-producing security.
A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a predetermined price. If a convertible security held by a fund is called for redemption, the fund would be required to permit the issuer to redeem the security and convert it to underlying common stock, or would sell the convertible security to a third party, which may have an adverse effect on the fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective.
Options on Securities and Securities Indices, and Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts
The Fund may each engage in the practices described under this heading.
Options on Securities and Securities Indices. The Fund may write (sell) and purchase call and put options on securities in which it invests and on securities indices based on securities in which the Fund invests. The Fund may engage in these transactions to hedge against a decline in the value of securities owned or an increase in the price of securities which the Fund plans to purchase, or to generate additional revenue.
The Fund may purchase or write both exchange-traded and over-the-counter (“OTC”) options. OTC options differ from exchange-traded options in that they are two-party contracts, with price and other terms negotiated between buyer and seller, and generally do not have as much market liquidity as exchange-traded options. An OTC option (an option not traded on an established exchange) may be closed out only by agreement with the other party to the original option transaction. With OTC options, a fund is at risk that the other party to the transaction will default on its obligations or will not permit the Fund to terminate the transaction before its scheduled maturity. While a fund will seek to enter into OTC options only with dealers who agree to or are expected to be capable of entering into closing transactions with a fund, there can be no assurance that a fund will be able to liquidate an OTC option at a favorable price at any time prior to its expiration. OTC options are not subject to the protections afforded purchasers of listed options by the Options Clearing Corporation or other clearing organizations. An exchange-traded option may be closed out only on an exchange that generally provides a liquid secondary market for an option of the same series. If a liquid secondary market for an exchange-traded option does not exist, it might not be possible to effect a closing transaction with respect to a particular option, with the result that a fund would have to exercise the option in order to consummate the transaction.
Writing Covered Call and Put Options. When a fund writes a call option, it gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy a specific security at a specified price at any time before the option expires. When a fund writes a put option, it gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell to the fund a specific security at a specified price at any time before the option expires. In both situations, the fund receives a premium from the purchaser of the option
The premium received by a fund reflects, among other factors, the current market price of the underlying security, the relationship of the exercise price to the market price, the time period until the expiration of the option and interest rates. The premium generates additional income for the fund if the option expires unexercised or is closed out at a profit. By writing a call, a fund limits its opportunity to profit from any increase in the market value of the underlying security above the exercise price of the option, but it retains the risk of loss if the price of the security should decline. By writing a put, a fund assumes the risk that it may have to purchase the underlying security at a price that may be higher than its market value at time of exercise.
The Fund writes only covered options that comply with applicable regulatory and exchange cover requirements. The Fund usually owns the underlying security covered by any outstanding call option. With respect to an outstanding put option, the Fund deposits and maintains with its custodian or segregates on the Fund's records, cash, or other liquid assets with a value at least equal to the market value of the option that was written.

8



Once a fund has written an option, it may terminate its obligation before the option is exercised. The fund executes a closing transaction by purchasing an option of the same series as the option previously written. The fund has a gain or loss depending on whether the premium received when the option was written exceeds the closing purchase price plus related transaction costs.
Purchasing Call and Put Options. When the fund purchases a call option, it receives, in return for the premium it pays, the right to buy from the writer of the option the underlying security at a specified price at any time before the option expires. A fund purchases call options in anticipation of an increase in the market value of securities that it intends ultimately to buy. During the life of the call option, the fund is able to buy the underlying security at the exercise price regardless of any increase in the market price of the underlying security. In order for a call option to result in a gain, the market price of the underlying security must exceed the sum of the exercise price, the premium paid, and transaction costs.
When a fund purchases a put option, it receives, in return for the premium it pays, the right to sell to the writer of the option the underlying security at a specified price at any time before the option expires. A fund purchases put options in anticipation of a decline in the market value of the underlying security. During the life of the put option, the fund is able to sell the underlying security at the exercise price regardless of any decline in the market price of the underlying security. In order for a put option to result in a gain, the market price of the underlying security must decline, during the option period, below the exercise price enough to cover the premium and transaction costs.
Once a fund purchases an option, it may close out its position by selling an option of the same series as the option previously purchased. The fund has a gain or loss depending on whether the closing sale price exceeds the initial purchase price plus related transaction costs.
Options on Securities Indices. The Fund may purchase and sell put and call options on any securities index based on securities in which the Fund may invest. Securities index options are designed to reflect price fluctuations in a group of securities or segment of the securities market rather than price fluctuations in a single security. Options on securities indices are similar to options on securities, except that the exercise of securities index options requires cash payments and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities. The Fund engages in transactions in put and call options on securities indices for the same purposes as they engage in transactions in options on securities. When the Fund writes call options on securities indices, it holds in its portfolio underlying securities which, in the judgment of the Sub-Advisor, correlate closely with the securities index and which have a value at least equal to the aggregate amount of the securities index options.
Risks Associated with Option Transactions. An option position may be closed out only on an exchange that provides a secondary market for an option of the same series. A fund generally purchases or writes only those options for which there appears to be an active secondary market. However, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on an exchange exists for any particular option, or at any particular time. If a fund is unable to effect closing sale transactions in options it has purchased, it has to exercise its options in order to realize any profit and may incur transaction costs upon the purchase or sale of underlying securities. If the fund is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction for a covered option that it has written, it is not able to sell the underlying securities, or dispose of the assets held in a segregated account, until the option expires or is exercised. The fund's ability to terminate option positions established in the over-the-counter market may be more limited than for exchange-traded options and may also involve the risk that broker-dealers participating in such transactions might fail to meet their obligations.
Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts. The Fund may purchase and sell futures contracts of many types, including for example, futures contracts covering indexes, financial instruments, and foreign currencies. The Fund may purchase and sell financial futures contracts and options on those contracts. Financial futures contracts are commodities contracts based on financial instruments such as U.S. Treasury bonds or bills or on securities indices such as the S&P 500 Index. Futures contracts, options on futures contracts, and the commodity exchanges on which they are traded are regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. Through the purchase and sale of futures contracts and related options, a fund may seek to hedge against a decline in the value of securities owned by the fund or an increase in the price of securities that the fund plans to purchase. The Fund may also purchase and sell futures contracts and related options to maintain cash reserves while simulating full investment in securities and to keep substantially all of its assets exposed to the market. The Fund may enter into futures contracts and related options transactions both for hedging and non-hedging purposes.
Futures Contracts. The Fund may purchase or sell a futures contract to gain exposure to a particular market asset without directly purchasing that asset. When a fund sells a futures contract based on a financial instrument, the fund is obligated to deliver that kind of instrument at a specified future time for a specified price. When a fund purchases that kind of contract, it is obligated to take delivery of the instrument at a specified time and to pay the

9



specified price. In most instances, these contracts are closed out by entering into an offsetting transaction before the settlement date. The fund realizes a gain or loss depending on whether the price of an offsetting purchase plus transaction costs are less or more than the price of the initial sale or on whether the price of an offsetting sale is more or less than the price of the initial purchase plus transaction costs. Although the fund usually liquidates futures contracts on financial instruments, by entering into an offsetting transaction before the settlement date, they may make or take delivery of the underlying securities when it appears economically advantageous to do so.
A futures contract based on a securities index provides for the purchase or sale of a group of securities at a specified future time for a specified price. These contracts do not require actual delivery of securities but result in a cash settlement. The amount of the settlement is based on the difference in value of the index between the time the contract was entered into and the time it is liquidated (at its expiration or earlier if it is closed out by entering into an offsetting transaction).
When a fund purchases or sells a futures contract, it pays a commission to the futures commission merchant through which the fund executes the transaction. When entering into a futures transaction, the fund does not pay the execution price, as it does when it purchases a security, or a premium, as it does when it purchases an option. Instead, the fund deposits an amount of cash or other liquid assets (generally about 5% of the futures contract amount) with its futures commission merchant. This amount is known as "initial margin." In contrast to the use of margin account to purchase securities, the fund's deposit of initial margin does not constitute the borrowing of money to finance the transaction in the futures contract. The initial margin represents a good faith deposit that helps assure the fund's performance of the transaction. The futures commission merchant returns the initial margin to the fund upon termination of the futures contract if the fund has satisfied all its contractual obligations.
Subsequent payments to and from the futures commission merchant, known as "variation margin," are required to be made on a daily basis as the price of the futures contract fluctuates, a process known as "marking to market." The fluctuations make the long or short positions in the futures contract more or less valuable. If the position is closed out by taking an opposite position prior to the settlement date of the futures contract, a final determination of variation margin is made. Any additional cash is required to be paid to or released by the broker and the fund realizes a loss or gain.
In using futures contracts, a fund may seek to establish with more certainty than would otherwise be possible the effective price of or rate of return on portfolio securities or securities that the fund proposes to acquire. A fund, for example, sells futures contracts in anticipation of a rise in interest rates that would cause a decline in the value of its debt investments. When this kind of hedging is successful, the futures contract increases in value when the fund's debt securities decline in value and thereby keeps the fund's net asset value from declining as much as it otherwise would. A fund may also sell futures contracts on securities indices in anticipation of or during a stock market decline in an endeavor to offset a decrease in the market value of its equity investments. When a fund is not fully invested and anticipates an increase in the cost of securities it intends to purchase, it may purchase financial futures contracts. When increases in the prices of equities are expected, a fund may purchase futures contracts on securities indices in order to gain rapid market exposure that may partially or entirely offset increases in the cost of the equity securities it intends to purchase.
Options on Futures Contracts. The Fund may also purchase and write call and put options on futures contracts. A call option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to purchase a futures contract (assume a long position) at a specified exercise price at any time before the option expires. A put option gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to sell a futures contract (assume a short position), for a specified exercise price, at any time before the option expires.
Upon the exercise of a call, the writer of the option is obligated to sell the futures contract (to deliver a long position to the option holder) at the option exercise price, which will presumably be lower than the current market price of the contract in the futures market. Upon exercise of a put, the writer of the option is obligated to purchase the futures contract (deliver a short position to the option holder) at the option exercise price, which will presumably be higher than the current market price of the contract in the futures market. However, as with the trading of futures, most options are closed out prior to their expiration by the purchase or sale of an offsetting option at a market price that reflects an increase or a decrease from the premium originally paid. Options on futures can be used to hedge substantially the same risks addressed by the direct purchase or sale of the underlying futures contracts. For example, if a fund anticipates a rise in interest rates and a decline in the market value of the debt securities in its portfolio, it might purchase put options or write call options on futures contracts instead of selling futures contracts.

10



If the Fund purchases an option on a futures contract, it may obtain benefits similar to those that would result if it held the futures position itself. But in contrast to a futures transaction, the purchase of an option involves the payment of a premium in addition to transaction costs. In the event of an adverse market movement, however, the Fund is not subject to a risk of loss on the option transaction beyond the price of the premium it paid plus its transaction costs.
When the Fund writes an option on a futures contract, the premium paid by the purchaser is deposited with the Fund's custodian. The Fund must maintain with its futures commission merchant all or a portion of the initial margin requirement on the underlying futures contract. It assumes a risk of adverse movement in the price of the underlying futures contract comparable to that involved in holding a futures position. Subsequent payments to and from the futures commission merchant, similar to variation margin payments, are made as the premium and the initial margin requirements are marked to market daily. The premium may partially offset an unfavorable change in the value of portfolio securities, if the option is not exercised, or it may reduce the amount of any loss incurred by the Fund if the option is exercised.
Risks Associated with Futures Transactions. There are a number of risks associated with transactions in futures contracts and related options. The value of the assets that are the subject of the futures contract may not move in the anticipated direction. The Fund's successful use of futures contracts is subject to the ability of the Sub-Advisor to predict correctly the factors affecting the market values of the Fund's portfolio securities. For example, if the Fund is hedged against the possibility of an increase in interest rates which would adversely affect debt securities held by the Fund and the prices of those debt securities instead increases, the Fund loses part or all of the benefit of the increased value of its securities it hedged because it has offsetting losses in its futures positions. Other risks include imperfect correlation between price movements in the financial instrument or securities index underlying the futures contract, on the one hand, and the price movements of either the futures contract itself or the securities held by the Fund, on the other hand. If the prices do not move in the same direction or to the same extent, the transaction may result in trading losses.
Prior to exercise or expiration, a position in futures may be terminated only by entering into a closing purchase or sale transaction. This requires a secondary market on the relevant contract market. The Fund enters into a futures contract or related option only if there appears to be a liquid secondary market. There can be no assurance, however, that such a liquid secondary market exists for any particular futures contract or related option at any specific time. Thus, it may not be possible to close out a futures position once it has been established. Under such circumstances, the Fund continues to be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin in the event of adverse price movements. In such situations, if the Fund has insufficient cash, it may be required to sell portfolio securities to meet daily variation margin requirements at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. In addition, the Fund may be required to perform under the terms of the futures contracts it holds. The inability to close out futures positions also could have an adverse impact on the Fund's ability effectively to hedge its portfolio.
Most United States futures exchanges limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. This daily limit establishes the maximum amount that the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day's settlement price at the end of a trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular type of contract, no more trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only price movements during a particular trading day and therefore does not limit potential losses because the limit may prevent the liquidation of unfavorable positions. Futures contract prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and subjecting some futures traders to substantial losses.
Limitations on the Use of Futures, Options on Futures Contracts, and Swaps. A fund that utilizes futures contracts, options on futures contracts or swaps has claimed an exclusion from the definition of a “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act and is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the Commodity Exchange Act. The Commodity Futures Trading Commission recently amended rule 4.5 “Exclusion for certain otherwise regulated persons from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator.” Rule 4.5 provides that a mutual fund does not meet the definition of “commodity pool operator” if its use of futures contracts, options on futures contracts and swaps is sufficiently limited that the fund can fall within one of two exclusions set out in rule 4.5. The Fund intends to limit their use of futures contracts, options on futures contracts and swaps to the degree necessary to fall within one of the two exclusions. If the Fund is unable to do so, it may incur expenses that are necessary to comply with the Commodity Exchange Act and rules the Commodity Futures Trading Commission has adopted under it.

11



The Fund may enter into futures contracts and related options transactions, for hedging purposes and for other appropriate risk management purposes, and to modify the Fund's exposure to various currency, equity, or fixed-income markets. The Fund may engage in speculative futures trading. When using futures contracts and options on futures contracts for hedging or risk management purposes, the Fund determines that the price fluctuations in the contracts and options are substantially related to price fluctuations in securities held by the Fund or which it expects to purchase. In pursuing traditional hedging activities, the Fund may sell futures contracts or acquire puts to protect against a decline in the price of securities that the Fund owns. The Fund may purchase futures contracts or calls on futures contracts to protect the Fund against an increase in the price of securities the Fund intends to purchase before it is in a position to do so.
When the Fund purchases a futures contract, or writes a call option on a futures contract, it segregates liquid assets that, when added to the value of assets deposited with the futures commission merchant as margin, are equal to the market value of the contract.
High Yield Bonds (“Junk Bonds”)
Some funds invest a portion of their assets in bonds that are rated below investment grade (sometimes called “high yield bonds” or "junk bonds") which are rated at the time of purchase Ba1 or lower by Moody's and BB+ or lower by S&P (if the bond has been rated by only one of those agencies, that rating will determine whether the bond is below investment grade; if the bond has not been rated by either of those agencies, the Sub-Advisor will determine whether the bond is of a quality comparable to those rated below investment grade). Lower rated bonds involve a higher degree of credit risk, which is the risk that the issuer will not make interest or principal payments when due. In the event of an unanticipated default, the Fund would experience a reduction in its income and could expect a decline in the market value of the bonds so affected. Issuers of high yield securities may be involved in restructurings or bankruptcy proceedings that may not be successful.  If an issuer defaults, it may not be able to pay all or a portion of interest and principal owed to the fund, it may exchange the high yield securities owned by the fund for other securities, including equities, and/or the fund may incur additional expenses while seeking recovery of its investment. Some funds may also invest in unrated bonds of foreign and domestic issuers. Unrated bonds, while not necessarily of lower quality than rated bonds, may not have as broad a market. Because of the size and perceived demand of the issue, among other factors, certain municipalities may not incur the expense of obtaining a rating. The Sub-Advisor will analyze the creditworthiness of the issuer, as well as any financial institution or other party responsible for payments on the bond, in determining whether to purchase unrated bonds. Unrated bonds will be included in the limitation the Fund has with regard to high yield bonds unless the Sub-Advisor deems such securities to be the equivalent of investment grade bonds. Some of the high yield securities consist of Rule 144A securities. High yield securities may contain any type of interest rate payment or reset terms, including fixed rate, adjustable rate, zero coupon, contingent, deferred, payment-in-kind and those with auction rate features.
Mortgage- and Asset-Backed Securities
The yield characteristics of the mortgage- and asset-backed securities in which the Fund may invest differ from those of traditional debt securities. Among the major differences are that the interest and principal payments are made more frequently on mortgage- and asset-backed securities (usually monthly) and that principal may be prepaid at any time because the underlying mortgage loans or other assets generally may be prepaid at any time. As a result, if the Fund purchases those securities at a premium, a prepayment rate that is faster than expected will reduce their yield, while a prepayment rate that is slower than expected will have the opposite effect of increasing yield. If the Fund purchases these securities at a discount, faster than expected prepayments will increase their yield, while slower than expected prepayments will reduce their yield. Amounts available for reinvestment by the Fund are likely to be greater during a period of declining interest rates and, as a result, are likely to be reinvested at lower interest rates than during a period of rising interest rates.
In general, the prepayment rate for mortgage-backed securities decreases as interest rates rise and increases as interest rates fall. However, rising interest rates will tend to decrease the value of these securities. In addition, an increase in interest rates may affect the volatility of these securities by effectively changing a security that was considered a short-term security at the time of purchase into a long-term security. Long-term securities generally fluctuate more widely in response to changes in interest rates than short- or medium-term securities.
The market for privately issued mortgage- and asset-backed securities is smaller and less liquid than the market for U.S. government mortgage-backed securities. A collateralized mortgage obligation (“CMO”) may be structured in a manner that provides a wide variety of investment characteristics (yield, effective maturity, and interest rate sensitivity). As market conditions change, and especially during periods of rapid market interest rate changes, the ability of a CMO to provide the anticipated investment characteristics may be greatly diminished. Increased market volatility and/or reduced liquidity may result.

12



The Fund may invest in each of collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”), collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”), other collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”) and other similarly structured securities. CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs are types of asset-backed securities. A CBO is a trust which is often backed by a diversified pool of high risk, below investment grade fixed income securities. The collateral can be from many different types of fixed income securities such as high yield debt, residential privately issued mortgage-related securities, commercial privately issued mortgage-related securities, trust preferred securities and emerging market debt. A CLO is a trust typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and foreign senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans. Other CDOs are trusts backed by other types of assets representing obligations of various parties. CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs may charge management fees and administrative expenses.
Inflation-Indexed Bonds
The Fund may invest in inflation-indexed bonds or inflation protected debt securities, which are fixed income securities whose value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. Two structures are common. The U.S. Treasury and some other issuers utilize a structure that accrues inflation into the principal value of the bond. Most other issuers pay out the Consumer Price Index accruals as part of a semi-annual coupon. Inflation-indexed securities issued by the U.S. Treasury (Treasury Inflation Protected Securities or TIPS) have maturities of approximately five, ten or thirty years, although it is possible that securities with other maturities will be issued in the future. The U.S. Treasury securities pay interest on a semi-annual basis equal to a fixed percentage of the inflation-adjusted principal amount. If the periodic adjustment rate measuring inflation falls, the principal value of inflation-indexed bonds will be adjusted downward, and consequently the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. The value of inflation-indexed bonds is expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Real interest rates in turn are tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. Therefore, if the rate of inflation rises at a faster rate than nominal interest rates, real interest rates might decline, leading to an increase in value of inflation-indexed bonds. In contrast, if nominal interest rates increase at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates might rise, leading to a decrease in value of inflation-indexed bonds. While these securities are expected to be protected from long-term inflationary trends, short-term increases in inflation may lead to a decline in value. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to changes in currency exchange rates), investors in these securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the bond's inflation measure.
The periodic adjustment of U.S. inflation-indexed bonds is tied to the Consumer Price Index for Urban Consumers (CPI-U), which is calculated monthly by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. The CPI-U is a measurement of changes in the cost of living, made up of components such as housing, food, transportation and energy. Inflation-indexed bonds issued by a foreign government are generally adjusted to reflect a comparable inflation index calculated by that government. Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-indexed bond will be considered taxable ordinary income, even though investors do not receive their principal until maturity.
Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITs”)
REITs are pooled investment vehicles that invest in income producing real estate, real estate related loans, or other types of real estate interests. U.S. REITs are allowed to eliminate corporate level federal tax so long as they meet certain requirements of the Internal Revenue Code. Foreign REITs ("REIT-like") entities may have similar tax treatment in their respective countries. Equity real estate investment trusts own real estate properties, while mortgage real estate investment trusts make and/or invests in construction, development, and long-term mortgage loans. Their value may be affected by changes in the underlying property of the trusts, the creditworthiness of the issuer, property taxes, interest rates, and tax and regulatory requirements, such as those relating to the environment. Both types of trusts are not diversified, are dependent upon management skill, are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers, self-liquidation, and the possibility of failing to qualify for tax-free status of income under the Internal Revenue Code and failing to maintain exemption from the 1940 Act. In addition, foreign REIT-like entities will be subject to foreign securities risks. (See "Foreign Securities")
Zero-Coupon Securities
The Fund may invest in zero-coupon securities. Zero-coupon securities have no stated interest rate and pay only the principal portion at a stated date in the future. They usually trade at a substantial discount from their face (par) value. Zero-coupon securities are subject to greater market value fluctuations in response to changing interest rates than debt obligations of comparable maturities that make distributions of interest in cash.

13



Master Limited Partnerships (“MLPs”)
An MLP is an entity that is generally taxed as a partnership for federal income tax purposes and that derives each year at least 90% of its gross income from "Qualifying Income". Qualifying Income includes interest, dividends, real estate rents, gain from the sale or disposition of real property, income and gain from commodities or commodity futures, and income and gain from mineral or natural resources activities that generate Qualifying Income. MLP interests (known as units) are traded on securities exchanges or over-the-counter. An MLP's organization as a partnership and compliance with the Qualifying Income rules generally eliminates federal tax at the entity level.
An MLP has one or more general partners (who may be individuals, corporations, or other partnerships) which manage the partnership, and limited partners, which provide capital to the partnership but have no role in its management. Typically, the general partner is owned by company management or another publicly traded sponsoring corporation. When an investor buys units in an MLP, the investor becomes a limited partner. Holders of MLP units have limited control and voting rights on matters affecting the partnership and are exposed to a remote possibility of liability for all of the obligations of that MLP in the event that a court determines that the rights of the holders of MLP units to vote to remove or replace the general partner of that MLP, to approve amendments to that MLP’s partnership agreement, or to take other action under the partnership agreement of that MLP would constitute “control” of the business of that MLP, or a court or governmental agency determines that the MLP is conducting business in a state without complying with the partnership statute of that state. Holders of MLP units are also exposed to the risk that they will be required to repay amounts to the MLP that are wrongfully distributed to them.
The business of certain MLPs is affected by supply and demand for energy commodities because such MLPs derive revenue and income based upon the volume of the underlying commodity produced, transported, processed, distributed, and/ or marketed. Pipeline MLPs have indirect commodity exposure to oil and gas price volatility because, although they do not own the underlying energy commodity, the general level of commodity prices may affect the volume of the commodity the MLP delivers to its customers and the cost of providing services such as distributing natural gas liquids. The costs of natural gas pipeline MLPs to perform services may exceed the negotiated rates under “negotiated rate” contracts. Processing MLPs may be directly affected by energy commodity prices. Propane MLPs own the underlying energy commodity, and therefore have direct exposure to energy commodity prices. The MLP industry in general could be hurt by market perception that MLP's performance and valuation are directly tied to commodity prices.
Pipeline MLPs are common carrier transporters of natural gas, natural gas liquids (primarily propane, ethane, butane and natural gasoline), crude oil or refined petroleum products (gasoline, diesel fuel and jet fuel). Pipeline MLPs also may operate ancillary businesses such as storage and marketing of such products. Pipeline MLPs derive revenue from capacity and transportation fees. Historically, pipeline output has been less exposed to cyclical economic forces due to its low cost structure and government-regulated nature. In addition, most pipeline MLPs have limited direct commodity price exposure because they do not own the product being shipped.
Processing MLPs are gatherers and processors of natural gas as well as providers of transportation, fractionation and storage of natural gas liquids ("NGLs"). Processing MLPs derive revenue from providing services to natural gas producers, which require treatment or processing before their natural gas commodity can be marketed to utilities and other end user markets. Revenue for the processor is fee based, although it is not uncommon to have some participation in the prices of the natural gas and NGL commodities for a portion of revenue.
Propane MLPs are distributors of propane to homeowners for space and water heating. Propane MLPs derive revenue from the resale of the commodity on a margin over wholesale cost. The ability to maintain margin is a key to profitability. Propane serves approximately 3% of the household energy needs in the United States, largely for homes beyond the geographic reach of natural gas distribution pipelines. Approximately 70% of annual cash flow is earned during the winter heating season (October through March). Accordingly, volumes are weather dependent, but have utility type functions similar to electricity and natural gas.
MLPs operating interstate pipelines and storage facilities are subject to substantial regulation by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission ("FERC"), which regulates interstate transportation rates, services and other matters regarding natural gas pipelines including: the establishment of rates for service; regulation of pipeline storage and liquified natural gas facility construction; issuing certificates of need for companies intending to provide energy services or constructing and operating interstate pipeline and storage facilities; and certain other matters. FERC also regulates the interstate transportation of crude oil, including: regulation of rates and practices of oil pipeline companies; establishing equal service conditions to provide shippers with equal access to pipeline transportation; and establishment of reasonable rates for transporting petroleum and petroleum products by pipeline.

14



MLPs are subject to various federal, state and local environmental laws and health and safety laws as well as laws and regulations specific to their particular activities. These laws and regulations address: health and safety standards for the operation of facilities, transportation systems and the handling of materials; air and water pollution requirements and standards; solid waste disposal requirements; land reclamation requirements; and requirements relating to the handling and disposition of hazardous materials. MLPs are subject to the costs of compliance with such laws applicable to them, and changes in such laws and regulations may adversely affect their results of operations.
MLPs may be subject to liability relating to the release of substances into the environment, including liability under federal “Superfund” and similar state laws for investigation and remediation of releases and threatened releases of hazardous materials, as well as liability for injury and property damage for accidental events, such as explosions or discharges of materials causing personal injury and damage to property. Such potential liabilities could have a material adverse effect upon the financial condition and results of operations of MLPs.
MLPs are subject to numerous business related risks, including: deterioration of business fundamentals reducing profitability due to development of alternative energy sources, consumer sentiment with respect to global warming, changing demographics in the markets served, unexpectedly prolonged and precipitous changes in commodity prices and increased competition that reduces the MLP’s market share; the lack of growth of markets requiring growth through acquisitions; disruptions in transportation systems; the dependence of certain MLPs upon the energy exploration and development activities of unrelated third parties; availability of capital for expansion and construction of needed facilities; a significant decrease in natural gas production due to depressed commodity prices or otherwise; the inability of MLPs to successfully integrate recent or future acquisitions; and the general level of the economy.
Securities Lending
The Fund may lend its portfolio securities. The Fund will not lend its portfolio securities if as a result the aggregate of such loans made by the Fund would exceed the limits established by the 1940 Act (in general, the Fund may not lend more than 33 1/3% of total fund assets). Portfolio securities may be lent to unaffiliated broker-dealers and other unaffiliated qualified financial institutions provided that such loans are callable at any time on not more than five business days' notice and that cash or other liquid assets equal to at least 102% of the market value of the securities loaned, determined daily, is deposited by the borrower with the Fund and is maintained each business day. While such securities are on loan, the borrower pays the Fund any income accruing thereon. The Fund may invest any cash collateral, thereby earning additional income, and may receive an agreed-upon fee from the borrower. Borrowed securities must be returned when the loan terminates. Any gain or loss in the market value of the borrowed securities that occurs during the term of the loan belongs to the Fund and its shareholders. The Fund pays reasonable administrative, custodial, and other fees in connection with such loans and may pay a negotiated portion of the interest earned on the cash or government securities pledged as collateral to the borrower or placing broker. The Fund does not normally retain voting rights attendant to securities it has lent, but it may call a loan of securities in anticipation of an important vote.
Short Sales
A short sale involves the sale by the fund of a security that it does not own with the expectation of covering settlement by purchasing the same security at a later date at a lower price. The fund may also enter into a short position by using a derivative instrument, such as a future, forward, or swap agreement. If the price of the security or derivative increases prior to the time the fund is required to replace the borrowed security, then the fund will incur a loss equal to the increase in price from the time that the short sale was entered into plus any premiums and interest paid to the broker. Therefore, short sales involve the risk that losses may be exaggerated, potentially losing more money than the value of the investment.
A “short sale against the box” is a technique that involves selling either a security owned by the fund, or a security equivalent in kind and amount to the security sold short that the fund has the right to obtain, at no additional cost, for delivery at a specified date in the future. The Fund may enter into a short sale against the box to hedge against anticipated declines in the market price of portfolio securities. If the value of the securities sold short against the box increases prior to the scheduled delivery date, a fund will lose money.
Foreign Currency Transactions
The Fund may engage in foreign currency transactions for both hedging and investment purposes. In addition, certain of the Fund’s investments will be denominated in foreign currencies or traded in securities markets in which settlements are made in foreign currencies. Any income on such investments is generally paid to the Fund in foreign currencies. The value of these foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar varies continually, causing changes in the dollar value of a fund’s portfolio investments (even if the local market price of the investments is unchanged) and changes in the dollar value of a fund’s income available for distribution to its shareholders. The effect of changes in the dollar value of a foreign currency on the dollar value of a fund’s assets and on the net investment income available

15



for distribution may be favorable or unfavorable. The Fund may also use foreign currency transactions to increase exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one country to another.
The Fund may incur costs in connection with conversions between various currencies. In addition, the Fund may be required to liquidate portfolio assets, or may incur increased currency conversion costs, to compensate for a decline in the dollar value of a foreign currency occurring between the time when the Fund declares and pays a dividend, or between the time when the Fund accrues and pays an operating expense in U.S. dollars.
To protect against a change in the foreign currency exchange rate between the date on which the Fund contracts to purchase or sell a security and the settlement date for the purchase or sale, to gain exposure to one or more foreign currencies or to “lock in” the equivalent of a dividend or interest payment in another currency, the Fund might purchase or sell a foreign currency on a spot ( i.e ., cash) basis at the prevailing spot rate.
Options on Foreign Currencies. In addition, the Fund may buy and write options on foreign currencies in a manner similar to that in which futures or forward contracts on foreign currencies will be utilized. The Fund may use options on foreign currencies to hedge against adverse changes in foreign currency conversion rates. For example, a decline in the U.S. dollar value of a foreign currency in which portfolio securities are denominated will reduce the U.S. dollar value of such securities, even if their value in the foreign currency remains constant. In order to protect against such diminutions in the value of the portfolio securities, the Fund may buy put options on the foreign currency. If the value of the currency declines, the Fund will have the right to sell such currency for a fixed amount in U.S. dollars, thereby offsetting, in whole or in part, the adverse effect on its portfolio. Conversely, when a rise in the U.S. dollar value of a currency in which securities to be acquired are denominated is projected, thereby increasing the cost of such securities, the Fund may buy call options on the foreign currency. The purchase of such options could offset, at least partially, the effects of the adverse movements in exchange rates. As in the case of other types of options, however, the benefit to the Fund from purchases of foreign currency options will be reduced by the amount of the premium and related transaction costs. In addition, if currency exchange rates do not move in the direction or to the extent desired, the Fund could sustain losses or lesser gains on transactions in foreign currency options that would require the Fund to forgo a portion or all of the benefits of advantageous changes in those rates.
The Fund also may write options on foreign currencies. For example, to hedge against a potential decline in the U.S. dollar due to adverse fluctuations in exchange rates, the Fund could, instead of purchasing a put option, write a call option on the relevant currency. If the decline expected by the Fund occurs, the option will most likely not be exercised and the diminution in value of portfolio securities will be offset at least in part by the amount of the premium received. Similarly, instead of purchasing a call option to hedge against a potential increase in the U.S. dollar cost of securities to be acquired, the Fund could write a put option on the relevant currency which, if rates move in the manner projected by the Fund, will expire unexercised and allow the Fund to hedge the increased cost up to the amount of the premium. If exchange rates do not move in the expected direction, the option may be exercised and the Fund would be required to buy or sell the underlying currency at a loss, which may not be fully offset by the amount of the premium. Through the writing of options on foreign currencies, the Fund also may lose all or a portion of the benefits that might otherwise have been obtained from favorable movements in exchange rates.
Transactions in foreign currencies, foreign currency denominated debt and certain foreign currency options, futures contracts and forward contracts (and similar instruments) may give rise to ordinary income or loss to the extent such income or loss results from fluctuations in the value of the foreign currency concerned. Transactions in non-U.S. currencies are also subject to many of the risks of investing in non-U.S. securities. Because the Fund may invest in foreign securities and foreign currencies, changes in foreign economies and political climates are more likely to affect the Fund than a mutual fund that invests exclusively in U.S. companies. There also may be less government supervision of foreign markets, resulting in non-uniform accounting practices and less publicly available information. If the Fund’s portfolio is over-weighted in a certain geographic region, any negative development affecting that region will have a greater impact on the Fund than a fund that is not over-weighted in that region.
Futures on Currency. A foreign currency future provides for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified quantity of foreign currency at a specified price and time. A public market exists in futures contracts covering a number of foreign currencies. Currency futures contracts are exchange-traded and change in value to reflect movements of a currency or a basket of currencies. Settlement must be made in a designated currency.

16



Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts. The Fund may, but is not obligated to, enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts. Currency transactions include forward currency contracts and exchange listed or over-the-counter options on currencies. A forward currency contract involves a privately negotiated obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a specified future date at a price set at the time of the contract.
The typical use of a forward contract is to "lock in" the price of a security in U.S. dollars or some other foreign currency which the Fund is holding in its portfolio. By entering into a forward contract for the purchase or sale, for a fixed amount of dollars or other currency, of the amount of foreign currency involved in the underlying security transactions, the Fund may be able to protect itself against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar or other currency which is being used for the security purchase and the foreign currency in which the security is denominated in or exposed to during the period between the date on which the security is purchased or sold and the date on which payment is made or received.
The Sub-Advisor also may from time to time utilize forward contracts for other purposes. For example, they may be used to hedge a foreign security held in the portfolio or a security which pays out principal tied to an exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and a foreign currency, against a decline in value of the applicable foreign currency. They also may be used to lock in the current exchange rate of the currency in which those securities anticipated to be purchased are denominated in or exposed to. At times, the Fund may enter into "cross-currency" hedging transactions involving currencies other than those in which securities are held or proposed to be purchased are denominated.
The Fund segregates liquid assets in an amount equal to (1) at least its daily marked-to-market (net) obligation (i.e., its daily net liability, if any) with respect to forward currency contracts that are cash settled and (2) the net notional value with respect to forward currency contracts that are not cash settled. It should be noted that the use of forward foreign currency exchange contracts does not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities. It simply establishes a rate of exchange between the currencies that can be achieved at some future point in time. Additionally, although such contracts tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, they also tend to limit any potential gain that might result if the value of the currency increases.
Currency hedging involves some of the same risks and considerations as other transactions with similar instruments. Currency transactions can result in losses to the Fund if the currency being hedged fluctuates in value to a degree or in a direction that is not anticipated. Further, the risk exists that the perceived linkage between various currencies may not be present or may not be present during the particular time that the Fund is engaging in currency hedging. Currency transactions are also subject to risks different from those of other portfolio transactions. Because currency control is of great importance to the issuing governments and influences economic planning and policy, purchases and sales of currency and related instruments can be adversely affected by government exchange controls, limitations or restrictions on repatriation of currency, and manipulations or exchange restrictions imposed by governments. These forms of governmental actions can result in losses to the Fund if it is unable to deliver or receive currency or monies in settlement of obligations. They could also cause hedges the Fund has entered into to be rendered useless, resulting in full currency exposure as well as incurring transaction costs. Currency exchange rates may also fluctuate based on factors extrinsic to a country's economy. Buyers and sellers of currency forward contracts are subject to the same risks that apply to the use of forward contracts generally. Further, settlement of a currency forward contract for the purchase of most currencies must occur at a bank based in the issuing nation. The ability to establish and close out positions on trading options on currency futures contracts is subject to the maintenance of a liquid market that may not always be available.
Moreover, the Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a forward contract in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a forward counterparty.
Repurchase and Reverse Repurchase Agreements, Mortgage Dollar Rolls and Sale-Buybacks
The Fund may invest in repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements. In a repurchase agreement, the Fund purchases a security and simultaneously commits to resell that security to the seller at an agreed upon price on an agreed upon date within a number of days (usually not more than seven) from the date of purchase. The resale price consists of the purchase price plus an amount that is unrelated to the coupon rate or maturity of the purchased security. A repurchase agreement involves the obligation of the seller to pay the agreed upon price, which obligation is in effect secured by the value (at least equal to the amount of the agreed upon resale price and marked-to-market daily) of the underlying security or "collateral." A risk associated with repurchase agreements is the failure of the seller to repurchase the securities as agreed, which may cause the Fund to suffer a loss if the market value of such securities declines before they can be liquidated on the open market. In the event of bankruptcy or insolvency of the seller, the Fund may encounter delays and incur costs in liquidating the underlying security. Repurchase agreements

17



that mature in more than seven days are subject to the Fund's limit on illiquid investments. While it is not possible to eliminate all risks from these transactions, it is the policy of the Fund to limit repurchase agreements to those parties whose creditworthiness has been reviewed and found satisfactory by the Sub-Advisor.
The Fund may use reverse repurchase agreements, mortgage dollar rolls, and economically similar transactions to obtain cash to satisfy unusually heavy redemption requests or for other temporary or emergency purposes without the necessity of selling portfolio securities, or to earn additional income on portfolio securities, such as Treasury bills or notes. In a reverse repurchase agreement, the Fund sells a portfolio security to another party, such as a bank or broker-dealer, in return for cash and agrees to repurchase the instrument at a particular price and time. While a reverse repurchase agreement is outstanding, the Fund will maintain cash or appropriate liquid assets to cover its obligation under the agreement. The Fund will enter into reverse repurchase agreements only with parties that the Sub-Advisor deems creditworthy. Using reverse repurchase agreements to earn additional income involves the risk that the interest earned on the invested proceeds is less than the expense of the reverse repurchase agreement transaction. This technique may also have a leveraging effect on the Fund, although the Fund's intent to segregate assets in the amount of the reverse repurchase obligation minimizes this effect.
A “mortgage dollar roll” is similar to a reverse repurchase agreement in certain respects. In a “dollar roll” transaction the Fund sells a mortgage-related security, such as a security issued by the Government National Mortgage Association, to a dealer and simultaneously agrees to repurchase a similar security (but not the same security) in the future at a pre-determined price. A dollar roll can be viewed, like a reverse repurchase agreement, as a collateralized borrowing in which the Fund pledges a mortgage-related security to a dealer to obtain cash. Unlike in the case of reverse repurchase agreements, the dealer with which the Fund enters into a dollar roll transaction is not obligated to return the same securities as those originally sold by the Fund, but only securities which are “substantially identical.” To be considered “substantially identical,” the securities returned to the Fund generally must: 1) be collateralized by the same types of underlying mortgages; 2) be issued by the same agency and be part of the same program; 3) have a similar original stated maturity; 4) have identical net coupon rates; 5) have similar market yields (and therefore price); and 6) satisfy “good delivery” requirements, meaning that the aggregate principal amounts of the securities delivered and received back must be within 0.01% of the initial amount delivered.
The Fund's obligations under a dollar roll agreement must be covered by segregated liquid assets equal in value to the securities subject to repurchase by the Fund.
The Fund also may effect simultaneous purchase and sale transactions that are known as “sale-buybacks.” A sale-buyback is similar to a reverse repurchase agreement, except that in a sale-buyback, the counterparty who purchases the security is entitled to receive any principal or interest payments made on the underlying security pending settlement of the Fund's repurchase of the underlying security. The Fund's obligations under a sale-buyback typically would be offset by liquid assets equal in value to the amount of the Fund's forward commitment to repurchase the subject security.
Swap Agreements and Options on Swap Agreements
The Fund may engage in swap transactions, including, but not limited to, swap agreements on interest rates, security or commodity indexes, specific securities and commodities, and credit and event-linked swaps, to the extent permitted by its investment restrictions. To the extent the Fund may invest in foreign currency-denominated securities, it may also invest in currency swap agreements and currency exchange rate swap agreements. The Fund may also enter into options on swap agreements (“swap options”).
The Fund may enter into swap transactions for any legal purpose consistent with its investment objectives and policies, such as for the purpose of attempting to obtain or preserve a particular return or spread at a lower cost than obtaining a return or spread through purchases and/or sales of instruments in other markets; to protect against currency fluctuations; as a duration management technique; to protect against any increase in the price of securities
The Fund anticipates purchasing at a later date; to gain exposure to one or more securities, currencies, or interest rates; to take advantage of perceived mispricing in the securities markets; or to gain exposure to certain markets in the most economical way possible.
Swap agreements are two party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a few weeks to more than one year. In a standard "swap" transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments, which may be adjusted for an interest factor. The gross returns to be exchanged or "swapped" between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a "notional amount," i.e., the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate, in a particular foreign currency, or in a "basket" of securities or commodities representing a particular index.

18



Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by the Fund with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive interest (for example, an exchange of floating rate payments for fixed rate payments with respect to a notional amount of principal). Forms of swap agreements also include interest rate caps, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates exceed a specified rate, or "cap"; interest rate floors, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates fall below a specified rate, or "floor"; and interest rate collars, under which a party sells a cap and purchases a floor or vice versa in an attempt to protect itself against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels. A currency swap is an agreement to exchange cash flows on a notional amount based on changes in the relative values of the specified currencies. An index swap is an agreement to make or receive payments based on the different returns that would be achieved if a notional amount were invested in a specified basket of securities (such as the S&P 500 Index) or in some other investment (such as U.S. Treasury Securities). A total return swap is an agreement to make payments of the total return from a specified asset or instrument (or a basket of such instruments) during the specified period, in return for payments equal to a fixed or floating rate of interest or the total return from another specified asset or instrument. Alternatively, a total return swap can be structured so that one party will make payments to the other party if the value of the relevant asset or instrument increases, but receive payments from the other party if the value of that asset or instrument decreases. Consistent with the Fund's investment objectives and general investment policies, it may invest in commodity swap agreements. For example, an investment in a commodity swap agreement may involve the exchange of floating-rate interest payments for the total return on a commodity index. In a total return commodity swap, the Fund will receive the price appreciation of a commodity index, a portion of the index, or a single commodity in exchange for paying an agreed-upon fee. If the commodity swap is for one period, the Fund may pay a fixed fee, established at the outset of the swap. However, if the term of the commodity swap is for more than one period, with interim swap payments, the Fund may pay an adjustable or floating fee. With a "floating" rate, the fee may be pegged to a base rate, such as the London Interbank Offered Rate, and is adjusted each period. Therefore, if interest rates increase over the term of the swap contract, the Fund may be required to pay a higher fee at each swap reset date.
The Fund may enter into credit default swap agreements. The "buyer" in a credit default contract is obligated to pay the "seller" a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default on an underlying reference obligation has occurred. If an event of default occurs, the seller must pay the buyer the full notional value, or "par value," of the reference obligation in exchange for the reference obligation. The Fund may be either the buyer or seller in a credit default swap transaction. If the Fund is a buyer and no event of default occurs, the Fund will lose its investment and recover nothing. However, if an event of default occurs, the Fund (if the buyer) will receive the full notional value of the reference obligation that may have little or no value. As a seller, the Fund receives a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the contract, which typically is between six months and five years, provided that there is no default event. If an event of default occurs, the seller must pay the buyer the full notional value of the reference obligation. In addition, collateral posting requirements are individually negotiated and there is no regulatory requirement that a counterparty post collateral to secure its obligations or a specified amount of cash, depending upon the terms of the swap, under a credit default swap. Furthermore, there is no requirement that a party be informed in advance when a credit default swap agreement is sold. Accordingly, the Fund may have difficulty identifying the party responsible for payment of its claims. The notional value of credit default swaps with respect to a particular investment is often larger than the total par value of such investment outstanding and, in event of a default, there may be difficulties in making the required deliveries of the reference investments, possibly delaying payments.
The Fund may invest in derivative instruments that provide exposure to one or more credit default swaps. For example, the Fund may invest in a derivative instrument known as the Loan-Only Credit Default Swap Index (“LCDX”), a tradable index with 100 equally-weighted underlying single-name loan-only credit default swaps (“LCDS”). Each underlying LCDS references an issuer whose loans trade in the secondary leveraged loan market. The Fund can either buy the index (take on credit exposure) or sell the index (pass credit exposure to a counterparty). While investing in these types of derivatives will increase the universe of debt securities to which the Fund is exposed, such investments entail additional risks that are not typically associated with investments in other debt securities. Credit default swaps and other derivative instruments related to loans are subject to the risks associated with loans generally, as well as the risks of derivative transactions.
The Fund may invest in publicly or privately issued interests in investment pools whose underlying assets are credit default, credit-linked, interest rate, currency exchange, equity-linked or other types of swap contracts and related underlying securities or securities loan agreements. The pools’ investment results may be designed to correspond generally to the performance of a specified securities index or “basket” of securities, or sometimes a single security. These types of pools are often used to gain exposure to multiple securities with a smaller investment than would be required to invest directly in the individual securities. They also may be used to gain exposure to foreign securities markets without investing in the foreign securities themselves and/or the relevant foreign market. To the extent that

19



the Fund invests in pools of swaps and related underlying securities or securities loan agreements whose return corresponds to the performance of a foreign securities index or one or more foreign securities, investing in such pools will involve risks similar to the risks of investing in foreign securities. In addition to the risks associated with investing in swaps generally, the Fund bears the risks and costs generally associated with investing in pooled investment vehicles, such as paying the fees and expenses of the pool and the risk that the pool or the operator of the pool may default on its obligations to the holder of interests in the pool, such as the Fund. Interests in privately offered investment pools of swaps may be considered illiquid.
The Fund may enter into contracts for differences. “Contracts for differences” are swap arrangements in which the Fund may agree with a counterparty that its return (or loss) will be based on the relative performance of two different groups or “baskets” of securities. For example, as to one of the baskets, the Fund’s return is based on theoretical long futures positions in the securities comprising that basket, and as to the other basket, the Fund’s return is based on theoretical short futures positions in the securities comprising that other basket. The notional sizes of the baskets will not necessarily be the same, which can give rise to investment leverage. The Fund may also use actual long and short futures positions to achieve the market exposure(s) as contracts for differences. The Fund may enter into swaps and contracts for differences for investment return, hedging, risk management and for investment leverage.
A swap option (also known as “swaptions”) is a contract that gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation) in return for payment of a premium, to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel, or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement, at some designated future time on specified terms. The buyer and seller of the swap option agree on the strike price, length of the option period, the term of the swap, notional amount, amortization and frequency of settlement. The Fund may engage in swap options for hedging purposes or in an attempt to manage and mitigate credit and interest rate risk. The Fund may write (sell) and purchase put and call swap options. The use of swap options involves risks, including, among others, imperfect correlation between movements of the price of the swap options and the price of the securities, indices or other assets serving as reference instruments for the swap option, reducing the effectiveness of the instrument for hedging or investment purposes.
The swap agreements the Fund enters into settle in cash and, therefore, provide for calculation of the obligations of the parties to the agreement on a “net basis.” Consequently, the Fund's current obligations (or rights) under such a swap agreement will generally be equal only to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement (the “net amount”). The Fund's current obligations under such a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owed to the Fund) and any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty will be covered by the segregation of assets determined to be liquid by the Manager or Sub-Advisor in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Directors, to avoid any potential leveraging of the Fund's portfolio. Obligations under swap agreements for which the Fund segregates assets will not be construed to be “senior securities” for purposes of the Fund's investment restriction concerning senior securities.
Swaps can be highly volatile and may have a considerable impact on the Fund’s performance, as the potential gain or loss on any swap transaction is not subject to any fixed limit. Whether the Fund's use of swap agreements or swap options will be successful in furthering its investment objective of total return will depend on the ability of the Fund's Manager or Sub-Advisor to predict correctly whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater returns than other investments. Because they are two party contracts and because they may have terms of greater than seven days, swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid. Moreover, the Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty. The Fund will enter into swap agreements only with counterparties that present minimal credit risks, as determined by the Fund's Manager or Sub-Advisor. Certain restrictions imposed on the Fund by the Internal Revenue Code may limit the Fund’s ability to use swap agreements.
Depending on the terms of the particular option agreement, the Fund will generally incur a greater degree of risk when it writes a swap option than it will incur when it purchases a swap option. When the Fund purchases a swap option, it risks losing only the amount of the premium it has paid should it decide to let the option expire unexercised. However, when the Fund writes a swap option, upon exercise of the option the Fund will become obligated according to the terms of the underlying agreement.
Liquidity. Some swap markets have grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and as agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. As a result, these swap markets have become relatively liquid.

20



The liquidity of swap agreements will be determined by the Manager or Sub-Advisor based on various factors, including:
the frequency of trades and quotations,
the number of dealers and prospective purchasers in the marketplace,
dealer undertakings to make a market,
the nature of the security (including any demand or tender features), and
the nature of the marketplace for trades (including the ability to assign or offset a portfolio's rights and obligations relating to the investment).
Such determination will govern whether a swap will be deemed to be within the Fund's restriction on investments in illiquid securities.
For purposes of applying the Fund’s investment policies and restrictions (as stated in the Prospectuses and this Statement of Additional Information) swap agreements are generally valued by the Fund at market value. In the case of a credit default swap, however, in applying certain of the Fund’s investment policies and restrictions the Fund will value the credit default swap at its notional value or its full exposure value (i.e., the sum of the notional amount for the contract plus the market value), but may value the credit default swap at market value for purposes of applying certain of the Fund’s other investment policies and restrictions. For example, the Fund may value credit default swaps at full exposure value for purposes of the Fund’s credit quality guidelines because such value reflects the Fund’s actual economic exposure during the term of the credit default swap agreement. In this context, both the notional amount and the market value may be positive or negative depending on whether the fund is selling or buying protection through the credit default swap. The manner in which certain securities or other instruments are valued by the Fund for purposes of applying investment policies and restrictions may differ from the manner in which those investments are valued by other types of investors.
Money Market Instruments/Temporary Defensive Position
The Fund may make money market investments (cash equivalents), without limit, pending other investment or settlement, for liquidity, or in adverse market conditions. Following are descriptions of the types of money market instruments that the Fund may purchase:
U.S. Government Securities - Securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, including treasury bills, notes, and bonds.
U.S. Government Agency Securities - Obligations issued or guaranteed by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government.
U.S. agency obligations include, but are not limited to, the Bank for Cooperatives, Federal Home Loan Banks, and Federal Intermediate Credit Banks.
U.S. instrumentality obligations include, but are not limited to, the Export-Import Bank, Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, and Federal National Mortgage Association.
Some obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury. Others, such as those issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association, are supported by discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase certain obligations of the agency or instrumentality. Still others, such as those issued by the Student Loan Marketing Association, are supported only by the credit of the agency or instrumentality.
Bank Obligations - Certificates of deposit, time deposits and bankers' acceptances of U.S. commercial banks having total assets of at least one billion dollars and overseas branches of U.S. commercial banks and foreign banks, which in the opinion of the Sub-Advisor, are of comparable quality. The Fund may acquire obligations of U.S. banks that are not members of the Federal Reserve System or of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds deposited in a commercial bank for a definite period of time and earning a specified return. Bankers’ acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of exchange, normally drawn by an importer or exporter to pay for specific merchandise, which are “accepted” by a bank, meaning, in effect, that the bank unconditionally agrees to pay the face value of the instrument on maturity. Fixed time deposits are bank obligations payable at a stated maturity date and bearing interest at a fixed rate. Fixed time deposits may be withdrawn on demand by the investor, but may be subject to early withdrawal penalties which vary depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation. There are no contractual restrictions on the right to transfer a beneficial interest in a fixed time deposit to a third party, although there is no market for such deposits.

21



Obligations of foreign banks and obligations of overseas branches of U.S. banks are subject to somewhat different regulations and risks than those of U.S. domestic banks. For example, an issuing bank may be able to maintain that the liability for an investment is solely that of the overseas branch which could expose the Fund to a greater risk of loss. In addition, obligations of foreign banks or of overseas branches of U.S. banks may be affected by governmental action in the country of domicile of the branch or parent bank. Examples of adverse foreign governmental actions include the imposition of currency controls, the imposition of withholding taxes on interest income payable on such obligations, interest limitations, seizure or nationalization of assets, or the declaration of a moratorium. Deposits in foreign banks or foreign branches of U.S. banks are not covered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and that the selection of those obligations may be more difficult because there may be less publicly available information concerning foreign banks or the accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, practices and requirements applicable to foreign banks may differ from those applicable to United States banks. Foreign banks are not generally subject to examination by any United States Government agency or instrumentality. The Fund only buys short-term instruments where the risks of adverse governmental action are believed by the Sub-Advisor to be minimal. The Fund considers these factors, along with other appropriate factors, in making an investment decision to acquire such obligations. It only acquires those which, in the opinion of management, are of an investment quality comparable to other debt securities bought by the Fund.
A certificate of deposit is issued against funds deposited in a bank or savings and loan association for a definite period of time, at a specified rate of return. Normally they are negotiable. However, the Fund occasionally may invest in certificates of deposit which are not negotiable. Such certificates may provide for interest penalties in the event of withdrawal prior to their maturity. A bankers' acceptance is a short-term credit instrument issued by corporations to finance the import, export, transfer, or storage of goods. They are termed "accepted" when a bank guarantees their payment at maturity and reflect the obligation of both the bank and drawer to pay the face amount of the instrument at maturity.
Commercial Paper - Short-term promissory notes issued by U.S. or foreign corporations.
Short-term Corporate Debt - Corporate notes, bonds, and debentures that at the time of purchase have 397 days or less remaining to maturity.
Repurchase Agreements - Instruments under which securities are purchased from a bank or securities dealer with an agreement by the seller to repurchase the securities at the same price plus interest at a specified rate.
Taxable Municipal Obligations - Short-term obligations issued or guaranteed by state and municipal issuers which generate taxable income.
The ratings of nationally recognized statistical rating organization ("NRSRO"), such as Moody's Investor Services, Inc. ("Moody's") and Standard & Poor's ("S&P"), which are described in Appendix B, represent their opinions as to the quality of the money market instruments which they undertake to rate. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are general and are not absolute standards of quality. These ratings, including ratings of NRSROs other than Moody's and S&P, are the initial criteria for selection of portfolio investments, but the Sub-Advisor further evaluates these securities.
Municipal Obligations
Municipal Obligations are obligations issued by or on behalf of states, territories, and possessions of the United States and the District of Columbia and their political subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities, including municipal utilities, or multi-state agencies or authorities. The interest on Municipal Obligations is exempt from federal income tax in the opinion of bond counsel to the issuer. Three major classifications of Municipal Obligations are: Municipal Bonds, that generally have a maturity at the time of issue of one year or more; Municipal Notes, that generally have a maturity at the time of issue of six months to three years; and Municipal Commercial Paper, that generally has a maturity at the time of issue of 30 to 270 days.
The term "Municipal Obligations" includes debt obligations issued to obtain funds for various public purposes, including the construction of a wide range of public facilities such as airports, bridges, highways, housing, hospitals, mass transportation, schools, streets, water and sewer works, and electric utilities. Other public purposes for which Municipal Obligations are issued include refunding outstanding obligations, obtaining funds for general operating expenses, and lending such funds to other public institutions and facilities. To the extent that a fund invests a significant portion of its assets in municipal obligations issued in connection with a single project, the fund likely will be affected by the economic, business or political environment of the project.

22



AMT-Subject Bonds. Industrial development bonds are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to obtain funds to provide for the construction, equipment, repair or improvement of privately operated housing facilities, sports facilities, convention or trade show facilities, airport, mass transit, industrial, port or parking facilities, air or water pollution control facilities, and certain local facilities for water supply, gas, electricity, or sewage or solid waste disposal. They are considered to be Municipal Obligations if the interest paid thereon qualifies as exempt from federal income tax in the opinion of bond counsel to the issuer, even though the interest may be subject to the federal alternative minimum tax.
Municipal Bonds. Municipal Bonds may be either "general obligation" or "revenue" issues. General obligation bonds are secured by the issuer's pledge of its faith, credit, and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. Revenue bonds are payable from the revenues derived from a particular facility or class of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise tax or other specific revenue source (e.g., the user of the facilities being financed), but not from the general taxing power. Industrial development bonds and pollution control bonds in most cases are revenue bonds and generally do not carry the pledge of the credit of the issuing municipality. The payment of the principal and interest on industrial revenue bonds depends solely on the ability of the user of the facilities financed by the bonds to meet its financial obligations and the pledge, if any, of real and personal property so financed as security for such payment. Funds may also invest in "moral obligation" bonds that are normally issued by special purpose public authorities. If an issuer of moral obligation bonds is unable to meet its obligations, the repayment of the bonds becomes a moral commitment but not a legal obligation of the state or municipality in question.
Municipal Notes. Municipal Notes usually are general obligations of the issuer and are sold in anticipation of a bond sale, collection of taxes, or receipt of other revenues. Payment of these notes is primarily dependent upon the issuer's receipt of the anticipated revenues. Other notes include "Construction Loan Notes" issued to provide construction financing for specific projects, and "Bank Notes" issued by local governmental bodies and agencies to commercial banks as evidence of borrowings. Some notes ("Project Notes") are issued by local agencies under a program administered by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development. Project Notes are secured by the full faith and credit of the United States.
Bond Anticipation Notes ("BANs") are usually general obligations of state and local governmental issuers which are sold to obtain interim financing for projects that will eventually be funded through the sale of long-term debt obligations or bonds. The ability of an issuer to meet its obligations on its BANs is primarily dependent on the issuer's access to the long-term municipal bond market and the likelihood that the proceeds of such bond sales will be used to pay the principal and interest on the BANs.
Tax Anticipation Notes ("TANs") are issued by state and local governments to finance the current operations of such governments. Repayment is generally to be derived from specific future tax revenues. TANs are usually general obligations of the issuer. A weakness in an issuer's capacity to raise taxes due to, among other things, a decline in its tax base or a rise in delinquencies, could adversely affect the issuer's ability to meet its obligations on outstanding TANs.
Revenue Anticipation Notes ("RANs") are issued by governments or governmental bodies with the expectation that future revenues from a designated source will be used to repay the notes. In general they also constitute general obligations of the issuer. A decline in the receipt of projected revenues, such as anticipated revenues from another level of government, could adversely affect an issuer's ability to meet its obligations on outstanding RANs. In addition, the possibility that the revenues would, when received, be used to meet other obligations could affect the ability of the issuer to pay the principal and interest on RANs.
Construction Loan Notes are issued to provide construction financing for specific projects. Permanent financing, the proceeds of which are applied to the payment of construction loan notes, is sometimes provided by a commitment by the Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA") to purchase the loan, accompanied by a commitment by the Federal Housing Administration to insure mortgage advances thereunder. In other instances, permanent financing is provided by commitments of banks to purchase the loan. The Opportunistic Municipal Fund will only purchase construction loan notes that are subject to GNMA or bank purchase commitments.
Bank Notes are notes issued by local governmental bodies and agencies such as those described above to commercial banks as evidence of borrowings. The purposes for which the notes are issued are varied but they are frequently issued to meet short-term working-capital or capital-project needs. These notes may have risks similar to the risks associated with TANs and RANs.

23



Municipal Commercial Paper. Municipal Commercial Paper refers to short-term obligations of municipalities that may be issued at a discount and may be referred to as Short-Term Discount Notes. Municipal Commercial Paper is likely to be used to meet seasonal working capital needs of a municipality or interim construction financing. Generally they are repaid from general revenues of the municipality or refinanced with long-term debt. In most cases Municipal Commercial Paper is backed by letters of credit, lending agreements, note repurchase agreements or other credit facility agreements offered by banks or other institutions.
Variable and Floating Rate Obligations. Certain Municipal Obligations, obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities, and debt instruments issued by domestic banks or corporations may carry variable or floating rates of interest. Such instruments bear interest at rates which are not fixed, but which vary with changes in specified market rates or indices, such as a bank prime rate or tax-exempt money market index. Variable rate notes are adjusted to current interest rate levels at certain specified times, such as every 30 days. A floating rate note adjusts automatically whenever there is a change in its base interest rate adjustor, e.g., a change in the prime lending rate or specified interest rate indices. Typically such instruments carry demand features permitting the fund to redeem at par.
The fund's right to obtain payment at par on a demand instrument upon demand could be affected by events occurring between the date the fund elects to redeem the instrument and the date redemption proceeds are due which affects the ability of the issuer to pay the instrument at par value. The Sub-Advisor monitors on an ongoing basis the pricing, quality, and liquidity of such instruments and similarly monitors the ability of an issuer of a demand instrument, including those supported by bank letters of credit or guarantees, to pay principal and interest on demand. Although the ultimate maturity of such variable rate obligations may exceed one year, the fund treats the maturity of each variable rate demand obligation as the longer of a) the notice period required before the fund is entitled to payment of the principal amount through demand or b) the period remaining until the next interest rate adjustment. Floating rate instruments with demand features are deemed to have a maturity equal to the period remaining until the principal amount can be recovered through demand.
The Fund may purchase participation interests in variable rate Municipal Obligations (such as industrial development bonds). A participation interest gives the purchaser an undivided interest in the Municipal Obligation in the proportion that its participation interest bears to the total principal amount of the Municipal Obligation. The Fund has the right to demand payment on seven days' notice, for all or any part of the Fund's participation interest in the Municipal Obligation, plus accrued interest. Each participation interest is backed by an irrevocable letter of credit or guarantee of a bank. Banks will retain a service and letter of credit fee and a fee for issuing repurchase commitments in an amount equal to the excess of the interest paid on the Municipal Obligations over the negotiated yield at which the instruments were purchased by the Fund.
Stand-By Commitments. The Fund may acquire stand-by commitments with respect to municipal obligations held in its portfolios. Under a stand-by commitment, a broker-dealer, dealer, or bank would agree to purchase, at the Fund’s option, a specified municipal security at a specified price. Thus, a stand-by commitment may be viewed as the equivalent of a put option acquired by a fund with respect to a particular municipal security held in the Fund's portfolio.
The amount payable to the Fund upon its exercise of a stand-by commitment normally would be 1) the acquisition cost of the municipal security (excluding any accrued interest that the fund paid on the acquisition), less any amortized market premium or plus any amortized market or original issue discount during the period the fund owned the security, plus, 2) all interest accrued on the security since the last interest payment date during the period the security was owned by the fund. Absent unusual circumstances, the fund would value the underlying municipal security at amortized cost. As a result, the amount payable by the broker-dealer, dealer or bank during the time a stand-by commitment is exercisable would be substantially the same as the value of the underlying municipal obligation.
The Fund’s right to exercise a stand-by commitment would be unconditional and unqualified. Although the Fund could not transfer a stand-by commitment, it could sell the underlying municipal security to a third party at any time. It is expected that stand-by commitments generally will be available to the Fund without the payment of any direct or indirect consideration. The Fund may, however, pay for stand-by commitments if such action is deemed necessary. In any event, the total amount paid for outstanding stand-by commitments held in the Fund's portfolio would not exceed 0.50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets calculated immediately after each stand-by commitment is acquired.

24



The Fund intends to enter into stand-by commitments only with broker-dealers, dealers, or banks that its Sub-Advisors believe present minimum credit risks. The Fund’s ability to exercise a stand-by commitment will depend upon the ability of the issuing institution to pay for the underlying securities at the time the stand-by commitment is exercised. The credit of each institution issuing a stand-by commitment to a fund will be evaluated on an ongoing basis by the Sub-Advisor.
The Fund intends to acquire stand-by commitments solely to facilitate portfolio liquidity and does not intend to exercise its right thereunder for trading purposes. The acquisition of a stand-by commitment would not affect the valuation of the underlying municipal security. Each stand-by commitment will be valued at zero in determining net asset value. Should the Fund pay directly or indirectly for a stand-by commitment, its costs will be reflected in realized gain or loss when the commitment is exercised or expires. The maturity of a municipal security purchased by the Fund will not be considered shortened by any stand-by commitment to which the obligation is subject. Thus, stand-by commitments will not affect the dollar-weighted average maturity of the Fund's portfolio.
Other Municipal Obligations. Other kinds of Municipal Obligations are occasionally available in the marketplace, and the Fund may invest in such other kinds of obligations to the extent consistent with its investment objective and limitations. Such obligations may be issued for different purposes and with different security than those mentioned above.
Risks of Municipal Obligations. The yields on Municipal Obligations are dependent on a variety of factors, including general economic and monetary conditions, money market factors, conditions in the Municipal Obligations market, size of a particular offering, maturity of the obligation, and rating of the issue. The Fund's ability to achieve its investment objective also depends on the continuing ability of the issuers of the Municipal Obligations in which it invests to meet its obligation for the payment of interest and principal when due.
Municipal Obligations are subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency, and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, such as the Federal Bankruptcy Act. They are also subject to federal or state laws, if any, which extend the time for payment of principal or interest, or both, or impose other constraints upon enforcement of such obligations or upon municipalities to levy taxes. The power or ability of issuers to pay, when due, principal of and interest on Municipal Obligations may also be materially affected by the results of litigation or other conditions.
From time to time, proposals have been introduced before Congress for the purpose of restricting or eliminating the federal income tax exemption for interest on Municipal Obligations. It may be expected that similar proposals will be introduced in the future. If such a proposal was enacted, the ability of the Fund to pay "exempt interest" dividends may be adversely affected. The Fund would reevaluate its investment objective and policies and consider changes in its structure.
Other Investment Companies
The Fund may invest in the securities of investment companies, subject to its fundamental and non-fundamental investment restrictions. Securities of other investment companies, including shares of closed-end investment companies, unit investment trusts, various exchange-traded funds ("ETFs"), and other open-end investment companies, represent interests in professionally managed portfolios that may invest in a variety of instruments. Certain types of investment companies, such as closed-end investment companies, issue a fixed number of shares that trade on a stock exchange or over-the-counter at a premium or a discount to their net asset value. Others are continuously offered at net asset value, but may also be traded in the secondary market. ETFs are often structured to perform in a similar fashion to a broad-based securities index. Investing in ETFs involves generally the same risks as investing directly in the underlying instruments. Investing in ETFs involves the risk that they will not perform in exactly the same fashion, or in response to the same factors, as the index or underlying instruments. Shares of ETFs may trade at prices other than NAV.
As a shareholder in an investment company, the Fund would bear its ratable share of that entity's expenses, including its advisory and administrative fees. The Fund would also continue to pay its own advisory fees and other expenses. Consequently, the Fund and its shareholders would, in effect, absorb two levels of fees with respect to investments in other investment companies.

25



Bank Loans (also known as Senior Floating Rate Interests)
Bank loans typically hold the most senior position in the capital structure of a business entity (the “Borrower”), are typically secured by specific collateral, and have a claim on the assets and/or stock of the Borrower that is senior to that held by unsecured subordinated debtholders and stockholders of the Borrower. Bank loans are typically structured and administered by a financial institution that acts as the agent of the lenders participating in the bank loan. Bank loans are typically rated below-investment-grade, which means they are more likely to default than investment-grade loans (they could also be unrated but of comparable quality). A default could lead to non-payment of income which would result in a reduction of income to the Fund and there can be no assurance that the liquidation of any collateral would satisfy the Borrower’s obligation in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal payments, or that such collateral could be readily liquidated.
The primary and secondary market for bank loans may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods, which may cause the Fund to be unable to realize full value and thus cause a material decline in the fund's net asset value.
Bank loans pay interest at rates which are periodically reset by reference to a base lending rate plus a spread. These base lending rates are generally the prime rate offered by a designated U.S. bank or the London InterBank Offered Rate (LIBOR) or the prime rate offered by one or more major United States banks.
Bank loans generally are subject to mandatory and/or optional prepayment. Because of these mandatory prepayment conditions and because there may be significant economic incentives for the Borrower to repay, prepayments of senior floating rate interests may occur.
Variable and Floating Rate Instruments
The Fund may purchase variable and floating rate instruments. These instruments may include variable amount master demand notes that permit the indebtedness thereunder to vary in addition to providing for periodic adjustments in the interest rate. These instruments may also include leveraged inverse floating rate debt instruments, or “inverse floaters”. The interest rate of an inverse floater resets in the opposite direction from the market rate of interest on a security or interest to which it is related. An inverse floater may be considered to be leveraged to the extent that its interest rate varies by a magnitude that exceeds the magnitude of the change in the index rate of interest, and is subject to many of the same risks as derivatives. The higher degree of leverage inherent in inverse floaters is associated with greater volatility in their market values. Certain of these investments may be illiquid. The absence of an active secondary market with respect to these investments could make it difficult for the Fund to dispose of a variable or floating rate note if the issuer defaulted on its payment obligation or during periods that the Fund is not entitled to exercise its demand rights, and the Fund could, for these or other reasons, suffer a loss with respect to such instruments.
Pay-in-Kind Securities
The Fund may invest in pay-in-kind securities. Pay-in-kind securities pay dividends or interest in the form of additional securities of the issuer, rather than in cash. These securities are usually issued and traded at a discount from their face amounts. The amount of the discount varies depending on various factors, such as the time remaining until maturity of the securities, prevailing interest rates, the liquidity of the security and the perceived credit quality of the issuer. The market prices of pay-in-kind securities generally are more volatile than the market prices of securities that pay interest periodically and are likely to respond to changes in interest rates to a greater degree than are other types of securities having similar maturities and credit quality.
Preferred Securities
There are two basic types of preferred securities, traditional preferred securities and hybrid or trust preferred securities.
Traditional Preferred Securities. Traditional preferred securities may be issued by an entity taxable as a corporation and pay fixed or floating rate dividends. However, these claims are subordinated to more senior creditors, including senior debt holders. “Preference” means that a company must pay dividends on its preferred securities before paying any dividends on its common stock, and the claims of preferred securities holders are ahead of common stockholders’ claims on assets in a corporate liquidation. Holders of preferred securities usually have no right to vote for corporate directors or on other matters. Preferred securities share many investment characteristics with both common stock and bonds.
Hybrid or Trust Preferred Securities. Hybrid-preferred securities are debt instruments that have characteristics similar to those of traditional preferred securities (characteristics of both subordinated debt and preferred stock). Hybrid preferred securities may be issued by corporations, generally in the form of interest-bearing instruments with preferred securities characteristics, or by an affiliated trust or partnership of the corporation, generally in the form of preferred interests in subordinated business trusts or similarly structured securities. The hybrid-preferred

26



securities market consists of both fixed and adjustable coupon rate securities that are either perpetual in nature or have stated maturity dates. Hybrid preferred holders generally have claims to assets in a corporate liquidation that are senior to those of traditional preferred securities but subordinate to those of senior debt holders. Certain subordinated debt and senior debt issues that have preferred characteristics are also considered to be part of the broader preferred securities market.
Preferred securities may be issued by trusts (likely one that is wholly-owned by a financial institution or other corporate entity, typically a bank holding company) or other special purpose entities established by operating companies, and are therefore not direct obligations of operating companies. The financial institution creates the trust and owns the trust’s common securities. The trust uses the sale proceeds of its preferred securities to purchase, for example, subordinated debt issued by the financial institution. The financial institution uses the proceeds from the subordinated debt sale to increase its capital while the trust receives periodic interest payments from the financial institution for holding the subordinated debt. The trust uses the funds received to make dividend payments to the holders of the trust preferred securities. The primary advantage of this structure may be that the trust preferred securities are treated by the financial institution as debt securities for tax purposes and as equity for the calculation of capital requirements.
Trust preferred securities typically bear a market rate coupon comparable to interest rates available on debt of a similarly rated issuer. Typical characteristics include long-term maturities, early redemption by the issuer, periodic fixed or variable interest payments, and maturities at face value. Holders of trust preferred securities have limited voting rights to control the activities of the trust and no voting rights with respect to the financial institution. The market value of trust preferred securities may be more volatile than those of conventional debt securities. Trust preferred securities may be issued in reliance on Rule 144A under the 1933 Act and subject to restrictions on resale. There can be no assurance as to the liquidity of trust preferred securities and the ability of holders, such as the Fund, to sell its holdings. The condition of the financial institution can be looked to identify the risks of trust preferred securities as the trust typically has no business operations other than to issue the trust preferred securities. If the financial institution defaults on interest payments to the trust, the trust will not be able to make dividend payments to holders of its securities, such as the Fund.
Preferred Securities - Generally. Preferred securities include: traditional preferred securities, hybrid-preferred securities, $25 par hybrid preferred securities, U.S. dividend received deduction (“DRD”) preferred stock, fixed rate and floating rate adjustable preferred securities, step-up preferred securities, public and 144A $1000 par capital securities including U.S. agency subordinated debt issues, tier 2 fixed and floating rate capital securities, alternative tier 1 securities, contingent capital notes ("CoCos"), contingent convertible instruments, trust originated preferred securities, monthly income preferred securities, quarterly income bond securities, quarterly income debt securities, quarterly income preferred securities, corporate trust securities, public income notes, and other trust preferred securities.
Floating rate preferred securities provide for a periodic adjustment in the interest rate paid on the securities. The terms of such securities provide that interest rates are adjusted periodically based upon an interest rate adjustment index. The adjustment intervals may be regular, and range from daily up to annually, or may be event-based, such as a change in the short-term interest rate. Because of the interest rate reset feature, floating rate securities provide the Fund with a certain degree of protection against rising interest rates, although the interest rates of floating rate securities will participate in any declines in interest rates as well.
If a portion of the Fund’s income consists of dividends paid by U.S. corporations, a portion of the dividends paid by the fund may be eligible for the corporate dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders. In addition, distributions reported by the Fund as derived from qualified dividend income (“QDI”) will be taxed in the hands of individuals at the reduced rates applicable to net capital gains, provided certain holding period and other requirements are met by both the shareholder and the fund. Dividend income that the Fund receives from REITs, if any, will generally not be treated as QDI and will not qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction. It is unclear the extent to which distributions the Fund receives from investments in certain preferred securities will be eligible for treatment as QDI or for the corporate dividends-received deduction. The Fund cannot predict at this time what portion, if any, of its dividends will qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction or be eligible for the reduced rates of taxation applicable to QDI.

27



Corporate Reorganizations
Funds may invest in securities for which a tender or exchange offer has been made or announced and in securities of companies for which a merger, consolidation, liquidation or reorganization proposal has been announced if, in the judgment of the Sub-Advisor, there is a reasonable prospect of capital appreciation significantly greater than the brokerage and other transaction expenses involved. The primary risk of such investments is that if the contemplated transaction is abandoned, revised, delayed or becomes subject to unanticipated uncertainties, the market price of the securities may decline below the purchase price paid by the Fund.
In general, securities which are the subject of such an offer or proposal sell at a premium to their historic market price immediately prior to the announcement of the offer or proposal. However, the increased market price of such securities may discount what the stated or appraised value of the security would be if the contemplated transaction were approved or consummated. Such investments may be advantageous when the discount significantly overstates the risk of the contingencies involved; significantly undervalues the securities, assets or cash to be received by shareholders of the prospective company as a result of the contemplated transaction; or fails adequately to recognize the possibility that the offer or proposal may be replaced or superseded by an offer or proposal of greater value. The evaluation of such contingencies requires unusually broad knowledge and experience on the part of the Sub-Advisor, which must appraise not only the value of the issuer and its component businesses, but also the financial resources and business motivation of the offer or proposal as well as the dynamics of the business climate when the offer or proposal is in process.
Step-Coupon Securities
The Fund may invest in step-coupon securities. Step-coupon securities trade at a discount from their face value and pay coupon interest. The coupon rate is low for an initial period and then increases to a higher coupon rate thereafter. Market values of these types of securities generally fluctuate in response to changes in interest rates to a greater degree than conventional interest-paying securities of comparable term and quality. Under many market conditions, investments in such securities may be illiquid, making it difficult for the Fund to dispose of them or determine their current value.
“Stripped” Securities
The Fund may invest in stripped securities, which are usually structured with two or more classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distribution on a pool of U.S. government or foreign government securities or mortgage assets. In some cases, one class will receive all of the interest (the interest-only or “IO” class), while the other class will receive all of the principal (the principal-only or “PO” class). Stripped securities commonly have greater market volatility than other types of fixed-income securities. In the case of stripped mortgage securities, if the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated payments of principal, the Fund may fail to recoup fully its investments in IOs. Stripped securities may be illiquid. Stripped securities may be considered derivative securities.
Supranational Entities
The Fund may invest in obligations of supranational entities. A supranational entity is an entity designated or supported by national governments to promote economic reconstruction, development or trade amongst nations. Examples of supranational entities include the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (also known as the World Bank) and the European Investment Bank. Obligations of supranational entities are subject to the risk that the governments on whose support the entity depends for its financial backing or repayment may be unable or unwilling to provide that support. Obligations of a supranational entity that are denominated in foreign currencies will also be subject to the risks associated with investments in foreign currencies.
Cyber Security Issues
The Fund and its service providers may be subject to cyber security risks. Those risks include, among others, theft, misuse or corruption of data maintained online or digitally; denial of service attacks on websites; the loss or unauthorized release of confidential and proprietary information; operational disruption; or various other forms of cyber security breaches. Cyber-attacks against or security breakdowns of a Fund or its service providers may harm the Fund and its shareholders, potentially resulting in, among other things, financial losses, the inability of Fund shareholders to transact business, inability to calculate a fund’s NAV, violations of applicable privacy and other laws, regulatory fines, penalties, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensation costs, and/or additional compliance and remediation costs. Cyber security risks may also affect issuers of securities in which a fund invests, potentially causing the fund’s investment in such issuers to lose value. Despite risk management processes, there can be no guarantee that a fund will avoid losses relating to cyber security risks or other information security breaches.

28



Portfolio Turnover
Portfolio turnover is a measure of how frequently a portfolio's securities are bought and sold. The portfolio turnover rate is generally calculated as the dollar value of the lesser of a portfolio's purchases or sales of shares of securities during a given year, divided by the monthly average value of the portfolio securities during that year (excluding securities whose maturity or expiration at the time of acquisition were less than one year). For example, a portfolio reporting a 100% portfolio turnover rate would have purchased and sold securities worth as much as the monthly average value of its portfolio securities during the year.
It is not possible to predict future turnover rates with accuracy. Many variable factors are outside the control of a portfolio manager. The investment outlook for the securities in which a portfolio may invest may change as a result of unexpected developments in securities markets, economic or monetary policies, or political relationships. High market volatility may result in a portfolio manager using a more active trading strategy than might otherwise be employed. Each portfolio manager considers the economic effects of portfolio turnover but generally does not treat the portfolio turnover rate as a limiting factor in making investment decisions.
Sale of shares by investors may require the liquidation of portfolio securities to meet cash flow needs. In addition, changes in a particular portfolio's holdings may be made whenever the portfolio manager considers that a security is no longer appropriate for the portfolio or that another security represents a relatively greater opportunity. Such changes may be made without regard to the length of time that a security has been held.
Higher portfolio turnover rates generally increase transaction costs that are expenses of the Account. Active trading may generate short-term gains (losses) for taxable shareholders.
At the date of this SAI, the Fund is new and has no operating history; therefore, portfolio turnover information is not yet available.
LEADERSHIP STRUCTURE AND BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Overall responsibility for directing the business and affairs of the Trust rests with the Board of Trustees, who are elected by the Trust's shareholders. In addition to serving on the Board of Trustees, each Trustee also serves on the Board of Principal Funds, Inc. (“PFI”) and the Board of Principal Variable Contracts Funds, Inc. (“PVC”). The Board is responsible for overseeing the operations of the Trust in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, other applicable laws and the Trust’s charter. The Board elects the officers of the Trust to supervise its day-to-day operations. The Board meets in regularly scheduled meetings eight times throughout the year. Board meetings may occur in-person or by telephone. In addition, the Board holds special in-person or telephonic meetings or informal conference calls to discuss specific matters that may arise or require action between regular meetings. Board members who are Independent Trustees meet annually to consider renewal of the Trust's advisory contracts. The Board is currently composed of eleven members, nine of whom are Independent Trustees. Each Trustee has significant prior senior management and/or board experience.
The Chairman is an interested person of the Trust. The Independent Trustees of the Trust have appointed a lead Independent Trustee whose role is to review and approve, with the Chairman, the agenda for each Board meeting and facilitate communication among the Trust's Independent Trustees as well as communication between the Independent Trustees, management of the Trust and the full Board. The Trust has determined that the Board's leadership structure is appropriate given the characteristics and circumstances of the Trust, including such items as the number of series or portfolios that comprise the Trust, the net assets of the Trust, the committee structure of the Board and the distribution arrangements of the Trust. The appropriateness of this structure is enhanced by the Trust’s Board Committees, which are described below, and the allocation of responsibilities among them.
The Trustees were selected to serve and continue on the Board based upon their skills, experience, judgment, analytical ability, diligence and ability to work effectively with other Board members, a commitment to the interests of shareholders and, for each Independent Trustee, a demonstrated willingness to take an independent and questioning view of management. In addition to these general qualifications, the Board seeks members who will build upon the diversity of the Board. In addition to those qualifications, the following is a brief discussion of the specific education, experience, qualifications, or skills that led to the conclusion that each person identified below should serve as a Trustee for the Trust. As required by rules the SEC has adopted under the 1940 Act, the Trust's Independent Trustees select and nominate all candidates for Independent Trustee positions.
Independent Trustees
Elizabeth Ballantine. Ms. Ballantine has served as a Trustee of the Trust since 2014 and Director of PFI and PVC since 2004. Through her professional training and experience as an attorney and her experience as a director of Principal Funds, investment consultant and a director, Ms. Ballantine is experienced in financial, investment and regulatory matters.

29



Leroy T. Barnes. Mr. Barnes has served as a Trustee of the Trust since 2014 and Director of PFI and PVC since 2012. From 2001-2005, Mr. Barnes served as Vice President and Treasurer of PG&E Corporation. From 1997-2001, Mr. Barnes served as Vice President and Treasurer of Gap, Inc. Through his education and employment experience and experience as a director, Mr. Barnes is experienced with financial, accounting, regulatory and investment matters.
Craig Damos. Mr. Damos has served as a Trustee of the Trust since 2014 and Director of PFI and PVC since 2008. Since 2011, Mr. Damos has served as the President of The Damos Company (consulting services). Mr. Damos served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Weitz Company from 2006-2010 and Vertical Growth Officer from 2004-2006. From 2000-2004, he served as the Chief Financial Officer of Weitz Company. From 2005-2008, Mr. Damos served as a director of West Bank. Through his education, experience as a director of Principal Funds and employment experience, Mr. Damos is experienced with financial, accounting, regulatory and investment matters.
Mark A. Grimmett. Mr. Grimmett has served as a Trustee of the Trust since 2014 and Director of PFI and PVC since 2004. He is a Certified Public Accountant. Since 1996, Mr. Grimmett has served as the Chief Financial Officer for Merle Norman Cosmetics, Inc. Through his service as a director of Principal Funds, his education and his employment experience, Mr. Grimmett is experienced with financial, accounting, regulatory and investment matters.
Fritz Hirsch. Mr. Hirsch has served as a Trustee of the Trust since 2014 and Director of PFI and PVC since 2005. From 1983-1985, he served as Chief Financial Officer of Sassy, Inc. From 1986-2009, Mr. Hirsch served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Sassy, Inc. Since 2011, Mr. Hirsch serves as CEO of MAM USA. Through his experience as a director of the Principal Funds and employment experience, Mr. Hirsch is experienced with financial, accounting, regulatory and investment matters.
Tao Huang. Mr. Huang has served as a Trustee of the Trust since 2014 and Director of PFI and PVC since 2012. From 1996-2000, Mr. Huang served as Chief Technology Officer of Morningstar, Inc. and from 1998-2000 as President of the International Division of Morningstar. From 2000-2011, Mr. Huang served as Chief Operating Officer of Morningstar. Through his education and employment experience, Mr. Huang is experienced with technology, financial, regulatory and investment matters.
William Kimball. Mr. Kimball has served as a Trustee of the Trust since 2014 and Director of PFI and PVC since 2000. From 1998-2004, Mr. Kimball served as Chairman and CEO of Medicap Pharmacies, Inc. Prior to 1998, he served as President and CEO of Medicap. Since 2004, Mr. Kimball has served as director of Casey's General Stores, Inc. Through his experience as a director of the Principal Funds and his employment experience, Mr. Kimball is experienced with financial, regulatory and investment matters.
Karen (“Karrie”) McMillan. Ms. McMillan has served as a Trustee of the Trust since 2014 and Director of PFI and PVC since 2014. From 2007-2014, Ms. McMillan served as general counsel to the Investment Company Institute. Prior to that (from 1999-2007), she worked as an attorney in private practice, specializing in the mutual fund industry. From 1991-1999, she served in various roles as counsel at the Securities and Exchange Commission, Division of Investment Management, including as Assistant Chief Counsel. Through her professional education and experience as an attorney, she is experienced in financial, investment and regulatory matters.
Daniel Pavelich. Mr. Pavelich has served as a Trustee of the Trust since 2014 and Director of PFI and PVC since 2007. From 1998-2007, Mr. Pavelich served as a Trustee of the WM Group of Funds. From 1996-1999, he served as Chairman and CEO of BDO and as its Chairman from 1994-1996. Through his education, experience as a director of mutual funds and his employment experience, Mr. Pavelich is experienced with financial, accounting, regulatory and investment matters.
Interested Trustees
Michael J. Beer. Mr. Beer has served as a Trustee of the Trust since 2013 and Director of PFI and PVC since 2012. Mr. Beer has served as Executive Vice President of PFI and PVC since 2001 and as Executive Vice President (since 2002), Chief Operating Officer (since 2006) and a director of PMC. Since 2007, Mr. Beer has served as the President and a director of Princor and PSS since 2007. Prior to working for Principal, Mr. Beer worked for Wells Fargo and Deloitte Touche. Through his education and employment experience, Mr. Beer is experienced with financial, accounting, regulatory and investment matters.
Nora M. Everett. Ms. Everett has served as a Trustee of the Trust since 2014 and Director of PFI and PVC since 2008. From 2004-2008, Ms. Everett was Senior Vice President and Deputy General Counsel at Principal Financial Group, Inc. From 2001-2004, she was Vice President and Counsel at Principal Financial Group. Through her professional training, experience as an attorney, her service as a director of Principal Funds and her employment experience, Ms. Everett is experienced with financial, regulatory and investment matters.

30



Risk oversight forms part of the Board's general oversight of the Trust and is addressed as part of various Board and Committee activities. As part of its regular oversight of the Trust, the Board, directly or through a Committee, interacts with and reviews reports from, among others, Fund management, sub-advisors, the Trust's Chief Compliance Officer, the independent registered public accounting firm for the Trust, and internal auditors for PMC or its affiliates, as appropriate, regarding risks faced by the Trust. The Board, with the assistance of Fund management and PMC, reviews investment policies and risks in connection with its review of the Trust's performance. The Board has appointed a Chief Compliance Officer who oversees the implementation and testing of the Trust's compliance program and reports to the Board regarding compliance matters for the Trust and its principal service providers. In addition, as part of the Board's periodic review of the Trust's advisory, sub-advisory and other service provider agreements, the Board may consider risk management aspects of their operations and the functions for which they are responsible. With respect to valuation, the Board oversees a PMC valuation committee comprised of the Trust’s officers and officers of PMC and has approved and periodically reviews valuation policies applicable to valuing the Trust's shares.
The Board has established the following committees and the membership of each committee to assist in its oversight functions, including its oversight of the risks the Trust faces.
Committee membership is identified on the following pages. Each committee must report its activities to the Board on a regular basis. As used in this SAI, the “Fund Complex” refers to all series of the Trust, PFI and PVC.
15(c) Committee
The Committee’s primary purpose is to assist the Board in performing the annual review of the Fund’s advisory and sub-advisory agreements pursuant to Section 15(c) of the 1940 Act. The Committee responsibilities include requesting and reviewing materials. The 15(c) Committee has held two meetings since December 31, 2014.
Audit Committee
The primary purpose of the Committee is to assist the Board in fulfilling certain of its responsibilities. The Audit Committee serves as an independent and objective party to monitor the Fund Complex's accounting policies, financial reporting and internal control system, as well as the work of the independent registered public accountants. The Audit Committee assists Board oversight of 1) the integrity of the Fund Complex's financial statements; 2) the Fund Complex's compliance with certain legal and regulatory requirements; 3) the independent registered public accountants' qualifications and independence; and 4) the performance of the Fund Complex's independent registered public accountants. The Audit Committee also provides an open avenue of communication among the independent registered public accountants, the Manager's internal auditors, Fund Complex management, and the Board. The Audit Committee has held two meetings since December 31, 2014.
Executive Committee
The Committee's primary purpose is to exercise certain powers of the Board when the Board is not in session. When the Board is not in session, the Committee may exercise all powers of the Board in the management of the business of the Fund Complex except the power to 1) authorize dividends or distributions on stock; 2) issue stock, except as permitted by law 3) recommend to the stockholders any action which requires stockholder approval; 4) amend the bylaws; or 5) approve any merger or share exchange which does not require stockholder approval. The Executive Committee has not met.
Nominating and Governance Committee
The Committee’s primary purpose is to oversee the structure and efficiency of the Board and the committees established by the Board. The Committee responsibilities include evaluating Board membership and functions, committee membership and functions, insurance coverage, and legal matters.
The nominating functions of the Nominating and Governance Committee include selecting and nominating all candidates who are not "interested persons" of the Fund Complex for election to the Board. Generally, the Committee requests trustee nominee suggestions from the committee members and management. In addition, the Committee will consider Trustee candidates recommended by shareholders of the Fund Complex. Recommendations should be submitted in writing to Principal Exchange-Traded Funds at 655 9th Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50392. When evaluating a person as a potential nominee to serve as an Independent Trustee, the Committee will generally consider, among other factors: age; education; relevant business experience; geographical factors; whether the person is "independent" and otherwise qualified under applicable laws and regulations to serve as a trustee; and whether the person is willing to serve, and willing and able to commit the time necessary for attendance at meetings and the performance of the duties of an independent trustee. The Committee also meets personally with the nominees and conducts a reference check. The final decision is based on a combination of factors, including the strengths and the experience an individual may bring to the Board. The Committee believes the Board generally benefits from diversity of background, experience and views among its members, and considers these factors in

31



evaluating the composition of the Board. The Board does not use regularly the services of any professional search firms to identify or evaluate or assist in identifying or evaluating potential candidates or nominees. The Nominating and Governance Committee has held one meeting since December 31, 2014.
Operations Committee
The Committee's primary purpose is to oversee the provision of administrative and distribution services to the Fund Complex, communications with the Fund Complex's shareholders, and review and oversight of the Fund Complex's operations. The Operations Committee has held three meetings since December 31, 2014.
Management Information
The following table presents certain information regarding the Trustees of the Trust, including their principal occupations which, unless specific dates are shown, are of more than five years duration. In addition, the table includes information concerning other directorships held by each Trustee in reporting companies under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or registered investment companies under the 1940 Act. Information is listed separately for those Trustees who are “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust (the “Interested Trustees”) and those Trustees who are Independent Trustees. All Trustees serve also serve as directors for the other investment companies sponsored by Principal Life Insurance Company (“Principal Life”): PFI and PVC.
The following Trustees are considered to be Independent Trustees.
Name, Address,
and Year of Birth
Position(s) Held
with the Trust
Length
of Time
Served as
Trustee
Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years
Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee
Other Directorships
Held by Trustee
During Past 5 Years
Elizabeth Ballantine
655 9th Street
Des Moines, IA 50392
1948
Trustee
Member Nominating and Governance Committee
Since 2014
Principal, EBA Associates
(consulting and investments)
116
Durango Herald, Inc.;
McClatchy Newspapers, Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Leroy T. Barnes, Jr.
655 9th Street
Des Moines, IA 50392
1951
Trustee
Member, Audit Committee
Since 2014
Retired

116
McClatchy Newspapers, Inc.; Herbalife Ltd.; Frontier Communications, Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Craig Damos
655 9th Street
Des Moines, IA 50392
1954
Trustee
Member 15(c) Committee
Member Audit Committee
Since 2014
President, The Damos Company (consulting services). Formerly Chairman/CEO/ President and Vertical Growth Officer, and The Weitz Company (general construction)
116
Hardin Construction
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mark A. Grimmett
655 9th Street
Des Moines, IA 50392
1960
Trustee
Member 15(c) Committee
Member Executive Committee
Member Nominating and Governance Committee
Since 2014
Executive Vice President and CFO, Merle Norman Cosmetics, Inc. (cosmetics manufacturing)
116
None
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fritz S. Hirsch
655 9th Street
Des Moines, IA 50392
1951
Trustee
Member 15(c) Committee
Member Operations Committee
Since 2014
CEO, MAM USA (manufacturer of infant and juvenile products). Formerly President, Sassy, Inc.
(manufacturer of infant and juvenile products)
116
Focus Products Group (housewares)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tao Huang
655 9th Street
Des Moines, IA 50392
1962
Trustee
Member 15(c) Committee
Member Operations
Committee
Since 2014
Formerly, Chief Operating Officer, Morningstar, Inc. (investment research)
116
Armstrong World Industries, Inc. (manufacturing)
 
 
 
 
 
 
William C. Kimball
655 9th Street
Des Moines, IA 50392
1947
Trustee
Member Nominating and Governance Committee
Since 2014
Partner, Kimball – Porter Investments L.L.C.
116
Casey's General Stores

32



Name, Address,
and Year of Birth
Position(s) Held
with the Trust
Length
of Time
Served as
Trustee
Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years
Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee
Other Directorships
Held by Trustee
During Past 5 Years
 
 
 
 
 
 
Karen (“Karrie”) McMillan
655 9 th  Street
Des Moines, IA 50392
1961
Trustee
Member Operations Committee
Since 2014
Managing Director, Patomak Global Partners, LLC. Formerly, General Counsel, Investment Company Institute
116
None
 
 
 
 
 
 
Daniel Pavelich
655 9th Street
Des Moines, IA 50392
1944
Trustee
Member Audit Committee
Since 2014
Retired
116
None
* Ms. McMillan served as an officer of the Investment Company Institute, a national association of U.S. investment companies. Appendix A provides information about the members of the Investment Company Institute’s Board of Governors who are affiliates of the Funds’ investment advisors.
The following Trustees are considered to be Interested Trustees because they are affiliated persons of Principal Management Corporation (“PMC,” “Principal” or the “Manager”).




Name, Address,
and Year of Birth



Position(s)
Held
with Fund



Length of
Time
Served

Positions with the Manager
and its affiliates;
Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years**
(unless noted otherwise)
Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee
Other
Directorships
Held by
Trustee During Past
5 Years
Michael J. Beer
Des Moines, IA 50392
1961

Trustee
Chief Executive Officer
President
Member Executive Committee
Since 2013 Since 2015 Since 2015
Executive Vice President, PFD
VP/Mutual Funds & Broker Dealer, PLIC
Director, PMC
President & Chief Executive Officer, PMC (since 2015)
EVP/Chief Operating Officer, PMC (2008-2015)
Director, Princor
President, Princor (2005-2015)
Director, PSS (since 2011)
President, PSS (since 2011)
116
None
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nora M. Everett
Des Moines, IA 50392
1959
Chair
Trustee
Member Executive
Committee
Since 2014
Director, Edge (2008-2011)
Director, Finisterre (since 2011)
Director, Origin (since 2011)
Chairman, PFA (since 2010)
Chairman, PFD (since 2011)
Senior Vice President/RIS, PLIC (2008-2015)
President/RIS, PLIC (since 2015)
Chairman, PMC (since 2011)
President, PMC (2008-2015)
Chairman, Princor (since 2011)
Chief Executive Officer, Princor (2009-2015)
Chairman, PSS (since 2011)
116
None
**   Abbreviations used:
Edge Asset Management, Inc. (Edge)
Finisterre Capital LLP (Finisterre)
Origin Asset Management LLP (Origin)
Post Advisory Group, LLC (Post)
Principal Financial Advisors, Inc. (PFA)
Princor Financial Services Corporation (Princor)
Principal Funds Distributor, Inc. (PFD)
Principal Global Investors, LLC (PGI)
Principal Life Insurance Company (PLIC)
Principal Management Corporation (PMC)
Principal Real Estate Investors, LLC (Principal-REI)
Principal Shareholder Services, Inc. (PSS)
Spectrum Asset Management, Inc. (Spectrum)

33



Officers of the Trust
The following table presents certain information regarding the officers of the Trust, including their principal occupations which, unless specific dates are shown, are of more than five years duration. Officers serve at the pleasure of the Board of Trustees. Each officer of the Trust has the same position with PFI and PVC.

Name, Address
and Year of Birth
Position(s) Held
with Trust and
Length of Time Served
Positions with the Manager and its Affiliates;
Principal Occupations During Past 5 Years**
(unless noted otherwise)
Michael J. Beer
Des Moines, IA 50392
1961
Trustee (since 2013)
Chief Executive Officer (since 2015)
President (since 2015)
Member Executive Committee
Executive Vice President, PFD
VP/Mutual Funds & Broker Dealer, PLIC
Director, PMC
President & Chief Executive Officer, PMC (since 2015)
EVP/Chief Operating Officer, PMC (2008-2015)
Director, Princor
President, Princor (2005-2015)
Director, PSS (since 2011)
President, PSS (since 2011)
Randy L. Bergstrom
Des Moines, IA 50392
1955
Assistant Tax Counsel
(since 2014)
Counsel, PGI
Counsel, PLIC
Tracy Bollin
Des Moines, IA 50392
1970
Chief Financial Officer (since 2014)

Chief Financial Officer, PFA (since 2010)
Assistant Controller, PFD (2007-2010)
Chief Financial Officer, PFD (since 2010)
Chief Financial Officer, PMC (since 2010)
Financial Controller, PMC (2008-2010)
Assistant Controller, Princor (2009-2010)
Chief Financial Officer, Princor (since 2010)
Assistant Controller, PSS (2007-2010)
Chief Financial Officer, PSS (since 2010)
David J. Brown
Des Moines, IA 50392
1960
Chief Compliance Officer
(since 2014)
Senior Vice President, PFD
Vice President/Compliance, PLIC
Senior Vice President, PMC
Senior Vice President, Princor
Senior Vice President, PSS
Teresa M. Button
Des Moines, IA 50392
1963
Treasurer
(since 2014)
Vice President/Treasurer, Edge (since 2011)
Vice President/Treasurer, PFA (since 2011)
Vice President/Treasurer, PFD (since 2011)
Vice President/Treasurer, PGI (since 2011)
Vice President/Treasurer, PLIC (since 2011)
Vice President/Treasurer, PMC (since 2011)
Vice President/Treasurer, Post (since 2011)
Vice President/Treasurer, Principal-REI (since 2011)
Vice President/Treasurer, Princor (since 2011)
Vice President/Treasurer, PSS (since 2011)
Treasurer, Spectrum (since 2011)
Nora M. Everett
Des Moines, IA 50392
1959
Chair (since 2014)
Trustee (since 2014)
Member Executive Committee
Director, Edge (2008-2011)
Director, Finisterre (since 2011)
Director, Origin (since 2011)
Chairman, PFA (since 2010)
Chairman, PFD (since 2011)
Senior Vice President/RIS, PLIC (2008-2015)
President/RIS, PLIC (since 2015)
Chairman, PMC (since 2011)
President, PMC (2008-2015)
Chairman, Princor (since 2011)
Chief Executive Officer, Princor (2009-2015)
Chairman, PSS (since 2011)
Ernest H. Gillum
Des Moines, IA 50392
1955
Vice President (since 2014)
Assistant Secretary
(since 2014)
Vice President/Chief Compliance Officer, PMC
Vice President/Chief Compliance Officer, PSS
Carolyn F. Kolks
Des Moines, IA 50392
1962
Assistant Tax Counsel
(since 2014)
Counsel, PGI
Counsel, PLIC
Jennifer A. Mills
Des Moines, IA 50392
1973
Assistant Counsel
(since 2014)
Counsel, PFD (2009-2013)
Counsel, PLIC
Counsel, PMC (2009-2013, 2014-present)
Counsel, Princor (2009-2013)
Counsel, PSS (2009-2013)

34




Name, Address
and Year of Birth
Position(s) Held
with Trust and
Length of Time Served
Positions with the Manager and its Affiliates;
Principal Occupations During Past 5 Years**
(unless noted otherwise)
Layne A. Rasmussen
Des Moines, Iowa 50392
1958
Vice President (since 2014)
Controller (since 2014)
Vice President/Controller-Principal Funds, PMC
Greg Reymann
Des Moines, IA 50392
1958
Assistant Counsel (since 2014)
Assistant General Counsel, PLIC (since 2014)
VP, Chief Compliance Officer and Chief Risk Officer, TAM (2010-2012)
Assistant General Counsel, TAMG (2013-2014)
Vice President/CFTC Principal, TAM (2013-2014)
Britney Schnathorst
Des Moines, IA 50392
1981
Assistant Counsel
(since 2014)
Counsel, PLIC (since 2013)
Prior thereto, Attorney in Private Practice
Adam U. Shaikh
Des Moines, IA 50392
1972
Assistant Counsel
(since 2014)
Counsel, PFD (2006-2013)
Counsel, PLIC
Counsel, PMC (2007-2013, 2014-present)
Counsel, Princor (2007-2013)
Counsel, PSS (2007-2013)
Dan L. Westholm
Des Moines, IA 50392
1966
Assistant Treasurer
(since 2014)
Assistant Vice President/Treasury, PFA (since 2013)
Director-Treasury, PFA (2011-2013)
Assistant Vice President/Treasury, PFD (since 2013)
Director-Treasury, PFD (2011-2013)
Assistant Vice President/Treasury, PLIC
Assistant Vice President/Treasury, PMC
Assistant Vice President/Treasury, Princor (since 2013)
Director-Treasury, Princor (2008-2009, 2011-2013)
Assistant Vice President/Treasury, PSS
Beth C. Wilson
Des Moines, IA 50392
1956
Vice President and Secretary (since 2014)
Vice President, PMC (2007-2013)
Vice President, Princor (2007-2009)
Clint Woods
Des Moines, IA 50392
1961
Counsel (effective 2014)
Associate General Counsel, AEGON (2003-2012)
Asst General Counsel, Asst Corp Secretary, Governance Officer,
PLIC (since 2013)
**   Abbreviations used:
AEGON USA Investment Management, LLC (AEGON)
Edge Asset Management, Inc. (Edge)
Finisterre Capital LLP (Finisterre)
Origin Asset Management LLP (Origin)
Post Advisory Group, LLC (Post)
Principal Financial Advisors, Inc. (PFA)
Princor Financial Services Corporation (Princor)
Principal Funds Distributor, Inc. (PFD)
Principal Global Investors, LLC (PGI)
Principal Life Insurance Company (PLIC)
Principal Management Corporation (PMC)
Principal Real Estate Investors, LLC (Principal-REI)
Principal Shareholder Services, Inc. (PSS)
Spectrum Asset Management, Inc. (Spectrum)
Transamerica Asset Management, Inc. (TAM)
Transamerica Asset Management Group (TAMG)

35



The following tables set forth the aggregate dollar range of the equity securities of the mutual funds within the Fund Complex that were beneficially owned by the Trustees as of December 31, 2014 . As of that date, Trustees did not own shares of Funds not listed.
For the purpose of these tables, beneficial ownership means a direct or indirect pecuniary interest. Only the Directors who are "interested persons” are eligible to participate in an employee benefit program which invests in Principal Funds, Inc. Directors who beneficially owned shares of the series of the Principal Variable Contracts Funds, Inc. did so through variable life insurance and variable annuity contracts. Please note that exact dollar amounts of securities held are not listed. Rather, ownership is listed based on the following dollar ranges:
A    $0
B    $1 up to and including $10,000
C    $10,001 up to and including $50,000
D    $50,001 up to and including $100,000
E    $100,001 or more
Independent Trustees (not Considered to be "Interested Persons")
 
Ballantine
Barnes
Damos
Grimmett
Hirsch
Huang
Kimball
McMillan
Pavelich
Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Fund Complex
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
A
E
Trustees Considered to be "Interested Persons"
 
Beer
Everett
Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
A
A
 
 
 
Total Fund Complex
E
E
Compensation
Each Trustee who is not an “interested person” received compensation for service as a member of the Boards of all investment companies sponsored by Principal Life based on a schedule that takes into account an annual retainer amount, the number of meetings attended, and expenses incurred. Trustee compensation and related expenses are allocated to the Fund based on the net assets of each relative to combined net assets of all of the investment companies sponsored by Principal Life.
The following table provides information regarding the compensation received by the Independent Trustees from the Fund and from the Fund Complex during the period ended December 31, 2014. On that date, there were 3 Funds (with a total of 120 portfolios in the Fund Complex). The Fund does not provide retirement benefits to any of the Directors.
Trustee
The Fund
Fund Complex
Elizabeth Ballantine
$0
$214,375
Leroy Barnes
$0
$231,500
Craig Damos
$0
$240,500
Mark A. Grimmett
$0
$264,250
Fritz Hirsch
$0
$247,875
Tao Huang
$0
$228,875
William C. Kimball
$0
$224,500
Karen ("Karrie") McMillan*
$0
$109,917
Daniel Pavelich
$0
$251,500
*
Director’s appointment effective September 10, 2014.


36



INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES
Investment Advisors
The Manager of the Fund is Principal Management Corporation (“Principal”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Principal Financial Services, Inc. Principal is an affiliate of Principal Life. The address of Principal is 655 9th Street, Des Moines, IA 50392. Principal was organized on January 10, 1969, and since that time has managed various mutual funds sponsored by Principal Life.
Principal has executed agreements with various Sub-Advisors. Under those Sub-Advisory agreements, the Sub-Advisor agrees to assume the obligations of Principal to provide investment advisory services for a specific Fund. For these services, Principal pays each Sub-Advisor a fee.

Sub-Advisor:
Edge Asset Management, Inc. ("Edge") is an affiliate of Principal and a member of the Principal Financial Group.
Fund:
Principal EDGE Active Income ETF

Sub-Advisor:
Principal Global Investors, LLC (“PGI”) is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Principal Life Insurance Company, an affiliate of Principal, and a member of the Principal Financial Group.
Fund:
Principal EDGE Active Income ETF

Affiliated Persons of the Trust Who are Affiliated Persons of the Advisor
For information about affiliated persons of the Trust who are also affiliated persons of Principal or affiliated advisors, see the Interested Trustee and Officer tables in the “Leadership Structure and Board of Trustees” section.
Codes of Ethics
The Trust, Principal, each of the Sub-Advisors and the Distributor have adopted Codes of Ethics (“Codes”) under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act. Principal and each of the Sub-Advisors have also adopted such a Code under Rule 204A-1 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. These Codes are designed to prevent, among other things, persons with access to information regarding the portfolio trading activity of the Fund from using that information for their personal benefit. In certain circumstances, the Codes permit personnel subject to the Codes to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Fund. The Fund's Board of Trustees reviews reports at least annually regarding the operation of the Code of Ethics of the Fund, Principal, the Distributor, and each of the Sub-Advisors. The Codes are on file with, and available from, the SEC. A copy of the Fund's Code will also be provided upon request, which may be made by contacting the Fund.
Management Agreement
For providing the investment advisory services, and specified other services, Principal, under the terms of the Management Agreement for the Fund, is entitled to receive a fee computed and accrued daily and payable monthly, at the following annual rates. The management fee schedule for the Fund is as follows (expressed as a percentage of average net assets

Fund
First $500
Million
Next $500
Million
Next $500
Million
Over $1.5
Billion
Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
0.75%
0.73%
0.71%
0.70%
The Fund pays all of its operating expenses. Under the terms of the Management Agreement, Principal is responsible for paying the expenses associated with the organization of the Fund, including the expenses incurred in the initial registration of the Fund with the SEC, compensation of personnel, officers and trustees who are also affiliated with Principal, and expenses and compensation associated with furnishing office space and all necessary office facilities and equipment and personnel necessary to perform the general corporate functions of the Fund. The Manager is also responsible for and provides oversight of the accounting services for Fund shares.

37



Principal has contractually agreed to limit the Fund's expenses (excluding interest expense, expenses related to fund investments, acquired fund fees and expenses, and other extraordinary expenses). The reductions and reimbursements are in amounts that maintain total operating expenses at or below certain limits. The limits are expressed as a percentage of average daily net assets on an annualized basis. The expenses borne by Principal are subject to reimbursement by the Fund through the fiscal year end, provided no reimbursement will be made if it would result in the Fund exceeding the total operating expense limit. The operating expense limit and the agreement term are as follows:
Contractual Limit on Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses
Fund
 
Expiration
Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
0.85%
10/31/2016
Fees paid for investment management services during the periods indicated were as follows:
The Fund has not commenced operations yet; therefore, it does not have management fee information to disclose yet.

Sub-Advisory Agreements for the Fund
Edge is a Sub-Advisor for the Principal EDGE Active Income ETF. Principal pays Edge a fee, computed and paid monthly, at an annual rate as shown below.
Net Asset Value of Fund
Fund
All Assets
Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
0.18%
PGI is a Sub-Advisor for the Principal EDGE Active Income ETF. Principal pays PGI a fee, computed and paid monthly, at an annual rate as shown below.
Net Asset Value of Fund
Fund
All Assets
Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
0.12%
Distributor
ALPS Distributors, Inc. (the “Distributor”), is located at 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, Colorado 80203. The Distributor is a broker-dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”).
Shares will be continuously offered for sale by the Trust through the Distributor only in whole Creation Units, as described in the section of this SAI entitled “Purchase and Redemption of Creation Units.” The Distributor also acts as an agent for the Trust. The Distributor will deliver a prospectus to persons purchasing Shares in Creation Units and will maintain records of both orders placed with it and confirmations of acceptance furnished by it. The Distributor has no role in determining the investment policies of the Fund or which securities are to be purchased or sold by the Fund.
The Board of Trustees of the Trust has adopted a Distribution and Service Plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. In accordance with its Rule 12b-1 plan, the Fund is authorized to pay an amount up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets each year to finance activities primarily intended to result in the sale of Creation Units of the Fund or the provision of investor services. No Rule 12b-1 fees are currently paid by the Fund and there are no plans to impose these fees. However, in the event Rule 12b-1 fees are charged in the future, they will be paid out of the respective Fund’s assets, and over time, these fees will increase the cost of your investment and they may cost you more than certain other types of sales charges.
Fund Sub-Administrator, Custodian, and Transfer Agent
State Street Bank and Trust Company (the “Transfer Agent,” “Custodian,” or "State Street") serves as Fund’s sub-administrator, custodian and transfer agent. State Street is located at One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111.
Under a Fund Administration and Accounting Agreement with the Principal (on behalf of the Fund), State Street provides necessary administrative treasury, and tax services, including financial reporting for the maintenance and operations of the Fund. In addition, State Street makes available the office space, equipment, personnel and facilities required to provide such services. State Street also provides fund accounting services and is responsible for maintaining the books and records and calculating the daily net asset value of the Fund. Principal is ultimately responsible for such services pursuant to a Management Agreement with the Fund.

38



Under the Custody Agreement with the Trust, State Street maintains in separate accounts cash, securities and other assets of the Trust and the Fund, keeps all necessary accounts and records, and provides other services. State Street is required, upon order of the Trust, to deliver securities held by State Street and to make payments for securities purchased by the Trust for the Fund. Under the Custody Agreement, State Street is also authorized to appoint certain foreign custodians or foreign custody managers for Fund investments outside the United States.
Pursuant to a Transfer Agency Services Agreement with the Trust, State Street acts as transfer agent to the Fund, dividend disbursing agent and shareholder servicing agent to the Fund.
The Trust compensates State Street for the Custody and Transfer Agency services. The Fund is newly formed and has not paid any fees for the services set forth above as of the date of this SAI.
Brokerage on Purchases and Sales of Securities
All orders for the purchase or sale of portfolio securities are placed on behalf of the Fund by the Fund's Sub-Advisor pursuant to the terms of the applicable sub-advisory agreement. In distributing brokerage business arising out of the placement of orders for the purchase and sale of securities for any Fund, the objective of the Fund's Sub-Advisor is to obtain the best overall terms. In pursuing this objective, the Sub-Advisor considers all matters it deems relevant, including the breadth of the market in the security, the price of the security, the financial condition and executing capability of the broker or dealer, confidentiality, including trade anonymity, and the reasonableness of the commission, if any (for the specific transaction and on a continuing basis). This may mean in some instances that the Sub-Advisor will pay a broker commissions that are in excess of the amount of commissions another broker might have charged for executing the same transaction when the Sub-Advisor believes that such commissions are reasonable in light of a) the size and difficulty of the transaction, b) the quality of the execution provided, and c) the level of commissions paid relative to commissions paid by other institutional investors. Such factors are viewed both in terms of that particular transaction and in terms of all transactions that broker executes for accounts over which the Sub-Advisor exercises investment discretion. The Board has also adopted a policy and procedure designed to prevent the Fund from compensating a broker/dealer for promoting or selling Fund shares by directing brokerage transactions to that broker/dealer for the purpose of compensating the broker/dealer for promoting or selling Fund shares. Therefore, the Sub-Advisor may not compensate a broker/dealer for promoting or selling Fund shares by directing brokerage transactions to that broker/dealer for the purpose of compensating the broker/dealer for promoting or selling Fund shares. A Sub-Advisor may purchase securities in the over-the-counter market, utilizing the services of principal market makers unless better terms can be obtained by purchases through brokers or dealers, and may purchase securities listed on the NYSE from non-Exchange members in transactions off the Exchange.
A Sub-Advisor may give consideration in the allocation of business to services performed by a broker (e.g., the furnishing of statistical data and research generally consisting of, but not limited to, information of the following types: analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy, performance of client accounts, and access to research analysts, corporate management personnel, and industry experts). If any such allocation is made, the primary criteria used will be to obtain the best overall terms for such transactions or terms that are reasonable in relation to the research or brokerage services provided by the broker or dealer when viewed in terms of either a particular transaction or the sub-advisor’s overall responsibilities to the accounts under its management. The Sub-Advisor generally pays additional commission amounts for such research services. Statistical data and research information received from brokers or dealers as described above may be useful in varying degrees and the Sub-Advisor may use it in servicing some or all of the accounts it manages.
Subject to the rules promulgated by the SEC, as well as other regulatory requirements, the Board has approved procedures whereby the Fund may purchase securities that are offered in underwritings in which an affiliate of a Sub-Advisor, or Principal, participates. These procedures prohibit the Fund from directly or indirectly benefiting a Sub-Advisor affiliate or a Manager affiliate in connection with such underwritings. In addition, for underwritings where a Sub-Advisor affiliate or a Manager participates as a principal underwriter, certain restrictions may apply that could, among other things, limit the amount of securities that the Fund could purchase in the underwritings. The Sub-Advisor shall determine the amounts and proportions of orders allocated to the Sub-Advisor or affiliate. The Trustees of the Fund will receive quarterly reports on these transactions.
The Board has approved procedures that permit the Fund to effect a purchase or sale transaction between the Fund and an affiliated mutual fund or between the Fund and affiliated persons of the Fund under limited circumstances prescribed by SEC rules. Any such transaction must be effected without any payment other than a cash payment for the securities, for which a market quotation is readily available, at the current market price; no brokerage commission or fee (except for customary transfer fees), or other remuneration may be paid in connection with the transaction. The Board receives quarterly reports of all such transactions.

39



The Board has also approved procedures that permit the Fund's Sub-Advisor(s) to place portfolio trades with an affiliated broker under circumstances prescribed by SEC Rules 17e-1 and 17a-10. The procedures require that total commissions, fees, or other remuneration received or to be received by an affiliated broker must be reasonable and fair compared to the commissions, fees or other remuneration received by other brokers in connection with comparable transactions involving similar securities being purchased or sold on a securities exchange during a comparable time period. The Board receives quarterly reports of all transactions completed pursuant to the Fund's procedures.
Purchases and sales of debt securities and money market instruments usually are principal transactions; portfolio securities are normally purchased directly from the issuer or from an underwriter or marketmakers for the securities. Such transactions are usually conducted on a net basis with the Fund paying no brokerage commissions. Purchases from underwriters include a commission or concession paid by the issuer to the underwriter, and the purchases from dealers serving as marketmakers include the spread between the bid and asked prices.
Commission rates a Sub-Advisor pays to brokers may vary and reflect such factors as the trading volume placed with a broker, the type of security, the market in which a security is traded and the trading volume of that security, the types of services provided by the broker (i.e. execution services only or additional research services) and the quality of a broker's execution.
Allocation of Trades
By the Sub-Advisor. The portfolio managers of each of the Sub-Advisors manage a number of accounts other than the Fund's portfolio, including in some instances proprietary or personal accounts. Managing multiple accounts may give rise to potential conflicts of interest including, for example, conflicts among investment strategies , allocating time and attention to account management, allocation of investment opportunities, knowledge of and timing of fund trades, selection of brokers and dealers, and compensation for the account. Each Sub-advisor has adopted and implemented policies and procedures that it believes address the potential conflicts associated with managing accounts for multiple clients and personal accounts and are designed to ensure that all clients and client accounts are treated fairly and equitably. These procedures include allocation policies and procedures, personal trading policies and procedures, internal review processes and, in some cases, review by independent third parties.
Investments the Sub-Advisor deems appropriate for the Fund's portfolio may also be deemed appropriate by it for other accounts. Therefore, the same security may be purchased or sold at or about the same time for both the Fund's portfolio and other accounts. In such circumstances, PGI may determine that orders for the purchase or sale of the same security for the Fund's portfolio and one or more other accounts should be combined. In this event the transactions will be priced and allocated in a manner deemed by PGI to be equitable and in the best interests of the Fund’s portfolio and such other accounts. While in some instances combined orders could adversely affect the price or volume of a security, the Fund believes that its participation in such transactions on balance will produce better overall results for the Fund.
INTERMEDIARY COMPENSATION
Shares of the Fund are sold primarily through intermediaries, such as brokers, dealers, investment advisors, banks, trust companies, pension plan consultants, retirement plan administrators and insurance companies. 
As mentioned in the Prospectus, in the event 12b-1 fees are paid by the Fund to the Distributor in the future, the Distributor may pay some or all of those fees to intermediaries. 
Additional Payments to Intermediaries
In addition, Principal and its affiliates may, out of their own resources, pay amounts to intermediaries that support the distribution or marketing of shares of the Fund or provide services to Fund shareholders.  The making of these payments could create a conflict of interest for a financial intermediary receiving such payments.  These payments may be made from profits received by Principal from the management fees paid to Principal by the Fund. 
Numerous factors may be considered in determining the amount of such additional payments, including, but not limited to, the intermediary’s Fund sales and assets, and the willingness and ability of the intermediary to give the Distributor access to its Financial Professionals for educational and marketing purposes. Some such arrangements may include an agreed upon minimum or maximum payment.
As of April ___, 2015, the Distributor has not yet identified any intermediaries that will receive additional payments as described above.  Ask your Financial Professional or visit your intermediary’s website for more information about the amounts paid to them by Principal and its affiliates, and by sponsors of other mutual funds your Financial Professional may recommend to you.

40



PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF CREATION UNITS
Book-Entry Only System
The Depository Trust Company (DTC) acts as securities depository for the shares. Shares of the Fund are represented by securities registered in the name of DTC or its nominee and deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC. Certificates will not be issued for shares.
DTC, a limited-purpose trust company, was created to hold securities of its participants and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions among DTC participants in such securities through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of the DTC participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of securities certificates. DTC participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations, and certain other organizations, some of whom (and/or their representatives) own DTC. Access to the DTC system is also available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers, and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC participant, either directly or indirectly.
Beneficial ownership of shares is limited to DTC participants and persons holding interests through DTC participants. Ownership of beneficial interests in shares (owners of beneficial interests are referred to herein as Beneficial Owners) is shown on, and the transfer of ownership is effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to DTC participants) and on the records of DTC participants (with respect to indirect DTC participants and Beneficial Owners that are not DTC participants). Beneficial Owners will receive from or through a DTC participant a written confirmation relating to their purchase of shares.
Conveyance of all notices, statements and other communications to Beneficial Owners is effected as follows. Pursuant to the Depositary Agreement between the Trust and DTC, DTC is required to make available to the Trust upon request and for a fee to be charged to the trust a listing of the shares of the fund held by each DTC participant. The Trust shall inquire of each such DTC participant as to the number of Beneficial Owners holding fund shares, directly or indirectly, through such DTC participant. The Trust shall provide each such DTC participant with copies of such notice, statement or other communication, in such form, number and at such place as such DTC participant may reasonably request, so that such notice, statement or communication may be transmitted by such DTC participant, directly or indirectly, to such Beneficial Owners. In addition, the Trust shall pay to each such DTC participant a fair and reasonable amount as reimbursement for the expenses attendant to such transmittal, all subject to applicable statutory and regulatory requirements.
Share distributions shall be made to DTC or its nominee, Cede & Co., as the registered holder of all shares. DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any such distributions, shall credit immediately DTC participants' accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in shares of the fund as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. Payments by DTC participants to indirect DTC participants and Beneficial Owners of shares held through such DTC participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in a "street name," and will be the responsibility of such DTC participants.
The Trust has no responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or notices to Beneficial Owners, or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in such shares, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests, or for any other aspect of the relationship between DTC and the DTC participants or the relationship between such DTC participants and the indirect DTC participants and Beneficial Owners owning through such DTC participants.
DTC may decide to discontinue providing its service with respect to shares at any time by giving reasonable notice to the trust and discharging its responsibilities with respect thereto under applicable law. Under such circumstances, the trust shall take action either to find a replacement for DTC to perform its functions at a comparable cost or, if such a replacement is unavailable, to issue and deliver printed certificates representing ownership of shares, unless the trust makes other arrangements with respect thereto satisfactory to NYSE Arca.
Creation Units
The Fund sells and redeems Shares in Creation Units on a continuous basis through the Distributor, without a sales load, at the NAV next determined after receipt of an order in proper form on any Business Day. As of the date of this SAI, the NYSE observes the following holidays: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. The Fund will not issue fractional Creation Units. Shares of the Fund will only be issued against full payment, as further described in the prospectus and this SAI.

41



A Creation Unit is an aggregation of 50,000 Shares. The Board may declare a split or a consolidation in the number of Shares outstanding of the Fund or Trust, and make a corresponding change in the number of Shares in a Creation Unit.
To purchase or redeem any Creation Units from the Fund, you must be, or transact through, an Authorized Participant (“AP”). To be an AP, you must be either a broker-dealer or other participant (“Participating Party”) in the Continuous Net Settlement System (“Clearing Process”) of the National Securities Clearing Corporation (“NSCC”) or a participant in DTC with access to the DTC system (“DTC Participant”), and you must execute an agreement (“Participant Agreement”) with the Distributor that governs transactions in the Fund’s Creation Units.
Transactions by an AP that is a Participating Party using the NSCC system are referred to as transactions “through the Clearing Process.” Transactions by an AP that is a DTC Participant using the DTC system are referred to as transactions “outside the Clearing Process.”
Investors who are not APs but want to transact in Creation Units may contact the Distributor for the names of APs. An AP may require investors to enter into a separate agreement to transact through it for Creation Units and may require orders for purchases of shares placed with it to be in a particular form. Investors should be aware that their broker may not be an AP and, therefore, may need to place any order to purchase or redeem Creation Units through another broker or person that is an AP, which may result in additional charges. There are expected to be a limited number of APs at any one time.
Orders must be transmitted by an AP by telephone, electronic mail, or other transmission method acceptable to the Distributor pursuant to procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement. Market disruptions and telephone or other communication failures may impede the transmission of orders.
Purchasing Creation Units
Fund Deposit
The consideration for a Creation Unit of the Fund is the Fund Deposit. The Fund Deposit will consist of the In-Kind Creation Basket and Cash Component, or an all cash payment (“Cash Value”), as determined by PGI to be permitted or required by the Fund. Short portions in the Fund’s portfolio and any other financial instruments that cannot be transferred in-kind, will be represented by cash in the Cash Component and not in the In-Kind Creation Basket.
The Cash Component will typically include a “Balancing Amount” reflecting the difference, if any, between the NAV of a Creation Unit and the market value of the securities in the In-Kind Creation Basket. If the NAV per Creation Unit exceeds the market value of the securities in the In-Kind Creation Basket, the purchaser pays the Balancing Amount to the Fund. By contrast, if the NAV per Creation Unit is less than the market value of the securities in the In-Kind Creation Basket, the Fund pays the Balancing Amount to the purchaser. The Balancing Amount ensures that the consideration paid by an investor for a Creation Unit is exactly equal to the value of the Creation Unit.
PGI, in a portfolio composition file sent via the NSCC, generally makes available on each Business Day, immediately prior to the opening of business on the Exchange (currently 9:30 a.m., Eastern time), a list of the names and the required number of shares of each security in the In-Kind Creation Basket to be included in the current Fund Deposit for the Fund (based on information about the Fund’s portfolio at the end of the previous Business Day subject to correction). If applicable, PGI , through the NSCC, also makes available on each Business Day, the estimated Cash Component or Cash Value, effective through and including the previous Business Day, per Creation Unit.
The announced Fund Deposit is applicable, subject to any adjustments as described below, for purchases of Creation Units of the Fund until the next-announced Fund Deposit is made available. From day to day, the composition of the In-Kind Creation Basket may change as, among other things, corporate actions and investment decisions by the Sub-advisors are implemented for the Fund’s portfolio. All questions as to the composition of the In-Kind Creation Basket and the validity, form, eligibility, and acceptance for deposit of any securities shall be determined by the Fund, and the Fund’s determination shall be final and binding. The Fund reserves the right to accept a nonconforming (i.e., custom) Fund Deposit. Payment of any stamp duty or the like shall be the sole responsibility of the AP purchasing a Creation Unit. The AP must ensure that all Deposit Securities properly denote change in beneficial ownership.
Cash in lieu
The Fund may, in its sole discretion, permit or require the substitution of an amount of cash (“cash in lieu”) to be added to the Cash Component to replace any security in the In-Kind Creation Basket. The Fund may permit or require cash in lieu when, for example, the securities in the In-Kind Creation Basket may not be available in sufficient quantity for delivery or may not be eligible for transfer through the systems of DTC or the Clearing Process. Similarly, the Fund may permit or require cash in lieu when, for example, the AP or its underlying investor

42



is restricted under U.S. or local securities law or policies from transacting in one or more securities in the In-Kind Creation Basket. The Fund will comply with the federal securities laws in accepting securities in the In-Kind Creation Basket, including the securities in the In-Kind Creation Basket that are sold in transactions that would be exempt from registration under the 1933 Act.
In light of the foregoing, in order to seek to replicate the in-kind creation order process, the Fund expects to purchase the securities represented by the cash in lieu amount in the secondary market (“Market Purchases”). In such cases where the Fund makes Market Purchases because a security may not be permitted to be re-registered in the name of the Fund as a result of an in-kind creation order pursuant to local law or market convention, or for other reasons, the Authorized Participant will reimburse the Fund for, among other things, any difference between the market value at which the securities were purchased by the Fund and the cash in lieu amount (which amount, at Principal’s discretion, may be capped), applicable registration fees and taxes. Brokerage commissions incurred in connection with the Fund’s acquisition of securities will be at the expense of the applicable Fund and will affect the value of all Shares of the Fund, but Principal may adjust the transaction fee to the extent the composition of the securities changes or cash in lieu is added to the Cash Amount to protect ongoing shareholders.
Order Cut-Off Time
For an order involving a Creation Unit to be effectuated at the Fund’s NAV on a particular day, it must be received by the Distributor by or before the deadline for such order (“Order Cut-Off Time”). The Order Cut-Off Time for creation and redemption orders for the Fund is generally expected to be 4:00 p.m. Eastern time for In-Kind Creation and Redemption Baskets, and 1:00 p.m. Eastern time for Cash Value transactions. Accordingly, In-Kind Creation and Redemption Baskets are expected to be accepted until the close of regular trading on the Exchange on each Business Day, which is usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern time. On days when the Exchange or bond markets close earlier than normal (such as the day before a holiday), the Order Cut-Off Time is expected to track the Exchange or bond markets closing and be similarly earlier than normal.
Custom orders typically clear outside the Clearing Process and, therefore, like other orders outside the Clearing Process, may need to be transmitted early on the relevant Business Day to be effectuated at that day’s NAV. A custom order may be placed when, for example, an AP cannot transact in a security in the In-Kind Creation or Redemption Basket and additional cash is included in the Fund Deposit or Fund Redemption in lieu of such security. Custom orders may be required to be received by the Distributor by 3:00 p.m. Eastern time to be effectuated based on the Fund’s NAV on that Business Day.
In all cases, cash and securities should be transferred to the Fund by the “Settlement Date,” which is generally the Business Day immediately following the Transmittal Date for cash and the third Business Day following the Transmittal Date for securities. Persons placing custom orders or orders involving Cash Value should be aware of time deadlines imposed by intermediaries, such as DTC and/or the Federal Reserve Bank wire system, which may delay the delivery of cash and securities by the Settlement Date.
Placement of Creation Orders
All purchase orders must be placed by or through an AP. To order a Creation Unit, an AP must submit an irrevocable purchase order to the Distributor. In-kind (portions of) purchase orders will be processed through the Clearing Process when it is available. The Clearing Process is an enhanced clearing process that is available only for certain securities and only to DTC Participants that are also participants in the Clearing Process of the NSCC. In-kind (portions of) purchase orders not subject to the Clearing Process will go through a manual clearing process run by DTC. Fund Deposits that include government securities must be delivered through the Federal Reserve Bank wire transfer system (“Federal Reserve System”). Fund Deposits that include cash may be delivered through the Clearing Process or the Federal Reserve System. Certain orders for the Fund may be made outside the Clearing Process. In-kind deposits of securities for such orders must be delivered through the Federal Reserve System (for government securities) or through DTC (for corporate securities).
Orders Using Clearing Process
In connection with creation orders made through the Clearing Process, the Distributor transmits, on behalf of the AP, such trade instructions as are necessary to effect the creation order. Pursuant to such trade instructions, the AP agrees to deliver the requisite Fund Deposit to the Trust, together with such additional information as may be required by the Distributor. An order to create Creation Units through the Clearing Process is deemed received by the Distributor on the Business Day the order is placed (“Transmittal Date”) if (i) such order is received by the Distributor by the order Cut-Off Time on such Transmittal Date and (ii) all other procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement are properly followed. Cash Components will be delivered using either the Clearing Process or the Federal Reserve System, as described below.

43



Orders Outside Clearing Process
Fund Deposits made outside the Clearing Process must state that the DTC Participant is not using the Clearing Process and that the creation of Creation Units will instead be effected through a transfer of securities and cash directly through DTC. With respect to such orders, the Fund Deposit transfer must be ordered by the DTC Participant on the Transmittal Date in a timely fashion so as to ensure the delivery of the requisite number of securities in the In- Kind Creation Basket (whether standard or custom) through DTC to the relevant Trust account by 11:00 a.m., Eastern time, (the “DTC Cut-Off Time”) on the Business Day immediately following the Transmittal Date. The amount of cash equal to the Cash Component, along with any cash in lieu and Transaction Fee, must be transferred directly to the Custodian through the Federal Reserve Bank wire transfer system in a timely manner so as to be received by the Custodian no later than 12:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the Business Day immediately following the Transmittal Date. The delivery of corporate securities through DTC must occur by 3:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the Business Day immediately following the Transmittal Date. The delivery of government securities through the Federal Reserve System must occur by 3:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the Business Day immediately following the Transmittal Date.
An order to create Creation Units outside the Clearing Process is deemed received by the Distributor on the Transmittal Date if (i) such order is received by the Distributor by the Order Cut-Off Time on such Transmittal Date and (ii) all other procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement are properly followed. If the Custodian does not receive both the required In-Kind Creation Basket by the DTC Cut-Off Time and the Cash Component by the appointed time, such order may be canceled. Upon written notice to the Distributor, a canceled order may be resubmitted the following Business Day using a Fund Deposit as newly constituted to reflect the then-current In-Kind Creation Basket and Cash Component. Except as provided in Appendix D, the delivery of Creation Units so created will occur no later than the third Business Day following the day on which the order is deemed received by the Distributor. APs that submit a canceled order will be liable to the Fund for any losses resulting therefrom. (See Appendix D for list of Foreign Market Holidays)
Orders involving foreign securities are expected to be settled outside the Clearing Process. Thus, upon receipt of an irrevocable purchase order, the Distributor will notify PGI and the Custodian of such order. The Custodian, who will have caused the appropriate local sub-custodian(s) of the Fund to maintain an account into which an AP may deliver the Fund Deposit (or cash in lieu), with adjustments determined by the Fund, will then provide information of the order to such local sub-custodian(s). The AP must also make available on or before the Settlement, by means satisfactory to the Fund, immediately available or same day funds in U.S. dollars estimated by the Fund to be sufficient to pay the Cash Component and Transaction Fee.
While, as stated above, Creation Units are generally delivered no later than the third Business Day following the day on which the order is deemed received by the Distributor. The Fund may settle Creation Unit transactions on a basis other than the one described above to accommodate foreign market holiday schedules, to account for different treatment among foreign and U.S. markets of dividend record dates and ex-dividend dates (that is the last day the holder of a security can sell the security and still receive dividends payable on the security), and in certain other circumstances.
Acceptance of Orders for Creation Units
The Trust reserves the absolute right to reject a creation order transmitted to it by the Distributor in respect of the Fund if: (i) the order is not in proper form; (ii) the investor(s), upon obtaining the Shares, would own 80% or more of the currently outstanding Shares of the Fund; (iii) the securities delivered do not conform to the In-Kind Creation Basket for the relevant date; (iv) acceptance of the Fund Deposit would have adverse tax consequences to the Fund; (v) acceptance of the Fund Deposit would, in the opinion of counsel, be unlawful; (vi) acceptance of the Fund Deposit would otherwise, in the discretion of the Trust, the Fund, Principal or PGI, will have an adverse effect on the Trust, the Fund or the rights of beneficial owners; or (vii) in the event that circumstances that are outside the control of the Trust make it practically impossible to process creation orders. Examples of such circumstances include acts of God; public service or utility problems resulting in telephone, telecopy and computer failures; fires, floods or extreme weather conditions; market conditions or activities causing trading halts; systems failures involving computer or other information systems affecting the Trust, Principal, a Sub-Advisor, the Transfer Agent, the Distributor, DTC, NSCC, the Custodian or sub-custodian or any other participant in the creation process; and similar extraordinary events. The Distributor shall notify an AP of its rejection of the order. The Fund, the Custodian, any sub- custodian and the Distributor are under no duty, however, to give notification of any defects or irregularities in the delivery of Fund Deposits, and they shall not incur any liability for the failure to give any such notification.

44



Issuance of a Creation Unit
Once the Fund has accepted a creation order, upon next determination of a Fund’s NAV, the Fund will confirm the issuance of a Creation Unit, against receipt of payment, at such NAV. The Distributor will transmit a confirmation of acceptance to the AP that placed the order.
Except as provided below, a Creation Unit will not be issued until the Fund obtains good title to the Kind-Creation Basket securities and the Cash Component, along with any cash in lieu and Transaction Fee. Except as provided in Appendix D, the delivery of Creation Units will generally occur no later than the third Business Day following the Transmittal Date for securities.
In certain cases, APs will create and redeem Creation Units on the same trade date. In these instances, the Trust reserves the right to settle these transactions on a net basis.
With respect to orders involving foreign securities, when the applicable local sub-custodian(s) has confirmed to the Custodian that the In-Kind Creation Basket (or cash in lieu) has been delivered to the Fund’s account at the applicable sub-custodian(s), the Distributor and PGI shall be notified of such delivery, and the Fund will issue and cause the delivery of the Creation Unit.
Creation Units may be created in advance of receipt by the Trust of all or a portion of the applicable In-Kind Creation Basket, provided the purchaser tenders an initial deposit consisting of any available securities in the In-Kind Creation Basket and cash equal to the sum of the Cash Component and at least 115% of the market value, as adjusted from time to time by, of the In-Kind Creation Basket securities not delivered (“Additional Cash Deposit”). Such initial deposit will have a value greater than the NAV of the Creation Unit on the date the order is placed. The order shall be deemed to be received on the Transmittal Date provided that it is placed in proper form prior to 4:00 p.m., Eastern time, on such date, and federal funds in the appropriate amount are deposited with the Custodian by the DTC Cut-Off Time the following Business Day. If the order is not placed in proper form by 4:00 p.m., Eastern time, or federal funds in the appropriate amount are not received by the DTC Cut-Off Time the next Business Day, then the order will be canceled or deemed unreceived and the AP effectuating such transaction will be liable to the Fund for any losses resulting therefrom.
To the extent securities in the In-Kind Creation Basket remain undelivered, pending delivery of such securities additional cash will be required to be deposited with the Trust as necessary to maintain an Additional Cash Deposit equal to at least 115% (as adjusted by PGI) of the daily marked-to-market value of the missing securities. To the extent that either such securities are still not received by 1:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the third Business Day following the day on which the purchase order is deemed received by the Distributor or a marked-to- market payment is not made within one Business Day following notification to the purchaser and/or AP that such a payment is required, the Trust may use the cash on deposit to purchase the missing securities, and the AP effectuating such transaction will be liable to the Fund for any costs incurred therein or losses resulting therefrom, including any Transaction Fee, any amount by which the actual purchase price of the missing securities exceeds the Additional Cash Deposit or the market value of such securities on the day the purchase order was deemed received by the Distributor, as well as brokerage and related transaction costs. The Trust will return any unused portion of the Additional Cash Deposit once all of the missing securities have been received by the Trust. The delivery of Creation Units so created will occur no later than the third Business Day following the day on which the purchase order is deemed received by the Distributor.
Transaction Fees
To compensate the Trust for costs incurred in connection with creation and redemption transactions, investors will be required to pay to the Trust a Transaction Fee as follows:
[To be added by amendment]
The Standard Transaction Fee applies to in-kind purchases of the Fund effected through the Clearing Process on any Business Day, regardless of the number of Creation Units purchased or redeemed that day (assuming, in the case of multiple orders on the same day, that the orders are received at or near the same time). A Transaction Fee of up to four times the standard fee may apply to creation and redemption transactions that occur outside the Clearing Process. As shown in the table above, certain Fund Deposits consisting of a Cash Value will be subject to a variable charge of up to [ ]% in addition to the standard Transaction Fee. With cash received from the variable charge, PGI will purchase the necessary securities for the Fund’s portfolio and return any unused portion thereof to the investor.

45



Principal may adjust the Transaction Fee from time to time. The Standard Creation/Redemption Transaction Fee is based, in part, on the number of holdings in the Fund’s portfolio and may be adjusted on a quarterly basis if the number of holdings increases. Investors will also be responsible for the costs associated with transferring the securities in the In-Kind Creation (and Redemption) Baskets to (and from) the account of the Trust. Further, investors who, directly or indirectly, use the services of a broker or other intermediary to compose a Creation Unit in addition to an AP to effect a transaction in Creation Units may be charged an additional fee for such services.
Cash Purchase Method
When cash purchases of Creation Units are available or specified for the Fund, they will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind purchases. In the case of a cash purchase, the investor must pay the cash equivalent of the Fund Deposit. In addition, cash purchases may be subject to Transaction Fees.
Redeeming Creation Units
Fund Shares may be redeemed only in Creation Units at their NAV next determined after receipt of a redemption request in proper form by the Fund through the Transfer Agent and only on a Business Day. The redemption proceeds for a Creation Unit will consist of the In-Kind Redemption Basket and a Cash Redemption Amount, or an all cash payment (“Cash Value”), in all instances equal to the value of a Creation Unit. Short positions and other instruments that cannot be transferred in kind will be represented by cash in the Cash Redemption Amount and not in the In-Kind Redemption Basket.
The Cash Redemption Amount will typically include a Balancing Amount, reflecting the difference, if any, between the NAV of a Creation Unit and the market value of the securities in the In-Kind Redemption Basket. If the NAV per Creation Unit exceeds the market value of the securities in the In-Kind Redemption Basket, the Fund pays the Balancing Amount to the redeeming investor. By contrast, if the NAV per Creation Unit is less than the market value of the securities in the In-Kind Redemption Basket, the redeeming investor pays the Balancing Amount to the Fund.
PGI, in a portfolio composition file sent via the NSCC, generally makes available on each Business Day, immediately prior to the opening of business on the Exchange (currently 9:30 a.m., Eastern time), a list of the names and the required number of shares of each security in the In-Kind Redemption Basket to be included in the current redemption proceeds for the Fund (based on information about the Fund’s portfolio at the end of the previous Business Day) (subject to correction). If applicable, PGI, through the NSCC, also makes available on each Business Day, the estimated Cash Component or Cash Value, effective through and including the previous Business Day, per Creation Unit. The Fund reserves the right to accept a nonconforming (i.e., custom) Fund Redemption.
In lieu of an In-Kind Redemption Basket and Cash Redemption Amount, Creation Units may be redeemed consisting solely of cash in an amount equal to the NAV of a Creation Unit, which amount is referred to as the Cash Value. Such redemptions for the Fund may be subject to a variable charge, as explained above. If applicable, information about the Cash Value will be made available by Transfer Agent.
From day to day, the composition of the In-Kind Redemption Basket may change as, among other things, corporate actions are implemented for the Fund’s portfolio. All questions as to the composition of the In-Kind Redemption Basket and the validity, form, eligibility, and acceptance for deposit of any securities shall be determined by the Fund, and the Fund’s determination shall be final and binding.
The right of redemption may be suspended or the date of payment postponed: (i) for any period during which the NYSE is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings); (ii) for any period during which trading on the NYSE is suspended or restricted; (iii) for any period during which an emergency exists as a result of which disposal of the Shares or determination of the Fund’s NAV is not reasonably practicable; or (iv) in such other circumstances as permitted by the SEC, including as described below.
Cash in lieu
The Fund may, in its sole discretion, permit or require the substitution of an amount of cash (“cash in lieu”) to be added to the Cash Redemption Amount to replace any security in the In-Kind Redemption Basket. The Fund may permit or require cash in lieu when, for example, the securities in the In-Kind Redemption Basket may not be available in sufficient quantity for delivery or may not be eligible for transfer through the systems of DTC or the Clearing Process. Similarly, the Fund may permit or require cash in lieu when, for example, the AP or its underlying investor is restricted under U.S. or local securities law or policies from transacting in one or more securities in the In-Kind Redemption Basket or an underlying investor would be subject to unfavorable tax treatment if the investor received redemption proceeds consisting of certain non-U.S. securities. The Fund will comply with the federal securities laws in satisfying redemptions with the applicable In-Kind Redemption Basket, including the securities in the In-Kind Redemption Basket that are sold in transactions that would be exempt from registration under the 1933 Act. All redemption orders involving cash in lieu are considered to be “custom redemptions.”

46



Placement of Redemption Orders
Redemptions must be placed to the Transfer Agent through the Distributor. In addition, redemption orders must be processed either through the DTC process or the Clearing Process. To redeem a Creation Unit, an AP must submit an irrevocable redemption order to the Distributor.
An AP submitting a redemption order is deemed to represent to the Fund that it or, if applicable, the investor on whose behalf it is acting, (i) owns outright or has full legal authority and legal beneficial right to tender for redemption the Creation Unit to be redeemed and can receive the entire proceeds of the redemption, and (ii) all of the Shares in the Creation Unit to be redeemed have not been borrowed, loaned or pledged to another party nor are they the subject of a repurchase agreement, securities lending agreement or such other arrangement which would preclude the delivery of such Shares to the Fund. The Fund reserves the absolute right, in its sole discretion, to verify these representations, but will typically require verification in connection with higher levels of redemption activity and/or short interest in the Fund. If the AP, upon receipt of a verification report, does not provide sufficient verification of the requested representations, the redemption order will not be considered to be in proper form and may be rejected by the Fund.
In certain cases, APs will create and redeem Creation Units on the same trade date. In these instances, the Trust reserves the right to settle these transactions on a net basis.
Placement of Redemption Orders Using Clearing Process
Orders to redeem Creation Units through the Clearing Process are deemed received by the Trust on the Transmittal Date if (i) such order is received by the Transfer Agent not later than the Order Cut-Off Time on such Transmittal Date, and (ii) all other procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement are properly followed. Orders deemed received will be effectuated based on the NAV of the Fund as next determined. An order to redeem Creation Units using the Clearing Process made in proper form but received by the Trust after the Order Cut-Off Time will be deemed received on the next Business Day and will be effected at the NAV next determined on such next Business Day. In connection with such orders, the Distributor transmits on behalf of the AP such trade instructions as are necessary to effect the redemption. Pursuant to such trade instructions, the AP agrees to deliver the requisite Creation Unit(s) to the Fund, together with such additional information as may be required by the Distributor. Cash Redemption Amounts will be delivered using either the Clearing Process or the Federal Reserve System. The applicable In-Kind Redemption Basket and the Cash Redemption Amount will be transferred to the investor by the third NSCC business day following the date on which such request for redemption is deemed received.
Placement of Redemption Orders Outside Clearing Process     
Orders to redeem Creation Units outside the Clearing Process must state that the DTC Participant is not using the Clearing Process and that redemption of Creation Units will instead be effected through transfer of Shares directly through DTC. Such orders are deemed received by the Trust on the Transmittal Date if: (i) such order is received by the Transfer Agent not later than the Order Cut-Off Time on the Transmittal Date; (ii) such order is accompanied or followed by the delivery of both (a) the Creation Unit(s), which delivery must be made through DTC to the Custodian no later than the DTC Cut-Off Time on the Business Day immediately following the Transmittal Date and (b) the Cash Redemption Amount by 12:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the Business Day immediately following the Transmittal Date; and (iii) all other procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement are properly followed. After the Trust has deemed such an order received, the Trust will initiate procedures to transfer, and expect to deliver, the requisite In-Kind Redemption Basket and/or any Cash Redemption Amount owed to the redeeming party by the third Business Day following the Transmittal Date on which such redemption order is deemed received by the Trust.
Orders involving foreign securities are expected to be settled outside the Clearing Process. Thus, upon receipt of an irrevocable redemption order, the Distributor will notify PGI and the Custodian. The Custodian will then provide information of the redemption to the Fund’s local sub-custodian(s). The redeeming AP, or the investor on whose behalf it is acting, will have established appropriate arrangements with a broker-dealer, bank or other custody provider in each jurisdiction in which the securities are customarily traded and to which such securities (and any cash in lieu) can be delivered from the Fund’s accounts at the applicable local sub-custodian(s).
The calculation of the value of the In-Kind Redemption Basket and the Cash Redemption Amount to be delivered/received upon redemption will be made by the Custodian computed on the Business Day on which a redemption order is deemed received by the Trust. Therefore, if a redemption order in proper form is submitted to the Transfer Agent by an AP with the ability to transact through the Federal Reserve System, as applicable, not later than Order Cut-Off Time on the Transmittal Date, and the requisite number of Shares of the relevant Fund are delivered to the Custodian prior to the DTC Cut-Off-Time, then the value of the In-Kind Redemption Basket and the Cash Redemption Amount to be delivered/received will be determined by the Custodian on such Transmittal Date. If, however, either: (i) the requisite number of Shares of the relevant Fund are not delivered by the DTC Cut- Off-Time, as described above, or (ii) the redemption order is not submitted in proper form, then the redemption order will not

47



be deemed received as of the Transmittal Date. In such case, the value of the In-Kind Redemption Basket and the Cash Redemption Amount to be delivered/received will be computed on the Business Day following the Transmittal Date provided that the Fund Shares of the relevant Fund are delivered through DTC to the Custodian by 11:00 a.m., Eastern time, the following Business Day pursuant to a properly submitted redemption order.
If it is not possible to effect deliveries of the securities in the In-Kind Redemption Basket, the Trust may in its discretion exercise its option to redeem Shares in cash, and the redeeming beneficial owner will be required to receive its redemption proceeds in cash. In addition, an investor may request a redemption in cash that the Fund may, in its sole discretion, permit. In either case, the investor will receive a cash payment equal to the NAV of its Shares based on the NAV of Shares of the Fund next determined after the redemption request is received in proper form (minus a Transaction Fee, including a variable charge, if applicable, as described above).
Redemptions of Fund Shares for the In-Kind Redemption Basket will be subject to compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws and the Fund (whether or not it otherwise permits cash redemptions) reserves the right to redeem Creation Units for cash to the extent that the Trust could not lawfully deliver specific securities in the In-Kind Redemption Basket upon redemptions or could not do so without first registering the securities in the In-Kind Redemption Basket under such laws. An AP or an investor for which it is acting subject to a legal restriction with respect to a particular security included in the In-Kind Redemption Basket applicable to the redemption of a Creation Unit may be paid an equivalent amount of cash. The AP may request the redeeming beneficial owner of the Shares to complete an order form or to enter into agreements with respect to such matters as compensating cash payment, beneficial ownership of shares or delivery instructions.
Delivery of Redemption Basket
Once the Fund has accepted a redemption order, upon next determination of the Fund’s NAV, the Fund will confirm the issuance of an In-Kind Redemption Basket, against receipt of the Creation Unit(s) at such NAV, any cash in lieu and Transaction Fee. A Creation Unit tendered for redemption and the payment of the Cash Redemption Amount, any cash in lieu and Transaction Fee will be effected through DTC. The AP, or the investor on whose behalf it is acting, will be recorded on the book-entry system of DTC.
In certain cases, APs will create and redeem Creation Units on the same trade date. In these instances, the Trust reserves the right to settle these transactions on a net basis.
Cash Redemption Method
When cash redemptions of Creation Units are available or specified for the Fund, they will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind redemptions. In the case of a cash redemption, the investor will receive the cash equivalent of the In-Kind Redemption Basket minus any Transaction Fees.
Settlement of Foreign Securities and Regular Foreign Holidays
The Fund generally intend to effect deliveries of Creation Units and portfolio securities on a basis of the Transmittal Date (“T”) plus three Business Days (i.e., days on which the national securities exchange is open) (“T+3”). The Fund may effect deliveries of Creation Units and portfolio securities on a basis other than T+3 to accommodate local holiday schedules, to account for different treatment among foreign and U.S. markets of dividend record dates and ex- dividend dates or under certain other circumstances. Given that foreign securities settle in accordance with the normal rules of settlement of such securities in the applicable foreign market, coupled with foreign market holiday schedules, the Settlement Date may be up to 14 calendar days after the Transmittal Date in certain circumstances.
The ability of the Trust to effect in-kind creations and redemptions within three Business Days of receipt of an order in good form is subject, among other things, to the condition that, within the time period from the date of the order to the date of delivery of the securities, there are no days that are holidays in the applicable foreign market. In such cases, the local market settlement procedures will not commence until the end of the local holiday periods. For every occurrence of one or more intervening holidays in the applicable foreign market that are not holidays observed in the U.S. equity market, the redemption settlement cycle will be extended by the number of such intervening holidays. In addition to holidays, other unforeseeable closings in a foreign market due to emergencies may also prevent the Trust from delivering securities within normal settlement periods. The proclamation of new holidays, the treatment by market participants of certain days as “informal holidays” (e.g., days on which no or limited securities transactions occur, as a result of substantially shortened trading hours), the elimination of existing holidays or changes in local securities delivery practices could affect the information set forth herein at some time in the future.
Because the Fund’s portfolio securities may trade on days that the Fund’s Exchange is closed or on days that are not Business Days for the Fund, APs may not be able to redeem their Shares, or to purchase and sell Shares on the Exchange, on days when the NAV of the Fund could be significantly affected by events in the relevant non-U.S. markets.

48



The Trust will offer, issue and sell Shares of the Fund to investors only in Creation Units through the Distributor on a continuous basis at the NAV next determined after an order in proper form is received. The NAV of the Fund is expected to be determined as of 4:00 p.m. ET on each “Business Day,” which is defined to include any day that the Trust is open for business as required by Section 22(e) of the 1940 Act. The Trust will sell and redeem Creation Units of the Fund only on a Business Day. Applicants anticipate that a Creation Unit will consist of at least 25,000 Shares and that the price of a Share will range from $20 to $200.
The price of Shares trading on the Stock Exchange will be based on a current bid-offer market. No secondary sales will be made to Brokers at a concession by the Distributor or by the Fund. Purchases and sales of Shares on the Stock Exchange, which will not involve the Fund, will be subject to customary brokerage commissions and charges.
CALCULATION OF NAV
The Fund's NAV is calculated each day the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") is open, as of the close of business of the Exchange (normally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time). The NAV of Fund shares is not determined on days the NYSE is closed (generally, New Year's Day; Martin Luther King, Jr. Day; Washington's Birthday/Presidents' Day; Good Friday; Memorial Day; Independence Day; Labor Day; Thanksgiving Day; and Christmas). When an order to buy or sell shares is received, the share price used to fill the order is the next price calculated after the order is received in proper form.
The Fund’s NAV will be the value of a single Share. The NAV of Shares of the Fund will be computed by adding the value of the Fund’s investments, cash, and other assets, subtracting its liabilities, and dividing the result by the number of Shares outstanding.
The Fund’s Board of Trustees has delegated day-to-day valuation oversight responsibilities to PMC. PMC has established a Valuation Committee (“Valuation Committee”) to fulfill these oversight responsibilities.
Generally, the Fund will value its portfolio securities and assets as follows:
In computing the Fund’s NAV, the Fund’s fixed income securities (including defaulted debt and restricted securities (collectively, “OTC-Traded Securities”) will be valued based on price quotations obtained from a third-party pricing service or from a broker-dealer who makes markets in such securities. Any such third-party pricing service may use a variety of methodologies to value some or all such securities to determine the market price. For example, the prices of securities with characteristics similar to those held by the Fund may be used to assist with the pricing process. In addition, the pricing service may use proprietary pricing models. The Fund’s OTC-Traded Securities will generally be valued at bid prices.
Debt securities with remaining maturities of sixty days or less for which market quotations and information furnished by a third party pricing service are not readily available will be valued at amortized cost, which approximates current value.
Exchange traded equity securities, including ETFs, Depositary Receipts (including unsponsored ADRs), exchange-traded REITs, exchange-traded preferred stock, exchange-traded convertible bonds, and cleared swaps will be valued at market value, which will generally be determined using the last reported official closing or last trading price on the exchange or market on which the security is primarily traded at the time of valuation or, if no sale has occurred, at the last quoted bid price on the primary market or exchange on which they are traded.
Investment company securities (other than ETFs), including money market funds, closed end investment companies, unit investment trusts and open-end investment companies will be valued at NAV.
Exchange-traded futures contracts will be valued at the settlement or closing price determined by the applicable exchange.
Exchange-traded option contracts, including options on futures and swaps, will be valued at their most recent sale price. If no such sales are reported, these contracts will be valued at their most recent bid price.
OTC-traded derivative instruments, including options, swaps, will normally be valued on the basis of quotes obtained from a third party broker-dealer who makes markets in such securities or on the basis of quotes obtained from an independent third-party pricing service. The Fund’s OTC-traded derivative instruments will generally be valued at bid prices. Certain OTC-traded derivative instruments, such as interest rate swaps and credit default swaps, will be valued at the mean price.

49



Prices described above will be obtained from pricing services that have been approved by the Fund’s Board of Trustees. A number of independent third party pricing services are available and the Fund may use more than one of these services. The Fund may also discontinue the use of any pricing service at any time. PMC will engage in oversight activities with respect to the Fund’s pricing services, which includes, among other things, testing the prices provided by pricing services prior to calculation of the Fund’s NAV, conducting periodic due diligence meetings, and periodically reviewing the methodologies and inputs used by these services.
Foreign securities and instruments will be valued in their local currency following the methodologies described above. Typically, foreign securities, instruments and currencies will be translated to U.S. dollars, based on foreign currency exchange rate quotations supplied by a pricing service as of the close of the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), which will use a proprietary model to determine the exchange rate.
Forward foreign currency exchange contracts will be valued at an interpolated rate based on days to maturity between the closest preceding and subsequent settlement period. Such interpolated rates are derived from foreign currency exchange rate quotations reported by an independent third-party pricing service.
Other portfolio securities and assets for which market quotations, official closing prices, or information furnished by a pricing service are not readily available or, in the opinion of the Valuation Committee, are deemed unreliable will be fair valued in good faith by the Valuation Committee in accordance with applicable fair value pricing policies. For example, if, in the opinion of the Valuation Committee, a security’s value has been materially affected by events occurring before the Fund’s pricing time but after the close of the exchange or market on which the security is principally traded, that security will be fair valued in good faith by the Valuation Committee in accordance with applicable fair value pricing policies.
In fair valuing a security, the Valuation Committee may consider factors including price movements in futures contracts and ADRs, market and trading trends, the bid/ask quotes of brokers, and off-exchange institutional trading.
TAX CONSIDERATIONS
Taxation of the Fund
It is a policy of the Fund to make distributions of substantially all of its respective investment income and any net realized capital gains. The Fund intends to qualify as regulated investment companies by satisfying certain requirements prescribed by Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code. If the Fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company, it will be liable for taxes, significantly reducing its distributions to shareholders and eliminating shareholders' ability to treat distributions (as long or short-term capital gains or qualifying dividends) of the Fund in the manner they were received by the Fund.
Certain Funds may purchase securities of certain foreign corporations considered to be passive foreign investment companies by the Internal Revenue Service. To avoid taxes and interest that must be paid by the Fund if these instruments appreciate in value, the Fund may make various elections permitted by the tax laws. However, these elections could require that the Fund recognizes additional taxable income, which in turn must be distributed.
The Fund is required in certain cases to withhold and remit to the U.S. Treasury 28% of ordinary income dividends and capital gain dividends, and the proceeds of redemption of shares, paid to any shareholder 1) who has provided either an incorrect tax identification number or no number at all, 2) who is subject to backup withholding by the Internal Revenue Service for failure to report the receipt of interest or dividend income properly, or 3) who has failed to certify to the Fund that it is not subject to backup withholding or that it is a corporation or other "exempt recipient."
Taxation of Shareholders
A shareholder recognizes gain or loss on the sale or redemption of shares of the Fund in an amount equal to the difference between the proceeds of the sales or redemption and the shareholder's adjusted tax basis in the shares. All or a portion of any loss so recognized may be disallowed if the shareholder purchases other shares of the Fund within 30 days before or after the sale or redemption. In general, any gain or loss arising from (or treated as arising from) the sale or redemption of shares of the Fund is considered capital gain or loss (long-term capital gain or loss if the shares were held for longer than one year). However, any capital loss arising from the sales or redemption of shares held for six months or less is disallowed to the extent of the amount of exempt-interest dividends received on such shares and (to the extent not disallowed) is treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of the amount of capital gain dividends received on such shares. Capital losses in any year are deductible only to the extent of capital gains plus, in the case of a noncorporate taxpayer, $3,000 of ordinary income under current rules.

50




If a shareholder a) incurs a sales charge in acquiring shares of the Fund, b) disposes of such shares less than 91 days after they are acquired, and c) subsequently acquires shares of the Fund or another fund at a reduced sales charge pursuant to a right to reinvest at such reduced sales charge acquired in connection with the acquisition of the shares disposed of, then the sales charge on the shares disposed of (to the extent of the reduction in the sales charge on the shares subsequently acquired) shall not be taken into account in determining gain or loss on the shares disposed of but shall be treated as incurred on the acquisition of the shares subsequently acquired.
Shareholders should consult their own tax advisors as to the federal, state and local tax consequences of ownership of shares of the Fund in its particular circumstances.
Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company
The Fund intends to qualify annually to be treated as regulated investment companies (RICs) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the IRC). To qualify as RICs, the Fund must invest in assets which produce types of income specified in the IRC (Qualifying Income). Whether the income from derivatives, swaps, commodity-linked derivatives and other commodity/natural resource-related securities is Qualifying Income is unclear under current law. Accordingly, the Fund’s ability to invest in certain derivatives, swaps, commodity-linked derivatives and other commodity/natural resource-related securities may be restricted. Further, if the Fund does invest in these types of securities and the income is not determined to be Qualifying Income, it may cause the Fund to fail to qualify as a RIC under the IRC.
International Funds
Some foreign securities purchased by the Fund may be subject to foreign taxes that could reduce the yield on such securities. The amount of such foreign taxes is expected to be insignificant. The Fund may from year to year make an election to pass through such taxes to shareholders. If such election is not made, any foreign taxes paid or accrued will represent an expense to the Fund that will reduce its investment company taxable income.
Futures Contracts and Options
As previously discussed, some of the Fund invest in futures contracts or options thereon, index options, or options traded on qualified exchanges. For federal income tax purposes, capital gains and losses on futures contracts or options thereon, index options or options traded on qualified exchanges are generally treated as 60% long-term and 40% short-term. In addition, the Fund must recognize any unrealized gains and losses on such positions held at the end of the fiscal year. The Fund may elect out of such tax treatment, however, for a futures or options position that is part of an "identified mixed straddle" such as a put option purchased with respect to a portfolio security. Gains and losses on futures and options included in an identified mixed straddle are considered 100% short-term and unrealized gains or losses on such positions are not realized at year-end. The straddle provisions of the Code may require the deferral of realized losses to the extent that the Fund has unrealized gains in certain offsetting positions at the end of the fiscal year. The Code may also require recharacterization of all or a part of losses on certain offsetting positions from short-term to long-term, as well as adjustment of the holding periods of straddle positions.
PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS DISCLOSURE
The Fund’s portfolio holdings are publicly disseminated each day the Fund is open for business through financial reporting and news services, including publicly accessible Internet web-sites. In addition, for in-kind creations, a basket composition file, which includes the security names and share quantities to deliver in exchange for Shares, together with estimates and actual cash components, will be publicly disseminated daily prior to the opening of the Exchange via the National Securities Clearing Corporation ("NSCC"). The basket represents one Creation Unit of the Fund.
Access to information concerning the Fund’s portfolio holdings may be permitted at other times to personnel of third party service providers, including the Fund’s custodian, transfer agent, auditors and counsel, as may be necessary to conduct business in the ordinary course in a manner consistent with such service providers’ agreements with the Trust on behalf of the Fund.
In addition to the permitted disclosures described above, shareholders can also obtain the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”), the Fund’s Shareholder Reports, and its Form N-CSR and Form N-SAR, filed twice a year. The Fund’s SAI and Shareholder Reports are available free upon request from the Fund, and those documents and the Form N-CSR and Form N-SAR may be viewed on-screen or downloaded from the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov.


51




PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
The Board of Trustees has delegated responsibility for decisions regarding proxy voting for securities held by the Fund to Principal or to the Fund's Sub-Advisor, as appropriate. Principal and each Sub-Advisor will vote such proxies in accordance with its proxy policies and procedures, which have been reviewed by the Board of Trustees, and which are found in Appendix E . Any material changes to the proxy policies and procedures will be submitted to the Board of Trustees for approval.
Information regarding how the Fund voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12 month period ended ___________, will be available, without charge, upon request, by calling 1-800-[ ] or on the SEC website at http://www.sec.gov.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
To be filed by amendment.
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
[ ], independent registered public accounting firm, is the independent registered public accounting firm for the Fund.
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES
Control Persons
The following list identifies shareholders who own more than 25% of the voting securities of the Fund as of ________, 2015. It is presumed that a person who owns more than 25% of the voting securities of a fund controls the fund. A control person could control the outcome of proposals presented to shareholders for approval.
Fund





Percent
of
Ownership
Shareholder Name and Address
Jurisdiction
Under
Which Control
Person is
Organized
(when control
person is a
company)





Parent of Control
Person (when control
Person is a company)
Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The By-laws of the Fund sets the quorum requirement (a quorum must be present at a meeting of shareholders for business to be transacted). The By-laws of the Fund states that a quorum is "The presence in person or by proxy of one-third of the shares of the Fund outstanding at the close of business on the Record Date constitutes a quorum for a meeting of that Fund."
Certain proposals presented to shareholders for approval require the vote of a "majority of the outstanding voting securities," which is a term defined in the 1940 Act to mean, with respect to the Fund, the affirmative vote of the lesser of 1) 67% or more of the voting securities of the Fund present at the meeting of that Fund, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund are present in person or by proxy, or 2) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (a "Majority of the Outstanding Voting Securities").
Principal Holders of Securities
The Fund is unaware of any persons who own beneficially (but are not shareholders of record) more than 5% of the Fund's outstanding shares. The following list identifies the shareholders of record who own 5% or more of the Fund's outstanding shares as of ________________.
Fund/Class
Percentage
of
Ownership
Name of Owner
Address of Owner
Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management Ownership
As of ___________, the Officers and Trustees of the Trust as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Fund.

52




PORTFOLIO MANAGER DISCLOSURE
(as provided by the Sub-Advisors)
This section contains information about portfolio managers and the other accounts they manage, their compensation, and their ownership of securities. The “Ownership of Securities” tables reflect the portfolio managers’ beneficial ownership, which means a direct or indirect pecuniary interest. For information about potential material conflicts of interest, see Investment Advisory & Other Services - Brokerage on Purchases and Sales of Securitie s - Allocation of Trades.
This section lists information about the Sub-Advisors' portfolio managers alphabetically by Sub-Advisor.
Information in this section is as of December 31, 2014, unless otherwise noted.
 
Sub-Advisor: Edge Asset Management, Inc.
 
Other Accounts Managed
 
Total
Number
of Accounts
Total Assets
in the
Accounts
Number of
Accounts
that base
the Advisory
Fee on
Performance
Total Assets
of the
Accounts
that
base the
Advisory
Fee on
Performance
Charles D. Averill: Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
 
 
 
 
Registered investment companies
11
$15.9 billion
0
0
Other pooled investment vehicles
0
0
0
0
Other accounts
0
0
0
0
 
 
 
 
 
Jill R. Cuniff: Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
 
 
 
 
Registered investment companies
10
$15.7 billion
0
0
Other pooled investment vehicles
0
0
0
0
Other accounts
0
0
0
0
 
 
 
 
 
Todd A. Jablonski: Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
 
 
 
 
Registered investment companies
11
$15.9 billion
0
0
Other pooled investment vehicles
0
0
0
0
Other accounts
0
0
0
0
Compensation
Edge Asset Management offers a competitive compensation structure that is evaluated annually relative to other asset management firms to ensure its continued competitiveness and alignment with industry best practices. The objective of the structure is to offer market competitive compensation that aligns individual and team contributions with client performance objectives in a manner that is consistent with industry standards and business results.
Compensation for all team members is comprised of base salary and variable incentive components. As team members advance in their careers, the variable component increases in its proportion commensurate with responsibility levels. The variable component for investment professionals is designed to reinforce investment performance, firm performance, team collaboration, regulatory compliance, operational excellence , client retention and client satisfaction. Fund performance is measured against relative client benchmarks and peer groups over one year, three-year and five-year periods, calculated quarterly, reinforcing a longer term orientation.
Payments under the variable incentive plan are delivered in the form of cash or a combination of cash and deferred compensation. The amount of incentive delivered in the form of deferred compensation depends on the size of an individual’s incentive award as it relates to a tiered deferral scale. Deferred compensation is required to be invested into funds managed by the team, via a co-investment program; thus, aligning the interests of investment professionals with client objectives. Co-investment is subject to a three year cliff vesting schedule which meets our objective of increased employee retention.

53




In addition to base salary and variable incentive, portfolio managers and senior professionals participate in the Principal Financial Group Long-term Incentive Plan (“Plan”). Awards from this Plan are based on individual performance and are delivered in the form of three-year cliff vest Principal Financial Group (“PFG”) RSUs or a combination of three-year cliff vest PFG RSUs and three-year ratable vest PFG stock options; therefore, aligning the interests of team members with PFG stakeholders.
Ownership of Securities
Portfolio Manager
Trust Funds Managed by Portfolio Manager
(list each fund on its own line)
Dollar Range of Securities Owned by the Portfolio Manager
Charles D. Averill
Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
None
Jill R. Cuniff
Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
None
Todd A. Jablonski
Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
None
 
Sub-Advisor: Principal Global Investors, LLC
 
Other Accounts Managed
 
Total
Number
of Accounts
Total Assets
in the
Accounts
Number of
Accounts
that base
the Advisory
Fee on
Performance
Total Assets
of the
Accounts
that
base the
Advisory
Fee on
Performance
Paul S. Kim:  Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
 
 
 
 
Registered investment companies
 
 
 
 
Other pooled investment vehicles
 
 
 
 
Other accounts
 
 
 
 
Barbara A. McKenzie:  Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
 
 
 
 
Registered investment companies
 
 
 
 
Other pooled investment vehicles
 
 
 
 
Other accounts
 
 
 
 
Compensation
[To be filed by amendment]
Ownership of Securities
Portfolio Manager
Trust Funds Managed by Portfolio Manager
(list each fund on its own line)
Dollar Range of Securities Owned by the Portfolio Manager
Paul S. Kim
Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
None
Barbara A. McKenzie
Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
None


54




APPENDIX A
The following persons served on the Board of Governors of the Investment Company Institute during the last two most recently completed calendar years, during which time Karen (“Karrie”) McMillan served as an officer (General Counsel) of ICI:
Investment Advisor or Principal Underwriter/Control Person
Name of Officer
Company
Office Held at Company
Period of Service on ICI Board*
PMC and affiliated sub-advisors identified as members of the Principal Financial Group in “Investment Advisory and Other Services”
Ralph C. Eucher
Principal Financial Group
Executive Vice President
2004-2012
PMC and affiliated sub-advisors identified as members of the Principal Financial Group in “Investment Advisory and Other Services”
Nora M. Everett
Principal Funds, Inc.
President and CEO
2012-present
*
As of December 31, 2014


55




APPENDIX B – DESCRIPTION OF BOND RATINGS
Moody's Investors Service, Inc. Rating Definitions :
Long-Term Obligation Ratings
Ratings assigned on Moody's global long-term obligation rating scales are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risk of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities. Long-term ratings are assigned to issuers or obligations with an original maturity of one year or more and reflect both on the likelihood of default on contractually promised payments and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default. 1  
1 For certain structured finance, preferred stock and hybrid securities in which payment default events are either not defined or do not match investor’s expectations for timely payment, the ratings reflect the likelihood of impairment and the expected financial loss in the event of impairment.
Aaa:
Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.
Aa:
Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.
A:
Obligations rated A are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.
Baa:
Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium-grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.
Ba:
Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.
B:
Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.
Caa:
Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.
Ca:
Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.
C:
Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.
NOTE: Moody's appends numerical modifiers, 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category, the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking, and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category. Additionally, a “(hyb)” indicator is appended to all ratings of hybrid securities issued by banks, issuers, financial companies, and securities firms.*
* By their terms, hybrid securities allow for the omission of scheduled dividends, interest, or principal payments, which can potentially result in impairment if such an omission occurs. Hybrid securities may also by subject to contractually allowable write-downs of principal that could result in impairment. Together the hybrid indicator, the long-term obligation rating assigned to a hybrid security is an expression of the relative credit risk associated with that security.
SHORT-TERM NOTES: Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect the likelihood of a default on contractually promised payments. Moody's employs the following three designations, all judged to be investment grade, to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:
Issuers rated Prime-1 (or related supporting institutions) have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
Issuers rated Prime-2 (or related supporting institutions) have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
Issuers rated Prime-3 (or related supporting institutions) have an acceptable ability to repay short-term promissory obligations.

56




Issuers rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.
US MUNICIPAL SHORT-TERM DEBT: The Municipal Investment Grade (MIG) scale is used to rate US municipal bonds of up to three years maturity. MIG ratings are divided into three levels - MIG 1 through MIG 3 - while speculative grade short-term obligations are designed SG.
MIG 1 denotes superior credit quality, afforded excellent protection from established cash flows, reliable liquidity support, or broad-based access to the market for refinancing.
MIG 2 denotes strong credit quality with ample margins of protection, although not as large as in the preceding group.
MIG 3 notes are of acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established
SG denotes speculative-grade credit quality and may lack sufficient margins of protection.
Description of Standard & Poor's Corporation's Credit Ratings:
A Standard & Poor's credit rating, both long-term and short-term, is a forward-looking opinion of the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific obligation. This assessment takes into consideration obligors such as guarantors, insurers, or lessees.
The credit rating is not a recommendation to purchase, sell or hold a security, inasmuch as it does not comment as to market price or suitability for a particular investor.
The ratings are statements of opinion as of the date they are expressed furnished by the issuer or obtained by Standard & Poor's from other sources Standard & Poor's considers reliable. Standard & Poor's does not perform an audit in connection with any rating and may, on occasion, rely on unaudited financial information. The ratings may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn as a result of changes in, or unavailability of, such information, or for other circumstances.
The ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following considerations:
Likelihood of default - capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;
Nature of and provisions of the obligation;
Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditor's rights.
LONG-TERM CREDIT RATINGS:
AAA:
Obligations rated ‘AAA’ have the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor's. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.
AA:
Obligations rated ‘AA’ differ from the highest-rated issues only in small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.
A:
Obligations rated ‘A’ have a strong capacity to meet financial commitment on the obligation although they are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories.
BBB:
Obligations rated ‘BBB’ exhibit adequate protection parameters; however, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to meet financial commitment on the obligation.
BB, B, CCC,
Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded, on balance, as having significant

57




CC, and C:
speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the lowest degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest degree of speculation. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions.
BB:
Obligations rated ‘BB’ are less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
B:
Obligations rated ‘B’ are more vulnerable to nonpayment than ‘BB’ but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair this capacity.
CCC:
Obligations rated ‘CCC’ are currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. If adverse business, financial, or economic conditions occur, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meeting its financial commitment on the obligation.
CC:
Obligations rated ‘CC’ are currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The ‘CC’ rating is used when a default has not yet occurred but Standard & Poor’s expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of anticipated time to default.
C:
The rating ‘C’ is highly vulnerable to nonpayment, the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared to higher rated obligations.
D:
Obligations rated ‘D’ are in default, or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. This rating will also be used upon filing for bankruptcy petition or the taking or similar action and where default is a virtual certainty. If an obligation is subject to a distressed exchange offer the rating is lowered to ‘D’.
Plus (+) or Minus (-): The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
NR:
Indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating or that Standard & Poor’s does not rate a particular type of obligation as a matter of policy.
SHORT-TERM CREDIT RATINGS: Short-Term credit ratings are forward-looking opinions of the likelihood of timely payment of obligations having an original maturity of no more than 365 days. Ratings are graded into four categories, ranging from ‘A-1’ for the highest quality obligations to ‘D’ for the lowest. Ratings are applicable to both taxable and tax-exempt commercial paper. The four categories are as follows:
A-1:
This is the highest category. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.
A-2:
Issues carrying this designation are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of the changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.
A-3:
Issues carrying this designation exhibit adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet it financial commitment on the obligation.
B:
Issues rated ‘B’ are regarded as vulnerable and have significant speculative characteristics. The obligor has capacity to meet financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial obligations.

58




C:
This rating is assigned to short-term debt obligations that are currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
D:
This rating indicates that the issue is either in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. This rating will also be used upon filing for bankruptcy petition or the taking or similar action and where default is a virtual certainty. If an obligation is subject to a distressed exchange offer the rating is lowered to ‘D’.
MUNICIPAL SHORT-TERM NOTE RATINGS: Standard & Poor's rates U.S. municipal notes with a maturity of less than three years as follows:
SP-1:
A strong capacity to pay principal and interest. Issues that possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a "+" designation.
SP-2:
A satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the terms of the notes.
SP-3:
A speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.
Fitch, Inc. Rating Definitions :
Fitch’s credit ratings are forward looking and typically attempt to assess the likelihood of repayment by the obligor at “ultimate/final maturity” and thus material changes in economic conditions and expectations (for a particular issuer) may result in a rating change. Credit ratings are opinions on relative credit quality and not a predictive measure of specific default probability.
Investment Grade
AAA:
Highest credit quality. ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.
AA:
Very high credit quality. ‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for timely payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
A:
High credit quality. ‘A’ ratings denote low expectation of credit risk. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.
BBB:
Good credit quality. ‘BBB’ ratings indicate that expectations of credit risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.
Speculative Grade
BB:
Speculative. ‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to credit risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met.
B:
Highly speculative. ‘B’ ratings indicate that material credit risk is present.
CCC:
Substantial credit risk. ‘CCC’ ratings indicate that substantial credit risk is present.
CC:
Very high levels of credit risk. ‘CC’ ratings indicate very high levels of credit risk.

59




C:
Exceptionally high levels of credit risk. ‘C’ indicates exceptionally high levels of credit risk.
D:
Default. ‘D’ ratings indicate an issuer has entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or which has otherwise ceased business.
Note: The modifiers “+” or “-“may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ obligation rating category, or to corporate finance obligation ratings in the categories below ‘B’.
Short-Term Credit Ratings
A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity or security stream, and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, structured and sovereign obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations in US public finance markets.
F1:
Highest short-term credit quality. Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.
F2:
Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.
F3:
Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.
B:
Speculative short-term credit quality. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.
C:
High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.
RD:
Restricted default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Typically applicable to entity ratings only.
D:
Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a specific short-term obligation.
Recovery Ratings
Recovery Ratings are assigned to selected individual securities and obligations, most frequently for individual obligations of corporate issuers with speculative grade ratings.
Among the factors that affect recovery rates for securities are the collateral, the seniority relative to other obligations in the capital structure (where appropriate), and the expected value of the company or underlying collateral in distress.
The Recovery Rating scale is based upon the expected relative recovery characteristics of an obligation upon the curing of a default, emergence from insolvency or following the liquidation or termination of the obligor or its associated collateral. Recovery Ratings are an ordinal scale and do not attempt to precisely predict a given level of recovery. As a guideline in developing the rating assessments, the agency employs broad theoretical recovery bands in its ratings approach based on historical averages, but actual recoveries for a given security may deviate materially from historical averages.
RR1:
Outstanding recovery prospects given default. ‘RR1’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 91%-100% of current principal and related interest.
RR2:
Superior recovery prospects given default. ‘RR2’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 71%-90% of current principal and related interest.
RR3:
Good recovery prospects given default. ‘RR3’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 51%-70% of current principal and related interest.

60




RR4:
Average recovery prospects given default. ‘RR4’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 31%-50% of current principal and related interest.
RR5:
Below average recovery prospects given default. ‘RR5’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 11%-30% of current principal and related interest.
RR6:
Poor recovery prospects given default. ‘RR6’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 0%-10% of current principal and related interest.


61




APPENDIX C – FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
To be filed by amendment.


62






APPENDIX D – FOREIGN MARKET HOLIDAYS
The foreign market holidays applicable to the Fund:
2015 Bank and Exchange Holidays for Guide to Custody in World Markets
MARKET
 
JAN
FEB
MAR
APR
MAY
JUN
JUL
AUG
SEP
OCT
NOV
DEC
CLOSED
Albania
Albania
B
1,2
 
 
 
1
 
 
 
24
19
 
8,25
SS
E
1,2
 
16,23
6,13
1
 
20

 
24
19
30

1,8,25
SS
Argentina
Argentina
B
1
16,17
23,24
2,3
1,25
 
9

17
 
12
6,23

7,8,25
SS
E
1
16,17
23,24
2,3
1,25
 
9

17
 
12
6,23

7,8,25
SS
Australia
Australia
B
1,26
 
2^,9^
3,6
4^
1^,8^
 
3^,12^
28^
5^
3^

25,28
SS
E
1,26
 
9
3,6
 
8
 
3
 
5
3

24,25,28,31
SS
AustriaT
Austria
B
1
 
 
3^,6
1
 
 
 
 
 
 
24
SS
E
1,6
 
 
3,6
1,14,25
4
 
 
 
26
 
8,24,25,31
SS
Bahrain
Bahrain
B
1,4
 
 
 
1
 
17**-19**

 
23**-25**
14**,22**,23**
 
16,17,23**
FS
E
1,4
 
 
 
1
 
17**-19**

 
23**-25**
14**,22**,23**
 
16,17,23**
FS

Bangladesh

Bangladesh
B
4
 
17,26
14
3**
3**
1,15**,
17**-19**

 
24**-26**
24**
 
16,24**,31
FS
E
4
 
17,26
14
3**
3**
1,15**,
17**-19**

 
24**-26**
24**
 
16,24**,31
FS
BelgiumT
Belgium
B
1
 
 
3,6
1
 
 
 
 
 
 
25
SS
E
1
 
 
3,6
1
 
 
 
 
 
 
25,31
SS
Benin^
Benin^
B
1
9
 
6
1,14,25
 
 
7
 
 
 
25
SS
E
1
9
 
6
1,14,25
 
 
7
 
 
 
25
SS
Bermuda
Bermuda
B
1
 
 
3
25
15
30,31

 
7
 
11

25
SS
E
1
 
 
3
25
15
30,31

 
7
 
11

25
SS
Bosnia and Herzegovina, Fed. of
Bosnia and Herzegovina, Fed. of
B
1,2
 
2
6
1
 
 
 
24
 
25

25
SS
E
1,2
 
2
6
1
 
 
 
24, 25
 
25

25
SS
Botswana
Botswana
B
1,2
 
 
3,6
1,14
 
1,20,21

 
30
1
 
25
SS
E
1,2
 
 
3,6
1,14
 
1,20,21

 
30
1
 
25
SS
Brazil
Brazil
B
1
16,17,18#
 
3,21
1
4
9

 
7
12
2,20

24*,25,31
SS
E
1
16,17,18#
 
3,21
1
4
9

 
7
12
2,20

24,25,31
SS
BulgariaT
Bulgaria
B
1,2
 
2,3
3^,6^,10,13
1,6
 
 
 
21,22
 
 
24,25,31
SS
E
1,2
 
2,3
3,6,10,13
1,6
 
 
 
21,22
 
 
24,25,31
SS
Burkina Faso^
Burkina Faso^
B
1
9
 
6
1,14,25
 
 
7
 
 
 
25
SS
E
1
9
 
6
1,14,25
 
 
7
 
 
 
25
SS
Canada
Canada
B
1,2^
9^,16^
 
3
18
24^
1

3^
7
12
11

25,28
SS
E
1
16
 
3
18
 
1

3
7
12
 
25,28
SS
Chile
Chile
B
1
 
 
3
1,21
29
16

 
18
12
 
8,25,31
SS
E
1
 
 
3
1,21
29
16

 
18
12
 
8,25,31
SS
China

China
B
1,2
18-20,
23,24
 
6
1
22
 
 
 
1,2,5-7
 
 
SS
E
1,2
18-20,
23,24
 
6
1
22
 
 
 
1,2,5-7
 
 
SS

63






2015 Bank and Exchange Holidays for Guide to Custody in World Markets
MARKET
 
JAN
FEB
MAR
APR
MAY
JUN
JUL
AUG
SEP
OCT
NOV
DEC
CLOSED
Clearstream
 
1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
25
SS
B
1,12
 
23
2,3
1,18
8,15,29
20
7,17
 
12
2,16
8,25
SS
E
1,12
 
23
2,3
1,18
8,15,29
20
7,17
 
12
2,16
8,25
SS
Costa Rica
Costa Rica
B
1
 
 
2,3
1
 
 
 
15
12
 
25
SS
E
1
 
 
2,3
1
 
 
 
15
12
 
25
SS
Croatia
Croatia
B
1,6
 
 
6
1
4,22,25
 
5
 
8
 
25
SS
E
1,6
 
 
3,6
1
4,22,25
 
5
 
8
 
24,25,31
SS
CyprusT

Cyprus
B
1,6
23
25
1,3^,6^,10,
13, 14
1
1
 
 
 
1,28
 
25
SS
E
1,6
23
25
1,3,6,10,
13,14
1
1
 
 
 
1,28
 
24,25
SS
Czech Republic
Czech Republic
B
1
 
 
6
1,8
 
6
 
28
28
17
24,25
SS
E
1
 
 
3,6
1,8
 
6
 
28
28
17
24,25,31
SS
DenmarkT
Denmark
B
1
 
 
2,3,6
1,14,15,25
5
 
 
 
 
 
24,25,31
SS
E
1
 
 
2,3,6
1,14,15,25
5
 
 
 
 
 
24,25,31
SS
Ecuador
Ecuador
B
1,2
16,17
 
3
1
 
 
10
 
9
2,3
25
SS
E
1,2
16,17
 
3
1
 
 
10
 
9
2,3
25
SS

Egypt

Egypt
B
1,3**,7,25
 
 
12,13
 
 
1,17**,
18**,23
 
22**-24**
6,14**
 
23**
FS
E
1,3**,7,25
 
 
12,13
 
 
1,17**,
18**,23
 
22**-24**
6,14**
 
23**
FS
EstoniaT
Estonia
B
1
23*,24
 
3,6
1
22*,23,24
 
20
 
 
 
23*,24,25,31*
SS
E
1
23*,24
 
3,6
1,14
22*,23,24
 
20
 
 
 
23*,24,25,31*
SS
Euroclear
 
1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
25
SS
FinlandT
Finland
B
1,6
 
 
2*,3,6
1,14
19
 
 
 
 
 
24,25,31*
SS
E
1,6
 
 
3,6
1,14
19
 
 
 
 
 
24,25,31
SS
FranceT
France
B
1
 
 
3,6
1
 
 
 
 
 
 
25
SS
E
1
 
 
3,6
1
 
 
 
 
 
 
25,31
SS
Georgia, Republic of
Georgia, Republic of
B
1,2,7,19
 
3
9,10,13
12,26
 
 
28
 
14
23
 
SS
E
1,2,7,19
 
3
9,10,13
12,26
 
 
28
 
14
23
 
SS
GermanyT
Germany
B
1
 
 
3,6
1
 
 
 
 
 
 
25
SS
E
1
 
 
3,6
1,14,25
4
 
 
 
 
 
24,25,31
SS
Ghana
Ghana
B
1
 
6
3,6
1,25
 
1,20**
 
21,24**
 
 
4,25,28
SS
E
1
 
6
3,6
1,25
 
1,20**
 
21,24**
 
 
4,25,28
SS
GreeceT

Greece
B
1,6
23
25
3^,6^,10,
13
1
1
 
 
 
28
 
25
SS
E
1,6
23
25
3,6,10,13
1
1
 
 
 
28
 
24,25
SS
Guinea-Bissau^
Guinea-Bissau^
B
1
9
 
6
1,14,25
 
 
7
 
 
 
25
SS
E
1
9
 
6
1,14,25
 
 
7
 
 
 
25
SS


64






2015 Bank and Exchange Holidays for Guide to Custody in World Markets
MARKET
 
JAN
FEB
MAR
APR
MAY
JUN
JUL
AUG
SEP
OCT
NOV
DEC
CLOSED
Hong Kong
Hong Kong
B
1
19,20
 
3,6,7
1,25
 
1

 
28
1,21
 
25
SS
E
1
18*,19,20
 
3,6,7
1,25
 
1

 
28
1,21
 
24*,25,31*
SS
Hungary
Hungary
B
1,2
 
 
6
1,25
 
 
20,21
 
23
 
24,25
SS
E
1,2
 
 
3,6
1,25
 
 
20,21
 
23
 
24,25,31
SS
Iceland
Iceland
B
1
 
 
2,3,6,23
1,14,25
17
 
3
 
 
 
24,25,31*
SS
E
1
 
 
2,3,6,23
1,14,25
17
 
3
 
 
 
24,25,31
SS
India
India
B
26
17,19
6
1/3/2014
1,4
 
 
18
17,25
2,22
11,12,25
24,25
SS
E
26
17
6
2,3,14
1
 
 
 
17,25
2,22
12,25
25
SS
Indonesia
Indonesia
B
1
19
 
3
1,14
2
16,17,20,21

17
24
14
 
24,25
SS
E
1
19
 
3
1,14
2
16,17,20,21

17
24
14
 
24,25,31
SS
Ireland T
Ireland
B
1
 
17
3,6
1^,4
1
 
3
 
26
 
25,28,29
SS
E
1
 
 
3,6
4
1
 
 
 
 
 
24*,25,31*
SS

Israel


Israel
B
 
 
5,17

3*,5*-
9*,22*,23
24
 
26

 
13*,14,15,
22,23,27*,28,
29*,30*
1*,4*,5
 
 
FS
E
 
 
5,17

5*-8*,9,
22,23
24
 
26

 

13-15, 22,23,27,
28,29*,30*
1*,4,5
 
 
FS
ItalyT
Italy
B
1
 
 
3^,6
1
 
 
 
 
 
 
25
SS
E
1
 
 
3,6
1
 
 
 
 
 
 
24,25,31
SS
Ivory Coast
Ivory Coast
B
1
9
 
6
1,14,25
 
 
7
 
 
 
25
SS
E
1
9
 
6
1,14,25
 
 
7
 
 
 
25
SS
Jamaica
Jamaica
B
1
18
 
3,6
25
 
 
6
 
19
 
25, 26
SS
E
1
18
 
3,6
25
 
 
6
 
19
 
25,26
SS
Japan
Japan
B
1,2,12
11
 
29
4-6
 
20

 
21-23
12
3,23
23,31
SS
E
1,2,12
11
 
29
4-6
 
20

 
21-23
12
3,23
23,31
SS
Jordan
Jordan
B
1,3**
 
 
 
25
 
17**-20**

 
22**-26**
14**
 
 
FS
E
1,3**
 
 
 
25
 
17**-20**

 
22**-26**
14**
 
 
FS
Kazakhstan
Kazakhstan
B
1,2,7
 
9,24,25
 
1,7,11
 
6

31
23**-25**
 
 
1,16,17
SS
E
1,2,7
 
9,24,25
 
1,7,11
 
6

31
23**-25**
 
 
1,16,17
SS
Kenya^
Kenya^
B
1
 
 
3,6
1
1
 
 
 
20
 
25
SS
E
1
 
 
3,6
1
1
 
 
 
20
 
25
SS
Korea, Republic of
Korea, Republic of
B
1
18-20
 
 
1,5,25
 
 
 
28,29
9
 
25
SS
E
1
18-20
 
 
1,5,25
 
 
 
28,29
9
 
25,31
SS
Kuwait
Kuwait
B
1,3**
25,26
 
 
16**
 
17**-19**

 
22**-25**
14**
 
24**
FS
E
1,3**
25,26
 
 
16**
 
17**-19**

 
22**-25**
14**
 
24**
FS

65






2015 Bank and Exchange Holidays for Guide to Custody in World Markets
MARKET
 
JAN
FEB
MAR
APR
MAY
JUN
JUL
AUG
SEP
OCT
NOV
DEC
CLOSED
LatviaT

Latvia
B
1,2
 
 
2*,3,6,30*
1,4

22-24
 
 
 
 
18
23*,24,25,
30*,31
SS
E
1,2
 
 
2*,3,6,30*
1,4,14

22-24
 
 
 
 
18
23*,24,25,
30*,31
SS
Lebanon
Lebanon
B
1,6
9
25
3,10
1
 
17**
 
23**,24**
14**,23**
 
25
SS
E
1,6
9
25
3,10
1
 
17**
 
23**,24**
14**,23**
 
25
SS
LithuaniaT
Lithuania
B
1
16
11
3,6
1
24
6
 
 
 
 
24,25
SS
E
1
16
11
3,6
1,14
24
6
 
 
 
 
24,25,31
SS
LuxembourgT
Luxembourg
B
1
 
 
3,6
1,14,25
23
 
 
 
 
 
24*,25,31
SS
E
1
 
 
3,6
1
 
 
 
 
 
 
24*,25,31
SS
Malawi^
Malawi^
B
1,15
 
3
3,6
1
 
6
 
 
15
 
25,28
SS
E
1,15
 
3
3,6
1
 
6
 
 
15
 
25,28
SS
Malaysia
Malaysia
B
1
2,3,19,20
 
 
1,4
 
17**,18**
31
16,24
14
10**
24,25
SS
E
1
2,3,19,20
 
 
1,4
 
17**,18**
31
16,24
14
10**
24,25
SS
Mali^
Mali^
B
1
9
 
6
1,14,25
 
 
7
 
 
 
25
SS
E
1
9
 
6
1,14,25
 
 
7
 
 
 
25
SS
Mauritius
Mauritius
B
1,2
3,17,19
12
 
1
 
18**
 
18
 
2,11
25
SS
E
1,2
3,17,19
12
 
1
 
18**
 
18
 
2,11
24*,25,31*
SS
Mexico
Mexico
B
1
2
16
2,3
1
 
 
 
16
 
20
25
SS
E
1
2
16
2,3
1
 
 
 
16
 
20
25
SS
Morocco
Morocco
B
1,5
 
 
 
1
 
30
14,20,21
23
13
6,18
 
SS
E
1,5
 
 
 
1
 
30
14,20,21
23
13
6,18
 
SS
Namibia
Namibia
B
1
 
 
3,6
1,4,14,25
 
 
26
 
 
 
10,25
SS
E
1
 
 
3,6
1,4,14,25
 
 
26
 
 
 
10,25
SS
NetherlandsT
Netherlands
B
1
 
 
3,6
1
 
 
 
 
 
 
25
SS
E
1
 
 
3,6
1
 
 
 
 
 
 
25,31
SS
New Zealand
New Zealand
B
1,2
6
 
3,6,27
 
1
 
 
 
26
 
25,28
SS
E
1,2
6
 
3,6,27
 
1
 
 
 
26
 
25,28
SS
Niger^
Niger^
B
1
9
 
6
1,14,25
 
 
7
 
 
 
25
SS
E
1
9
 
6
1,14,25
 
 
7
 
 
 
25
SS
Nigeria
Nigeria
B
1,2
 
 
3,6
1,29
 
18**
 
24**
1
 
24**,25
SS
E
1,2
 
 
3,6
1,29
 
18**
 
24**
1
 
24**,25
SS
Norway
Norway
B
1
 
 
1*,2,3,6
1,14,25
 
 
 
 
 
 
24,25,31*
SS
E
1
 
 
1*,2,3,6
1,14,25
 
 
 
 
 
 
24,25,31
SS

Oman

Oman
B
1,4
 
 
 
16**
 
18**-22**,
23
 
24**-28**
13**
18,19
24**
FS
E
4
 
 
 
16**
 
18**-22**,
23
 
24**-28**
13**
18,19
24**
FS


66






MARKET
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CLOSED
Pakistan
B
1
5

 
23
 
1
30**
1,20**
14
22**-24**
22**,23**
9
24**,25
SS
Pakistan
E
 
5

 
23
 
1
 
20**
14
22**-24**
22**,23**
9
24**,25
SS
B
1,7
 
 
8
 
 
 
16**-19**
 
21**-25**
14**
15
 
FS
Palestine
E
1,7
 
 
8
 
 
 
16**-19**
 
21**-25**
14**
15
 
FS
B
1,9
17,18

 
 
3
1
 
 
 
 
 
3-5
8,25
SS
Panama
E
1,9
17,18

 
 
3
1
 
 
 
 
 
3-5
8,25
SS
B
1,2
 
 
 
2,3
1
 
28
 
 
8
 
8,25
SS
Peru
E
1,2
 
 
 
2,3
1
 
28
 
 
8
 
8,25
SS
B
1,2,15,16
19

 
 
2,3,9
1
12
 
21,31
 
 
30
24,25,30,31
SS
Philippines^
E
1,2,15,16
19

 
 
2,3,9
1
12
 
21,31
 
 
30
24,25,30,31
SS
B
1,6
 
 
 
3,6
1
4
 
 
 
 
11
24,25,31*
SS
Poland
E
1,6
 
 
 
3,6
1
4
 
 
 
 
11
24,25,31
SS
B
1
 
 
 
3,6
1
 
 
 
 
 
 
25
SS
Portugal
E
1
 
 
 
3,6
1
 
 
 
 
 
 
25,31
SS
B
1,19
16

 
 
 
25
 
 
 
7
12
11,26
25
SS
Puerto Rico
E
1,19
16

 
 
3
25
 
3
 
7
 
26,27*
24*,25
SS
B
1
10

 
1
 
 
 
19**-21**
 
14**-16**
 
 
 
FS
Qatar
E
1
10

 
1
 
 
 
19**-21**
 
14**-16**
 
 
 
FS
B
1,2
 
 
 
3^,13
1
1
 
 
 
 
30
1,25
SS
Romania
E
1,2
 
 
 
13
1
1
 
 
 
 
30
1,25
SS
B
1,2,5-9
23

 
9
 
1,4,11
12
 
 
 
 
4
31*
SS
Russia
E
1,2,7
23

 
9
 
1,4,11
12
 
 
 
 
4
31
SS
B
25
 
 
 
 
 
 
19**-23**
 
23**,20**-24**
 
 
 
FS
Saudi Arabia
E
25
 
 
 
 
 
 
19**-23**
 
23**,20**-24**
 
 
 
FS
B
1
9

 
 
6
1,14,25
 
 
7
 
 
 
25
SS
Senegal^
E
1
9

 
 
6
1,14,25
 
 
7
 
 
 
25
SS
B
1,2,7
16,17

 
 
10,13
1
 
 
 
 
 
11
 
SS
Serbia
E
1,2,7
16,17

 
 
10,13
1
 
 
 
 
 
11
 
SS
B
1
19,20

 
 
3
1
1
17
7,10
24
 
10**
25
SS
Singapore
E
1
19,20

 
 
3
1
1
17
7,10
24
 
10**
25
SS
B
1,6
 
 
 
3,6
1,8
 
 
 
1,15
 
17
24,25
SS
Slovak Republic
E
1,6
 
 
 
3,6
1,8
 
 
 
1,15
 
17
24,25
SS
B
1
 
 
 
6,27
1
25
 
 
 
 
 
24*,25
SS
Slovenia
E
1
 
 
 
3,6,27
1
25
 
 
 
 
 
25
SS
B
1
 
 
 
3,6,27
1
16
 
10
24
 
 
16,25
SS
South Africa
E
1
 
 
 
3,6,27
1
16
 
10
24
 
 
16,25
SS


67






2015 Bank and Exchange Holidays for Guide to Custody in World Markets
MARKET
 
JAN
FEB
MAR
APR
MAY
JUN
JUL
AUG
SEP
OCT
NOV
DEC
CLOSED
SpainT
Spain
B
1
 
 
3
1
 
 
 
 
 
 
25
SS
E
1
 
 
3,6
1
 
 
 
 
 
 
24*,25,31*
SS
Sri Lanka

Sri Lanka
B
5,14,15
3,4,17
5
3,13,14
1,4
2
1,31
 
24
27
10,25
24,25
SS
E
1,5,8*,14,
15
3,4,17
5
3,13,14
1,4
2
1,31
 
24
27
10,25
24,25
SS
Srpska, Republic of
Srpska, Republic of
B
1,2,6,7,9
 
 
10,13
1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SS
E
1,2,6,7,9
 
 
10,13
1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SS
Swaziland^
Swaziland^
B
1,8
 
 
3,6
1,14
 
22
 
 
 
 
25
SS
E
1,8
 
 
3,6
1,14
 
22
 
 
 
 
25
SS
Sweden
Sweden
B
1,5*,6
 
 
2*,3,6,30*
1,13*,14
19
 
 
 
30*
 
24,25,31
SS
E
1,5*,6
 
 
2*,3,6,30*
1,13*,14
19
 
 
 
30*
 
24,25,31
SS
Switzerland
Switzerland
B
1,2
 
 
3,6
1,14,25
 
 
 
 
 
 
25
SS
E
1,2
 
 
3,6
1,14,25
 
 
 
 
 
 
24,25,31
SS
Taiwan
Taiwan
B
1,2
18-20,23,27
 
3,6
1
19
 
 
28
9
 
 
SS
E
1,2
16-20,23,27
 
3,6
1
19
 
 
28
9
 
 
SS
Tanzania
Tanzania
B
1,12
 
 
3,6
1
 
7,18
 
23
14
 
9,25
SS
E
1,12
 
 
3,6
1
 
7,18
 
23
14
 
9,25
SS
Thailand
Thailand
B
1,2
 
4
6,13-15
1,4,5
1
1,30
12
 
23
 
7,10,31
SS
E
1,2
 
4
6,13-15
1,4,5
1
1,30
12
 
23
 
7,10,31
SS
Togo^
Togo^
B
1
9
 
6
1,14,25
 
 
7
 
 
 
25
SS
E
1
9
 
6
1,14,25
 
 
7
 
 
 
25
SS
Trinidad & Tobago
Trinidad & Tobago
B
1
16,17
30
3,6
 
4,19
17**
31
24
 
11**
25
SS
E
1
16,17
30
3,6
 
4,19
17**
31
24
 
11**
25
SS
Tunisia
Tunisia
B
1,3**,14
 
20
9
1
 
18**,19**
13
24**,25**
15,25**
 
24**
SS
E
1,3**,14
 
20
9
1
 
18**,19**
13
24**,25**
15,25**
 
24**
SS
Turkey
Turkey
B
1
 
 
23
1,19
 
16*,17
 
23*,24,25
28*,29
 
 
SS
E
1
 
 
23
1,19
 
16*,17
 
23*,24,25
28*,29
 
 
SS
Uganda
Uganda
B
1,26
 
 
3,6
1
3,9
 
 
 
9
 
25
SS
E
1,26
 
 
3,6
1
3,9
 
 
 
9
 
25
SS
Ukraine
Ukraine
B
1,2,5,7
 
9
13
1,4,11
1,29
 
24
 
 
 
 
SS
E
1,2,5,7
 
9
13
1,4,11
1,29
 
24
 
 
 
 
SS
United Arab Emirates - ADX
United Arab Emirates - ADX
B
1
 
 
 
15**
 
18**-20**
 
24**-27**
15**
 
2**,3**,24**
FS
E
1
 
 
 
15**
 
18**-20**
 
24**-27**
15**
 
2**,3**,24**
FS
United Arab Emirates - DFM
United Arab Emirates - DFM
B
1
 
 
 
15**
 
18**-20**
 
24**-27**
15**
 
2**,3**,24**
FS
E
1
 
 
 
15**
 
18**-20**
 
24**-27**
15**
 
2**,3**,24**
FS
United Arab Emirates - DIFC
United Arab Emirates - DIFC
B
1
 
 
 
15**
 
18**-20**
 
24**-27**
15**
 
2**,3**,24**
FS
E
1
 
 
 
15**
 
18**-20**
 
24**-27**
15**
 
2**,3**,24**
FS


68






2015 Bank and Exchange Holidays for Guide to Custody in World Markets
MARKET
 
JAN
FEB
MAR
APR
MAY
JUN
JUL
AUG
SEP
OCT
NOV
DEC
CLOSED
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
B
1
 
 
3,6
4,25
 
 
31
 
 
 
25,28
SS
E
1
 
 
3,6
4,25
 
 
31
 
 
 
24*,25,28,31*
SS
United States
United States
B
1,19
16
 
 
25
 
 
 
7
12
11,26
25
SS
E
1,19
16
 
3
25
 
3
 
7
 
26,27*
24*,25
SS
Uruguay
Uruguay
B
1,6
16,17
 
2,3
1,18
19
 
25
 
12
2
25
SS
E
1,6
16,17
 
2,3
1,18
19
 
25
 
12
2
25
SS
Venezuela
Venezuela
B
1,6
16,17
19
2,3
1,14
4,24
24
18
 
 
 
8,24,25,31
SS
E
1,6
16,17
19
2,3
1,14
4,24
24
18
 
 
 
8,24,25,31
SS
Vietnam
Vietnam
B
1,2
16-20, 23
 
28,29,30
1
 
 
 
2
 
 
 
SS
E
1,2
16-20, 23
 
28,29,30
1
 
 
 
2
 
 
 
SS
Zambia
Zambia
B
1, 2,20
 
9,12
3,6
1,25
 
6,7
3
 
 
 
25
SS
E
1, 2,20
 
9,12
3,6
1,25
 
6,7
3
 
 
 
25
SS
Zimbabwe
Zimbabwe
B
1
 
 
3,6
1,25
 
 
10,11
 
 
 
22,25
SS
E
1
 
 
3,6
1,25
 
 
10,11
 
 
 
22,25
SS
TARGET
 
1
 
 
3,6
1
 
 
 
 
 
 
25
SS

B: Bank holidays
 
E: Exchange holidays
 
FS: Friday and Saturday
SS: Saturday and Sunday
 
^ See holiday exceptions
* Early closing
** Date is approximate
 
# Late opening

T Participant in TARGET, the pan-European real-time gross settlement system for the euro (EUR). Institutional EUR movements can take place on local bank holidays when TARGET is open. However, the recipient account will not be credited until the local bank re-opens.

State Street makes every effort to maintain current information in this section of The Guide to Custody in World Markets. However, due to the complexities and changing conditions inherent in the custody practices of each market, we cannot guarantee that this section is complete or accurate in every respect.

This information was last modified on: March 16, 2015


69






APPENDIX E – PROXY VOTING POLICIES
The proxy voting policies applicable to the Fund:


70



 


Principal Management Corporation (“Principal”) Proxy Voting Policy

Effective March 10, 2009


Proxy Voting Policy

Principal believes that proxy voting and the analysis of corporate governance issues, in general, are important elements of the portfolio management services provided to the firm’s advisory clients. The guiding principles in performing proxy voting are to make decisions that
(i) favor proposals that tend to maximize a company's shareholder value and (ii) are not influenced by conflicts of interest. These principles reflect the belief that sound corporate governance will create a framework within which a company can be managed in the interests of its shareholders.
Proxy Voting Procedures
Principal has implemented these procedures with the premise that portfolio management personnel base their determinations of whether to invest in a particular company on a variety of factors, and while corporate governance is one such factor, it may not be the primary consideration. As such, the principles and positions reflected in the procedures are designed to guide in the voting of proxies, and not necessarily in making investment decisions.
Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”) . Based on Principal’s investment philosophy and approach to portfolio construction, and given the complexity of the issues that may be raised in connection with proxy votes, Principal has retained the services of ISS, an independent company that specializes in providing a variety of fiduciary-level proxy-related services to institutional investment managers. The services provided to Principal include in-depth research, voting recommendations, vote execution, recordkeeping, and reporting.
Principal has elected to follow ISS Standard Proxy Voting Guidelines (the “Guidelines”), which embody the positions and factors that Principal generally considers important in casting proxy votes. The Guidelines address a wide variety of individual topics, including, among other matters, shareholder voting rights, anti-takeover defenses, Board structures, the election of directors, executive and director compensation, reorganizations, mergers, and various shareholder proposals. In connection with each proxy vote, ISS prepares a written analysis and recommendation that reflects ISS’ application of the Guidelines to the particular proxy issues.
On any particular proxy vote, a Portfolio Manager may decide to diverge from the Guidelines. Where the Guidelines do not direct a particular response and instead list relevant factors, the ISS Recommendation will reflect ISS own evaluation of the factors. The Portfolio Manager has access to ISS Recommendations and may determine that it is in the best interest of shareholders to vote differently.
In the event that judgment differs from that of ISS, Principal will memorialize the reasons supporting that judgment and retain a copy of those records. In such cases, the following will be required:
The requesting Portfolio Manager must put forth, in writing, the reasons for their decision;
The approval of Principal’s Chief Investment Officer;
Notification to the Proxy Voting Coordinator and other appropriate personnel (including PGI Portfolio Managers whose clients may own the particular security);
A determination that the decision is not influenced by any conflict of interest; and
The creation of a written record reflecting the process.
Conflicts of Interest. Principal has implemented procedures designed to prevent conflicts of interest from influencing proxy voting decisions. These procedures are designed to eliminate
Principal’s discretion in voting such proxies to eliminate the conflict. The procedures used differ for the SAM Portfolio and LifeTime portfolios of the Principal Fund clients and all other clients.

Conflict Procedures for the SAM Portfolios and LifeTime Portfolios

The SAM Portfolios and the LifeTime portfolios invest in shares of other Principal Mutual Funds. Principal is authorized to vote proxies related to the underlying funds. If an underlying fund holds a shareholder meeting, in order to avoid any potential conflict of interest, Principal will vote shares of such fund on any proposal submitted to the underlying fund’s shareholders in the same proportion as the votes of other shareholders of the underlying fund.






Conflict Procedures for All Other Clients

The conflict avoidance procedures for securities held by all other clients include Principal’s use of the Guidelines and ISS Recommendations. Proxy votes cast by Principal in accordance with the Guidelines and ISS Recommendations are generally not viewed as being the product of any conflicts of interest because Principal cast such votes pursuant to a pre-determined policy based upon the recommendations of an independent third-party.
Principal’s procedures also prohibit the influence of conflicts of interest where a Portfolio Manager decides to vote against an ISS Recommendation, as described above. In exceptional circumstances, the approval process may also include consultation with Principal’s senior management, the Law Department, outside counsel, and/or the client whose account may be affected by the conflict. Principal will maintain a record of the resolution of any proxy voting conflict of interest.
Proxy Voting Instructions and New Accounts. As part of the new account opening process for discretionary institutional clients for which Principal retains proxy voting responsibility, Principal’s Client Services Department is responsible for sending a proxy letter to the client’s custodian. This letter instructs the custodian to send the client’s proxy materials to ISS for voting. The custodian must complete the letter and fax it to ISS, with a copy to the Principal’s Client Services Department and the Proxy Voting Coordinator. This process is designed to ensure and document that the custodian is aware of its responsibility to send proxies to ISS.
Securities Lending. At times, neither Principal nor ISS will be allowed to vote proxies on behalf of Clients when those Clients have adopted a securities lending program. Typically, Clients who have adopted securities lending programs have made a general determination that the lending program provides a greater economic benefit than retaining the ability to vote proxies. Notwithstanding this fact, in the event that a proxy voting matter has the potential to materially enhance the economic value of the Client’s position and that position is lent out, Principal will make reasonable efforts to inform the Client that neither Principal nor ISS is able to vote the proxy until the lent security is recalled.
Abstaining from Voting Certain Proxies . Principal shall at no time ignore or neglect their proxy voting responsibilities. However, there may be times when refraining from voting is in the Client’s best interest, such as when Principals’ analysis of a particular proxy issue reveals that the cost of voting the proxy may exceed the expected benefit to the Client. Such proxies may be voted on a best-efforts basis. These issues may include, but are not limited to:

Restrictions for share blocking countries; 1
Casting a vote on a foreign security may require that Principal engage a translator;
Restrictions on foreigners’ ability to exercise votes;
Requirements to vote proxies in person;
Requirements to provide local agents with power of attorney to facilitate the voting instructions;
Untimely notice of shareholder meeting;
Restrictions on the sale of securities for a period of time in proximity to the shareholder meeting.

Proxy Solicitation Communications and Handling of Information Requests Regarding Proxies . Employees must promptly inform the Proxy Voting Coordinator of the receipt of any solicitation from any person related to Clients’ proxies. As a matter of practice, Principal will not reveal or disclose to any third-party how they may have voted (or intend to vote) on a particular proxy until after such proxies have been counted at a shareholder’s meeting. However, the Proxy Voting Coordinator may disclose that it is the general policy to follow ISS Guidelines. At no time may any Employee accept any remuneration in the solicitation of proxies.

Employees may be contacted by various entities that request or provide information related to particular proxy issues. Specifically, investor relations, proxy solicitation, and corporate/financial communications firms (e.g., Thomson Financial, Richard Davies, DF King, Georgeson Shareholder) may contact Principal to ask questions regarding total holdings of a particular stock across advisory Clients, or how they intend to vote on a particular proxy. In addition, issuers may call (or hire third-parties to call) with intentions to influence the votes (i.e., to vote against ISS recommendation).
­­­­­_________________________________________
1 In certain markets where share blocking occurs, shares must be “frozen” for trading purposes at the custodian or sub-custodian in order to vote. During the time that shares are blocked, any pending trades will not settle. Depending on the market, this period can last from one day to three weeks. Any sales that must be executed will settle late and potentially be subject to interest charges or other punitive fees.






Employees that receive information requests related to proxy votes should forward such communications (e.g., calls, e-mails, etc.) to the Proxy Voting Coordinator. The Proxy Voting Coordinator will take steps to verify the identity of the caller and his/her firm prior to exchanging any information. In addition, the Proxy Voting Coordinator may consult with the appropriate Portfolio Manager(s) and/or the CCO with respect to the type of information that can be disclosed. Certain information may have to be provided pursuant to foreign legal requirements (e.g., Section 793 of the UK Companies Act).

Proxy Voting Errors . In the event that any Employee becomes aware of an error related to proxy voting, he/she must promptly report that matter to the Proxy Voting Coordinator. The Proxy Voting Coordinator will take immediate steps to determine whether the impact of the error is material and to address the matter. The Proxy Voting Coordinator, with the assistance of the CCO, will generally prepare a memo describing the analysis and the resolution of the matter. Supporting documentation (e.g., correspondence with ISS, client, Portfolio Managers/ analysts, etc.) will be maintained by the Compliance Department. Depending on the severity of the issue, the Law Department, outside counsel, and/or affected clients may be contacted.

Recordkeeping. Principal must maintain the documentation described in the following section for a period of not less than five (5) years, the first two (2) years at the principal place of business. The Compliance Department, in coordination with ISS, is responsible for the following procedures and for ensuring that the required documentation is retained.

Client request to review proxy votes:
Any request, whether written (including e- mail) or oral, received by any Employee of Principal, must be promptly reported to the Proxy Voting Coordinator. All written requests must be retained in the client’s permanent file.

The Proxy Voting Coordinator will record the identity of the client, the date of the request, and the disposition (e.g., provided a written or oral response to client’s request, referred to third-party, not a proxy voting client, other dispositions, etc.) in a suitable place.
The Proxy Voting Coordinator will furnish the information requested to the client within a reasonable time period (generally within 10 business days). Principal will maintain a copy of the written record provided in response to client’s written (including e-mail) or oral request. A copy of the written response should be attached and maintained with the client’s written request, if applicable and maintained in the permanent file.
Clients are permitted to request the proxy voting record for the 5 year period prior to their request.

Proxy statements received regarding client securities:
Upon inadvertent receipt of a proxy, Principal will generally forward to ISS for voting, unless the client has instructed otherwise.
Note: Principal is permitted to rely on proxy statements filed on the SEC’s EDGAR system instead of keeping their own copies.

Proxy voting records:
Principals’ proxy voting record is maintained by ISS. The Proxy Voting Coordinator, with the assistance of the Client Services Department, will periodically ensure that ISS has complete, accurate, and current records.
Principal will maintain documentation to support the decision to vote against ISS recommendation.
Principal will maintain documentation or notes or any communications received from third-parties, other industry analysts, third-party service providers, company’s management discussions, etc. that were material in the basis for the decision.



 


Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures For

Principal Investors Fund
Principal Variable Contracts Fund
Principal Retail Funds
(December 15, 2003)


It is each fund's policy to delegate authority to its advisor or sub -advisor, as appropriate, to vote proxy ballots relating to the fund's portfolio securities in accordance with the advisor's or sub-advisor's voting policies and procedures.

The advisor or sub-advisor must provide, on a quarterly basis:

1.
Written affirmation that all proxies voted during the preceding calendar quarter, other than those specifically identified by the advisor or sub-advisor, were voted in a manner consistent with the advisor's or sub-advisor's voting policies and procedures. In order to monitor the potential effect of conflicts of interest of an advisor or sub-advisor, the advisor or sub-advisor will identify any proxies the advisor or sub-advisor voted in a manner inconsistent with its policies and procedures. The advisor or sub-advisor shall list each such vote, explain why the advisor or sub-advisor voted in a manner contrary to its policies and procedures, state whether the advisor or sub-advisor’s vote was consistent with the recommendation to the advisor or sub-advisor of a third party and, if so, identify the third party; and

2.
Written notification of any changes to the advisor's or sub-advisor's proxy voting policies and procedures made during the preceding calendar quarter.
The advisor or sub-advisor must provide, no later than July 31 of each year, the following information regarding each proxy vote cast during the 12-month period ended June 30 for each fund portfolio or portion of fund portfolio for which it serves as investment advisor, in a format acceptable to fund management:

1.
Identification of the issuer of the security;

2.
Exchange ticker symbol of the security;
3.
CUSIP number of the security;
4.
The date of the shareholder meeting;
5.
A brief description of the subject of the vote;
6.
Whether the proposal was put forward by the issuer or a shareholder;
7.
Whether and how the vote was cast;
8.
Whether the vote was cast for or against management of the issuer.



S:\H223\JENNIFER EDDY\Board Meetings--Jen\June 2003\Proxy Voting marked.doc



 



 
Edge Asset Management, Inc.
 


Proxy Voting Policy
Dated November 2011

Policy

Edge Asset Management, Inc. (“Edge”) has been delegated by certain clients the responsibility for voting proxies. It is the policy of Edge to vote proxies in the best interest of its clients, to identify and disclose potential conflicts of interest, to promptly provide client proxy voting results upon request of a client, and to maintain records of proxy voting activities as required. Edge maintains written policies and procedures which address Edge’s proxy policies and practices and which include the responsibility to receive and vote client proxies, to disclose any potential conflicts of interest, to make its proxy voting record available to clients and to maintain relevant and required records.

Background

Proxy voting is an important right of shareholders and reasonable care and diligence must be undertaken to ensure that such rights are properly and timely exercised. Investment advisers registered with the SEC that exercise voting authority with respect to client securities are required by Rule 206(4)-6 of the Advisers Act to (a) adopt and implement written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure that client securities are voted in the best interests of clients, which procedures must include how the adviser addresses material conflicts that may arise between the adviser's interests and those of its clients; (b) disclose to clients how they may obtain information from the adviser about how the adviser voted proxies for their securities; and (c) describe its proxy voting policies and procedures to clients and furnish a copy to its requesting clients. Further, Rule 204-2 of the Advisers Act requires registered investment advisers that vote client securities to maintain certain records relating to the adviser's proxy voting activities.

Responsibility

Edge has the responsibility for the execution of its proxy voting policy, practices, disclosures and recordkeeping.

Summary Procedures

Edge has adopted and implemented procedures to ensure the firm’s policy is observed, executed properly and amended or updated, as appropriate. The procedures are summarized as follows:

1. Voting Procedures

Edge believes it is in the best interest of its clients to delegate the proxy voting responsibility to expert third-party proxy voting organization, Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc. (“ISS”). ISS provides policy guidelines and proxy research and analysis in addition to proxy voting. Edge may override any ISS guideline or recommendation that Edge feels is not in the best interest of the client.

Edge has elected to follow the ISS Standard Proxy Voting Guidelines (the “ Guidelines”), which embody the positions and factors that Edge generally considers important in casting proxy votes, including, but not limited to, shareholder voting rights, anti-takeover defenses, board structures, election of directors, executive and director compensation, reorganizations, mergers and various shareholder proposals.






2.
Conflicts of Interest

Votes cast by ISS on Edge’s behalf consistent with its Guidelines and recommendations are not considered to create a conflict of interest. If ISS or Edge abstains from voting a proxy due to a conflict, or if Edge elects to override an ISS recommendation, it will seek to identify and evaluate whether any conflicts of interest may exist between the issuer and Edge or its employees and clients.

Material conflicts will be evaluated, and if it’s determined that one exists, Edge will disclose the conflict to the affected client, and request instruction from the client as to how the proxy should be voted.

3.
New Accounts

Edge or its affiliate, Principal Global Investors, shall provide a proxy authorization letter to the client’s custodian upon the opening of a new client account. Clients may also choose to vote proxies themselves or receive individualized reports or services.

4.    Abstentions

Edge may refrain from voting when it believes it is in the client’s best interests.

5.    Proxy Solicitations & Information Requests

Edge will not reveal or disclose to any third-party how it may have voted or intends to vote until such proxies have been counted at a shareholders’ meeting. Edge may in any event disclose its general policy to follow ISS’s guidelines. No employee of Edge may accept any remuneration in the solicitation of proxies.

6.    Errors

Edge will document errors and the resolution of errors.

7.    Recordkeeping

Documentation shall be maintained for at least five years. Edge will keep records regarding all client requests to review proxy votes and accompanying responses. Edge may rely on proxy statements filed on the SEC’s EDGAR system instead of keeping its own copies.

Edge’s proxy voting record will be maintained by ISS. Edge will maintain documentation to support any decisions to vote against ISS Guidelines or recommendations.

8.    Class Actions

Edge generally does not file class action claims on behalf of its clients and specifically will not act on behalf of former clients that have terminated their relationship with Edge. Edge will only file permitted class action claims if that responsibility in specifically stated in the advisory contract. Edge will maintain documentation related to any cost-benefit analysis to support decisions to opt out of any class action settlement. This policy is disclosed in the firm’s Form ADV filing.



Historical Policies: Revised October 2010; February 2009; January 1, 2007; October 9, 2006
Adopted policy: March 31, 2004




 


Principal Global Investors, LLC
Principal Real Estate Investors, LLC
Proxy Voting and Class Action Monitoring
 

Background
Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act requires every investment adviser who exercises voting authority with respect to client securities to adopt and implement written policies and procedures, reasonably designed to ensure that the adviser votes proxies in the best interest of its clients. The procedures must address material conflicts that may arise in connection with proxy voting. The Rule further requires the adviser to provide a concise summary of the adviser’s proxy voting process and offer to provide copies of the complete proxy voting policy and procedures to clients upon request. Lastly, the Rule requires that the adviser disclose to clients how they may obtain information on how the adviser voted their proxies.
Risks
In developing this policy and procedures, the Advisers considered numerous risks associated with their voting of client proxies. This analysis includes risks such as:

The Advisers do not maintain a written proxy voting policy as required by Rule 206(4)-6.

Proxies are not voted in Clients’ best interests.

Proxies are not identified and voted in a timely manner.

Conflicts between the Advisers’ interests and the Client are not identified; therefore, proxies are not voted appropriately.

The third-party proxy voting services utilized by the Advisers are not independent.

Proxy voting records and Client requests to review proxy votes are not maintained.

The Advisers have established the following guidelines as an attempt to mitigate these risks.
Policy
The Advisers believe that proxy voting and the analysis of corporate governance issues, in general, are important elements of the portfolio management services we provide to our advisory clients. Our guiding principles in performing proxy voting are to make decisions that (i) favor proposals that tend to maximize a company's shareholder value and (ii) are not influenced by conflicts of interest. These principles reflect the Advisers’ belief that sound corporate governance will create a framework within which a company can be managed in the interests of its shareholders.
In addition, as a fiduciary, the Advisers also monitor Clients’ ability to participate in class action events through the regular portfolio management process. Accordingly, the Advisers have adopted the policies and procedures set out below, which are designed to ensure that the Advisers comply with legal, fiduciary, and contractual obligations with respect to proxy voting and class actions.






Proxy Voting Procedures
The Advisers have implemented these procedures with the premise that portfolio management personnel base their determinations of whether to invest in a particular company on a variety of factors, and while corporate governance is one such factor, it may not be the primary consideration. As such, the principles and positions reflected in the procedures are designed to guide in the voting of proxies, and not necessarily in making investment decisions.
The Compliance Department has assigned a Proxy Voting Coordinator to manage the proxy voting process. The Investment Accounting Department has delegated the handling of class action activities to a Senior Investment Accounting Leader.
Institutional Shareholder Services
Based on the Advisers’ investment philosophy and approach to portfolio construction, and given the complexity of the issues that may be raised in connection with proxy votes, the Advisers have retained the services of Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”). ISS is a wholly owned subsidiary MSCI, Inc. which is a leading global provider of investment decision support tools. ISS offers proxy voting solutions to institutional clients globally. The services provided to the Advisers include in-depth research, voting recommendations, vote execution, recordkeeping, and reporting.
The Advisers have elected to follow the ISS Standard Proxy Voting Guidelines (the “Guidelines”), which embody the positions and factors that the Advisers’ Portfolio Management Teams (“PM Teams”) generally consider important in casting proxy votes. 1 The Guidelines address a wide variety of individual topics, including, among other matters, shareholder voting rights, anti-takeover defenses, board structures, the election of directors, executive and director compensation, reorganizations, mergers, and various shareholder proposals. In connection with each proxy vote, ISS prepares a written analysis and recommendation (a “ISS Recommendation”) that reflects ISS’s application of the Guidelines to the particular proxy issues. ISS Proxy Voting Guidelines Summaries are accessible to all PM Teams on the ISS system. They are also available from the Proxy Voting Coordinator, who has been assigned by the Compliance Department to manage the proxy voting process.
Voting Against ISS Recommendations
On any particular proxy vote, Portfolio Managers may decide to diverge from the Guidelines. Where the Guidelines do not direct a particular response and instead list relevant factors, the ISS Recommendation will reflect ISS’s own evaluation of the factors. As mentioned above, the PM Teams have access to the ISS Recommendations and may determine that it is in the best interest of Clients to vote differently.
In the event that judgment differs from that of ISS, the Advisers will memorialize the reasons supporting that judgment and retain a copy of those records for the Advisers’ files. In such cases, our procedures require:
1.
The requesting PM Team to set forth the reasons for their decision;
2.
The approval of the lead Portfolio Manager for the requesting PM Team;
3.
Notification to the Proxy Voting Coordinator and other appropriate personnel (including other PGI/PrinREI Portfolio Managers who may own the particular security);
4.
A determination that the decision is not influenced by any conflict of interest; and
5.
The creation of a written record reflecting the process (See Appendix XXXI ).
 
 
1 The Advisers have various Portfolio Manager Teams organized by asset classes and investment strategies.






Additionally, the Compliance Department will periodically review the voting of proxies to ensure that all such votes – particularly those diverging from the judgment of ISS – were voted consistent with the Advisers’ fiduciary duties.
Conflicts of Interest
The Advisers have implemented procedures designed to prevent conflicts of interest from influencing proxy voting decisions. These procedures include our use of the Guidelines and ISS Recommendations. Proxy votes cast by the Advisers in accordance with the Guidelines and ISS Recommendations are generally not viewed as being the product of any conflicts of interest because the Advisers cast such votes pursuant to a pre-determined policy based upon the recommendations of an independent third party.
Our procedures also prohibit the influence of conflicts of interest where a PM Team decides to vote against an ISS Recommendation, as described above. In exceptional circumstances, the approval process may also include consultation with the Advisers’ senior management, the Law Department, Outside Counsel, and/or the Client whose account may be affected by the conflict. The Advisers will maintain a record of the resolution of any proxy voting conflict of interest.
Proxy Voting Instructions and New Accounts
Institutional Accounts

As part of the new account opening process for discretionary institutional Clients, the Advisers’ Investment Accounting Department is responsible for sending a proxy letter to the Client’s custodian. This letter instructs the custodian to send the Client’s proxy materials to ISS for voting. The custodian must complete the letter and fax it to ISS, with a copy to the Advisers’ Investment Accounting Department and the Proxy Voting Coordinator. This process is designed to ensure and document that the custodian is aware of its responsibility to send proxies to ISS.
The Investment Accounting Department is responsible for maintaining this proxy instruction letter in the Client’s file and for scanning it into the Advisers’ OnBase system. These steps are part of the Advisers’ Account Opening Process.
SMA – Wrap Accounts

The Advisers’ SMA Operations Department is responsible for servicing wrap accounts, which includes setting up the accounts for proxy voting with ISS. The SMA Operations Department is responsible for sending a letter to the Client’s custodian, with instructions to send the Client’s proxy materials to ISS for voting. The custodian must complete the letter and fax it to ISS, with a copy to the SMA Operations Department and the Proxy Voting Coordinator. The SMA Operations Department will coordinate with the respective wrap program sponsor and the Compliance Department to ensure that proxies are voted in accordance with Clients’ instructions.
Fixed Income and Private Investments
Voting decisions with respect to Client investments in fixed income securities and the securities of privately-held issuers will generally be made by the relevant Portfolio Managers based on their assessment of the particular transactions or other matters at issue.





Client Direction
Clients may choose to vote proxies themselves, in which case they must arrange for their custodians to send proxy materials directly to them. Upon request, the Advisers can accommodate individual Clients that have developed their own guidelines with ISS or another proxy service. Clients may also discuss with the Advisers the possibility of receiving individualized reports or other individualized services regarding proxy voting conducted on their behalf. Such requests should be centralized through the Advisers’ Proxy Voting Coordinator.
Securities Lending
At times, neither the Advisers nor ISS will be allowed to vote proxies on behalf of Clients when those Clients have adopted a securities lending program. Typically, Clients who have adopted securities lending programs have made a general determination that the lending program provides a greater economic benefit than retaining the ability to vote proxies. Notwithstanding this fact, in the event that a proxy voting matter has the potential to materially enhance the economic value of the Client’s position and that position is lent out, the Advisers will make reasonable efforts to inform the Client that neither the Advisers nor ISS is able to vote the proxy until the lent security is recalled.
Abstaining from Voting Certain Proxies
The Advisers shall at no time ignore or neglect their proxy voting responsibilities. However, there may be times when refraining from voting is in the Client’s best interest, such as when the Advisers’ analysis of a particular proxy issue reveals that the cost of voting the proxy may exceed the expected benefit to the Client. Such proxies may be voted on a best-efforts basis. These issues may include, but are not limited to:
Restrictions for share blocking countries; 2  
Casting a vote on a foreign security may require that the adviser engage a translator;
Restrictions on foreigners’ ability to exercise votes;
Requirements to vote proxies in person;
Requirements to provide local agents with power of attorney to facilitate the voting instructions;
Untimely notice of shareholder meeting;
Restrictions on the sale of securities for a period of time in proximity to the shareholder meeting.

Proxy Solicitation

Employees must promptly inform the Advisers’ Proxy Voting Coordinator of the receipt of any solicitation from any person related to Clients’ proxies. As a matter of practice, the Advisers will not reveal or disclose to any third party how the Advisers may have voted (or intend to vote) on a particular proxy until after such proxies have been counted at a shareholder’s meeting. However, the Proxy Voting Coordinator may disclose that it is the Advisers’ general policy to follow the ISS Guidelines. At no time may any Employee accept any remuneration in the solicitation of proxies.
 
 
2     In certain markets where share blocking occurs, shares must be “frozen” for trading purposes at the custodian or sub-custodian in order to vote. During the time that shares are blocked, any pending trades will not settle. Depending on the market, this period can last from one day to three weeks. Any sales that must be executed will settle late and potentially be subject to interest charges or other punitive fees.





Handling of Information Requests Regarding Proxies
Employees may be contacted by various entities that request or provide information related to particular proxy issues. Specifically, investor relations, proxy solicitation, and corporate/financial communications firms (e.g., Ipreo, Richard Davies, DF King, Georgeson Shareholder) may contact the Advisers to ask questions regarding total holdings of a particular stock across advisory Clients, or how the Advisers intends to vote on a particular proxy. In addition, issuers may call (or hire third parties to call) with intentions to influence the Advisers’ votes (i.e., to vote against ISS).
Employees that receive information requests related to proxy votes should forward such communications (e.g., calls, e-mails, etc.) to the Advisers’ Proxy Voting Coordinator. The Proxy Voting Coordinator will take steps to verify the identity of the caller and his/her firm prior to exchanging any information. In addition, the Proxy Voting Coordinator may consult with the appropriate Portfolio Manager(s) and/or the CCO or CCO NA with respect to the type of information that can be disclosed. Certain information may have to be provided pursuant to foreign legal requirements (e.g., Section 793 of the UK Companies Act).
External Managers
Where Client assets are placed with managers outside of the Advisers, whether through separate accounts, funds-of-funds or other structures, such external managers generally will be responsible for voting proxies in accordance with the managers’ own policies. The Advisers may, however, retain such responsibilities where deemed appropriate.
Proxy Voting Errors
In the event that any Employee becomes aware of an error related to proxy voting, he/she must promptly report that matter to the Advisers’ Proxy Voting Coordinator. The Proxy Voting Coordinator will take immediate steps to determine whether the impact of the error is material and to address the matter. The Proxy Voting Coordinator, with the assistance of the CCO or CCO NA, will generally prepare a memo describing the analysis and the resolution of the matter. Supporting documentation (e.g., correspondence with ISS, Client, Portfolio Managers/ analysts, etc.) will be maintained by the Compliance Department. Depending on the severity of the issue, the Law Department, Outside Counsel, and/or affected Clients may be contacted. However, the Advisers may opt to refrain from notifying non-material de minimis errors to Clients.
Recordkeeping
The Advisers must maintain the documentation described in the following section for a period of not less than five (5) years, the first two (2) years at the principal place of business. The Compliance Department, in coordination with ISS, is responsible for the following procedures and for ensuring that the required documentation is retained.






Client request to review proxy votes :
Any request, whether written (including e-mail) or oral, received by any Employee of the Advisers, must be promptly reported to the Proxy Voting Coordinator. All written requests must be retained in the Client’s permanent file.
The Proxy Voting Coordinator will record the identity of the Client, the date of the request, and the disposition (e.g., provided a written or oral response to Client’s request, referred to third party, not a proxy voting client, other dispositions, etc.) in a suitable place.
The Proxy Voting Coordinator will furnish the information requested to the Client within a reasonable time period (generally within 10 business days). The Advisers will maintain a copy of the written record provided in response to Client’s written (including e-mail) or oral request. A copy of the written response should be attached and maintained with the Client’s written request, if applicable and maintained in the permanent file.
Clients are permitted to request the proxy voting record for the 5 year period prior to their request.
Proxy statements received regarding client securities:
Upon inadvertent receipt of a proxy, the Advisers will generally forward to ISS for voting, unless the client has instructed otherwise.
Note: The Advisers are permitted to rely on proxy statements filed on the SEC’s EDGAR system instead of keeping their own copies.
Proxy voting records:

The Advisers’ proxy voting record is maintained by ISS. The Advisers’ Proxy Voting Coordinator, with the assistance of the Investment Accounting and SMA Operations Departments, will periodically ensure that ISS has complete, accurate, and current records of Clients who have instructed the Advisers to vote proxies on their behalf.
The Advisers will maintain documentation to support the decision to vote against the ISS recommendation.
The Advisers will maintain documentation or notes or any communications received from third parties, other industry analysts, third party service providers, company’s management discussions, etc. that were material in the basis for the decision.
Procedures for Class Actions
In general, it is the Advisers’ policy not to file class action claims on behalf of Clients. The Advisers specifically will not act on behalf of former Clients who may have owned the affected security but subsequently terminated their relationship with the Advisers. The Advisers will only file class actions on behalf of Clients if that responsibility is specifically stated in the advisory contract. The process of filing class action claims is carried out by the Investment Accounting Department. In the event the Advisers opt out of a class action settlement, the Advisers will maintain documentation of any cost/benefit analysis to support that decision.
The Advisers are mindful that they have a duty to avoid and detect conflicts of interest that may arise in the class action claim process. Where actual, potential or apparent conflicts are identified regarding any material matter, the Advisers will manage the conflict by seeking instruction from the Law Department and/or outside counsel. It is the Advisers’ general policy not to act as lead plaintiff in class actions.






Disclosure
The Advisers will ensure that Part 2A of Form ADV is updated as necessary to reflect: (i) all material changes to this policy; and (ii) regulatory requirements.
Responsibility
Various individuals and departments are responsible for carrying out the Advisers’ proxy voting and class action practices, as mentioned throughout these policies and procedures. The Compliance Department has assigned a Proxy Voting Coordinator to manage the proxy voting process. The Investment Accounting Department has delegated the handling of class action activities to a Senior Investment Accounting Leader. In general, the Advisers’ CCO or CCO NA (or their designee) will oversee the decisions related to proxy voting, class actions, conflicts of interest, and applicable record keeping and disclosures.     


Revised 12/2011 ♦ Supersedes 12/2010



 


PRINCIPAL EXCHANGE-TRADED FUNDS
PART C. OTHER INFORMATION
Item 28. Exhibits.
(a)
(i)
Certificate of Trust -- Filed as Exhibit 99.(a)(i) on February 6, 2015 (Accession No. 0001572661-15-000008)
 
(ii)
Agreement and Declaration of Trust Instrument -- Filed as Exhibit 99.(a)(ii) on February 6, 2015 (Accession No. 0001572661-15-000008)
(b)
By-laws -- Filed as Exhibit 99.(b) on February 6, 2015 (Accession No. 0001572661-15-000008)
(c)
Agreement and Declaration of Trust; Articles II, VII and IX, and By-Laws; Articles 2, 3, 9 and 10 -- Filed as Exhibit
99.(a)(ii) on February 6, 2015 (Accession No. 0001572661-15-000008)
(d)
Investment Advisory Agreement
 
(i)
Form of Management Agreement with Principal Management Corporation *
 
(ii)
Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement with Edge Asset Management, Inc. *
 
(iii)
Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement with Principal Global Investors, LLC *
(e)
(i)
Form of Distribution Agreement with ALPS Distributors, Inc. *
 
(ii)
Form of Authorized Participant Agreement *
(f)
Bonus, profit sharing or pension plans -- N/A
(g)
Form of Custodian Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company*
(h)
(i)
Form of Transfer Agency and Service Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company *
 
(ii)
Form of Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement *
(i)
Opinion and Consent of Counsel **
(j)
(i)
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm **
 
(ii)
Powers of Attorney -- Filed as Exhibit 99.(j)(ii) on February 6, 2015 (Accession No. 0001572661-15-000008)
(k)
Financial Statements Omitted from Prospectus (None)
(l)
Letter of Investment Intent **
(m)
Plan Pursuant to Rule 12b-1 with respect to shares of the Registrant *
(n)
Plan Pursuant to Rule 18f-3 under the 1940 Act -- N/A
(o)
Reserved.
(p)
(i)
Code of Ethics of Registrant *
 
(ii)
Code of Ethics of Edge Asset Management, Inc. *
 
(iii)
Code of Ethics of Principal Global Investors, LLC *
* Filed Herein
** To be filed by Amendment
Item 29. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with the Fund.
The Registrant does not control and is not under common control with any person.
Item 30. Indemnification.
The Registrant is organized as a Delaware statutory trust and is operated pursuant to an Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated as of March 5, 2013 (the “Trust Instrument”), and the Trust’s Bylaws dated as of March 5, 2013 (“Bylaws”). The Trust Instrument and Bylaws permit the Registrant to indemnify its trustees and officers under certain circumstances. Such indemnification, however, is subject to the limitations imposed by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“1933 Act”), and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
Article IX (sections 9.2, 9.3 and 9.6, of the Registrant’s Trust Instrument provides that:
9.2 Indemnification. The Trust shall indemnify and advance expenses to any person who is or was a Trustee, officer or employee of the Trust, or a trustee, director, officer or employee of any other entity which he serves or served at the request of the Trust and in which the Trust has or had any interest as a shareholder, creditor, or otherwise (each of such persons a "Covered Person") to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law and the 1940 Act, against all liabilities and reasonable expenses (including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise, as fines and penalties, and expenses including reasonable accountants’ and counsel fees) reasonably incurred in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal or derivative, before any court or administrative or legislative body, in which he may be involved or with which he may be threatened, while as a Covered Person or thereafter, by reason of being or having been such a Covered Person, except that no Covered Person shall be indemnified against any liability to the Trust or its Shareholders to which such Covered Person would otherwise be subject by reason of bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of his duties involved in the conduct of such Covered Person's office. The payment of expenses in advance





of the final disposition of an action, suit or proceeding as provided for herein may be made on terms fixed by the Board of Trustees and conditioned upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Covered Person to repay to the Trust any amounts so paid if it is ultimately determined that indemnification of such expenses is not authorized under this Section 9.2. No amendment of this Declaration of Trust or repeal of any of the provisions hereof shall limit or eliminate the right of indemnification provided by this Section 9.2 with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.
9.3 Indemnification Not Exclusive . The right of indemnification provided by this Article IX shall not be exclusive of or affect any other rights to which any Covered Person may be entitled. As used in this Article IX, "Covered Person" shall include such person's heirs, executors and administrators, and a "disinterested, non-party Trustee" is a Trustee who is neither an Interested Person of the Trust nor a party to the proceeding in question.
9.6 Shareholders . In case any Shareholder or former Shareholder of any Series or Class shall be held to be personally liable solely by reason of his being or having been a Shareholder of such Series or Class and not because of his acts or omissions or for some other reason, the Shareholder or former Shareholder (or his heirs, executors, administrators or other legal representatives, or, in the case of a corporation or other entity, its corporate or other general successor) shall be entitled out of the assets belonging to the applicable Series or Class to be held harmless from and indemnified against all loss and expense arising from such liability. The Trust, on behalf of the affected Series, shall, upon request by the Shareholder, assume the defense of any claim made against the Shareholder for any act or obligation of the Series or Class and satisfy any judgment thereon from the assets of the Series or Class. The indemnification and reimbursement required by the preceding sentence shall be made only out of assets of the one or more Series or Classes whose Shares were held by said Shareholder at the time the act or event occurred which gave rise to the claim against or liability of said Shareholder. The rights accruing to a Shareholder under this Section shall not impair any other right to which such Shareholder may be lawfully entitled, nor shall anything herein contained restrict the right of the Trust or any Series or Class to indemnify or reimburse a Shareholder in any appropriate situation even though not specifically provided herein.
Article 9 of the Bylaws provides that:
9.01 Right to Indemnification . Subject to the exceptions and limitations contained in Section 9.02, every person who is or was a Trustee, officer or employee of the Trust, including persons who serve or served at the request of the Trust as directors, trustees, officers or employees of another organization in which the Trust has or had an interest as a shareholder, creditor or otherwise (each, a “Covered Person”), shall be indemnified by the Trust to the maximum extent permitted by law against all liability and reasonable expenses incurred or paid by him in connection with any claim, action, suit or proceeding in which he becomes involved as a party or otherwise by virtue of his or her being or having been such a director, trustee, officer or employee and against amounts paid or incurred by him in settlement thereof.
9.02 Exceptions . No indemnification shall be provided hereunder to a Covered Person:
(a) for any liability to the Trust or its shareholders arising out of a final adjudication by the court or other body before which the proceeding was brought that the Covered Person engaged in willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office;
(b) with respect to any matter as to which the Covered Person shall have been finally adjudicated not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his or her action was in the best interests of the Trust; or
(c) in the event of a settlement or other disposition not involving a final adjudication (as provided in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 9.02) and resulting in a payment by a Covered Person, unless there has been either a determination that such Covered Person did not engage in willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office by the court or other body approving the settlement or other disposition, or a reasonable determination, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that he did not engage in such conduct, such determination being made by: (i) a vote of a majority of the Disinterested Trustees (as such term is defined in Section 9.04) acting on the matter; or (ii) a written opinion of independent legal counsel.
9.03 Advancement of Expenses . Expenses of preparation and presentation of a defense to any claim, action, suit or proceeding subject to a claim for indemnification under this Article 9 shall be advanced by the Trust prior to final disposition thereof upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Covered Person to repay such amount if it is ultimately determined that he is not entitled to indemnification under this Article 9, provided that either: (a) such undertaking is secured by a surety bond or some other appropriate security or the Trust shall be insured against losses arising out of any such advances; or (b) a majority of the Disinterested Trustees acting on the matter or independent legal counsel in a written opinion shall determine, based upon a review of the readily available facts (as opposed to the facts available upon a full trial), that there is a reason to believe that the Covered Person ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.






9.04 Certain Defined Terms Relating to Indemnification . For purposes of this Article 9: (a) "liability and reasonable expenses" shall include hut not be limited to reasonable counsel fees and disbursements, amounts of any judgment, fine or penalty, and reasonable amounts paid in settlement; (b) "claim, action, suit or proceeding" shall include every such claim, action, suit or proceeding, whether civil or criminal, derivative or otherwise, administrative, judicial or legislative, any appeal relating thereto, and shall include any reasonable apprehension or threat of such a claim, action, suit or proceeding; (c) a "Covered Person" shall include such person's heirs, executors and administrators; and (d) a “Disinterested Trustee” shall mean a Trustee (i) who is not an “Interested Person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust (including anyone, as such Disinterested Trustee, who has been exempted from being an Interested Person by any rule, regulation or order of the SEC), and (ii) against whom none of such actions, suits or other proceedings or another action, suit or other proceeding on the same or similar grounds is then or has been pending.

Item 31. Business or Other Connections of Investment Adviser
Principal Management Corporation ("PMC") serves as investment adviser and administrator for Principal Variable Contracts Funds, Inc. ("PVC") and Principal Funds, Inc. ("PFI"). PVC and PFI are funds sponsored by Principal Life Insurance Company. PMC also provides the investment committee of Principal Trust Company (“PTC”), a member of the Principal Financial Group, advisory services relating to PTC's collective investment trusts. PMC also serves as investment adviser for Principal Exchange-Traded Funds.
A complete list of the officers and directors of the investment adviser, PMC, are set out below along with other employment with which that person has been engaged. This list includes some of the same people (designated by an *), who serve as officers and directors of the Registrant. For these people, the information as set out in the Statement of Additional Information (See Part B) under the caption "Management Incorporation" is incorporated by reference.
 
 
 
NATURE OF RELATIONSHIP
 
NAME & OFFICE
 
(INVESTMENT ADVISER
 
WITH
OTHER COMPANY & PRINCIPAL
OFFICER'S OFFICE WITH
 
INVESTMENT ADVISER
BUSINESS ADDRESS
OTHER COMPANY)
 
 
 
 
 
Patricia A. Barry
Principal Life Insurance Company (1)
Counsel/Assistant Corporate
 
Assistant Secretary
 
Secretary
 
 
 
 
*
Michael J. Beer
Principal Life Insurance Company (1)
See Part B
 
President/Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
and Chairman of the Board
 
 
 
 
 
 
*
Tracy W. Bollin
Principal Funds Distributor, Inc. (2)
See Part B
 
Chief Financial Officer and
and Princor Financial Services
 
 
Director
Corporation (1)
 
 
 
 
 
*
David J. Brown
Principal Life Insurance Company (1)
See Part B
 
Senior Vice President
 
 
 
 
 
 
*
Teresa M. Button
Principal Life Insurance Company (1)
See Part B
 
Vice President and Treasurer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gregory B. Elming
Principal Life Insurance Company (1)
Senior Vice President and
 
Director
 
Chief Risk Officer
 
 
 
 
 
Stephen G. Gallaher
Principal Life Insurance Company (1)
Assistant General Counsel
 
Assistant General Counsel and
 
 
 
Assistant Secretary
 
 
 
 
 
 
*
Ernest H. Gillum
Principal Life Insurance Company (1)
See Part B
 
Vice President and Chief
 
 
 
Compliance Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Kelly A. Grossman
Principal Life Insurance Company (1)
Portfolio Investment Strategist
 
Vice President
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Patrick A. Kirchner
Principal Life Insurance Company (1)
Assistant General Counsel
 
Assistant General Counsel
 
 
 
 
 
 





 
 
 
NATURE OF RELATIONSHIP
 
NAME & OFFICE
 
(INVESTMENT ADVISER
 
WITH
OTHER COMPANY & PRINCIPAL
OFFICER'S OFFICE WITH
 
INVESTMENT ADVISER
BUSINESS ADDRESS
OTHER COMPANY)
 
 
 
 
*
Jennifer A. Mills
Principal Life Insurance Company (1)
See Part B
 
Counsel
 
 
 
 
 
 
*
Layne A. Rasmussen
Principal Life Insurance Company (1)
See Part B
 
Vice President and
 
 
 
Controller - Principal Funds
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Karen E. Shaff
Principal Life Insurance Company (1)
Executive Vice President,
 
Executive Vice President,
 
General Counsel & Secretary
 
General Counsel and Secretary
 
 
 
 
 
 
*
Adam U. Shaikh
Principal Life Insurance Company (1)
See Part B
 
Counsel
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Randy L. Welch
Principal Financial Advisors, Inc. (1)
President
 
Senior Vice President and Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
*
Dan L. Westholm
Principal Financial Advisors, Inc. (1)
See Part B
 
Assistant Vice President/Treasury
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)
Des Moines, IA 50392
 
 
 
 
 
 
(2)
1100 Investment Boulevard
 
 
 
El Dorado Hills, CA 95762-5710
 
Item 32. Principal Underwriters.
(a) ALPS Distributors, Inc. acts as the distributor for the Registrant and the following investment companies: 1290 Funds, 13D Activist Fund, ALPS Series Trust, Arbitrage Funds, AQR Funds, Babson Capital Funds Trust, BBH Trust, BLDRS Index Funds Trust, Brandes Investment Trust, Broadview Funds Trust, Brown Management Funds, Caldwell & Orkin Funds, Inc., Campbell Multi-Strategy Trust, Centaur Mutual Funds Trust, Centre Funds, Century Capital Management Trust, Columbia ETF Trust, CornerCap Group of Funds, Cortina Funds, Inc., CRM Mutual Fund Trust, CSOP ETF Trust, Cullen Funds, DBX ETF TRUST, db-X Exchange-Traded Funds Inc., Centre Funds, ETFS Trust, EGA Emerging Global Shares Trust, EGA Frontier Diversified Core Fund, Elkhorn ETF Trust, Financial Investors Trust, Firsthand Funds, Goldman Sachs ETF Trust, Griffin Institutional Access Real Estate Fund, Heartland Group, Inc., Henssler Funds, Inc., Holland Balanced Fund, IndexIQ Trust, Index IQ ETF Trust, James Advantage Funds, Lattice Strategies Trust, Laudus Trust, Laudus Institutional Trust, Litman Gregory Funds Trust, Longleaf Partners Funds Trust, Mairs & Power Funds Trust, Oak Associates Funds, Pax World Series Trust I, Pax World Funds Trust III, PowerShares QQQ 100 Trust Series 1, Principal Exchange-Traded Funds, Reality Shares ETF Trust, Resource Real Estate Diversified Income Fund, RiverNorth Funds, Russell Exchange Traded Funds Trust, SCS Hedged Opportunities Master Fund, SCS Hedged Opportunities Fund, SCS Hedged Opportunities (TE) Fund, Smead Funds Trust, SPDR Dow Jones Industrial Average ETF Trust, SPDR S&P 500 ETF Trust, SPDR S&P MidCap 400 ETF Trust, Stadion Investment Trust, Stone Harbor Investment Funds, Total Return US Treasury Fund, Transparent Value Trust, USCF ETF Trust, Wakefield Alternative Series Trust, Wasatch Funds, WesMark Funds, Westcore Trust, Whitebox Mutual Funds, Williams Capital Liquid Assets Fund, and Wilmington Funds.

(b) To the best of Registrant’s knowledge, the directors and executive officers of ALPS Distributors, Inc., are as follows:





NAME*
 
POSITIONS AND OFFICES
WITH PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER (ALPS)
 
POSITIONS AND OFFICES
WITH THE FUND
Edmund J. Burke
 
Director
 
None
Jeremy O. May
 
President, Director
 
None
Thomas A. Carter
 
Executive Vice President, Director
 
None
Bradley J. Swenson
 
Senior Vice President, Chief Compliance Officer
 
None
Robert J. Szydlowski
 
Senior Vice President, Chief Technology Officer
 
None
Aisha J. Hunt
 
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Assistant Secretary
 
None
Eric T. Parsons
 
Vice President, Controller and Assistant Treasurer
 
None
Randall D. Young**
 
Secretary
 
None
Gregg Wm. Givens**
 
Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary
 
None
Douglas W. Fleming**
 
Assistant Treasurer
 
None
Steven Price
 
Vice President, Deputy Chief Compliance Officer
 
None
Liza Orr
 
Vice President, Attorney
 
None
Taylor Ames
 
Vice President, PowerShares
 
None
Troy A. Duran
 
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
 
None
James Stegall
 
Vice President
 
None
Gary Ross
 
Senior Vice President
 
None
Kevin Ireland
 
Senior Vice President
 
None
Mark Kiniry
 
Senior Vice President
 
None
Tison Cory
 
Vice President, Intermediary Operations
 
None
Hilary Quinn
 
Vice President
 
None
Jennifer Craig
 
Assistant Vice President
 
None
*
Except as otherwise noted, the principal business address for each of the above directors and executive officers is 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, Colorado 80203.
**
The principal business address for Messrs. Young, Givens and Fleming is 333 W. 11 th Street, 5 th Floor, Kansas City, Missouri 64105.
(c)
Not applicable.
Item 33. Location of Accounts and Records.
All accounts, books, and other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder are maintained at the offices of the Registrant and its Investment Adviser: 655 9th Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50392.
Item 34. Management Services.
Not applicable.
Item 35. Undertakings.
None.





SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, duly authorized in the City of Des Moines and State of Iowa, on the 21st day of April, 2015.
 
 
Principal Exchange-Traded Funds
 
(Registrant)
 


/s/ M. J. Beer
_____________________________________
M. J. Beer
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
Attest:

/s/ Beth Wilson
______________________________________
Beth Wilson
Vice President and Secretary
 





 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment to the Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
Signature
Title
Date
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ M. J. Beer
__________________________
M. J. Beer
President and
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
April 21, 2015
 
 
 
 
/s/ T. W. Bollin
__________________________
T. W. Bollin
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
April 21, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ L. A. Rasmussen
__________________________
L. A. Rasmussen
Vice President and Controller
(Controller)
April 21, 2015
 
 
(E. Ballantine)*
__________________________
E. Ballantine
Trustee
April 21, 2015
 
 
 
 
(L. T. Barnes)*
__________________________
L. T. Barnes
Trustee
April 21, 2015
 
 
 
 
(C. Damos)*
__________________________
C. Damos
Trustee
April 21, 2015
 
 
 
 
(N. M. Everett)*
__________________________
N. M. Everett
Trustee
April 21, 2015
 
 
 
 
(M. A. Grimmett)*
__________________________
M. A. Grimmett
Trustee
April 21, 2015
 
 
 
 
(F. S. Hirsch)*
__________________________
F. S. Hirsch
Trustee
April 21, 2015
 
 
 
 
(T. Huang)*
__________________________
T. Huang
Trustee
April 21, 2015
 
 
 
 
(W. C. Kimball)*
__________________________
W. C. Kimball
Trustee
April 21, 2015
 
 
 
 
(K. McMillan)*
__________________________
K. McMillan
Trustee
April 21, 2015
 
 
 
 
(D. Pavelich)*
__________________________
D. Pavelich
Trustee
April 21, 2015
 
 
 
 
* Pursuant to Power of Attorney appointing M. J. Beer
Previously Filed as Ex-99(j)(ii) on February 6, 2015 (Accession No. 0001572661-15-000008)






 


PRINCIPAL EXCHANGE-TRADED FUNDS
MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT to be effective _________, 2015, by and between PRINCIPAL EXCHANGE-TRADED FUNDS, a Delaware statutory trust (hereinafter called the “Fund”) and PRINCIPAL MANAGEMENT CORPORATION, an Iowa corporation (hereinafter called the “Manager”).
W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, The Fund has furnished the Manager with copies properly certified or authenticated of each of the following:
(a)
Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Fund;
(b)
Bylaws of the Fund as adopted by the Board of Trustees; and
(c)
Resolutions of the Board of Trustees of the Fund selecting the Manager as investment adviser and approving the form of this Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements herein contained, the Fund hereby appoints the Manager to act as investment adviser and manager of the Fund, and the Manager agrees to act, perform or assume the responsibility therefore in the manner and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth. The Fund will furnish the Manager from time to time with copies, properly certified or authenticated, of all amendments of or supplements to the foregoing, if any.
1.     INVESTMENT ADVISORY SERVICES
The Manager will regularly perform the following services for the Fund:
(a)
Provide investment research, advice and supervision;
(b)
Provide investment advisory, research and statistical facilities and all clerical services relating to research, statistical and investment work;
(c)
Furnish to the Board of Trustees of the Fund (or any appropriate committee of such Board), and revise from time to time as conditions require, a recommended investment program for the portfolio of each Series of the Fund consistent with each Series' investment objective and policies;
(d)
Implement such of its recommended investment program as the Fund shall approve, by placing orders for the purchase and sale of securities, subject always to the provisions of the Fund’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust and Bylaws and the requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”), and the Fund’s Registration Statement, current Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information, as each of the same shall be from time to time in effect;
(e)
Advise and assist the officers of the Fund in taking such steps as are necessary or appropriate to carry out the decisions of its Board of Trustees and any appropriate committees of such Board regarding the general conduct of the investment business of the Fund; and
(f)
Report to the Board of Trustees of the Fund at such times and in such detail as the Board may deem appropriate in order to enable it to determine that the investment policies of the Fund are being observed.






2.
ACCOUNTING SERVICES
The Manager will provide all accounting services customarily required by investment companies, in accordance with the requirements of applicable laws, rules and regulations and with the policies and practices of the Fund as communicated to the Manager from time to time, including, but not limited to, the following:
(a)
Maintain fund general ledger and journal;
(b)
Prepare and record disbursements for direct Fund expenses;
(c)
Prepare daily money transfer;
(d)
Reconcile all Fund bank and custodian accounts;
(e)
Assist Fund independent auditors as appropriate;
(f)
Prepare daily projection of available cash balances;
(g)
Record trading activity for purposes of determining net asset values and daily dividend;
(h)
Prepare daily portfolio valuation report to value portfolio securities and determine daily accrued income;
(i)
Determine the net asset value per share daily or at such other intervals as the Fund may reasonably request or as may be required by law;
(j)
Prepare monthly, quarterly, semi-annual and annual financial statements;
(k)
Provide financial information for reports to the Securities and Exchange Commission in compliance with the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the Securities Act of 1933, the Internal Revenue Service and any other regulatory or governmental agencies as required;
(l)
Provide financial, yield, net asset value, and similar information to NASDAQ OMX Group, Inc., and other survey and statistical agencies as instructed from time to time by the Fund;
(m)
Investigate, assist in the selection of and conduct relations with custodians, depositories, accountants, legal counsel, insurers, banks and persons in any other capacity deemed to be necessary or desirable for the Fund's operations; and
(n)
Obtain and keep in effect fidelity bonds and trustees and officers/errors and omissions insurance policies for the Fund in accordance with the requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules thereunder, as such bonds and policies are approved by the Fund's Board of Trustees.

3.
TRUST ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES
The Manager will provide the following trust administrative services for the Fund:
(a)
furnish the services of such of the Manager's officers and employees as may be elected officers or trustees of the Fund, subject to their individual consent to serve and to any limitations imposed by law;

(b)
furnish office space, and all necessary office facilities and equipment, for the general trust functions of the Fund (i.e., functions other than (i) underwriting and distribution of Fund shares; (ii) custody of Fund assets, (iii) transfer and paying agency services; and (iv) corporate and portfolio accounting services); and

(c)
furnish the services of executive and clerical personnel necessary to perform the general trust functions of the Fund.

Page 2 of 2



4.     RESERVED RIGHT TO DELEGATE DUTIES AND SERVICES TO OTHERS
The Manager in assuming responsibility for the various services as set forth in this Agreement reserves the right to enter into agreements with others for the performance of certain duties and services or to delegate the performance of some or all of such duties and services to Principal Life Insurance Company, or one or more affiliates thereof; provided, however, that entry into any such agreements shall not relieve the Manager of its duty to review and monitor the performance of such persons to the extent provided in the agreements with such persons or as determined from time to time by the Board of Trustees.

5.     EXPENSES BORNE BY THE MANAGER
The Manager will pay:
(a)
the organizational expenses of the Fund and its portfolios and share classes, including the Fund's registration under the Investment Company Act of 1940, and the initial registration of its Capital Stock for sale under the Securities Act of 1933 with the Securities and Exchange Commission;
(b)
Compensation of personnel, officers and trustees who are also affiliated with the Manager; and
(c)
Expenses and compensation associated with furnishing office space, and all necessary office facilities and equipment, and personnel necessary to perform the general trust functions of the Fund.


6.
COMPENSATION OF THE MANAGER BY FUND
For all services to be rendered and payments made as provided in Sections 1, 2 and 4 hereof, the Fund will accrue daily and pay the Manager monthly, or at such other intervals as the Fund and Manager may agree, a fee based on the average of the values placed on the net assets of each Series of the Fund as of the time of determination of the net asset value on each trading day throughout the month in accordance with Schedule 1 attached hereto.

Net asset value shall be determined pursuant to applicable provisions of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Fund. If pursuant to such provisions the determination of net asset value is suspended, then for the purposes of this Section 6 the value of the net assets of the Fund as last determined shall be deemed to be the value of the net assets for each day the suspension continues.

The Manager may, at its option, waive all or part of its compensation for such period of time as it deems necessary or appropriate.

7.
EXPENSES BORNE BY FUND
The Fund will pay, without reimbursement by the Manager, all expenses attributable to the operation of the Fund or the services described in this Agreement and not specifically identified in this Agreement as being paid by the Manager.

8.
AVOIDANCE OF INCONSISTENT POSITION
In connection with purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the account of the Fund, neither the Manager nor any of the Manager’s trustees, officers or employees will act as a principal or agent or receive any commission.


Page 3 of 3



9.     LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF THE MANAGER
The Manager shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Fund in connection with the matters to which this Agreement relates, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the Manager’s part in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by it of its obligations and duties under this Agreement.

10.     COPIES OF TRUST DOCUMENTS
The Fund will furnish the Manager promptly with properly certified or authenticated copies of amendments or supplements to its Agreement and Declaration of Trust or Bylaws. Also, the Fund will furnish the Manager financial and other trust information as needed, and otherwise cooperate fully with the Manager in its efforts to carry out its duties and responsibilities under this Agreement.

11.     DURATION AND TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT
This Agreement shall remain in force and in effect from year to year following its execution provided that the continuance is specifically approved at least annually either by the Board of Trustees of the Fund or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Series and in either event by vote of a majority of the trustees of the Fund who are not interested persons of the Manager, Principal Life Insurance Company, or the Fund cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. This Agreement may, on sixty days written notice, be terminated at any time without the payment of any penalty, by the Board of Trustees of the Fund, by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Series, or by the Manager. This Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event of its assignment. In interpreting the provisions of this Section 10, the definitions contained in Section 2(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (particularly the definitions of “interested person,” “assignment” and “voting security”) shall be applied.

12.     AMENDMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT
No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought, and no amendment of this Agreement shall be effective until approved by vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Series to which such amendment relates and by vote of a majority of the trustees who are not interested persons of the Manager, Principal Life Insurance Company or the Fund cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.

13.     ADDRESS FOR PURPOSE OF NOTICE
Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing, addressed and delivered or mailed, postage prepaid, to the other party at such address as such other party may designate for the receipt of such notices. Until further notice to the other party, it is agreed that the address of the Fund and that of the Manager for this purpose shall be the Principal Financial Group, Des Moines, Iowa 50392-0200.

14.     MISCELLANEOUS
The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only, and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.


Page 4 of 4



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized.

PRINCIPAL EXCHANGE-TRADED FUNDS


By     
Michael J. Beer, Executive Vice President


By     
Beth C. Wilson, Vice President & Secretary


PRINCIPAL MANAGEMENT CORPORATION


By     
Nora Everett, President and Chief Executive Officer


Page 5 of 5



SCHEDULE 1
Series
Management Fee as a Percentage
of Average Daily Net Assets
First $500 million
Next $500 million
Next $500 million
Over $1.5 billion
Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
0.75%
0.73%
0.71%
0.70%





FORM OF

PRINCIPAL EXCHANGE-TRADED FUNDS
SUB‑ADVISORY AGREEMENT
EDGE ASSET MANAGEMENT, INC. SUB-ADVISED SERIES


AGREEMENT executed as of _________, 2015 by and between PRINCIPAL MANAGEMENT CORPORATION (hereinafter called “the Manager”), and EDGE ASSET MANAGEMENT, INC. (hereinafter called "the Sub‑Advisor").

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Manager is the manager and investment adviser to each Series of Principal Exchange-Traded Funds, (the "Fund"), an open‑end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act"); and

WHEREAS, the Manager desires to retain the Sub‑Advisor to furnish it with portfolio selection and related research and statistical services in connection with the investment advisory services for each Series of the Fund identified in Appendix A hereto (hereinafter called “Series”), which the Manager has agreed to provide to the Fund, and the Sub‑Advisor desires to furnish such services; and

WHEREAS, The Manager has furnished the Sub‑Advisor with copies properly certified or authenticated of each of the following and will promptly provide the Sub‑Advisor with copies properly certified or authenticated of any amendment or supplement thereto:

(a)    Management Agreement (the "Management Agreement") with the Fund;

(b)    The Fund's registration statement and financial statements as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission;

(c)    The Fund's Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By‑laws;

(d)
Policies, procedures or instructions adopted or approved by the Board of Trustees of the Fund relating to obligations and services to be provided by the Sub-Advisor.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:

1.
Appointment of Sub‑Advisor

In accordance with and subject to the Management Agreement, the Manager hereby appoints the Sub‑Advisor to perform the services described in Section 2 below for investment and reinvestment of the securities and other assets of each Series, subject to the control and direction of the Manager and the Fund's Board of Trustees, for the period and on the terms hereinafter set forth. The Sub‑Advisor accepts such appointment and agrees to furnish the services hereinafter set forth for the compensation herein provided. The Sub‑Advisor shall for all purposes herein be deemed to be an independent contractor and shall, except as expressly provided or authorized, have no authority to act for or represent the Fund or the Manager in any way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Fund or the Manager.


Page 1 of 1



2.
Obligations of and Services to be Provided by the Sub‑Advisor

The Sub-Advisor will:

(a)
Provide nondiscretionary investment advisory services to the Manager or a designee of the Manager, including but not limited to, investment research and investment recommendations regarding the purchase, retention and sale of investments of each Series.

(b)
Furnish to the Board of Trustees of the Fund for approval (or any appropriate committee of such Board), and revise from time to time as conditions require, a recommended investment program for each Series consistent with each Series investment objective and policies.


(d)
Advise and assist the officers of the Fund, as requested by the officers, in taking such steps as are necessary or appropriate to carry out the decisions of its Board of Trustees, and any appropriate committees of such Board, regarding the general conduct of the investment business of each Series.

(e)
Maintain, in connection with the Sub-Advisor’s investment advisory services obligations, compliance with the 1940 Act and the regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder and the Series’ investment strategies and restrictions as stated in the Fund’s prospectus and statement of additional information.

(f)
Report to the Board of Trustees of the Fund at such times and in such detail as the Board of Trustees may reasonably deem appropriate in order to enable it to determine that the investment policies, procedures and approved investment program of each Series are being observed.

(g)
Upon request, provide assistance and recommendations for the determination of the fair value of certain securities when reliable market quotations are not readily available for purposes of calculating net asset value in accordance with procedures and methods established by the Fund's Board of Trustees.

(h)
Furnish, at its own expense, (i) all necessary investment and management facilities, including salaries of clerical and other personnel required for it to execute its duties faithfully, and (ii) administrative facilities, including bookkeeping, clerical personnel and equipment necessary for the efficient conduct of the investment advisory affairs of each Series.

(j)
Maintain all accounts, books and records with respect to each Series as are required of an investment advisor of a registered investment company pursuant to the 1940 Act and Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Investment Advisers Act”), and the rules thereunder, and furnish the Fund and the Manager with such periodic and special reports as the Fund or Manager may reasonably request. In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, the Sub-Advisor hereby agrees that all records that it maintains for each Series are the property of the Fund, agrees to preserve for the periods described by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act any records that it maintains for the Series and that are required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act, and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Fund any records that it maintains for a Series upon request by the Fund or the Manager. The Sub-Advisor has no responsibility for the maintenance of Fund records except insofar as is directly related to the services the Sub-Advisor provides to a Series.

Page 2 of 2



(k)
Observe and comply with Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and the Sub-Advisor’s Code of Ethics adopted pursuant to that Rule as the same may be amended from time to time. The Manager acknowledges receipt of a copy of Sub-Advisor’s current Code of Ethics. Sub-Advisor shall promptly forward to the Manager a copy of any material amendment to the Sub-Advisor’s Code of Ethics along with certification that the Sub-Advisor has implemented procedures for administering the Sub-Advisor’s Code of Ethics.

(m)
Provide such information as is customarily provided by a sub-advisor and may be required for the Fund or the Manager to comply with their respective obligations under applicable laws, including, without limitation, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the 1940 Act, the Investment Advisers Act, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and any state securities laws, and any rule or regulation thereunder.

(o)
Respond to tender offers, rights offerings and other voluntary corporate action requests affecting securities held by the Fund.

3.     Prohibited Conduct

In providing the services described in this agreement, the Sub-Advisor will not consult with any other investment advisory firm that provides investment advisory services to any investment company sponsored by Principal Life Insurance Company regarding transactions for the Fund in securities or other assets; provided however the Sub-Advisor shall consult with Principal Global Investors, LLC. as necessary to discharge its responsibilities to the Principal EDGE Active Income ETF.

4.     Compensation

As full compensation for all services rendered and obligations assumed by the Sub‑Advisor hereunder with respect to each Series, the Manager shall pay the compensation specified in Appendix A to this Agreement.

5.     Liability of Sub‑Advisor

Neither the Sub‑Advisor nor any of its trustees, officers, employees, agents or affiliates shall be liable to the Manager, the Fund or its shareholders for any loss suffered by the Manager or the Fund resulting from any error of judgment made in the good faith exercise of the Sub‑Advisor's investment discretion in connection with selecting investments for a Series or as a result of the failure by the Manager or any of its affiliates to comply with the terms of this Agreement, except for losses resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence of, or from reckless disregard of, the duties of the Sub‑Advisor or any of its trustees, officers, employees, agents, or affiliates.

6.     Supplemental Arrangements

The Sub‑Advisor may enter into arrangements with other persons affiliated with the Sub‑Advisor or with unaffiliated third parties to better enable the Sub-Advisor to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement for the provision of certain personnel and facilities to the Sub‑ Advisor, subject to written notification to and approval of the Manager and, where required by applicable law, the Board of Trustees of the Fund.

7.     Regulation

The Sub‑Advisor shall submit to all regulatory and administrative bodies having jurisdiction over the services provided pursuant to this Agreement any information, reports or other material which any such body may request or require pursuant to applicable laws and regulations.


Page 3 of 3



8.     Duration and Termination of This Agreement

This Agreement shall become effective on the latest of (i) the date of its execution, (ii) the date of its approval by a majority of the Board of Trustees of the Fund, including approval by the vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees of the Fund who are not interested persons of the Manager, the Sub-Advisor, Principal Life Insurance Company or the Fund cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval or (iii) if required by the 1940 Act, the date of its approval by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Series. It shall continue in effect thereafter from year to year provided that the continuance is specifically approved at least annually either by the Board of Trustees of the Fund or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Series and in either event by a vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees of the Fund who are not interested persons of the Manager, Principal Life Insurance Company, the Sub-Advisor or the Fund cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.

If the shareholders of a Series fail to approve the Agreement or any continuance of the Agreement in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Sub‑Advisor will continue to act as Sub‑Advisor with respect to the Series pending the required approval of the Agreement or its continuance or of any contract with the Sub‑Advisor or a different manager or sub‑advisor or other definitive action; provided, that the compensation received by the Sub‑Advisor in respect to the Series during such period is in compliance with Rule 15a‑4 under the 1940 Act.

This Agreement may be terminated at any time without the payment of any penalty by the Board of Trustees of the Fund or by the Sub‑Advisor, the Manager or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Series on sixty days written notice. This Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event of its assignment. In interpreting the provisions of this Section 8, the definitions contained in Section 2(a) of the 1940 Act (particularly the definitions of "interested person," "assignment" and "voting security") shall be applied.

9.     Amendment of this Agreement

No material amendment of this Agreement shall be effective until approved, if required by the 1940 Act or the rules, regulations, interpretations or orders issued thereunder, by vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Series and by vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees of the Fund who are not interested persons of the Manager, the Sub‑Advisor, Principal Life Insurance Company or the Fund cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.

10.     General Provisions

(a)
Each party agrees to perform such further acts and execute such further documents as are necessary to effectuate the purposes hereof. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Iowa. The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.

(b)
Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing, addressed and delivered or mailed postage pre‑paid to the other party at such address as such other party may designate for the receipt of such notices. Until further notice to the other party, it is agreed that the address of the Manager for this purpose shall be Principal Financial Group, Des Moines, Iowa 50392‑0200. The address of the Sub-Advisor for this purpose shall be 601 Union St., Suite 2200, Seattle, Washington, 98101.


Page 4 of 4



(c)
The Sub‑Advisor will promptly notify the Manager in writing of the occurrence of any of the following events:

(1)
the Sub‑Advisor fails to be registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act or under the laws of any jurisdiction in which the Sub‑Advisor is required to be registered as an investment advisor in order to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

(2)
the Sub‑Advisor is served or otherwise receives notice of any action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation, at law or in equity, before or by any court, public board or body, involving the affairs of a Series.

(d)
The Manager shall provide (or cause the Series custodian to provide) timely information to the Sub-Advisor regarding such matters as the composition of the assets of a Series, cash requirements and cash available for investment in a Series, and all other reasonable information as may be necessary for the Sub-Advisor to perform its duties and responsibilities hereunder.

(e)    This Agreement contains the entire understanding and agreement of the parties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement on the date first above written.

PRINCIPAL MANAGEMENT CORPORATION


By _______________________________________
Michael J. Beer, Executive Vice President


EDGE ASSET MANAGEMENT, INC.


By _______________________________________





Page 5 of 5



APPENDIX A

Sub-Advisor shall serve as investment sub-advisor for each Fund identified below. The Manager will pay Sub-Advisor, as full compensation for all services provided under this Agreement, a fee, computed and paid monthly, at an annual rate as shown below of the Fund’s net assets as of the first day of each month allocated to Sub-Advisor’s management.


If this Agreement becomes effective or terminates before the end of any month, the fee (if any) for the period from the effective date to the end of such month or from the beginning of such month to the date of termination, as the case may be, shall be prorated according to the proportion which such period bears to the full month in which such effectiveness or termination occurs.


Sub-Advisor Percentage Fee
as a Percentage of Net Assets

Principal EDGE Active Income ETF    ______%

Page 6 of 6


PRINCIPAL EXCHANGE-TRADED FUNDS
SUB‑ADVISORY AGREEMENT
PRINCIPAL GLOBAL INVESTORS, LLC SUB-ADVISED SERIES


AGREEMENT executed as of _________, 2015 by and between PRINCIPAL MANAGEMENT CORPORATION (hereinafter called “the Manager”), and PRINCIPAL GLOBAL INVESTORS, LLC. (hereinafter called "the Sub‑Advisor").

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Manager is the manager and investment adviser to each Series of Principal Exchange-Traded Funds, (the "Fund"), an open‑end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act"); and

WHEREAS, the Manager desires to retain the Sub‑Advisor to furnish it with portfolio selection and related research and statistical services in connection with the investment advisory services for each Series of the Fund identified in Appendix A hereto (hereinafter called “Series”), which the Manager has agreed to provide to the Fund, and the Sub‑Advisor desires to furnish such services; and

WHEREAS, The Manager has furnished the Sub‑Advisor with copies properly certified or authenticated of each of the following and will promptly provide the Sub‑Advisor with copies properly certified or authenticated of any amendment or supplement thereto:

(a)    Management Agreement (the "Management Agreement") with the Fund;

(b)    The Fund's registration statement and financial statements as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission;

(c)    The Fund's Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By‑laws;

(d)
Policies, procedures or instructions adopted or approved by the Board of Trustees of the Fund relating to obligations and services to be provided by the Sub-Advisor.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:

1.
Appointment of Sub‑Advisor

In accordance with and subject to the Management Agreement, the Manager hereby appoints the Sub‑Advisor to perform the services described in Section 2 below for investment and reinvestment of the securities and other assets of each Series, subject to the control and direction of the Manager and the Fund's Board of Trustees, for the period and on the terms hereinafter set forth. The Sub‑Advisor accepts such appointment and agrees to furnish the services hereinafter set forth for the compensation herein provided. The Sub‑Advisor shall for all purposes herein be deemed to be an independent contractor and shall, except as expressly provided or authorized, have no authority to act for or represent the Fund or the Manager in any way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Fund or the Manager.


Page 1 of 6



2.
Obligations of and Services to be Provided by the Sub‑Advisor

The Sub-Advisor will:

(a)
Provide investment advisory services, including but not limited to research, advice and supervision for each Series.

(b)
Furnish to the Board of Trustees of the Fund for approval (or any appropriate committee of such Board), and revise from time to time as conditions require, a recommended investment program for each Series consistent with each Series investment objective and policies.

(c)
Implement the approved investment program by placing orders for the purchase and sale of securities without prior consultation with the Manager and without regard to the length of time the securities have been held, the resulting rate of portfolio turnover or any tax considerations, subject always to the provisions of the Fund's registration statement, Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws and the requirements of the 1940 Act, as each of the same shall be from time to time in effect.

(d)
Advise and assist the officers of the Fund, as requested by the officers, in taking such steps as are necessary or appropriate to carry out the decisions of its Board of Trustees, and any appropriate committees of such Board, regarding the general conduct of the investment business of each Series.

(e)
Maintain, in connection with the Sub-Advisor’s investment advisory services obligations, compliance with the 1940 Act and the regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder and the Series’ investment strategies and restrictions as stated in the Fund’s prospectus and statement of additional information.

(f)
Report to the Board of Trustees of the Fund at such times and in such detail as the Board of Trustees may reasonably deem appropriate in order to enable it to determine that the investment policies, procedures and approved investment program of each Series are being observed.

(g)
Upon request, provide assistance and recommendations for the determination of the fair value of certain securities when reliable market quotations are not readily available for purposes of calculating net asset value in accordance with procedures and methods established by the Fund's Board of Trustees.

(h)
Furnish, at its own expense, (i) all necessary investment and management facilities, including salaries of clerical and other personnel required for it to execute its duties faithfully, and (ii) administrative facilities, including bookkeeping, clerical personnel and equipment necessary for the efficient conduct of the investment advisory affairs of each Series.

(i)
Open accounts with broker-dealers and futures commission merchants (“broker-dealers”), select broker-dealers to effect all transactions for each Series, place all necessary orders with broker‑dealers or issuers (including affiliated broker-dealers), and negotiate commissions, if applicable. To the extent consistent with applicable law, purchase or sell orders for each Series may be aggregated with contemporaneous purchase or sell orders of other clients of the Sub-Advisor. In such event allocation of securities so sold or purchased, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, will be made by the Sub‑Advisor in the manner the Sub-Advisor considers to be the most equitable and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to the Fund and to other clients. The Sub-Advisor will report on such allocations at the request of the Manager, the Fund or the Fund’s Board of Trustees providing such information as the number of aggregated trades to which each Series was a party, the broker-dealers to whom such trades were directed and the basis for the allocation for the aggregated trades. The Sub-Advisor shall use its best efforts to obtain execution of transactions for each Series at prices which are advantageous to the Series and at commission rates that are reasonable in relation to the benefits received. However, the Sub-Advisor may select brokers or dealers on the basis that they provide brokerage, research or other services or products to the Sub-Advisor. To the extent consistent with applicable law, the Sub-Advisor may pay a broker or dealer an amount of

Page 2 of 6



commission for effecting a securities transaction in excess of the amount of commission or dealer spread another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction if the Sub-Advisor determines in good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research products and/or services provided by such broker or dealer. This determination, with respect to brokerage and research products and/or services, may be viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the overall responsibilities which the Sub-Advisor and its affiliates have with respect to each Series as well as to accounts over which they exercise investment discretion. Not all such services or products need be used by the Sub-Advisor in managing the Series. In addition, joint repurchase or other accounts may not be utilized by the Series except to the extent permitted under any exemptive order obtained by the Sub-Advisor provided that all conditions of such order are complied with.

(j)
Maintain all accounts, books and records with respect to each Series as are required of an investment advisor of a registered investment company pursuant to the 1940 Act and Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Investment Advisers Act”), and the rules thereunder, and furnish the Fund and the Manager with such periodic and special reports as the Fund or Manager may reasonably request. In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, the Sub-Advisor hereby agrees that all records that it maintains for each Series are the property of the Fund, agrees to preserve for the periods described by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act any records that it maintains for the Series and that are required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act, and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Fund any records that it maintains for a Series upon request by the Fund or the Manager. The Sub-Advisor has no responsibility for the maintenance of Fund records except insofar as is directly related to the services the Sub-Advisor provides to a Series.
(k)
Observe and comply with Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and the Sub-Advisor’s Code of Ethics adopted pursuant to that Rule as the same may be amended from time to time. The Manager acknowledges receipt of a copy of Sub-Advisor’s current Code of Ethics. Sub-Advisor shall promptly forward to the Manager a copy of any material amendment to the Sub-Advisor’s Code of Ethics along with certification that the Sub-Advisor has implemented procedures for administering the Sub-Advisor’s Code of Ethics.

(l)
From time to time as the Manager or the Fund may request, furnish the requesting party reports on portfolio transactions and reports on investments held by a Series, all in such detail as the Manager or the Fund may reasonably request. The Sub-Advisor will make available its officers and employees to meet with the Fund’s Board of Trustees at the Fund’s principal place of business on due notice to review the investments of a Series.

(m)
Provide such information as is customarily provided by a sub-advisor and may be required for the Fund or the Manager to comply with their respective obligations under applicable laws, including, without limitation, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the 1940 Act, the Investment Advisers Act, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and any state securities laws, and any rule or regulation thereunder.

(n)
Vote proxies received on behalf of the Series in a manner consistent with Sub-Advisor's proxy voting policies and procedures and provide a record of votes cast containing all of the voting information required by Form N-PX in an electronic format to enable the Series to file Form N-PX as required by SEC rule.

(o)
Respond to tender offers, rights offerings and other voluntary corporate action requests affecting securities held by the Fund.


Page 3 of 6



3.     Prohibited Conduct

In providing the services described in this agreement, the Sub-Advisor will not consult with any other investment advisory firm that provides investment advisory services to any investment company sponsored by Principal Life Insurance Company regarding transactions for the Fund in securities or other assets; provided however the Sub-Advisor shall consult with Edge Asset Management, Inc. as necessary to discharge its responsibilities to the Principal EDGE Active Income ETF.

4.     Compensation

As full compensation for all services rendered and obligations assumed by the Sub‑Advisor hereunder with respect to each Series, the Manager shall pay the compensation specified in Appendix A to this Agreement.

5.     Liability of Sub‑Advisor

Neither the Sub‑Advisor nor any of its trustees, officers, employees, agents or affiliates shall be liable to the Manager, the Fund or its shareholders for any loss suffered by the Manager or the Fund resulting from any error of judgment made in the good faith exercise of the Sub‑Advisor's investment discretion in connection with selecting investments for a Series or as a result of the failure by the Manager or any of its affiliates to comply with the terms of this Agreement, except for losses resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence of, or from reckless disregard of, the duties of the Sub‑Advisor or any of its trustees, officers, employees, agents, or affiliates.

6.     Supplemental Arrangements

The Sub‑Advisor may enter into arrangements with other persons affiliated with the Sub‑Advisor or with unaffiliated third parties to better enable the Sub-Advisor to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement for the provision of certain personnel and facilities to the Sub‑ Advisor, subject to written notification to and approval of the Manager and, where required by applicable law, the Board of Trustees of the Fund.

7.     Regulation

The Sub‑Advisor shall submit to all regulatory and administrative bodies having jurisdiction over the services provided pursuant to this Agreement any information, reports or other material which any such body may request or require pursuant to applicable laws and regulations.

8.     Duration and Termination of This Agreement

This Agreement shall become effective on the latest of (i) the date of its execution, (ii) the date of its approval by a majority of the Board of Trustees of the Fund, including approval by the vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees of the Fund who are not interested persons of the Manager, the Sub-Advisor, Principal Life Insurance Company or the Fund cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval or (iii) if required by the 1940 Act, the date of its approval by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Series. It shall continue in effect thereafter from year to year provided that the continuance is specifically approved at least annually either by the Board of Trustees of the Fund or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Series and in either event by a vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees of the Fund who are not interested persons of the Manager, Principal Life Insurance Company, the Sub-Advisor or the Fund cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.

If the shareholders of a Series fail to approve the Agreement or any continuance of the Agreement in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Sub‑Advisor will continue to act as Sub‑Advisor with respect to the Series pending the required approval of the Agreement or its continuance or of any contract with the Sub‑Advisor or a different manager or sub‑advisor or other definitive action; provided, that the compensation received by the Sub‑Advisor in respect to the Series during such period is in compliance with Rule 15a‑4 under the 1940 Act.


Page 4 of 6



This Agreement may be terminated at any time without the payment of any penalty by the Board of Trustees of the Fund or by the Sub‑Advisor, the Manager or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Series on sixty days written notice. This Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event of its assignment. In interpreting the provisions of this Section 8, the definitions contained in Section 2(a) of the 1940 Act (particularly the definitions of "interested person," "assignment" and "voting security") shall be applied.

9.     Amendment of this Agreement

No material amendment of this Agreement shall be effective until approved, if required by the 1940 Act or the rules, regulations, interpretations or orders issued thereunder, by vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Series and by vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees of the Fund who are not interested persons of the Manager, the Sub‑Advisor, Principal Life Insurance Company or the Fund cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.

10.     General Provisions

(a)
Each party agrees to perform such further acts and execute such further documents as are necessary to effectuate the purposes hereof. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Iowa. The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.

(b)
Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing, addressed and delivered or mailed postage pre‑paid to the other party at such address as such other party may designate for the receipt of such notices. Until further notice to the other party, it is agreed that the address of the Manager and the Sub-Advisor for this purpose shall be Principal Financial Group, Des Moines, Iowa 50392‑0200.

(c)
The Sub‑Advisor will promptly notify the Manager in writing of the occurrence of any of the following events:

(1)
the Sub‑Advisor fails to be registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act or under the laws of any jurisdiction in which the Sub‑Advisor is required to be registered as an investment advisor in order to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

(2)
the Sub‑Advisor is served or otherwise receives notice of any action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation, at law or in equity, before or by any court, public board or body, involving the affairs of a Series.

(d)
The Manager shall provide (or cause the Series custodian to provide) timely information to the Sub-Advisor regarding such matters as the composition of the assets of a Series, cash requirements and cash available for investment in a Series, and all other reasonable information as may be necessary for the Sub-Advisor to perform its duties and responsibilities hereunder.

(e)    This Agreement contains the entire understanding and agreement of the parties.


Page 5 of 6



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement on the date first above written.

PRINCIPAL MANAGEMENT CORPORATION


By ______________________________________
Michael J. Beer, Executive Vice President


PRINCIPAL GLOBAL INVESTORS, LLC .


By ______________________________________


Page 6 of 6



APPENDIX A

Sub-Advisor shall serve as investment sub-advisor for each Fund identified below. The Manager will pay Sub-Advisor, as full compensation for all services provided under this Agreement, a fee, computed and paid monthly, at an annual rate as shown below of the Fund’s net assets as of the first day of each month allocated to Sub-Advisor’s management.


If this Agreement becomes effective or terminates before the end of any month, the fee (if any) for the period from the effective date to the end of such month or from the beginning of such month to the date of termination, as the case may be, shall be prorated according to the proportion which such period bears to the full month in which such effectiveness or termination occurs.


Sub-Advisor Percentage Fee
as a Percentage of Net Assets

Principal EDGE Active Income ETF    ______%

Page 7 of 7



DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT


THIS AGREEMENT is made as of __________, 20__, by and between Principal Exchange-Traded Funds, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Fund”), and ALPS Distributors, Inc., a Colorado corporation (“ALPS”).

WHEREAS, the Fund is an open-end investment company offering a number of portfolios of securities listed in Appendix A hereto (as amended from time to time) and having filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) a registration statement on Form N-1A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”);

WHEREAS, ALPS is registered as a broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “1934 Act”) and a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”);

WHEREAS, the Fund intends to create and redeem shares of beneficial interest, par value $.0001 per Share (the “Shares”) of each portfolio on a continuous basis at their net asset value only in aggregations constituting a Creation Unit, as such term is defined in the registration statement;

WHEREAS, the Shares of each portfolio will be listed on a national securities exchange as defined in Section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and initially, on NYSE Arca, Inc. (the “Listing Exchange”), and traded under the symbols set forth in Appendix A hereto(as amended from to time);

WHEREAS, the Fund desires to retain ALPS to act as the distributor with respect to the issuance and distribution of Creation Units of Shares of each portfolio, hold itself available to receive and process orders for such Creation Units in the manner set forth in the Fund’s prospectus, and to enter into arrangements with broker-dealers who may solicit purchases of Shares and with broker-dealers and others to provide for servicing of shareholder accounts and for distribution assistance, including broker-dealer and shareholder support; and

WHEREAS, ALPS desires to provide the services described herein to the Fund.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained, the parties agree as follows.

1.
ALPS Appointment and Duties.

(a)
The Fund hereby appoints ALPS as the exclusive distributor for Creation Unit aggregations of Shares of each portfolio listed in Appendix A hereto, as may be amended from time to time, and to perform the duties that are set forth in Appendix B hereto as amended from time to time, upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth. ALPS hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to furnish such specified services. ALPS shall for all purposes be deemed to be an independent contractor and shall, except as otherwise expressly authorized in this Agreement, have no authority to act for or represent the Fund in any way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Fund.

(b)
ALPS may employ or associate itself with a person or persons or organizations as ALPS believes to be desirable in the performance of its duties hereunder; provided that, in such event, the compensation of such person or persons or organizations shall be paid by and be the sole responsibility of ALPS, and the Fund shall bear no cost or obligation with respect thereto; and provided further that ALPS shall not be relieved of any of its obligations under this Agreement





in such event and shall be responsible for all acts of any such person or persons or organizations taken in furtherance of this Agreement to the same extent it would be for its own acts.

2.
ALPS Compensation; Expenses .

(a)
ALPS will bear all expenses in connection with the performance of its services under this Agreement, except as otherwise provided herein. ALPS will not bear any of the costs of Fund personnel. Other Fund expenses incurred shall be borne by the Fund or the Fund’s investment adviser, including, but not limited to, initial organization and offering expenses; the blue sky registration and qualification of Shares for sale in the various states in which the officers of the Fund shall determine it advisable to qualify such Shares for sale (including registering the Fund as a broker or dealer or any officer of the Fund as agent or salesman in any state); litigation expenses; taxes; expenses of conducting repurchase offers for the purpose of repurchasing Fund shares; administration, transfer agency, and custodial expenses; interest; Fund directors’ or trustees’ fees; brokerage fees and commissions; state and federal registration fees; advisory fees; insurance premiums; fidelity bond premiums; Fund and investment advisory related legal expenses; costs of maintenance of Fund existence; printing and delivery of materials in connection with meetings of the Fund’s directors or trustees; printing and mailing of shareholder reports, prospectuses, statements of additional information, other offering documents and supplements, proxy materials, and other communications to shareholders; securities pricing data and expenses in connection with electronic filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

3.
Documents . The Fund has furnished or will furnish, upon request, ALPS with copies of the Fund’s Declaration of Trust, advisory agreement, custodian agreement, transfer agency agreement, administration agreement, current prospectus, statement of additional information, periodic Fund reports, and all forms relating to any plan, program or service offered by the Fund. The Fund shall furnish, within a reasonable time period, to ALPS a copy of any amendment or supplement to any of the above-mentioned documents. Upon request, the Fund shall furnish promptly to ALPS any additional documents necessary or advisable to perform its functions hereunder. As used in this Agreement the terms “registration statement,” “prospectus” and “statement of additional information” shall mean any registration statement, prospectus and statement of additional information filed by the Fund with the SEC and any amendments and supplements thereto that are filed with the SEC.

4.
Insurance . ALPS agrees to maintain fidelity bond and liability insurance coverages which are, in scope and amount, consistent with coverages customary for distribution activities relating to the Fund. ALPS shall notify the Fund upon receipt of any notice of material, adverse change in the terms or provisions of its insurance coverage. Such notification shall include the date of change and the reason or reasons therefore. ALPS shall notify the Fund of any material claims against it, whether or not covered by insurance, and shall notify the Fund from time to time as may be appropriate of the total outstanding claims made by it under its insurance coverage.

5.
Right to Receive Advice .

(a)
Advice of the Fund and Service Providers . If ALPS is in doubt as to any action it should or should not take, ALPS may request directions, advice, or instructions from the Fund or, as applicable, the Fund’s investment adviser, custodian, or other service providers.

(b)
Advice of Counsel . If ALPS is in doubt as to any question of law pertaining to any action it should or should not take, ALPS may request advice from counsel of its own choosing (who may be counsel for the Fund, the Fund’s investment adviser, or ALPS, at the option of ALPS).






(c)
Conflicting Advice . In the event of a conflict between directions, advice or instructions ALPS receives from the Fund or any Fund service provider and the advice ALPS receives from counsel, ALPS may in its sole discretion rely upon and follow the advice of counsel. ALPS will provide the Fund with prior written notice of its intent to follow advice of counsel that is materially inconsistent with, advice from the Fund. Upon request, ALPS will provide the Fund with a copy of such advice of counsel.

6.
Standard of Care; Limitation of Liability; Indemnification .

(a)
ALPS shall be obligated to act in good faith and to exercise commercially reasonable care and diligence in the performance of its duties under this Agreement.

(b)
In the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence, or reckless disregard by ALPS in the performance of its duties, obligations, or responsibilities set forth in this Agreement, ALPS and its affiliates, including their respective officers, directors, agents, and employees (“ALPS Indemnitees”) , shall not be liable for, and the Fund agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the ALPS Indemnitees from, all taxes, charges, expenses, assessments, claims, and liabilities (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements and liabilities arising under applicable federal and state laws) arising directly from the following:

(i)
the inaccuracy of factual information furnished to ALPS by the Fund or the Fund’s investment adviser, custodians, or other service providers;

(ii)
any untrue statement of a material fact or omission of a material fact required to be stated or necessary in order to make the statements not misleading under the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, or any other statute or the common law, in any registration statement, prospectus, statement of additional information, shareholder report, or other information filed or made public by the Fund (as amended from time to time), except to the extent (a) the statement or omission was made in reliance upon, and in conformity with, information furnished to the Fund by or on behalf of ALPS or an ALPS Indemnitee; or (b) any untrue statement of a material fact or omission of a material fact that was subsequently corrected;
 
(iii)
ALPS’ reliance on any instruction, direction, notice, instrument or other information that ALPS reasonably believes to be genuine; or

(iv) The Fund’s or the Fund’s investment adviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence, or reckless disregard in the performance of its duties, obligations, or responsibilities set forth in this Agreement.

(c)
ALPS shall indemnify and hold harmless the Fund, the Fund’s investment adviser and their respective officers, directors, agents, and employees and any person who controls the Fund within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act from and against any and all taxes, charges, expenses, assessments, claims, and liabilities (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements and liabilities arising under applicable federal and state laws) arising directly from ALPS’ or ALPS Indemnitees’ willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence, or reckless disregard in the performance of its duties, obligations, or responsibilities set forth in this Agreement; or arising from any untrue statement of a material fact or omission of a material fact required to be stated or necessary in order to make the statements not misleading under the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, or any other statute or the common law, in any registration statement, prospectus, statement of





additional information, shareholder report, or other information filed or made public by the Fund (as amended from time to time), provided that the statement or omission was made in reliance upon, and in conformity with, information furnished to the Fund by or on behalf of ALPS or an ALPS Indemnitee.

(d)
Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, neither party shall be liable under this Agreement to the other party hereto for any punitive, consequential, special or indirect losses or damages. Any indemnification payable by a party to this Agreement shall be net of insurance maintained by the indemnified party as of the time the claim giving rise to indemnity hereunder is alleged to have arisen to the extent it covers such claim.

7.
Activities of ALPS . The services of ALPS under this Agreement are not to be deemed exclusive, and ALPS shall be free to render similar services to others. The Fund recognizes that from time to time directors, officers and employees of ALPS may serve as directors, officers and employees of other corporations or businesses (including other investment companies) and that such other corporations and businesses may include ALPS as part of their name and that ALPS or its affiliates may enter into distribution agreements or other agreements with such other corporations and businesses upon written consent of the Fund; such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.

8.
Accounts and Records . The accounts and records maintained by ALPS shall be the property of the Fund. ALPS shall prepare, maintain and preserve such accounts and records as required by the 1940 Act and other applicable securities laws, rules and regulations. ALPS shall surrender such accounts and records to the Fund , in the form in which such accounts and records have been maintained or preserved , promptly upon receipt of instructions from the Fund. The Fund shall have access to such accounts and records at all times during ALPS’ normal business hours. Upon the reasonable request of the Fund, copies of any such books and records shall be provided by ALPS to the Fund at the Fund’s expense. ALPS shall assist the Fund, the Fund’s independent auditors, or, upon approval of the Fund, any regulatory body, in any requested review of the Fund’s accounts and records, and reports by ALPS or its independent accountants concerning its accounting system and internal auditing controls will be open to such entities for audit or inspection upon reasonable request. ALPS or its undersigned as defined by Rule 17a-4 of the Securities and Exchange Act (the “Exchange Act”), shall have access to all electronic communications, including password access to the system storing the electronic communications, of registered representatives of ALPS that are associated with the Fund and are required to be maintained under Rule 17a-4 of the Exchange Act and FINRA Rules 3110 and 3010.  Electronic storage media maintained by the Fund will comply with Rule 17a-4 of the Exchange Act.

9.
Confidential and Proprietary Information . ALPS agrees that it will, on behalf of itself and its officers and employees, treat all transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and all records and information relative to the Fund and its current and former shareholders and other information germane thereto, as confidential and as proprietary information of the Fund and not to use, sell, transfer, or divulge such information or records to any person for any purpose other than performance of its duties hereunder, except after prior notification to and approval in writing from the Fund, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Approval may not be withheld where ALPS may be exposed to civil, regulatory, or criminal proceedings for failure to comply, when requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities, or when requested by the Fund. When requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities, ALPS shall use reasonable commercial efforts to request confidential treatment of such information. ALPS shall have in place and maintain physical, electronic, and procedural safeguards reasonably designed to protect the security,





confidentiality, and integrity of, and to prevent unauthorized access to or use of records and information relating to the Fund and its current and former shareholders.

10.
Compliance with Rules and Regulations . ALPS shall comply (and to the extent ALPS takes or is required to take action on behalf of the Fund hereunder shall cause the Fund to comply) with all applicable requirements of the 1940 Act and other applicable laws, rules, regulations, orders and code of ethics, as well as all investment restrictions, policies and procedures adopted by the Fund of which ALPS has knowledge (it being understood that ALPS is deemed to have knowledge of all investment restrictions, policies or procedures set out in the Fund’s public filings or otherwise provided to ALPS). Except as set out in this Agreement, ALPS assumes no responsibility for such compliance by the Fund. ALPS shall maintain at all times a program reasonably designed to prevent violations of the federal securities laws (as defined in Rule 38a-1 under the 1940 Act) with respect to the services provided, and shall provide to the Fund a certification to such effect no less than annually or as otherwise reasonably requested by the Fund and to provide any and all information with respect to such program, including without limitation, information and certifications with respect to material violations of the program and any material deficiencies or changes therein, as may be reasonably requested by the Fund’s chief compliance officer or Board of Trustees with respect to the ALPS’ services to the Fund under this Agreement. ALPS shall make available its compliance personnel and shall provide at its own expense summaries and other relevant materials relating to such program as reasonably requested by the Fund.

11.
Representations and Warranties of ALPS . ALPS represents and warrants to the Fund that:

(a)
It is duly organized and existing as a corporation and in good standing under the laws of the State of Colorado.

(b)
It is empowered under applicable laws and by its Articles of Incorporation and By-laws to enter into and perform this Agreement.

(c)
All requisite corporate proceedings have been taken to authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement.

(d)
It has and will continue to have access to the necessary facilities, equipment and personnel to perform its duties and obligations under this Agreement in accordance with industry standards.     

(e)
An independent third party has conducted a review of ALPS supervisory controls system and ALPS has made available to the Fund the most current report of such review and any updates thereto. Every year an independent third party shall conducts a review of ALPS supervisory control system and ALPS will make available to the Fund for inspection a report of such review and any updates thereto. ALPS shall immediately notify the Fund of any changes in how it conducts its business that would materially change the results of its most recent review of its supervisory controls system and any other changes to ALPS’ business that would affect the business of the Fund or the Fund’s investment adviser.

12.
Representations and Warranties of the Fund. The Fund represents and warrants to ALPS that:

(a)
It is a trust duly organized and existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of Delaware and is registered with the SEC as an open-end management investment company.






(b)
It is empowered under applicable laws and by its Declaration of Trust and By-laws to enter into and perform this Agreement.

(a)
The Board of Trustees of the Fund has duly authorized it to enter into and perform this Agreement.

(d)
Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Fund agrees not to make any modifications to its registration statement or adopt any policies which would affect materially the obligations or responsibilities of ALPS hereunder without the prior written approval or ALPS, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

13.
Duties of the Fund .

(a)
ALPS and the Fund shall regularly consult with each other regarding ALPS’ performance of its obligations under this Agreement. In connection therewith, the Fund shall submit to ALPS at a reasonable time in advance of filing with the SEC reasonably final copies of any amended or supplemented registration statement (including exhibits) under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Agreement shall in any way limit the Fund’s right to file at any time such amendments to any registration statement and/or supplements to any prospectus or statement of additional information, of whatever character, as the Fund may deem advisable, such right being in all respects absolute and unconditional.

(b)
The Fund agrees to issue Creation Unit aggregations of Shares of the Fund and to request The Depository Trust Company to record on its books the ownership of such Shares in accordance with the book-entry system procedures described in the prospectus in such amounts as ALPS has requested through the transfer agent in writing or other means of data transmission, as promptly as practicable after receipt by the Fund of the requisite deposit securities and cash component (together with any fees) and acceptance of such order, upon the terms described in the Registration Statement. The Fund may reject any order for Creation Units or stop all receipts of such orders at any time upon reasonable notice to ALPS, in accordance with the provisions of the Prospectus.

(c)
The Fund agrees that it will take all action necessary to register an indefinite number of Shares under the 1933 Act. The Fund shall make available to ALPS, at ALPS’ expense, such number of copies of its prospectus, statement of additional information, and periodic reports as ALPS may reasonably request. The Fund will furnish to ALPS copies of all information, financial statements and other papers, which ALPS may reasonably request for use in connection with the distribution of Creation Units.

(d)
The Fund agrees to execute any and all documents and to furnish any and all information and otherwise to take all actions that may be reasonably necessary in connection with the qualification of the Shares for sale in such states as ALPS may designate. The Fund will keep ALPS informed of the jurisdictions in which Creation Units of the Fund are authorized for sale and shall promptly notify ALPS of any change in this information.

14.
Anti-Money Laundering . ALPS agrees to maintain an anti-money laundering program in compliance with Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “USA Patriot Act”) and all applicable laws and regulations promulgated thereunder. ALPS confirms that, as soon as possible, following the request from the Fund, ALPS will supply the Fund with copies of ALPS’ anti-money laundering policy and procedures, and such other relevant certifications and representations regarding such policy and procedures as the Fund may reasonably request from time to time. ALPS will provide, to the Fund,





any Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (FinCEN) request received pursuant to USA Patriot Act Section 314(a), which the Fund may then provide to its transfer agent . ALPS also agrees to allow for appropriate regulators to examine its anti-money laundering books and records.
    
15.
Liaison with Accountants . ALPS shall act as a liaison with the Fund’s independent public accountants and shall provide account analysis, fiscal year summaries, and other audit-related schedules with respect to the services provided to the Fund. ALPS shall take all reasonable action in the performance of its duties under this Agreement to assure that the necessary information is made available to such accountants as reasonably requested or required by the Fund.

16.
Business Interruption Plan . ALPS shall maintain in effect a business interruption plan, and enter into any agreements necessary with appropriate parties making reasonable provisions for emergency use of electronic data processing equipment customary in the industry. In the event of equipment failures, ALPS shall, at no additional expense to the Fund, take commercially reasonable steps to minimize service interruptions.

17.
Duration and Termination of this Agreement .

(a)
Initial Term . This Agreement shall become effective as of the later of the date first written above or the commencement of operations of the Fund , provided that it shall not take effect unless it has first been approved by a vote of a majority of those Trustees of the Fund who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval (“Start Date”);and shall continue thereafter throughout the period that ends two (2) years after the Start Date (the “Initial Term”).

(b)
Renewal Term . If not sooner terminated, this Agreement shall renew at the end of the Initial Term and shall thereafter continue for successive annual periods, provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (i) by the Fund’s Board of Trustees or (ii) by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the relevant portfolio of the Fund, provided that in either event the continuance is also approved by the majority of the Trustees of the Fund who are not interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any party to this Agreement by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. If a plan under Rule 12b-1 of the 1940 Act is in effect, continuance of the plan and this Agreement must be approved at least annually by a majority of the Trustees of the Fund who are not interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) and have no financial interest in the operation of such plan or in any agreements related to such plan, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
 
(c)
This Agreement is terminable without penalty on sixty (60) days’ written notice by the Fund’s Board of Trustees, by vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the relevant portfolio, or by ALPS.

(d)
ALPS agrees to notify the Fund immediately in the event of its expulsion or suspension by FINRA. The Fund shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement immediately upon notice to ALPS in the event that FINRA expels or suspends ALPS.

(e)
Deliveries Upon Termination . Upon termination of this Agreement, ALPS agrees to cooperate in the orderly transfer of distribution duties and shall deliver to the Fund or as otherwise directed by the Fund (at the expense of the Fund) all records and other documents made or accumulated in the performance of its duties for the Fund hereunder. In the event ALPS gives notice of





termination under this Agreement, it will continue to provide the services contemplated hereunder after such termination at the contractual rate for up to 120 days, provided that the Fund uses all reasonable commercial efforts to appoint such replacement on a timely basis.

18.
Assignment . This Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act). This Agreement shall not be assignable by the Fund without the prior written consent of ALPS.

19.
Governing Law . The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Colorado and the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder. To the extent that the laws of the State of Colorado conflict with the 1940 Act or such rules, the latter shall control.

20.
Names . The obligations of the Fund entered into in the name or on behalf thereof by any director, shareholder, representative, or agent thereof are made not individually, but in such capacities, and are not binding upon any of the directors, shareholders, representatives or agents of the Fund personally, but bind only the property of the Fund, and all persons dealing with the Fund must look solely to the property of the Fund for the enforcement of any claims against the Fund.

21.
Amendments to this Agreement . This Agreement may only be amended by the parties in writing.

22.
Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing, shall be deemed to have been given when received or when sent by telex or facsimile, and shall be given to the following addresses (or such other addresses as to which notice is given):

To ALPS:

ALPS Distributors, Inc.
1290 Broadway, Suite 1100
Denver, Colorado 80203
Attn: General Counsel
Fax: (303) 623-7850

To the Fund:

Attn:
Fax:

23.
Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto on any number of counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

24.
Entire Agreement . This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding among the parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that ALPS may embody in one or more separate documents its agreement, if any, with respect to delegated duties and oral instructions.









IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.


By:                         
Name:
Title:     



ALPS DISTRIBUTORS, INC.

By:                         
Name: Jeremy O. May
Title      President









APPENDIX A

LIST OF PORTFOLIOS

                                

Principal EDGE Asset Income ETF





APPENDIX B
[Changes based on proposal]

SERVICES

(a)      The Fund grants to ALPS the exclusive right to receive all orders for purchases of Creation Units of each portfolio from participating parties (“Authorized Participants”) which have entered into a participant agreement with ALPS and the transfer agent in accordance with the registration statement (“Participant Agreements”) and to transmit such orders to the Fund in accordance with the registration statement; provided, however, that nothing herein shall affect or limit the right and ability of the Fund to accept deposit securities and related cash components through or outside the clearing process, and as provided in and in accordance with the registration statement. The Fund acknowledges that ALPS shall not be obligated to accept any certain number of orders for Creation Units;provided, however, that ALPS shall accept all orders submitted in proper form unless the Fund has notified ALPS that it is in the best interests of a Fund to suspend sales of Creation Units .

(b)      ALPS agrees to act as agent of the Fund with respect to the continuous distribution of Creation Units of the Fund as set forth in the registration statement and in accordance with the provisions thereof. ALPS further agrees as follows: (a) ALPS shall enter into Participant Agreements among Authorized Participants, ALPS, and the transfer agent in accordance with the registration statement; (b) ALPS shall generate and transmit confirmations of Creation Unit purchase order acceptances to the purchaser; (c) ALPS shall deliver copies of the prospectus to purchasers of such Creation Units and upon request the statement of additional information; and (d) ALPS shall maintain telephonic, facsimile and/or access to direct computer communications links with the transfer agent.

(c)      (i)      ALPS agrees to use all reasonable efforts, consistent with its other business, to facilitate the purchase of Creation Units through Authorized Participants in accordance with the procedures set forth in the prospectus and statement of additional information and the Participant Agreements. Upon request, ALPS shall make available a list of Authorized Participants.

(ii)      ALPS shall, at its own expense, execute selected or soliciting dealer agreements with registered broker-dealers and other eligible entities providing for the purchase of Creation Units of Shares of the Fund and related promotional activities, in the forms as approved by the Board of Trustees of the Fund and in accordance with the Fund’s prospectus and statement of additional information. The Fund shall not furnish or cause to be furnished to any person or display or publish any information or materials relating to the Fund (including, without limitation, promotional materials and sales literature, advertisements, press releases, announcements, statements, posters, signs or other similar material), except such information and materials that have been approved in writing by ALPS. Furthermore, ALPS shall clear and file all advertising, sales, marketing and promotional materials of the Funds with FINRA.

(d)      If the Fund adopts any distribution and/or shareholder servicing plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act, ALPS agrees to administer the Fund’s distribution plan on behalf of the Fund. ALPS shall, at its own expense, set up and maintain a system of recording and payments for fees and reimbursement of expenses disseminated pursuant to this Agreement and any other related agreements under the Fund’s Rule 12b-1 Plans and shall, pursuant to the 1940 Act, report such payment activity under the Distribution Plan to the Fund at least quarterly.

(e)      All activities by ALPS and its agents and employees which are primarily intended to result in the sale of Creation Units shall comply with the registration statement, any and all exemptive orders issued to the Fund in connection with the offering of Fund Shares and Creation Units under this Agreement, the





instructions of the Board of Trustees of the Fund and all applicable laws, rules and regulations including, without limitation, all rules and regulations made or adopted pursuant to the 1940 Act by the SEC or any securities association registered under the 1934 Act, including FINRA and the Listing Exchange. To the extent applicable, ALPS will comply with the requirements set forth in (i) the 1934 Act Rule 19b-4 relief provided to the Listing Exchange in connection with the offering of a Portfolio’s shares and Creation Units under this Agreement.

(g)      Except as otherwise noted in the registration statement, the offering price for all Creation Units of Shares will be the aggregate net asset value of the Shares per Creation Unit of the portfolio, as determined in the manner described in the registration statement.

(h)      If and whenever the determination of net asset value is suspended and until such suspension is terminated, no further orders for Creation Units will be processed by ALPS except such unconditional orders as may have been placed with ALPS before it had knowledge of the suspension. In addition, the Fund reserves the right to suspend sales and ALPS’ authority to process orders for Creation Units on behalf of the Fund, upon due notice to ALPS, if, in the judgment of the Fund, it is in the best interests of the Fund to do so. Suspension will continue for such period as may be determined by the Fund.

(i)      ALPS is not authorized by the Fund to give any information or to make any representations other than those contained in the registration statement or prospectus or contained in shareholder reports or other material that may be prepared by or on behalf of the Fund for ALPS’ use. All information provided by ALPS to the Fund for inclusion in a registration statement shall not contain any untrue statements of material fact or omit state a material fact necessary to make a statement, in light of the circumstances in which it was made, not misleading.

(j)      The Board of Trustees shall approve the form of any Soliciting Dealer Agreement to be entered into by ALPS.

(k)      At the request of the Fund, ALPS shall enter into agreements, in the form specified by the Fund, with participants in the system for book-entry of The Depository Trust Company and the NSCC as described in the prospectus.

(l)      ALPS shall ensure that all direct requests for prospectuses, statements of additional of information and periodic fund reports, as applicable, are fulfilled. In addition, ALPS shall arrange to provide the Listing Exchange (and any other national stock exchange on which the Shares may be listed) with copies of prospectuses to be provided to purchasers in the secondary market. ALPS will generally make it known in the brokerage community that prospectuses and statements of additional information are available, including by (i) advising the Listing Exchange on behalf of its member firms of the same, (ii) making such disclosure in all marketing and advertising materials prepared and/or filed by ALPS with FINRA, and (iii) as may otherwise be required by the SEC.

(m)      ALPS agrees to make available, at the Fund’s request, one or more members of its staff to attend Board meetings of the Fund in order to provide information with regard to the ongoing distribution process and for such other purposes as may be requested by the Board of Trustees of the Fund.

(n)      ALPS will review all sales and marketing materials for compliance with applicable laws and conditions of any applicable exemptive order, and file such materials with FINRA when necessary or appropriate. All such sales and marketing materials must be approved, in writing, by ALPS prior to use; such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.





PRINCIPAL EXCHANGE-TRADED FUNDS
PARTICIPANT AGREEMENT

This Participant Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into by and among ALPS Distributors, Inc. (the “Distributor”) and [Firm] [Participant’s Name and NSCC#] (the “Participant”) and is subject to acceptance by State Street Bank and Trust Company, as transfer agent (the “Transfer Agent”). Principal Exchange-Traded Funds Trust (the “Trust”) is an open-end management investment company organized as a Delaware statutory trust consisting of separate investment portfolios (each, a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”) as set forth in Attachment A hereto. The Distributor has been retained as principal underwriter of the Trust and provides certain services in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of beneficial interest of the Funds (the “Shares”). The Transfer Agent has been retained to provide certain transfer agency services with respect to the purchase and redemption of Shares.

As specified in the Trust’s prospectuses and statements of additional information, as may be amended or supplemented from time to time (together, the “Prospectus”), Shares may be purchased or redeemed from a Fund only in aggregations of a specified number of Shares as set forth in the Prospectus (each, a “Creation Unit” and collectively, the “Creation Units”). The Prospectus describes the primary form of consideration to be provided to the applicable Fund by the Participant for its own account or on behalf of any party for which it is acting (whether a customer or otherwise) (“Participant Client”), which generally includes a designated portfolio of securities (the “Deposit Securities”) and/or cash. Creation Units shall generally be redeemed in exchange for Fund securities (“Fund Securities”) and/or cash, as described in the Prospectus. The Participant also pays applicable transaction fees (“Transaction Fees”) and Taxes (as defined below). All references to “cash” shall refer to US Dollars. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Prospectus.

This Agreement is intended to set forth the terms and procedures pursuant to which the Participant may create and/or redeem Creation Units through the Continuous Net Settlement (“CNS”) clearing processes of the National Securities Clearing Corporation (“NSCC”) as such processes have been enhanced to effect purchases and redemptions of Creation Units, such processes being referred to herein as the “Clearing Process”, or (ii) outside the Clearing Process ( i.e., through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”)).

The parties hereto in consideration of the premises and of the mutual agreements contained herein agree as follows:

1.
STATUS AND ROLE OF PARTICIPANT .
a. Clearing Status. The Participant represents, covenants and warrants that with respect to orders for the purchase of Creation Units (“Creation Orders”) or orders for the redemption of Creation Units (“Redemption Orders” and, together with “Creation Orders”, “Orders”) of any Fund (i) by means of the Clearing Process, it is a member in good standing of the NSCC and a participant in the CNS System of the NSCC and agrees that it will remain in good standing throughout the term of this Agreement (a “Participating Party”); (ii) outside the Clearing Process, it is a DTC Participant (a “DTC Participant”); and (iii) it has the ability to transact through the Federal Reserve System. The Participant may place Orders either through the Clearing Process or outside the Clearing Process, subject to the procedures for purchase and redemption of Creation Units set forth in the Prospectus, this Agreement and all attachments hereto, as may be amended from time to time (the “Procedures”). Any change in the foregoing status of Participant shall terminate this Agreement and Participant shall give prompt notice to the Distributor, Transfer Agent and the Trust of such change.






b. Broker-Dealer Status. The Participant represents, covenants and warrants that it is (i) registered as a broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (ii) qualified to act as a broker or dealer in the states or other jurisdictions where it transacts business, and (iii) a member in good standing of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”). The Participant agrees that it will maintain such registrations, qualifications and membership in good standing and in full force and effect throughout the term of this Agreement. The Participant further agrees to comply with all applicable U.S. federal laws, the laws of the states or other jurisdictions concerned, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and with the Constitution, By-Laws and Conduct Rules of FINRA (including any NASD Rules that remain operative until such rules are subsequently renamed, repealed, rescinded or are otherwise replaced by FINRA Rules), and that it will not offer or sell Shares of any Fund in any state or jurisdiction where they may not lawfully be offered and/or sold. Any change in the foregoing status of Participant shall result in the automatic termination of this Agreement and Participant shall give prompt notice to the Distributor, Transfer Agent and the Trust of such change.

c. Underwriter Status. The Participant understands and acknowledges that the method by which Creation Units will be created and traded may raise certain issues under applicable securities laws. For example, because new Creation Units of Shares may be issued and sold by a Fund on an ongoing basis, a “distribution”, as such term is used in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“1933 Act”), may occur at any point. The Participant understands and acknowledges that some activities on its part, depending on the circumstances, may result in it being deemed a participant in a distribution in a manner which could render it a statutory underwriter and subject it to the prospectus delivery and liability provisions of the 1933 Act. The Participant also understands and acknowledges that dealers who are not “underwriters,” but who effect transactions in Shares, whether or not participating in the distribution of Shares, are generally required to deliver a prospectus.

d. Agency. The Participant shall have no authority in any transaction to act as agent of the Distributor, Transfer Agent, the Trust or their agents. The Participant acknowledges and agrees that for all purposes of this Agreement, the Participant will be deemed to be an independent contractor. The Participant agrees to make itself and its employees available, upon request, during normal business hours to consult with the Trust, the Transfer Agent or the Distributor or their designees concerning the performance of the Participant’s responsibilities under this Agreement.

e. Rights and Obligations as DTC Participant. The Participant agrees that in connection with any transactions in which it acts for a Participant Client, including, without limitation, for any other DTC Participant or indirect participant, or any other beneficial owner of Shares (each, a “Beneficial Owner”), that it shall extend to any such party all of the rights, and shall be bound by all of the obligations, of a DTC Participant, in addition to any obligations that it undertakes hereunder or in accordance with the Prospectus.

f. Qualified Institutional Buyer Status . The Participant represents, covenants and warrants that it currently is, and will continue to be throughout the term of this Agreement, a “qualified institutional buyer” as such term is defined in Rule 144A of the 1933 Act. Any change in the foregoing status of Participant shall terminate this Agreement and Participant shall give prompt notice to the Distributor, Transfer Agent and the Trust of such change.






g. No Affiliation. The Participant represents, covenants and warrants that, during the term of this Agreement, it will not be an affiliated person of a Fund, a promoter or a principal underwriter of a Fund or an affiliated person of such persons, except to the extent that the Participant may be deemed to be an affiliated person under 2(a)(3)(A) or 2(a)(3)(C) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), due to ownership of Shares. The Participant shall give prompt notice to the Distributor, Transfer Agent and the Trust of any change to the foregoing status.

h. Agent for Proxy. The Participant represents, covenants and warrants that, from time to time, it may be a Beneficial Owner or legal owner of Shares (as that term is defined in Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of the 1934 Act). The Participant agrees to irrevocably appoint the Distributor as its agent and proxy with full authorization and power to vote (or abstain from voting) its beneficially or legally owned Shares which the Participant has not rehypothecated and which the Participant is or may be entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders of the Company held after the effective date of this Agreement, whether annual or special and whether or not an adjourned meeting, or, if applicable, to give written consent with respect thereto. The Distributor shall vote (or abstain from voting) such Shares in accordance with Distributor’s proxy voting policies and procedures, with complete independence from and without any regard to any views, statements or interests of the Participant, its affiliates or any other person. The Participant acknowledges that the Distributor will not exercise discretion or otherwise provide advice or guidance to the Participant or any other party in connection with any vote (or abstention thereof). The Distributor may carry out its responsibilities hereunder through an agent, nominee, attorney or such other third party as it deems necessary or appropriate, to the extent allowable pursuant to applicable law.

For purposes of this 1.h., beneficially owned Shares shall not include those Shares for which the Participant is the record owner but which are held for the benefit of third parties or in customer or fiduciary accounts in the ordinary course of business, unless the Participant instructs the Distributor in writing otherwise. The Participant acknowledges that the Distributor will not exercise the voting rights applicable to such Shares unless the Participant instructs the Distributor in writing otherwise. For the avoidance of doubt, it shall be the responsibility of the Participant to instruct the Distributor in writing as to which Shares will/will not be voted by the agent and proxy pursuant to this Section. The Participant represents that it has all the necessary legal power and authority to vote, and to appoint an agent and proxy to vote, all such Shares as contemplated herein. The Participant hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Distributor from and against any loss, liability, cost or expense suffered or incurred by such Distributor resulting directly from losses, liabilities or expenses resulting from this Proxy other than those arising from the negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the Distributor.

The Distributor, as proxy for the Participant hereunder: (i) is hereby given full power of substitution and revocation; (ii) may act through such agents, nominees, or attorneys as it may appoint from time to time; and (iii) may provide voting instructions to such agents, nominees, or substitute attorneys in any lawful manner deemed appropriate by it, including in writing, by telephone, facsimile, electronically (including through the internet) or otherwise. The powers of such agent and proxy shall include (without limiting its general powers hereunder) the power to receive and waive any notice of any meeting on behalf of the Participant. The Distributor may terminate this irrevocable proxy (i.e., Section 1.h.) after sixty (60) days written notice to the Participant and termination of this irrevocable proxy by itself shall not serve to terminate the Agreement.






2.
EXECUTION OF ORDERS (GENERAL TERMS) .
a. Purchase and Redemption of Creation Units. All Orders shall be handled by each party hereto in accordance with the terms of the Prospectus and this Agreement (which includes the Procedures). Each party hereto agrees to comply with the provisions of such documents to the extent applicable to it. In the event of a conflict between the Prospectus and the Procedures, the Prospectus shall control.

b. NSCC. Solely with respect to orders for the purchase or redemption of Creation Units through the Clearing Process, the Participant as a Participating Party hereby authorizes the Transfer Agent or its designee to transmit to NSCC on behalf of the Participant such instructions, including Share and cash amounts as are necessary with respect to the purchase and redemption of Creation Units, consistent with the instructions issued by the Participant. The Participant agrees to be bound by the terms of such instructions issued by the Transfer Agent or its designee on behalf of the Trust and reported to NSCC as though such instructions were issued by the Participant directly to NSCC.

c. Consent to Recording. It is contemplated that the phone lines used by the Distributor, the Transfer Agent and/or their affiliated persons will be recorded, and the Participant hereby consents to the recording of all calls with any of those parties.

d. Irrevocability. The Participant acknowledges and agrees on behalf of itself and any Participant Client that delivery of any Order shall be irrevocable, provided that the Trust, Transfer Agent and the Distributor on behalf of the Trust each reserve the right to reject any Order for any reason.

e. Prospectus Delivery. The Participant understands a current Prospectus and all required reports for each applicable Fund are available at [www.__________.com] (or any successor website). The Distributor will provide to the Participant copies of the prospectus, and the Pa rticipant consents to the delivery of all prospectuses electronically by e-mail at ____________@ ______________. com [Participant’s e-mail address]. The Participant agrees to maintain a valid e-mail address and further agrees to promptly notify the other parties if its e-mail address changes. The Participant can revoke this consent upon written notice to the other parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Distributor agrees to provide to the Participant upon request a reasonable number of paper copies of either (i) a Fund’s statutory prospectus or (ii) in the sole discretion of the Distributor, a Fund’s summary prospectus in accordance with Rule 498 under the 1933 Act (or any successor rule). The Participant acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus and represents it has reviewed the Prospectus and understands the terms thereof, and further acknowledges that the procedures contained therein pertaining to the purchase and redemption of Shares are incorporated herein by reference.

3.
EXECUTION OF ORDERS FOR CREATION UNITS .
a. Title to Securities; Restricted Shares. The Participant represents on behalf of itself and any Participant Client that, upon delivery of a portfolio of Deposit Securities to the Trust’s custodian (“Custodian”), the Trust will acquire good and unencumbered title to such securities, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges, duties and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claims, including, without limitation, any restriction upon the sale or transfer of such securities imposed by (i) any agreement or arrangement entered into by the Participant or any Participant Client in connection with a transaction to purchase Shares or (ii) any provision of the 1933 Act and regulations thereunder (except that portfolio securities of issuers other than U.S. issuers shall not be required to have been registered under the Securities Act if exempt from such registration), or of the applicable laws or regulations of any other applicable jurisdiction, and no such securities are “restricted securities,” as such term is used in Rule 144(a)(3)(i) of the 1933 Act.






b. Corporate Actions. With respect to any Creation Order of a particular Fund, such Fund acknowledges and agrees to return to the Participant any dividend, distribution or other corporate action paid to the Fund in respect of any Deposit Security transferred to the Fund that, based on the valuation of such Deposit Security at the time of transfer, should have been paid to the Participant or Participant Client.

c. Beneficial Ownership. The Participant represents and warrants to the Distributor, Transfer Agent and the Trust that (based upon the number of outstanding Shares of each Fund made publicly available by the Trust) (i) it does not hold, and will not as a result of the contemplated transaction hold, for the account of any single Beneficial Owner of Shares of the relevant Fund, eighty percent (80%) or more of the outstanding Shares of the relevant Fund, or (ii) if it does hold for the account of any single Beneficial Owner of Shares of the relevant Fund, eighty percent (80%) or more of the outstanding Shares of the relevant Fund, that such a circumstance would not result in the Fund acquiring a basis in the portfolio securities deposited with the Fund with respect to an order to create Shares in such Fund different from the market value of such portfolio securities on the date of such order, pursuant to Section 351 and 362 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Such representation and warranty shall be deemed repeated with respect to each Creation Order for each Fund. If more than one Beneficial Owner is combined in any Creation Order, this representation is made by taking into account all such Beneficial Owners’ ownership of Shares as a group. The Participant understands and agrees that the order form relating to any Creation Order of any Fund shall state substantially the same foregoing representations and warranties.

The Distributor, Transfer Agent or the Trust may request information from the Participant regarding Share ownership and to rely thereon to the extent necessary to make a determination regarding ownership of eighty percent (80%) or more of the outstanding Fund Shares by a Beneficial Owner as a condition to the acceptance of Deposit Securities.

d. Deposit Securities and/or Relevant Cash Amounts. The Participant understands that the amount of any cash and the identity and the required number of Deposit Securities, as applicable, to be included with respect to any Creation Order (based on information at the end of the previous Business Day) for each Fund will be made available on each Business Day, prior to the opening of business on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) through the facilities of the NSCC. The Participant understands that a Creation Unit will not be issued until the requisite cash and/or Deposit Securities, as applicable, Transaction Fees and Taxes (as defined below) are transferred to the Trust on or before the settlement date in accordance with the Prospectus and in accordance with any instructions provided by the Trust, the Custodian with respect to cash payments, delivery and settlement.

4.
EXECUTION OF REDEMPTION REQUESTS .
a. Order Placement. The Participant represents, covenants and warrants that it will not attempt to place a Redemption Order unless it first ascertains that (a) it or the Participant Client, as the case may be, owns outright or has full legal authority and legal beneficial right to tender for redemption the requisite number of Shares to be redeemed and receive the entire proceeds of the redemption, and (b) such Shares have not been loaned or pledged to another party nor are they the subject of a repurchase agreement, securities lending agreement or such other arrangement which would preclude the delivery of such Shares in accordance with the Prospectus and on a “regular way” basis, or as otherwise required by the Trust. The Participant understands that Shares of any Fund may be redeemed only when one or more Creation Units of Shares are held in the account of a single Participant. In the event that the Distributor, Transfer Agent and/or the Trust believes that a Participant does not have the requisite number of Shares to be redeemed as a Creation Unit, the Distributor, Transfer Agent and/or Trust may reject without liability the Participant’s Redemption Order.






b. Additional Payment on Redemption . In the event that the Participant receives Fund Securities the value of which exceeds the net asset value of the applicable Fund at the time of redemption, the Participant agrees to pay, on the same business day it is notified, or cause the Participant Client to pay, on such day, to the applicable Fund an amount in cash equal to the difference.

c. Corporate Actions. The Participant on behalf of itself and any Participant Client acknowledges and agrees to return to the applicable Fund any dividend, interest, distribution or other corporate action paid to it or to Participant Client in respect of any Fund Security that is transferred to the Participant or any Participant Client that, based on the valuation of such Fund Security at the time of transfer, should have been paid to the Fund. The Fund is entitled to reduce the amount of proceeds due to the Participant or Participant Client by an amount equal to any dividend, interest distribution or other corporate action paid to the Participant or to Participant Client in respect of any Fund Security that is transferred to the Participant or to Participant Client that, based on the valuation of such Fund Security at the time of transfer, should have been paid to the Fund.

5.      PARTICIPANT RECORDS, POLICIES AND REPRESENTATIONS .
a. Maintenance of Records. The Participant agrees to maintain records of all sales of Shares made by or through it and to furnish copies of such records to the Trust, Transfer Agent and/or the Distributor upon request.
 
b. Privacy. The Participant represents that it has procedures in place that are reasonably designed to protect the privacy of non-public personal consumer/customer financial information to the extent required by applicable U.S. Federal and state laws, rules and regulations and will continue to do so throughout the term of this Agreement.

c. Shareholder Information . The Participant agrees: (i) subject to any privacy obligations or other obligations arising under the federal or state securities laws it may have to its customers, to assist the Distributor and/or the Trust in ascertaining certain information regarding sales of Shares made by or through Participant upon the request of the Trust or the Distributor necessary for the Funds to comply with their obligations to distribute information to their shareholders as may be required from time to time under applicable state or federal securities laws, or (ii) in lieu thereof, and at the option of the Participant, the Participant may undertake to deliver to its customers that are shareholders of the Funds, the Prospectuses, as may be amended or supplemented from time to time, proxy material, annual and other reports of the Funds or other similar information that the Funds are obligated or otherwise desire to deliver to their shareholders, after receipt from the Funds or the Distributor of sufficient, reasonable quantities of the same to allow mailing thereof to such customers. 
d. Anti-Money Laundering. The Participant represents, covenants and warrants that it has established an anti-money laundering program (“AML Program”) that, at a minimum, (i) designates a compliance officer to administer and oversee the AML Program, (ii) provides ongoing employee training, (iii) includes an independent audit function to test the effectiveness of the AML Program, (iv) establishes internal policies, procedures, and controls that are tailored to its particular business, (v) includes a customer identification program consistent with the rules under section 326 of the USA Patriot Act, (vi) provides for the filing of all necessary anti-money laundering reports including, but not limited to, currency transaction reports and suspicious activity reports, (vii) provides for screening all new and existing customers against reports and suspicious activity reports, (vii) provides for screening all new and existing customers against the Office of Foreign Asset Control list and any other government list that is or becomes required under the USA Patriot Act, and (viii) allows for





appropriate regulators to examine its anti-money laundering books and records. The Participant agrees that, throughout the term of this Agreement, it will maintain the AML Program in substantial conformity with the foregoing provisions as may be amended or supplemented by applicable U.S. federal regulations. Any change in the foregoing shall result in the automatic termination of this Agreement, and Participant shall give prompt notice to the Distributor, Transfer Agent and the Trust of such change. Should the Participant not comply with any of the foregoing obligations, the Participant shall give prompt notice to the Distributor and Transfer Agent that describes the non-compliant incident and either the Distributor or Transfer Agent may then elect to terminate this Agreement.

e. Marketing Materials. The Participant represents, warrants and agrees that it will not make any representations concerning a Fund, the Trust, Creation Units or Shares other than those contained in the Prospectus or in any promotional materials or sales literature furnished to the Participant by the Distributor. The Participant agrees not to furnish or cause to be furnished to any person or display or publish any information or materials relating to a Fund, Creation Units or Shares (including, without limitation, promotional materials and sales literature, advertisements, press releases, announcements, statements, posters, signs or other similar materials, but not including any materials prepared and used for the Participant’s internal use only or brokerage communications prepared by the Participant in the normal course of its business and consistent with the Prospectus and in accordance with applicable laws and regulations) (“Marketing Materials”), except such Marketing Materials as may be furnished to the Participant by the Distributor and such other Marketing Materials as may be approved in writing by the Distributor. The Participant understands that the Funds may not be advertised or marketed as open-end investment companies ( i.e., as mutual funds) that offer redeemable securities, and that any advertising materials will prominently disclose that the Shares are not individually redeemable shares of beneficial interest in the Trust. In addition, the Participant understands that any advertising material that addresses redemptions of Shares, including the Prospectus, will disclose that the owners of Shares may acquire Shares and tender Shares for redemption to the Trust in Creation Unit aggregations only. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant or an affiliate of the Participant may, without the written approval of the Distributor, prepare and circulate in the regular course of its business research reports that include information, opinions or recommendations relating to a Fund (i) for public dissemination, provided that such research reports compare the relative merits and benefits of Shares with other products and are not used for purposes of marketing Shares and (ii) for internal use by the Participant. The Participant acknowledges that the Trust, Distributor, Transfer Agent, the Trust’s investment adviser and their affiliates may disclose that the Participant is acting as an authorized participant with respect to the Trust’s Shares and has entered into this Agreement.

6.
AUTHORIZED PERSONS .
a. Certification. Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement and from time to time thereafter, the Participant shall deliver to the Distributor, the Transfer Agent and the Trust, duly certified as appropriate by its secretary or other duly authorized official, a certificate, in the form set forth in Attachment C (or pursuant to other documentation deemed acceptable by the Trust, Transfer Agent or Distributor in their sole discretion) (the “Certificate”), setting forth the names, signatures and other requested information of all persons authorized to give instructions relating to any activity contemplated hereby or any other notice, request or instruction on behalf of the Participant (each an “Authorized Person”). Such Certificate may be accepted and relied upon by the Transfer Agent, the Distributor and the Trust as conclusive evidence of the facts set forth therein and shall be considered to be in full force and effect until delivery to the Transfer Agent, the Distributor and the Trust of a superseding Certificate bearing a subsequent date.






b. Personal Identification Number. The Transfer Agent or Distributor, as the case may be, shall issue to each Authorized Person a unique personal identification number (“PIN”) by which such Authorized Person and the Participant shall be identified and instructions issued by the Participant hereunder shall be authenticated.

c. Termination of Authority. Upon the termination or revocation of authority of such Authorized Person by the Participant, the Participant shall give prompt written notice of such fact to the Distributor, Transfer Agent and the Trust and such notice shall be effective upon receipt by the Distributor, Transfer Agent and the Trust.

d. Verification. The Transfer Agent and Distributor shall assume that all instructions issued to them using a PIN have been properly placed by an Authorized Person, unless the Transfer Agent or Distributor, as the case may be, has actual knowledge to the contrary or the Participant has properly revoked such PIN as provided herein. Neither the Distributor nor the Transfer Agent shall have any obligation to verify that an Order is being placed by an Authorized Person.

7.
PAYMENT OF CERTAIN FEES AND TAXES .
a. Transaction Fees. In connection with the purchase or redemption of Creation Units, the Participant agrees to pay on behalf of itself or the Participant Client the Transaction Fee prescribed in the Prospectus as applicable to the Participant’s transaction. The Trust reserves the right to adjust any Transaction Fee subject to any limitation as prescribed in the Prospectus.

b. Other Fees and Taxes . In connection with the purchase or redemption of Creation Units, the Participant acknowledges and agrees that the computation of any cash amount to be paid by or to the Participant shall exclude any taxes or other fees and expenses payable upon the transfer of beneficial ownership of Deposit Securities or Fund Securities. To the extent any payment of any transfer tax, sales or use tax, stamp tax, recording tax, value added tax or any other similar tax, fee or government charge (collectively, “Taxes”) applicable to the purchase or redemption of any Creation Units made pursuant to this Agreement is imposed, the Participant shall be also responsible for the payment of any such Taxes regardless of whether or not such Taxes are imposed directly on the Participant. To the extent the Trust, the Distributor or their agents pay any such Taxes or they are otherwise imposed, the Participant agrees to promptly indemnify and pay such party for any such payment, together with any applicable penalties, additions to tax or interest thereon. This section shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
    
8.
INDEMNIFICATION .
This Section 8 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

a. The Participant hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Distributor, the Trust, the Transfer Agent and their respective subsidiaries, affiliates, directors, officers, employees and agents, and each person, if any, who controls such persons within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (each an “AP Indemnified Party”) from and against any loss, liability, cost and expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) (“Losses”) incurred by such AP Indemnified Party as a result of (i) any material breach by the Participant of any provision of this Agreement that relates to such Participant; (ii) any material failure on the part of the Participant to perform any of its obligations set forth in the Agreement; (iii) any material failure by the Participant to comply with applicable laws, including rules and regulations of self-regulatory organizations; (iv) actions of such AP Indemnified Party taken pursuant to any instructions issued in accordance with Attachment B hereto (as such may be amended from time to time) reasonably believed by the Distributor and/or the Transfer Agent to be genuine





and to have been given by the Participant; or (v)(1) any representation by the Participant, its employees or its agents or other representatives about the Shares, any AP Indemnified Party or the Trust that is not consistent with the Trust’s then current Prospectus made in connection with the offer or the solicitation of an offer to buy or sell Shares; and (2) any untrue statement of a material fact or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any research reports, marketing material and sales literature described in Section 5(e) hereof or any alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading to the extent that such statement or omission relates to the Shares, any AP Indemnified Party or the Trust, unless, in either case, such representation, statement or omission was made or included by the Distributor or the Trust in materials furnished to the Participant or by the Participant at the written direction of the Trust or the Distributor or is based upon any omission or alleged omission by the Trust or the Distributor to state a material fact in connection with such representation, statement or omission necessary to make such representation, statement or omission not misleading. The Participant and the Distributor understand and agree that the Trust as a third party beneficiary to this Agreement is entitled and intends to proceed directly against the Participant in the event that the Participant fails to honor any of its obligations pursuant to this Agreement that benefit the Trust. The Participant shall not be liable to the AP Indemnified Party for any damages arising out of mistakes or errors in data provided to the Participant, or mistakes or errors by, or out of interruptions or delays of communications with, the AP Indemnified Parties who are service providers to the Trust.

b. The Distributor hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Participant, its respective subsidiaries, affiliates, directors, officers, employees and agents, and each person, if any, who controls such persons within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (each a “Distributor Indemnified Party”) from and against any Losses incurred by such Distributor Indemnified Party as a result of (i) any material breach by the Distributor of any provision of this Agreement that relates to the Distributor, (ii) any material failure on the part of the Distributor to perform any of its obligations set forth in this Agreement; (iii) any material failure by the Distributor to comply with applicable laws, including rules and regulations of self-regulatory organizations; (iv) actions of such Distributor Indemnified Party in reliance upon any instructions issued or representations made in accordance with Attachment B hereto (as such may be amended from time to time) reasonably believed by the Distributor Indemnified Party to be genuine and to have been given by the Distributor; or (v)(1) any representation by the Distributor, its employees or its agents or other representatives about the Shares or any AP Indemnified Party that is not consistent with the Trust’s then current Prospectus made in connection with the offer or solicitation of an offer to buy or sell Creation Units; and (2) any untrue statement of a material fact or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement of the Trust as originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or in any amendment thereof, or in any prospectus or any statement of additional information, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The Distributor shall not be liable to any Distributor Indemnified Party for any damages arising out of mistakes or errors in data provided to the Distributor, or mistakes or errors by, or out of interruptions or delays of communications with the Distributor Indemnified Parties, due to any action of a service provider to the Trust.

c. This Section 8 shall not apply to the extent any such Losses are incurred as a result or in connection with any gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of any AP Indemnified Party or the Distributor Indemnified Party, as the case may be. The term “affiliate” in this Section 8 shall include, with respect to any person, entity or organization, any other person, entity or organization





which directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person, entity or organization.

9.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY .
This Section 9 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

a. Express Duties. The Distributor and the Transfer Agent undertake to perform such duties and only such duties as are expressly set forth herein, or expressly incorporated herein by reference, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against the Distributor or the Transfer Agent. The parties understand and agree that the Trust is a limited a party to this Agreement for the sole purpose of accepting such Agreement. Accordingly, the Trust has not agreed to undertake any obligations under this Agreement nor made any representations or warranties under this Agreement and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against the Trust.

The Trust’s Declaration of Trust (as may be amended and/or restated) (each, a “Declaration of Trust”) which is hereby referred to and a copy of which is on file with the Secretary of the State of Delaware, provides that the name Principal EDGE Active Income ETF means the Trustees from time to time serving (as Trustees but not personally) under such Declaration of Trust. It is expressly acknowledged and agreed that to the extent the Trust hereunder shall have been deemed to have obligations hereunder, such obligations shall not be binding upon any of the shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees or agents of the Trust, personally, but shall bind only the trust property of the Trust, as provided in its Declaration of Trust. The execution and delivery of this Agreement have been authorized by the Trustees of the Trust and signed by an officer of the Trust, acting as such, and neither such authorization by such Trustees nor such execution and delivery by such officer shall be deemed to have been made by any of them individually or to impose any liability on any of them personally, but shall bind only the trust property of the Trust as provided in its Declaration of Trust.

The Distributor and the Transfer Agent each agree that no provision in this Section 9 shall relieve such party from its obligations to a Trust under any servicing agreement that it has entered into with such Trust.

b. Limited Liability. In the absence of bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct on its part, neither the Distributor nor the Transfer Agent, whether acting directly or through agents, affiliates or attorneys, shall be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted or for any error of judgment made by any of them in the performance of their duties hereunder. Neither the Distributor nor the Transfer Agent shall be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith unless the party exercising such shall have been grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts necessary to make such judgment. In no event shall the Distributor or the Transfer Agent be liable for any special, indirect, incidental, exemplary, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to loss of revenue, loss of actual or anticipated profit, loss of contracts, loss of the use of money, loss of anticipated savings, loss of business, loss of opportunity, loss of market share, loss of goodwill or loss of reputation), even if such parties have been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. In no event shall the Distributor or the Transfer Agent be liable for: (i) the acts or omissions of DTC, NSCC or any other securities depository or clearing corporation; or (ii) losses incurred by the Participant or Participant Client as a result of unauthorized use of any PIN. Further, the Distributor shall not be liable for any action or failure to take any action with respect to the voting matters set forth in Section 1.h. above.






c. Force Majeure. Neither the Distributor nor the Transfer Agent shall be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of their obligations under this Agreement arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation, acts of God; earthquakes; fires; floods; wars; civil or military disturbances; terrorism; sabotage; epidemics; riots; interruptions; loss or malfunction of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communications service; accidents; labor disputes; acts of civil or military authority or governmental actions.

d. Reliance on Instructions. The Distributor and the Transfer Agent may conclusively rely upon, and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon, any communication authorized under this Agreement and the Procedures and upon any written or oral instruction, notice, request, direction or consent reasonably believed by them to be genuine.
e. No Advancement by Transfer Agent. The Transfer Agent shall not be required to advance, expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur or become exposed to financial liability in the performance of its duties hereunder, except as may be required as a result of its own gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith.

f. Data Errors and Communication Delays. Neither the Distributor nor the Transfer Agent shall be liable to the Participant or to any other person for any damages arising out of mistakes or errors in data provided to the Distributor or the Transfer Agent by a third party, or out of interruptions or delays of electronic means of communications with the Distributor or the Transfer Agent.

10.
NOTICES . Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, all notices and amendments required or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be given in writing and delivered by (i) personal delivery, (ii) postage prepaid registered or certified United States first class mail, return receipt requested, (iii) overnight traceable mail ( e.g., Federal Express), (iv) facsimile, (v) electronic mail (e-mail) or (vi) similar means of same day delivery. Unless otherwise notified in writing, all notices to the Trust shall be given or sent as follows: Principal EDGE Active Income ETF, 655 9th Street, Des Moines, IA 50392, Attn.: Legal.

All notices to the Participant, Distributor or Transfer Agent, as the case may be, shall be directed to the address, telephone, facsimile numbers or e-mail addresses indicated below the signature line of such party; provided, however, in the case of communications by the Distributor or Transfer Agent to the Participant with respect to any Order as detailed in the Procedures, the Distributor and Transfer Agent shall contact an Authorized Person or other Participant designee at such telephone number, e-mail address or facsimile number provided by such person.

11.
TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT . This Agreement shall become effective in this form as of the date accepted by the Trust and may be terminated at any time by any party upon thirty days prior notice to the other parties (i) unless earlier terminated by the Trust in the event of a breach of this Agreement or the Procedures described herein by the Participant or (ii) in the event that the Trust is terminated for any reason.

This Agreement may be amended by the Trust from time to time by the following procedure: the Trust will provide a copy of any such amendment to the Distributor, the Transfer Agent and the Participant. If neither the Distributor, the Transfer Agent nor the Participant objects in writing to the amendment within ten (10) days, the amendment will become part of this Agreement in accordance with its terms. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Transfer Agent and Distributor reserve the right to revise the Procedures or issue additional procedures relating to the manner of creating or redeeming





Creation Units upon written acknowledgement of acceptance of such revised Procedures by the Participant, the Transfer Agent and the Distributor.

12.
ENTIRE AGREEMENT . This Agreement and the Procedures, which are hereby incorporated herein by reference, supersede any prior agreement between or among the parties with respect to the subject matter contained herein and constitute the entire agreement among the parties regarding the matters contained herein.
13.
ASSIGNMENT . No party may assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement (in whole or in part) without the prior written consent of the other parties, which shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided that, any party may assign its rights and obligations hereunder (in whole, but not in part) without such consent to an entity acquiring all, or substantially all of its assets or business or to an affiliate so long as the acquiring entity is able to comply and fulfill the duties and obligations under this Agreement.
14.
SEVERANCE . If any provision of this Agreement is held by any court or any act, regulation, rule or decision of any other governmental or supranational body or authority or regulatory or self-regulatory organization to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason, it shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable only to the extent so held and shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement so long as this Agreement, as so modified, continues to express, without material change, the original intentions of the parties as to the subject matter of this Agreement and the deletion of such portion of this Agreement will not substantially impair the respective benefits, obligations, or expectations of the parties to this Agreement.

15.
COUNTERPARTS . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

16.
GOVERNING LAW . This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof.  The parties irrevocably submit to the personal jurisdiction and service and venue of any federal or state court within the State of Delaware having subject matter jurisdiction, for the purpose of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

17.
TRUST AS THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY . The parties understand and agree that the Trust, as a third party beneficiary to this Agreement, is entitled and intend to proceed directly against the Participant in the event that the Participant fails to honor any of its obligations pursuant to this Agreement that benefit the Trust.

18.
INTERPRETATION . Titles and section headings are included solely for convenient reference and are not a part of this Agreement.



See next page for signature


    





IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the _______ day of                  , 2015.

ALPS DISTRIBUTORS, INC.

BY:                         
PRINTED NAME:                 
TITLE:                     
ADDRESS:      1290 Broadway, Suite 1100         
Denver, CO 80203         
TELEPHONE: (303) 623-2577         
FACSIMILE:      (303) 824-3320     

            
PARTICIPANT:

NAME:                             
NSCC#:                     
TAX ID#:                     

BY:                 
PRINTED NAME:                 
TITLE:                     
ADDRESS:                     
                        
TELEPHONE:                 
FACSIMILE:                     
E-MAIL:                         


ACCEPTED BY:
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST
COMPANY, as Transfer Agent

BY:                         
     PRINTED NAME:     
TITLE:         
ADDRESS:                                      TELEPHONE:             
FACSIMILE:                                     






ATTACHMENT A

Principal Exchange-Traded Funds

Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
[Ticker Pending]
NYSE Arca



     






ATTACHMENT B
This document supplements the Prospectus and the Participant Agreement (the “Agreement”) with respect to the procedures to be used by (i) the Transfer Agent and Distributor in processing orders for the purchase of Creation Units of the Fund (“Creation Orders”) and (ii) the Transfer Agent in processing orders for the redemption of Creation Units of the Fund (“Redemption Orders” and, together with Creation Orders, “Orders”).

Before placing an Order, a Participant must have signed the Agreement. The Transfer Agent or Distributor, as the case may be, will assign a personal identification number (“PIN”) to each Authorized Person authorized to act for the Participant. This will allow a Participant through its Authorized Person(s) to place an Order with respect to Creation Units.

TO PLACE AN ORDER FOR PURCHASE OR REDEMPTION OF CREATION UNITS

1.
Placing an Order .

a. General . To the extent possible, Orders shall be submitted through the Internet (“Web Order Site” or “Fund Connect”) as described in section 1.b. below. If Fund Connect is not available, Orders may be placed by telephone, as described in section 1.c. If the Transfer Agent has not provided an order number to a Participant in response to the Participant’s request for creation unit(s) and the Participant has not transmitted the Order Form to the Transfer Agent prior to the Order Cut-Off Time (as defined below), the Order will not be Complete and will not be processed. Redemption Orders that are not completed prior to the Order Cut-Off Time will be processed on the next Business Day, unless withdrawn in writing by the Participant.
b.
Using Fund Connect to Initiate the Order . An Authorized Person for the Participant will log in to Fund Connect prior to the cut-off time for placing Orders with the Fund (the “Order Cut-Off Time”) set forth in the particular Fund’s order form (“Order Form”) and enter the terms of the Order. An Order must be submitted as of the Order Cut-Off Time on the day the Order was placed if it is to be processed by Fund Connect in accordance with the procedures outlined below and in the documents listed in the following paragraph.
Orders submitted through Fund Connect must be in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Prospectus, the Web Order Site, the State Street Fund Connect Buy-Side User Agreement (the “Fund Connect Agreement,” which must be separately entered into by the Participant) and the applicable Fund Connect User Guide (or any successor documents). To the extent that any provision of this Agreement (including this Attachment A) is inconsistent with any provision of any Fund Connect Agreement, the Fund Connect Agreement shall control with respect to State Street’s provision of the Web Order Site; provided, however, it is not the intention of the parties to otherwise modify the rights, duties and obligations of the parties under the Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect until otherwise expressly modified or terminated in accordance with its terms. Notwithstanding the forgoing, the Participant acknowledges that references to the applicable Fund Connect User Guide (or any successor documents) contained herein are for instructional purposes only, and such Fund Connect User Guide (or any successor documents) does not contain any additional representations, warranties or obligations by the Trust, the Transfer Agent, the Distributor or their respective agents.
c. Using a Telephone Call to Initiate the Order . In the event the Fund Connect service is unavailable, an Authorized Person for the Participant may call the Transfer Agent’s telephone representative at the number listed on the Order Form prior to the Order Cut-Off Time to place an Order and receive an Order Number, as described further below. The telephone call must be





answered and the Order number must be issued prior to the Order Cut-Off Time. All paperwork, including a completed Order Form consistent with the telephonic instructions, required of the Participant must also be submitted to the Transfer Agent prior to the Order Cut-Off Time. Once an order number is issued and Order Form is submitted, the Order is Complete and is irrevocable by the Participant and may only be canceled by the Transfer Agent, Distributor or Trust in accordance with the provisions listed herein. If the corresponding Order Form is not submitted in good form prior to the Order Cut-Off Time or is inconsistent with the order as communicated by the Participant to the Transfer Agent, the Order will not be Complete and will not be processed. Non-standard Orders generally must be arranged with the Trust in advance of Order placement. The Order Form (as may be revised from time to time) is incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement.
 
Upon verifying the authenticity of the caller (as determined by the use of the appropriate PIN) and the terms of the Order, the telephone representative will issue a unique Order Number. The Participant will transmit the terms of the Order in an electronic mail version of the Order Form to the Transfer Agent. All Orders with respect to the purchase or redemption of Creation Units are required to be in writing (by email or, as provided below, by facsimile) and accompanied by the designated Order Number.

If the creation order number has not been issued prior to the Order Cut-Off Time, the Creation Order will be invalid and will not be processed. If a redemption order number has not been issued prior to the Order Cut-Off Time, the Redemption Order will be processed on the next Business Day, unless withdrawn in writing by the Participant.

If a completed Order Form has not been transmitted by the Participant prior to the Order Cut-Off Time, or if the Order Form is not submitted in good form prior to the Order Cut-Off Time or is otherwise inconsistent with the order as communicated by the Participant to the Transfer Agent, the Creation Order will be invalid and will not be processed.

If the Participant is unable to send or receive electronic mail, it must inform the telephone representative when submitting the terms of its Order or as soon as such inability arises. Communication by facsimile may then be substituted for electronic mail in the steps described above, provided that each transmission is clearly marked with the time of transmission.

INCOMING TELEPHONE CALLS ARE QUEUED AND WILL BE HANDLED IN THE SEQUENCE RECEIVED. ACCORDINGLY, DO NOT HANG UP AND REDIAL. CALLS MUST BE CONCLUDED PRIOR TO THE ORDER CUT-OFF TIME. CALLS THAT ARE IN PROGRESS OR ARE UNANSWERED IN THE QUEUE AT OR AFTER THE ORDER CUT-OFF TIME WILL BE VERBALLY DENIED. INCOMING CALLS THAT ARE RECEIVED AFTER THE ORDER CUT-OFF TIME WILL NOT BE ANSWERED BY THE TELEPHONE REPRESENTATIVE. ALL TELEPHONE CALLS WILL BE RECORDED BY THE TELEPHONE REPRESENTATIVE, AND SUCH RECORDING WILL INCLUDE THE TIME OF THE TELEPHONE CALL.

NOTE THAT THE TELEPHONE CALL IN WHICH THE ORDER NUMBER IS ISSUED INITIATES THE ORDER PROCESS BUT DOES NOT ALONE CONSTITUTE THE ORDER. AN ORDER IS ONLY COMPLETED AND PROCESSED UPON SUBMISSION OF AN ORDER FORM IN GOOD FORM BY THE PARTICIPANT AND APPROVAL BY BOTH THE PARTICIPANT AND THE TRANSFER AGENT OR DISTRIBUTOR, AS APPLICABLE.
d.
Settlement.






(i)
Clearing Process . In general, the securities making up a Creation Unit must be delivered through the NSCC to a DTC account maintained at the Fund’s custodian on or before the Contractual Settlement Date (defined below). The Participant must also make available on or before the Contractual Settlement Date, by means satisfactory to the Fund, immediately available or same day funds estimated by the Fund to be sufficient to pay any applicable cash component related to an Order. Any excess funds will be returned following settlement of the issue of the Creation Unit. The “Contractual Settlement Date” is the earlier of: (i) the date upon which all of the required securities, any cash component and any other cash amounts which may be due are delivered to the Fund; and (ii) trade date plus three (T +3) business days. Creation Units will be issued through the NSCC in accordance with the terms and conditions of the NSCC systems from time to time adopted and communicated to NSCC participants.

Any settlement outside the NSCC Clearing Process may be subject to additional requirements and fees as discussed in the Prospectus.

(ii)
Outside the Clearing Process . In general, securities making up a Creation Unit must be delivered to an account maintained at the applicable local Subcustodian on or before the International Contractual Settlement Date (defined below). The Participant must also make available on or before the International Contractual Settlement Date, by means satisfactory to the Fund, immediately available or same day funds estimated by the Fund to be sufficient to pay any cash component of the Creation Unit, together with any applicable fees. Any excess funds will be returned following settlement of the issue of the Creation Unit. The “International Contractual Settlement Date” will be the earlier of: (i) the date upon which all of the required securities making up a Creation Unit, and any related cash component and other cash amounts due are delivered to the Fund; and (ii) the latest day for settlement on the customary settlement cycle in the jurisdiction(s) where any of such securities are customarily traded.

Except as provided in the next two paragraphs, a Creation Unit will not be issued outside of the Clearing Process until the transfer of good title to the Fund of the securities and the payment of any cash component and applicable fees have been completed. When the Subcustodian confirms to the Fund’s custodian that the required securities (or, when permitted in the sole discretion of the Fund, the cash value thereof) have been delivered to the account of the relevant Subcustodian, the custodian shall will cause the delivery of the Creation Unit.

In the event that a deposit of securities is incomplete on the settlement date for a Creation Unit, the Fund may issue a Creation Unit notwithstanding such deficiency in reliance on the undertaking of the Participant to deliver the missing securities as soon as possible, which undertaking shall be secured by the Participant’s delivery and maintenance of collateral consisting of cash having a value at least equal to 105% of the value of the missing securities. The parties hereto agree that the delivery of such collateral shall be made in accordance with cash collateral settlement provided to the Participant by the Transfer Agent. Moreover, the Fund, acting in good faith, may purchase the missing securities at any time and the Participant agrees to accept liability for any shortfall between the cost to the Fund of purchasing such





securities and the value of the collateral, which may be sold by the Fund at such time, and in such manner, as the Fund may determine in its sole discretion.

2.
Further Information Regarding the Placement of Orders by the Internet .

a. Certain Acknowledgments. The Participant acknowledges and agrees (i) that the Trust, the Transfer Agent, the Distributor and their respective agents may elect to review any Order placed through the Web Order Site manually before it is executed and that such manual review may result in a delay in execution of such Order; (ii) that during periods of heavy market activity or other times, it may be difficult to place Orders via the Web Order Site and the Participant may place Orders as otherwise set forth in this Attachment A; and (iii) that any transaction information, content, or data downloaded or otherwise obtained through the use of the Web Order Site are done at the Participant’s own discretion and risk.

EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED IN THE FUND CONNECT AGREEMENT AND TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE WEB ORDER SITE IS PROVIDED “AS IS,” “AS AVAILABLE” WITH ALL FAULTS AND WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY OF ANY KIND. SPECIFICALLY, WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, ALL WARRANTIES, CONDITIONS, OTHER CONTRACTUAL TERMS, REPRESENTATIONS, INDEMNITIES AND GUARANTEES WITH RESPECT TO THE WEB ORDER SITE, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, ARISING BY LAW, CUSTOM, PRIOR ORAL OR WRITTEN STATEMENTS BY THE TRUST, THE TRANSFER AGENT, THE DISTRIBUTOR OR THEIR RESPECTIVE AGENTS, AFFILIATES, LICENSORS OR OTHERWISE (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO AS TO TITLE, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, ACCURACY, COMPLETENESS, UNINTERRUPTED USE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, TIMELINESS, TRUTHFULNESS, SEQUENCE, COMPLETENESS, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES, CONDITIONS AND OTHER CONTRACTUAL TERMS ARISING FROM TRADE USAGE, COURSE OF DEALING OR COURSE OF PERFORMANCE) ARE HEREBY OVERRIDDEN, EXCLUDED AND DISCLAIMED.

b. Election to Terminate Placing Orders by Internet . The Participant may elect at any time to discontinue placing Orders through the Web Order Site without providing notice under the Agreement.

3.
Acknowledgment Regarding Telephone and Internet Transactions. During periods of heavy market activity or other times, the Participant acknowledges it may be difficult to reach the Trust by telephone or to transact business over the Internet via the Web Order Site. Technological irregularities may also make the use of the Internet and Web Order Site slow or unavailable at times. The Trust may terminate the receipt of redemption or exchange Orders by telephone or the Internet at any time, in which case you may redeem or exchange Shares by communication through facsimile. All Order Forms transmitted through facsimile must be transmitted, and order numbers must be issued, prior to the Order Cut-Off Time. If a completed Order Form has not been transmitted by the Participant prior to the Order Cut-Off Time, the Creation Order will be invalid and will not be processed. Solely with respect to Redemption Orders, if the Order Form has not been transmitted in good form or the order number has not been issued prior to the Order Cut-Off Time, the Redemption Order will be processed on the next Business Day, unless withdrawn in writing by the Participant.






4.
Purchase of Creation Units Without Receipt of Deposit Securities. Creation Units of the Fund may be purchased in advance of receipt by the Trust of all or a portion of the applicable Deposit Securities, provided that the Participant deposits an initial deposit of cash with the Trust having a value greater than the net asset value of the Shares on the date the Order is placed in proper form. In addition to available Deposit Securities and cash that generally comprise a Creation Unit, cash must be deposited in an amount equal to 105% of the market value of any undelivered Deposit Securities (the “Additional Cash Deposit”). The Order shall be deemed to be received on the Business Day on which the Order is placed provided that the order number is issued prior to the Order Cut-Off Time on such date and cash in the appropriate amount is deposited with the Custodian by 1:00 p.m. Eastern Time or such other time as designated by the Custodian on the settlement date. If the Order number has not been issued prior to the Order Cut-Off Time or federal funds in the appropriate amount are not received by 1:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the settlement date, then the Order will be rejected as invalid and the Participant shall be liable to the Trust for losses, if any, resulting therefrom. An additional amount of cash shall be required to be deposited with the Trust, pending delivery of the missing Deposit Securities to the extent necessary to maintain an amount of cash on deposit with the Trust at least equal to 105% of the daily marked to market value of the missing Deposit Securities. In the event that additional cash is not paid, the Trust may use the cash on deposit to purchase the missing Deposit Securities. The Participant will be liable to the Trust for the costs incurred by the Trust in connection with any such purchases and the Participant shall be liable to the Trust for any shortfall between the cost to the Trust of purchasing any missing Deposit Securities and the value of the collateral. These costs will be deemed to include the amount by which the actual purchase price of the Deposit Securities exceeds the market value of such Deposit Securities on the day the Creation Order was deemed received by the Distributor plus the brokerage and related transaction costs associated with such purchases. The Trust will return any unused portion of the Additional Cash Deposit once all of the missing Deposit Securities have been properly received by the Custodian or purchased by the Trust and deposited into the Trust. The Trust shall charge and the Participant agrees to pay to the Trust the Transaction Fee and any additional fees prescribed in the Prospectus. The delivery of Creation Units of the Fund so created will occur no later than the prescribed settlement date following the day on which the Creation Order is deemed received by the Distributor.






ATTACHMENT C
AUTHORIZED PERSONS

PRINCIPAL EXCHANGE-TRADED FUNDS


The following individuals are Authorized Persons pursuant to Section 6 of the Participant Agreement between ALPS Distributors, Inc. and Participant, subject to acceptance by State Street, and
        
______________________________________________    ______________________________________________
Participant Name      NSCC #


NAME (1)

TITLE (1)

SIGNATURE (1)
TELEPHONE NUMBER (2)
E-MAIL ADDRESS (2)
CITY OF BIRTH (2)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Date: _______________________________________                         
Certified By (Signature): _______________________             
Print Name: __________________________________                     
Title: ________________________________________                         


_____________________________________________________            
(1)
Required information.
(2)
Required information to use the Web Order Site.






Custodian Agreement


This Agreement is made as of _________, 2015 by and between Principal Exchange-Traded Funds, a statutory trust organized and existing under the laws of Delaware (the “ Fund ”), and State Street Bank and Trust Company, a Massachusetts trust company (the “ Custodian ”).

W itnesseth:

Whereas, the Fund is authorized to issue shares in separate series (“ Shares ”), with each such series representing interests in a separate portfolio of securities and other assets;

Whereas, the Fund intends that this Agreement be applicable to each of its series set forth on Appendix A hereto (such series together with all other series subsequently established by the Fund and made subject to this Agreement in accordance with Section 17.5 below, shall hereinafter be referred to as the “ Portfolio(s) ”);

Whereas, the Fund will issue and redeem shares of each Portfolio only in aggregations of Shares known as “ Creation Units ,” generally in exchange for a basket of certain equity or fixed income securities and a specified cash payment, as more fully described in the currently effective prospectus and statement of additional information of the Fund related to the Portfolio (collectively, the “ Prospectus ”).

Now, Therefore, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:


Section 1.      Employment of Custodian and Property to be Held by It

The Fund hereby employs the Custodian as a custodian of assets of the Portfolios, including securities which the Fund, on behalf of the applicable Portfolio, desires to be held in places within the United States (“ domestic securities ”) and securities it desires to be held outside the United States (“ foreign securities ”). The Fund, on behalf of its Portfolio(s), agrees to deliver to the Custodian all securities and cash of the Portfolios, and all payments of income, payments of principal or capital distributions received by it with respect to all securities owned by the Portfolio(s) from time to time, and the cash consideration received by it for such Shares as may be issued or sold from time to time. The Custodian shall not be responsible for any property of a Portfolio which is not received by it or which is delivered out in accordance with Proper Instructions (as such term is defined in Section 8 hereof). With respect to uncertificated shares (the “ Underlying Shares ”) of registered “investment companies” (as defined in Section 3(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time (the “ 1940 Act ”)), whether in the same “group of investment companies” (as defined in Section 12(d)(1)(G)(ii) of the 1940 Act) or otherwise, including pursuant to Section 12(d)(1)(F) of the 1940 Act (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the “ Underlying Portfolios ”) the holding of confirmation statements that identify the shares as being recorded in the Custodian’s name on behalf of the Portfolios will be deemed custody for purposes hereof.






Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall on behalf of the Fund appoint one or more banks, trust companies or other entities located in the United States and designated in such Proper Instructions to act as a sub-custodian for the purposes of effecting such transaction(s) as may be designated by the Fund. Each such designated sub-custodian is referred to herein as a “ Special Sub-Custodian .” The Custodian may place and maintain the Fund’s foreign securities with foreign banking institution sub-custodians employed by the Custodian and/or foreign securities depositories, in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 3 and 4 hereof.

Section 2.
Duties of the Custodian with Respect to Property of the Portfolios to be Held in the United States

Section 2.1      Holding Securities . The Custodian shall hold and physically segregate for the account of each Portfolio all non-cash property to be held by it in the United States, including all domestic securities owned by such Portfolio other than (a) securities which are maintained pursuant to Section 2.9 in a clearing agency which acts as a securities depository or in a book‑entry system authorized by the U.S. Department of the Treasury (each, a “ U.S. Securities System ”) and (b) Underlying Shares owned by the Fund which are maintained pursuant to Section 2.11 hereof in an account with State Street Bank and Trust Company or such other entity which may from time to time be appointed by the Fund to act as a transfer agent for the Underlying Portfolios and with respect to which the Custodian is provided with Proper Instructions (the “ Underlying Transfer Agent ”).

Section 2.2      Delivery of Securities . The Custodian shall release and deliver domestic securities owned by a Portfolio held by the Custodian, in a U.S. Securities System account of the Custodian or in an account at the Underlying Transfer Agent, only upon receipt of Proper Instructions on behalf of the applicable Portfolio, specifying (a) the domestic securities of the Portfolio to be delivered and (b) the person or persons to whom delivery of such securities shall be made.

Section 2.3      Registration of Securities . Domestic securities held by the Custodian (other than bearer securities) shall be registered in the name of the Portfolio or in the name of any nominee of the Fund on behalf of the Portfolio or of any nominee of the Custodian which nominee shall be assigned exclusively to the Portfolio, unless the Fund has authorized in writing the appointment of a nominee to be used in common with other registered management investment companies having the same investment adviser as the Portfolio, or in the name or nominee name of any agent appointed pursuant to Section 2.8 or in the name or nominee name of any sub-custodian appointed pursuant to Section 1. All securities accepted by the Custodian on behalf of the Portfolio under the terms of this Agreement shall be in “street name” or other good delivery form. If, however, the Fund directs the Custodian to maintain securities in “street name”, the Custodian shall utilize reasonable efforts only to timely collect income due the Fund on such securities and to notify the Fund of relevant corporate actions including, without limitation, pendency of calls, maturities, tender or exchange offers.

Section 2.4      Payment of Fund Monies . The Custodian shall pay out monies of a Portfolio upon receipt of Proper Instructions on behalf of the applicable Portfolio, specifying (a) the amount of such payment and (b) the person or persons to whom such payment is to be made.

Section 2.5      Bank Accounts . The Custodian shall open and maintain a separate bank account or accounts in the United States in the name of each Portfolio of the Fund, subject only to draft or order by the Custodian acting pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and shall hold in such account or accounts, subject to the provisions hereof, all cash received by it from or for the account of the Portfolio, other than cash maintained by the Portfolio in a bank account established and used in accordance with Rule 17f-3 under the 1940 Act. Funds held by the Custodian for a Portfolio may be deposited by it to its credit as Custodian in





the banking department of the Custodian or in such other banks or trust companies as it may in its discretion deem necessary or desirable; provided, however, that every such bank or trust company shall be qualified to act as a custodian under the 1940 Act and that each such bank or trust company and the funds to be deposited with each such bank or trust company shall on behalf of each applicable Portfolio be approved by vote of a majority of the board of directors or trustees, as applicable, of the Fund (the “ Board ”). Such funds shall be deposited by the Custodian in its capacity as Custodian and shall be withdrawable by the Custodian only in that capacity.

Section 2.6      Determination of Fund Deposit, etc. Subject to and in accordance with the directions of the investment adviser for the Portfolios, the Custodian shall determine for each Portfolio after the end of each trading day on the New York Stock Exchange (the “ NYSE ”), in accordance with the respective Portfolio’s policies as adopted from time to time by the Board and in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Prospectus, (i) the identity and weighting of the securities in the Deposit Securities and the Fund Securities, (ii) the Cash Component, and (iii) the amount of cash redemption proceeds (all as defined in the Prospectus) required for the issuance or redemption, as the case may be, of Shares in Creation Unit aggregations of such Portfolio on such date. The Custodian shall provide or cause to be provided this information to the Portfolios’ distributor and other persons according to the policy established by the Board and shall disseminate such information on each day that the NYSE is open, including through the facilities of the National Securities Clearing Corporation, prior to the opening of trading on the NYSE.

Section 2.6A.      Allocation of Deposit Security Shortfalls . The Fund acknowledges that the Custodian maintains only one account on the books of the National Securities Clearing Corporation (the “ NSCC ”) for the benefit of all exchange traded funds for which the Custodian serves as custodian, including the Fund (collectively, the “ ETF Custody Clients ”). In the event that (a) two or more ETF Custody Clients require delivery of the same Deposit Security in order to purchase a Creation Unit, and (b) the NSCC, pursuant to its Continuous Net Settlement system, delivers to the Custodian’s NSCC account less than the full amount of such Deposit Security necessary to satisfy in full each affected ETF Custody Client’s required amount (a “ Common Deposit Security Shortfall ”), then, until all Common Deposit Security Shortfalls for a given Deposit Security are satisfied in full, the Custodian will allocate to each affected ETF Custody Client, on a pro rata basis, securities and/or cash received in the Custodian’s NSCC account relating to such shortfall, first to satisfy any prior unsatisfied Common Deposit Security Shortfall, and then to satisfy the current Common Deposit Security Shortfall.

Section 2.7      Collection of Income . Subject to the provisions of Section 2.3, the Custodian shall collect on a timely basis all income and other payments with respect to registered domestic securities held hereunder to which each Portfolio shall be entitled either by law or pursuant to custom in the securities business, and shall collect on a timely basis all income and other payments with respect to bearer domestic securities if, on the date of payment by the issuer, such securities are held by the Custodian or its agent thereof, and shall credit such income, as collected, to such Portfolio’s custodian account. The Custodian shall present for payment all income items requiring presentation as and when they become due and shall collect interest when due on securities held hereunder. Income due each Portfolio on securities loaned shall be the responsibility of the Fund. The Custodian will have no duty or responsibility in connection therewith, other than to provide the Fund with such information or data as may be necessary to assist the Fund in arranging for the timely delivery to the Custodian of the income to which the Portfolio is properly entitled.

Section 2.8      Appointment of Agents . The Custodian may at any time or times in its discretion appoint (and may at any time remove) any other bank or trust company which is itself qualified under the 1940 Act to act as a custodian, as its agent to carry out such of the provisions of this Section 2 as the Custodian may from time to time direct; provided, however, that the appointment of any agent shall not relieve the





Custodian of its responsibilities or liabilities hereunder. The Underlying Transfer Agent shall not be deemed an agent or sub-custodian of the Custodian for purposes of this Agreement.

Section 2.9      Deposit of Fund Assets in U.S. Securities Systems . The Custodian may deposit and/or maintain securities owned by a Portfolio in a U.S. Securities System in compliance with the conditions of Rule 17f-4 under the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time.
    
Section 2.10      Segregated Account . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall on behalf of each applicable Portfolio establish and maintain a segregated account or accounts for and on behalf of each such Portfolio for any purpose, into which account or accounts may be transferred cash and/or securities, including securities maintained in an account by the Custodian pursuant to Section 2.9 hereof.

Section 2.11      Deposit of Fund Assets with the Underlying Transfer Agent . Underlying Shares beneficially owned by the Fund, on behalf of a Portfolio, shall be deposited and/or maintained in an account or accounts maintained with an Underlying Transfer Agent and the Custodian’s only responsibilities with respect thereto shall be limited to the following:

1)
Upon receipt of a confirmation or statement from an Underlying Transfer Agent that such Underlying Transfer Agent is holding or maintaining Underlying Shares in the name of the Custodian (or a nominee of the Custodian) for the benefit of a Portfolio, the Custodian shall identify by book‑entry that such Underlying Shares are being held by it as custodian for the benefit of such Portfolio.

2)
In respect of the purchase of Underlying Shares for the account of a Portfolio, upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall pay out monies of such Portfolio as so directed, and record such payment from the account of such Portfolio on the Custodian’s books and records.

3)
In respect of the sale or redemption of Underlying Shares for the account of a Portfolio, upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall transfer such Underlying Shares as so directed, record such transfer from the account of such Portfolio on the Custodian’s books and records and, upon the Custodian’s receipt of the proceeds therefor, record such payment for the account of such Portfolio on the Custodian’s books and records.

Section 2.12      Ownership Certificates for Tax Purposes . The Custodian shall execute ownership and other certificates and affidavits for all federal and state tax purposes in connection with receipt of income or other payments with respect to domestic securities of each Portfolio held by it and in connection with transfers of securities.

Section 2.13      Proxies . The Custodian shall, with respect to the domestic securities held hereunder, cause to be promptly executed by the registered holder of such securities, if the securities are registered otherwise than in the name of the Portfolio or a nominee of the Portfolio, all proxies, without indication of the manner in which such proxies are to be voted, and shall promptly deliver to the Fund such proxies, all proxy soliciting materials and all notices relating to such securities.

Section 2.14      Communications Relating to Domestic Portfolio Securities . Subject to the provisions of Section 2.3, the Custodian shall transmit promptly to the Fund for each Portfolio all written information received by the Custodian from issuers of the securities being held for the Portfolio. With respect to tender or exchange offers, the Custodian shall transmit promptly to the Fund all written information received by the Custodian from issuers of the securities whose tender or exchange is sought and from the party (or its





agents) making the tender or exchange offer. The Custodian shall not be liable for any untimely exercise of any tender, exchange or other right or power in connection with domestic securities or other property of the Portfolios at any time held by it unless (i) the Custodian is in actual possession of such domestic securities or property and (ii) the Custodian receives Proper Instructions with regard to the exercise of any such right or power, and both (i) and (ii) occur at least three business days prior to the date on which the Custodian is to take action to exercise such right or power. The Custodian shall also transmit promptly to the Fund for each Portfolio all written information received by the Custodian regarding any class action or other collective litigation in connection with Portfolio securities or other assets issued in the United States and then held, or previously held, during the relevant class-action period during the term of this Agreement by the Custodian for the account of the Fund for such Portfolio, including, but not limited to, opt-out notices and proof-of-claim forms. The Custodian will not support class-action participation by the Fund beyond such forwarding of written information received by the Custodian. For the avoidance of doubt, upon and after the effective date of any termination of this Agreement, with respect to the Fund or its Portfolio(s), as may be applicable, the Custodian shall have no responsibility to so transmit any information under this Section 2.14.



Section 3.      Provisions Relating to Rules 17f-5 and 17f-7

Section 3.1.      Definitions . As used throughout this Agreement, the capitalized terms set forth below shall have the indicated meanings:
    
Country Risk ” means all factors reasonably related to the systemic risk of holding Foreign Assets in a particular country including, but not limited to, risks arising from such country’s political environment, economic and financial infrastructure (including any Eligible Securities Depository operating in the country); prevailing or developing custody, tax and settlement practices; nationalization, expropriation or other government actions; currency restrictions, devaluations or fluctuations; market conditions affecting the orderly execution of securities transactions or the value of assets; the regulation of the banking and securities industries, including changes in market rules; and laws and regulations applicable to the safekeeping and recovery of Foreign Assets held in custody in that country.     

Eligible Foreign Custodian ” has the meaning set forth in section (a)(1) of Rule 17f-5.

Eligible Securities Depository ” has the meaning set forth in section (b)(1) of Rule 17f-7.

Foreign Assets ” means any of the Portfolios’ investments (including foreign currencies) for which the primary market is outside the United States, and any cash and cash equivalents that are reasonably necessary to effect the Portfolios’ transactions in those investments.

Foreign Custody Manager ” has the meaning set forth in section (a)(3) of Rule 17f-5.

Foreign Securities System ” means an Eligible Securities Depository listed on Schedule B hereto.

Rule 17f-5 ” means Rule 17f-5 promulgated under the 1940 Act.

Rule 17f-7 ” means Rule 17f-7 promulgated under the 1940 Act.






Section 3.2.      The Custodian as Foreign Custody Manager .     

3.2.1      Delegation to the Custodian as Foreign Custody Manager . The Fund, by resolution adopted by the Board, hereby delegates to the Custodian, subject to Section (b) of Rule 17f‑5, the responsibilities set forth in this Section 3.2 with respect to Foreign Assets of the Portfolios held outside the United States, and the Custodian hereby accepts such delegation as Foreign Custody Manager with respect to the Portfolios.
 
3.2.2      Countries Covered . The Foreign Custody Manager shall be responsible for performing the delegated responsibilities defined below only with respect to the countries and custody arrangements for each such country listed on Schedule A to this Agreement, which list of countries may be amended from time to time by the Fund with the agreement of the Foreign Custody Manager. The Foreign Custody Manager shall list on Schedule A the Eligible Foreign Custodians selected by the Foreign Custody Manager to maintain the assets of the Portfolios, which list of Eligible Foreign Custodians may be amended from time to time in the sole discretion of the Foreign Custody Manager. The Foreign Custody Manager will provide amended versions of Schedule A in accordance with Section 3.2.5 hereof.

Upon the receipt by the Foreign Custody Manager of Proper Instructions to open an account or to place or maintain Foreign Assets in a country listed on Schedule A, and the fulfillment by the Fund, on behalf of the applicable Portfolio(s), of the applicable account opening requirements for such country, the Foreign Custody Manager shall be deemed to have been delegated by the Board on behalf of such Portfolio(s) responsibility as Foreign Custody Manager with respect to that country and to have accepted such delegation. Execution of this Agreement by the Fund shall be deemed to be a Proper Instruction to open an account, or to place or maintain Foreign Assets, in each country listed on Schedule A. Following the receipt of Proper Instructions directing the Foreign Custody Manager to close the account of a Portfolio with the Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Foreign Custody Manager in a designated country, the delegation by the Board on behalf of such Portfolio to the Custodian as Foreign Custody Manager for that country shall be deemed to have been withdrawn and the Custodian shall immediately cease to be the Foreign Custody Manager with respect to such Portfolio with respect to that country.

The Foreign Custody Manager may withdraw its acceptance of delegated responsibilities with respect to a designated country upon written notice to the Fund. Thirty days (or such longer period to which the parties agree in writing) after receipt of any such notice by the Fund, the Custodian shall have no further responsibility in its capacity as Foreign Custody Manager to the Fund with respect to the country as to which the Custodian’s acceptance of delegation is withdrawn.

3.2.3      Scope of Delegated Responsibilities :

(a)      Selection of Eligible Foreign Custodians . Subject to the provisions of this Section 3.2, the Foreign Custody Manager may place and maintain the Foreign Assets in the care of the Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Foreign Custody Manager in each country listed on Schedule A, as amended from time to time. In performing its delegated responsibilities as Foreign Custody Manager to place or maintain Foreign Assets with an Eligible Foreign Custodian, the Foreign Custody Manager shall determine that the Foreign Assets will be subject to reasonable care, based on the standards applicable to custodians in the country in which the Foreign Assets will be held by that Eligible Foreign Custodian, after considering all factors relevant to the safekeeping of such assets, including, without limitation the factors specified in Rule 17f-5(c)(1).






(b)      Contracts With Eligible Foreign Custodians . The Foreign Custody Manager shall determine that the contract governing the foreign custody arrangements with each Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Foreign Custody Manager will satisfy the requirements of Rule 17f-5(c)(2).

(c)      Monitoring . In each case in which the Foreign Custody Manager maintains Foreign Assets with an Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Foreign Custody Manager, the Foreign Custody Manager shall establish a system to monitor (i) the appropriateness of maintaining the Foreign Assets with such Eligible Foreign Custodian and (ii) the contract governing the custody arrangements established by the Foreign Custody Manager with the Eligible Foreign Custodian. In the event the Foreign Custody Manager determines that the custody arrangements with an Eligible Foreign Custodian it has selected are no longer appropriate, the Foreign Custody Manager shall notify the Board in accordance with Section 3.2.5 hereunder.

3.2.4      Guidelines for the Exercise of Delegated Authority . For purposes of this Section 3.2, the Board shall be deemed to have considered and determined to accept such Country Risk as is incurred by placing and maintaining the Foreign Assets in each country for which the Custodian is serving as Foreign Custody Manager of the Portfolios.
    
3.2.5      Reporting Requirements . The Foreign Custody Manager shall report the withdrawal of the Foreign Assets from an Eligible Foreign Custodian and the placement of such Foreign Assets with another Eligible Foreign Custodian by providing to the Board an amended Schedule A at the end of the calendar quarter in which an amendment to such Schedule has occurred. The Foreign Custody Manager shall make written reports notifying the Board of any other material change in the foreign custody arrangements of the Portfolios described in this Section 3.2 after the occurrence of the material change.

3.2.6      Standard of Care as Foreign Custody Manager of a Portfolio . The Foreign Custody Manager agrees to exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence such as a person having responsibility for the safekeeping of the Foreign Assets would exercise, in performing the delegated responsibilities.

3.2.7      Representations with Respect to Rule 17f-5 . The Foreign Custody Manager represents to the Fund that it is a U.S. Bank as defined in section (a)(7) of Rule 17f-5. the Fund represents to the Custodian that the Board has determined that it is reasonable for the Board to rely on the Custodian to perform the responsibilities delegated pursuant to this Agreement to the Custodian as the Foreign Custody Manager of the Portfolios.

3.2.8      Effective Date and Termination of the Custodian as Foreign Custody Manager . The Board’s delegation to the Custodian as Foreign Custody Manager of the Portfolios shall be effective as of the date hereof and shall remain in effect until terminated at any time, without penalty, by written notice from the terminating party to the non-terminating party. Termination will become effective thirty (30) days after receipt by the non-terminating party of such notice. The provisions of Section 3.2.2 hereof shall govern the delegation to and termination of the Custodian as Foreign Custody Manager of the Portfolios with respect to designated countries.

Section 3.3      Eligible Securities Depositories .

3.3.1      Analysis and Monitoring . The Custodian shall (a) provide the Fund (or its duly-authorized investment manager or investment advisor (“ Investment Advisor ”)) with an analysis of the custody risks associated with maintaining assets with the Eligible Securities Depositories set forth on Schedule B hereto in accordance with section (a)(1)(i)(A) of Rule 17f-7, and (b) monitor such risks on a continuing basis, and promptly notify the Fund (or its Investment Advisor)) of any material change in such risks, in accordance with section (a)(1)(i)(B) of Rule 17f-7.





 
3.3.2      Standard of Care . The Custodian agrees to exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence in performing the duties set forth in Section 3.3.1.

Section 4.
Duties of the Custodian with Respect to Property of the Portfolios to be Held Outside the United States

Section 4.1      Holding Securities . The Custodian shall identify on its books as belonging to the Portfolios the foreign securities held by each Eligible Foreign Custodian or Foreign Securities System. The Custodian may hold foreign securities for all of its customers, including the Portfolios, with any Eligible Foreign Custodian in an account that is identified as belonging to the Custodian for the benefit of its customers, provided however, that (i) the records of the Custodian with respect to foreign securities of the Portfolios which are maintained in such account shall identify those securities as belonging to the Portfolios and (ii), to the extent permitted and customary in the market in which the account is maintained, the Custodian shall require that securities so held by the Eligible Foreign Custodian be held separately from any assets of such Eligible Foreign Custodian or of other customers of such Eligible Foreign Custodian.

Section 4.2.      Foreign Securities Systems . Foreign securities shall be maintained in a Foreign Securities System in a designated country through arrangements implemented by the Custodian or an Eligible Foreign Custodian, as applicable, in such country.

Section 4.3.      Transactions in Foreign Custody Account .

4.3.1.      Delivery of Foreign Securities . The Custodian or an Eligible Foreign Custodian shall release and deliver foreign securities of the Portfolios held by the Custodian or such Eligible Foreign Custodian, or in a Foreign Securities System account, only upon receipt of Proper Instructions, s pecifying (a) the foreign securities to be delivered and (b) the person or persons to whom delivery of such securities shall be made.

4.3.2.      Payment of Portfolio Monies . The Custodian shall pay out, or direct the respective Eligible Foreign Custodian or the respective Foreign Securities System to pay out, monies of the Fund only upon receipt of Proper Instructions specifying (a) the amount of such payment and (b) the person or persons to whom such payment is to be made.

4.3.3.      Market Conditions . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, settlement and payment for Foreign Assets received for the account of the Portfolios and delivery of Foreign Assets maintained for the account of the Portfolios may be effected in accordance with the customary established securities trading or processing practices and procedures in the country or market in which the transaction occurs, including, without limitation, delivering Foreign Assets to the purchaser thereof or to a dealer therefor (or an agent for such purchaser or dealer) with the expectation of receiving later payment for such Foreign Assets from such purchaser or dealer.

The Custodian shall provide to the Board the information with respect to custody and settlement practices in countries in which the Custodian employs an Eligible Foreign Custodian described on Schedule C hereto at the time or times set forth on such Schedule. The Custodian may revise Schedule C from time to time, provided that no such revision shall result in a Board being provided with substantively less information than had been previously provided hereunder.






Section 4.4.      Registration of Foreign Securities . Foreign securities maintained in the custody of an Eligible Foreign Custodian (other than bearer securities) shall be registered in the name of the applicable Portfolio or in the name of the Custodian or in the name of any Eligible Foreign Custodian or in the name of any nominee of the foregoing, and the Fund on behalf of such Portfolio agrees to hold any such nominee harmless from any liability as a holder of record of such foreign securities. The Custodian or an Eligible Foreign Custodian shall not be obligated to accept securities on behalf of a Portfolio under the terms of this Agreement unless the form of such securities and the manner in which they are delivered are in accordance with reasonable market practice.

Section 4.5      Bank Accounts . The Custodian shall identify on its books as belonging to the Fund cash (including cash denominated in foreign currencies) deposited with the Custodian. Where the Custodian is unable to maintain, or market practice does not facilitate the maintenance of, cash on the books of the Custodian, a bank account or bank accounts shall be opened and maintained outside the United States on behalf of a Portfolio with an Eligible Foreign Custodian. All accounts referred to in this Section shall be subject only to draft or order by the Custodian (or, if applicable, such Eligible Foreign Custodian) acting pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to hold cash received by or from or for the account of the Portfolio. Cash maintained on the books of the Custodian (including its branches, subsidiaries and affiliates), regardless of currency denomination, is maintained in bank accounts established under, and subject to the laws of, The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

Section 4.6.      Collection of Income . The Custodian shall use reasonable commercial efforts to collect all income and other payments with respect to the Foreign Assets held hereunder to which the Portfolios shall be entitled and shall credit such income, as collected, to the applicable Portfolio. In the event that extraordinary measures are required to collect such income, the Fund and the Custodian shall consult as to such measures and as to the compensation and expenses of the Custodian relating to such measures .

Section 4.7      Shareholder Rights . With respect to the foreign securities held pursuant to this Section 4, the Custodian shall use reasonable commercial efforts to facilitate the exercise of voting and other shareholder rights, subject always to the laws, regulations and practical constraints that may exist in the country where such securities are issued. The Fund acknowledges that local conditions, including lack of regulation, onerous procedural obligations, lack of notice and other factors may have the effect of severely limiting the ability of the Fund to exercise shareholder rights.

Section 4.8.      Communications Relating to Foreign Portfolio Securities . The Custodian shall transmit promptly to the Fund written information with respect to materials received by the Custodian via the Eligible Foreign Custodians from issuers of the foreign securities being held for the account of the Portfolios. With respect to tender or exchange offers, the Custodian shall transmit promptly to the Fund written information with respect to materials so received by the Custodian from issuers of the foreign securities whose tender or exchange is sought or from the party (or its agents) making the tender or exchange offer. The Custodian shall not be liable for any untimely exercise of any tender, exchange or other right or power in connection with foreign securities or other property of the Portfolios at any time held by it unless (i) the Custodian or the respective Eligible Foreign Custodian is in actual possession of such foreign securities or property and (ii) the Custodian receives Proper Instructions with regard to the exercise of any such right or power, and both (i) and (ii) occur at least three business days prior to the date on which the Custodian is to take action to exercise such right or power. The Custodian shall also transmit promptly to the Fund all written information received by the Custodian via the Eligible Foreign Custodians from issuers of the foreign securities being held for the account of the Fund regarding any class action or other collective litigation relating to foreign securities or other assets issued outside the United States and then held, or previously held, during the relevant class-action period during the term of this Agreement by the Custodian for the account of the Fund, including, but not limited to, opt-out notices and proof-of-claim forms. The Custodian





will not support class-action participation by the Fund beyond such forwarding of written information received by the Custodian. For avoidance of doubt, upon and after the effective date of any termination of this Agreement, the Custodian shall have no responsibility to so transmit any information under this Section 4.8.

Section 4.9.      Contracts With Eligible Foreign Custodians . Each contract pursuant to which the Custodian employs an Eligible Foreign Custodian shall meet the requirements of Rule 17f-5 and, to the extent possible, require the Eligible Foreign Custodian to indemnify and hold harmless the Custodian from and against any loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim arising out of or in connection with the Eligible Foreign Custodian’s performance of such obligations. At the Fund’s election, the Fund shall be entitled to be subrogated to the rights of the Custodian with respect to any claims against an Eligible Foreign Custodian as a consequence of any such loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim if and to the extent that the Fund has not been made whole for any such loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim. In no event shall the Custodian be obligated to bring suit in its own name or to allow suit to be brought in its name.

Section 5.      Contractual Settlement Services (Purchase / Sales)

Section 5.1      The Custodian shall, in accordance with the terms set out in this section, debit or credit the appropriate cash account of each Portfolio in connection with (i) the purchase of securities for such Portfolio, and (ii) proceeds of the sale of securities held on behalf of such Portfolio, on a contractual settlement basis.

Section 5.2      The services described above (the “ Contractual Settlement Services ”) shall be provided for such instruments and in such markets as the Custodian may advise from time to time. The Custodian may terminate or suspend any part of the provision of the Contractual Settlement Services under this Agreement at its sole discretion immediately upon notice to the Fund on behalf of each Portfolio, including, without limitation, in the event of force majeure events affecting settlement, any disorder in markets, or other changed external business circumstances affecting the markets or the Fund.
  
Section 5.3      The consideration payable in connection with a purchase transaction shall be debited from the appropriate cash account of the Portfolio as of the time and date that monies would ordinarily be required to settle such transaction in the applicable market. The Custodian shall promptly recredit such amount at the time that the Portfolio or the Fund notifies the Custodian by Proper Instruction that such transaction has been canceled.

Section 5.4      With respect to the settlement of a sale of securities, a provisional credit of an amount equal to the net sale price for the transaction (the “ Settlement Amount ”) shall be made to the account of the Portfolio as if the Settlement Amount had been received as of the close of business on the date that monies would ordinarily be available in good funds in the applicable market. Such provisional credit will be made conditional upon the Custodian having received Proper Instructions with respect to, or reasonable notice of, the transaction, as applicable; and the Custodian or its agents having possession of the asset(s) (which shall exclude assets subject to any third party lending arrangement entered into by a Portfolio) associated with the transaction in good deliverable form and not being aware of any facts which would lead them to believe that the transaction will not settle in the time period ordinarily applicable to such transactions in the applicable market.

Section 5.5.      Simultaneously with the making of such provisional credit, the Portfolio agrees that the Custodian shall have, and hereby grants to the Custodian, a security interest in any property at any time held for the account of the Portfolio to the full extent of the credited amount, and each Portfolio hereby pledges, assigns and grants to the Custodian a continuing security interest and a lien on any and all such property under the Custodian’s possession, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. In the event that





the applicable Portfolio fails to promptly repay any provisional credit, the Custodian shall have all of the rights and remedies of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

Section 5.6      The Custodian shall have the right to reverse any provisional credit or debit given in connection with the Contractual Settlement Services at any time when the Custodian believes, in its reasonable judgment, that such transaction will not settle in accordance with its terms or amounts due pursuant thereto, will not be collectable or where the Custodian has not been provided Proper Instructions with respect thereto, as applicable, and the Portfolio shall be responsible for any costs or liabilities resulting from such reversal. Upon such reversal, a sum equal to the credited or debited amount shall become immediately payable by the Portfolio to the Custodian and may be debited from any cash account held for benefit of the Portfolio.

Section 5.7      In the event that the Custodian is unable to debit an account of the Portfolio, and the Portfolio fails to pay any amount due to the Custodian at the time such amount becomes payable in accordance with this Agreement, (i) the Custodian may charge the Portfolio for costs and expenses associated with providing the provisional credit, including without limitation the cost of funds associated therewith, (ii) the amount of any accrued dividends, interest and other distributions with respect to assets associated with such transaction may be set off against the credited amount, (iii) the provisional credit and any such costs and expenses shall be considered an advance of cash for purposes of the Agreement and (iv) the Custodian shall have the right to setoff against any property and to sell, exchange, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of any property at any time held for the account of the Portfolio to the full extent necessary for the Custodian to make itself whole.

Section 6.      Tax Services .

Subject to and to the extent of receipt by the Custodian of relevant and necessary documentation and information with respect to the Fund that the Custodian has requested, the Custodian shall perform the following services: (i) file claims for exemptions, reductions in withholding taxes, or refunds of any tax with respect to withheld foreign (non-U.S.) taxes in instances in which such claims are appropriate; (ii) withhold appropriate amounts as required by U.S. tax laws with respect to amounts received on behalf of nonresident aliens; and (iii) provide to the Fund such information actually received by the Custodian that could, in the Custodian’s reasonable belief and sole discretion, assist the Fund in its submission of any reports or returns with respect to taxes. Other than the servicing responsibilities identified herein, the Custodian shall have no responsibility or liability for any obligations now or hereafter imposed on the Fund or the Custodian as custodian of the Fund by the tax law of any country or of any state or political subdivision thereof.

It shall be the responsibility of the Fund to notify the Custodian of the obligations imposed on the Fund or the Custodian as custodian by the tax law of countries, states and political subdivisions thereof, including responsibility for withholding and other taxes, assessments or other governmental charges, certifications and governmental reporting. The sole responsibility of the Custodian with regard to such tax law shall be to use reasonable efforts to assist the Fund with respect to any claim for exemption or refund under the tax law of countries for which such Fund has provided sufficient information and documentation. As the Custodian does not provide tax advice, it is specifically understood and agreed that the Custodian shall not be considered the Fund’s tax advisor or tax counsel. In connection with the provision of services pursuant to this Section 6, the Custodian shall be kept indemnified by and shall be without liability to the Fund for any obligations, including taxes, withholding and reporting requirements, claims for exemption and refund, additions for late payment, interest, penalties and other expenses that may be assessed against the Fund or the Custodian as custodian. The Fund agrees that the Custodian is authorized to deduct from any cash received or credited to the Fund’s account any taxes or levies required by any tax or other governmental authority having jurisdiction in respect of the Fund’s transactions, and that the Custodian is authorized to disclose any





information required by any such tax or other governmental authority in relation to processing any claim for exemption from or reduction or refund of any taxes relating to the Fund’s transactions and holdings.

Section 7.      Payments for Sales or Repurchases or Redemptions of Shares

The Custodian shall receive from the distributor of the Shares or from the Fund’s transfer agent (the “ Transfer Agent ”), as the case may be, and deposit into the account of the appropriate Portfolio such payments as are received for Shares, in Creation Unit aggregations, thereof issued or sold from time to time by the Fund. The Custodian will provide timely notification to the Fund on behalf of each such Portfolio and the Transfer Agent of any receipt by it of payments for Shares of such Portfolio.

From such funds and securities as may be available for the purpose, the Custodian shall, upon receipt of instructions from the Transfer Agent, make funds and securities available for payment to, or in accordance with the instructions of, Authorized Participants (as defined in the Prospectus) who have delivered to the Transfer Agent proper instructions for the redemption or repurchase of their Shares, in Creation Unit aggregations, which shall have been accepted by the Transfer Agent, the applicable Fund Securities (as defined in the Prospectus) (or such securities in lieu thereof as may be designated by the investment adviser of the Fund in accordance with the Prospectus) for such Portfolio and the Cash Redemption Amount (as defined in the Prospectus), if applicable, less any applicable Redemption Transaction Fee (as defined in the Prospectus). The Custodian will transfer the applicable Fund Securities to or on the order of the Authorized Participant. Any cash redemption payment (less any applicable Redemption Transaction Fee) due to the Authorized Participant on redemption shall be effected through the DTC (as defined in the Prospectus) system or through wire transfer in the case of redemptions effected outside of the DTC system.

Section 8.      Proper Instructions

“Proper Instructions ,” which may also be standing instructions, shall mean instructions received by the Custodian from the Fund, its Investment Advisor, or a person or entity duly authorized by either of them. Such instructions may be in writing signed by the authorized person or persons or may be in a tested communication or in a communication utilizing access codes effected between electro-mechanical or electronic devices or may be by such other means and utilizing such intermediary systems and utilities as may be agreed from time to time by the Custodian and the person(s) or entity giving such instruction, provided that the Fund has followed any security procedures agreed to from time to time by the Fund and the Custodian including, but not limited to, the security procedures selected by the Fund via the form of Funds Transfer Addendum hereto, the terms of which are hereby agreed to. The Custodian may agree to accept oral instructions if it reasonably believes them to have been given by a duly authorized person with respect to the transaction involved, and in such case oral instructions will be considered Proper Instructions. The Fund shall cause all oral instructions to be confirmed in writing. The Custodian shall be entitled conclusively to rely and act upon Proper Instructions until the Custodian has received notice of any change from the Fund and has had a reasonable time to implement such change. The Custodian may act on a Proper Instruction if it reasonably believes it contains sufficient information, and may refrain from acting on any Proper Instructions until such time that it has determined, in its sole discretion, that is has received any required clarification and/or authentication of Proper Instructions. The Custodian may rely upon and shall be protected in acting upon any instructions, notice, request, consent, certificate or other instrument or paper believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been properly executed by or on behalf of the Fund.






The inclusion of a statement of purpose or intent (or any similar notation) in a Proper Instruction shall not impose any additional obligations on the Custodian or condition or qualify its authority to effect such Proper Instruction. The Custodian will not assume a duty to ensure that the stated purpose or intent is fulfilled, and will have no responsibility or liability when it follows the Proper Instruction without regard to such purpose or intent.

Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, and from time to time thereafter, as appropriate, the Fund shall deliver to the Custodian an officer’s certificate setting forth the names, titles, signatures and scope of authority of all persons authorized to give Proper Instructions or any other notice, request, direction, instruction, certificate or instrument on behalf of the Fund. Such certificate may be accepted and conclusively relied upon by the Custodian and shall be considered to be in full force and effect until receipt by the Custodian of a similar certificate to the contrary.

Section 9.      Actions Permitted without Express Authority

The Custodian may in its discretion, without express authority from the Fund on behalf of each applicable Portfolio:

1)
Make payments to itself or others for minor expenses of handling securities or other similar items relating to its duties under this Agreement; provided that all such payments shall be accounted for to the Fund on behalf of the Portfolio;

2)
Surrender securities in temporary form for securities in definitive form;

3)
Endorse for collection, in the name of the Portfolio, checks, drafts and other negotiable instruments; and

4)
In general, attend to all non‑discretionary details in connection with the sale, exchange, substitution, purchase, transfer and other dealings with the securities and property of the Portfolio except as otherwise directed by the Board.

Section 10.      Reports to Fund by Independent Public Accountants

The Custodian shall provide the Fund, on behalf of each of the Portfolios at such times as the Fund may reasonably require, with reports by independent public accountants on the accounting system, internal accounting control and procedures for safeguarding securities, futures contracts and options on futures contracts, including securities deposited and/or maintained in a U.S. Securities System or a Foreign Securities System (either, a “ Securities System ”), relating to the services provided by the Custodian under this Agreement; such reports, shall be of sufficient scope and in sufficient detail, as may reasonably be required by the Fund to provide reasonable assurance that any material inadequacies would be disclosed by such examination, and, if there are no such inadequacies, the reports shall so state.

Section 11.      Compensation of Custodian

The Custodian shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for its services and expenses as Custodian, as agreed upon from time to time between the Fund on behalf of each applicable Portfolio and the Custodian.








Section 12.      Responsibility of Custodian

The Custodian shall be held to the exercise of reasonable care in carrying out the provisions of this Agreement, and shall be kept indemnified by and shall be without liability to the Fund for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith without negligence, fraud or willful misconduct, including, without limitation, acting in accordance with any Proper Instruction. The Custodian shall be without liability to the Fund for any loss or expense resulting from or caused by Country Risk. The Custodian shall be liable for the acts or omissions of an Eligible Foreign Custodian to the same extent as if such action or omission were performed by the Custodian itself, taking into account the facts and circumstances and the established local market practices and laws prevailing in the particular jurisdiction in which the Fund elects to invest. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Custodian shall not be liable for the insolvency of any Eligible Foreign Custodian. In no event shall the Custodian be liable for indirect, special or consequential damages.

The Custodian shall be without responsibility or liability to the Fund for: (i) events or circumstances beyond the reasonable control of the Custodian, including, without limitation, the interruption, suspension or restriction of trading on or the closure of any securities market or system, power or other mechanical or technological failures or interruptions, computer viruses or communications disruptions, work stoppages, natural disasters, acts of war, revolution, riots or terrorism or other similar force majeure events or acts, provided that Custodian has notified the Fund promptly when its becomes aware of a specific occurrence or event and has used its best efforts to resolve the effect of the specific occurrence or event; (ii) errors by the Fund, its Investment Advisor or any other duly authorized person in their instructions to the Custodian; (iii) the insolvency of or acts or omissions by a Securities System, Underlying Transfer Agent or Special Sub-Custodian; (iv) (v) any delay or failure of any broker, agent or intermediary, central bank or other commercially prevalent payment or clearing system to deliver to the Custodian’s sub-custodian or agent securities purchased or in the remittance or payment made in connection with securities sold; (vi) any delay or failure of any company, corporation, or other body in charge of registering or transferring securities in the name of the Custodian, the Fund, the Custodian’s sub-custodians, nominees or agents including non-receipt of bonus, dividends and rights and other accretions or benefits; (vii) delays or inability to perform its duties due to any disorder in market infrastructure with respect to any particular security or Securities System; and (viii) the effect of any provision of any law or regulation or order of the United States of America, or any state thereof, or any other country, or political subdivision thereof or of any court of competent jurisdiction.

The Custodian is authorized and instructed to rely upon Proper Instructions it receives from the Fund or any third party on behalf of the Fund. The Custodian shall have no responsibility to review, confirm or otherwise assume any duty with respect to the accuracy or completeness of any data supplied in Proper Instructions provided by or on behalf of the Fund. The Custodian shall have no liability in respect of any loss, damage or expense suffered by the Fund arising from the performance of the Custodian’s duties hereunder in reliance upon records that were maintained for the Fund by entities other than the Custodian prior to its appointment as custodian.

If the Fund instructs the Custodian to take any action with respect to securities, which action involves the payment of money or which action may, in the opinion of the Custodian, result in the Custodian or its nominee assigned to the Fund being liable for the payment of money or incurring liability of some other form, the Fund, as a prerequisite to the Custodian taking such action, shall provide indemnity to the Custodian in an amount and form satisfactory to it. The Custodian shall not be responsible for the title, validity or genuineness of any property or evidence of title thereto received by it or delivered by it pursuant to this Agreement and shall be held harmless in acting upon any notice, request, consent, certificate or other instrument reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to be signed by the proper party or parties.






Any property at any time held for the Fund’s account shall be security for the Fund’s performance of its obligations under this Agreement. The obligations include the Fund’s obligations to reimburse the Custodian if the Custodian, its affiliates, subsidiaries or agents advances cash or securities to the Fund for any purpose (including but not limited to securities settlements, foreign exchange contracts and assumed settlement), or in the event that the Custodian or its nominee shall incur or be assessed any taxes, charges, expenses, assessments, claims or liabilities in connection with the performance of this Agreement, except such as may arise from its or its nominee’s own negligent action, negligent failure to act or willful misconduct, as well as the Fund’s obligation to compensate the Custodian pursuant to Section 11 hereof. Should the Fund fail to reimburse or otherwise pay the Custodian any obligation under this Agreement promptly, the Custodian shall have the rights and remedies of a secured party under this Agreement, the Uniform Commercial Code and other applicable law, including the right to utilize available cash and to dispose of such Portfolio’s assets to the extent necessary to obtain payment or reimbursement.  The Custodian may at any time decline to follow Proper Instructions to deliver out to the Fund cash or securities if the Custodian determines in its reasonable discretion that, after giving effect to the Proper Instructions, the cash or securities remaining will not have sufficient value fully to secure the Fund's payment or reimbursement obligations, whether contingent or otherwise.

The Custodian has no responsibility to monitor or oversee the investment activity undertaken by the Fund or its Investment Advisor. The Custodian has no duty to ensure (or to inquire whether) a Investment Advisor complies with any investment objectives or restrictions agreed between the Fund and the Investment Advisor, or whether the Investment Advisor complies with its legal obligations to under applicable securities laws or other laws, including laws intended to protect the interests of investors. The Custodian shall neither assess nor take any responsibility or liability for the suitability or appropriateness of the investments made by the Fund or on its behalf.

The Fund’s receipt of securities from a counterparty in connection with any of its purchase transactions and its receipt of cash from a counterparty in connection with any sale of securities will be at the Fund’s sole risk, and the Custodian shall not be obligated to make demands on the Fund’s behalf if the Fund’s counterparty defaults. If the Fund’s counterparty fails to deliver securities or cash, the Custodian will, as its sole responsibility, notify the Investment Advisor of such failure within a reasonable time after becoming aware of the same.

Section 13.      Effective Period and Termination.

This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect for an initial term ending __________, 20__ (the “ Initial Term ”). After the expiration of the Initial Term, this Agreement shall automatically renew for successive _____-year terms (each, a “ Renewal Term ”) unless a written notice of non-renewal is delivered by the non-renewing party no later than sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the Initial Term or any Renewal Term, as the case may be. During the Initial Term and thereafter, either party may terminate this Agreement without penalty: (i) in the event of the other party’s material breach of this Agreement that the other party has either (a) failed to cure or (b) failed to establish a remedial plan to cure that is mutually agreed, within 30 days’ written notice of such breach unless the parties agree to extend such cure period, or (ii) in the event of the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the other party or upon the happening of a like event to the other party at the direction of an appropriate agency or court of competent jurisdiction. Upon termination of the Agreement pursuant to this paragraph, the Fund shall pay Custodian its compensation due and undisputed and shall reimburse Custodian for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses associated with such termination. All out-of-pocket expenses under this sub-paragraph for which the Custodian seeks reimbursement must be pre-approved by the Fund in writing; such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.






In the event of the Fund's termination of this Agreement during the Initial Term for any reason other than as set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph , the Fund shall pay the Custodian its compensation due through the end of the Initial Term (based upon the average monthly compensation previously earned by Custodian during the term with respect to the Fund) and shall reimburse the Custodian for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses associated with such termination (“Termination Payment”). All out-of-pocket expenses under this sub-paragraph for which the Custodian seeks reimbursement must be pre-approved by the Custodian in writing; such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Promptly upon the Fund’s request, the Custodian will deliver the Fund’s securities and cash as set forth hereinbelow. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Termination Payment will be required to be paid by the Fund in the event of the liquidation or dissolution of the Fund and distribution of the Fund’ assets as a result of the Board’s determination that the Fund is no longer viable (b) a merger of the Fund into, or the consolidation of the Fund with, another entity, or (c) the sale by the Fund of all, or substantially all, of its assets to another entity.

The provisions of Sections 6, 11 and 12 of this Agreement shall survive termination of this Agreement for any reason.

Notwithstanding the above, in the event of the termination of the Transfer Agent and Service Agreement or the Administration Agreement between State Street and the Fund, the Fund at any time may terminate this Agreement in whole or in part. The Fund may terminate this Agreement immediately without penalty on written notice to State Street in the event that a material breach of this Agreement, the Transfer Agent and Services Agreement and/or the Administration Agreement by State Street that has not been cured within thirty (30) days’ of State Street being given written notice of the material breach unless the parties agree to extend the period to remedy the breach.

Section 14.      Successor Custodian

If a successor custodian for the Fund shall be appointed by the Board, the Custodian shall, upon termination, deliver to such successor custodian at the office of the Custodian, duly endorsed and in the form for transfer, all securities, funds and other properties of the Fund then held by it hereunder and shall transfer to an account of the successor custodian all of the securities of the Fund held in a Securities System or at the Underlying Transfer Agent.

If no such successor custodian shall be appointed, the Custodian shall, in like manner, upon receipt of a Proper Instruction, deliver at the office of the Custodian and transfer such securities, funds and other properties in accordance with such Proper Instruction.

In the event that no Proper Instruction designating a successor custodian or alternative arrangements shall have been delivered to the Custodian on or before the date when such termination shall become effective, then the Custodian shall have the right to deliver to a bank or trust company, which is a “bank” as defined in the 1940 Act, doing business in Boston, Massachusetts, or New York, New York, of its own selection, all securities, funds and other properties held by the Custodian hereunder and all instruments held by the Custodian relative thereto and all other property held by it under this Agreement on behalf of the Fund, and to transfer to an account of such successor custodian all of the Fund’s securities held in any Securities System or at the Underlying Transfer Agent. Thereafter, such bank or trust company shall be the successor of the Custodian under this Agreement.

In the event that securities, funds and other properties remain in the possession of the Custodian after the date of termination hereof owing to failure of the Fund to procure the Certified Resolution to appoint a successor custodian, the Custodian shall be entitled to fair compensation for its services during such period





as the Custodian retains possession of such securities, funds and other properties and the provisions of this Agreement relating to the duties and obligations of the Custodian shall remain in full force and effect.

Section 15. Remote Access Services Addendum . The Custodian and the Fund agree to be bound by the terms of the Remote Access Services Addendum hereto.

Section 16. Loan Services Addendum .      In the event the Fund directs Custodian in writing to perform loan services, Custodian and the Fund hereby agree to be bound by the terms of the Loan Services Addendum attached hereto and the Fund shall reimburse Custodian for its fees and expenses related thereto as agreed upon from time to time in writing by the Fund and Custodian.
 
Section 17. General .

Section 17.1 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions thereof interpreted under and in accordance with laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without giving effect to any conflict of laws rules.

Section 17.2 Prior Agreements; Amendments . This Agreement supersedes and terminates, as of the date hereof, all prior agreements between the Fund on behalf of each of the Portfolios and the Custodian relating to the custody of the Fund’s assets. This Agreement may be amended at any time in writing by mutual agreement of the parties hereto.     

Section 17.3 Assignment . This Agreement may not be assigned by (a) the Fund without the written consent of the Custodian or (b) by the Custodian without the written consent of the Fund, except that the Custodian may assign this Agreement to a successor of all or a substantial portion of its business, or to a party controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Custodian.

     Section 17.4 Interpretive and Additional Provisions. In connection with the operation of this Agreement, the Custodian and the Fund on behalf of each of the Portfolios, may from time to time agree on such provisions interpretive of or in addition to the provisions of this Agreement as may in their joint opinion be consistent with the general tenor of this Agreement. Any such interpretive or additional provisions shall be in a writing signed by all parties, provided that no such interpretive or additional provisions shall contravene any applicable laws or regulations or any provision of the Fund’s articles of organization and by-laws or agreement or declaration of trust, as applicable, and Prospectus (collectively, “ Governing Documents”) . No interpretive or additional provisions made as provided in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be an amendment of this Agreement.

Section 17.5 Additional Portfolios . In the event that the Fund establishes one or more additional series of Shares with respect to which it desires to have the Custodian render services as custodian under the terms hereof, it shall so notify the Custodian in writing, and if the Custodian agrees in writing to provide such services, such series of Shares shall become a Portfolio hereunder.

Section 17.6 The Parties . In the case of a series corporation, trust or other entity, all references herein to the “Portfolio” are to the individual series or portfolio of such corporation, trust or other entity, or to such corporation, trust or other entity on behalf of the individual series or portfolio, as appropriate. Any reference in this Agreement to “the parties” shall mean the Custodian and the Fund. The Fund hereby represents and warrants that (a) it is organized and validly existing in good standing in its jurisdiction of organization; (b) it has the requisite power and authority under applicable law and its Governing Documents to enter into and perform this Agreement; (c) all requisite proceedings have been taken to authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement; (d) this Agreement constitutes its legal, valid, binding and enforceable agreement; and (e)





its entrance into this Agreement shall not cause a material breach or be in material conflict with any other agreement or obligation of the Fund or any law or regulation applicable to it.

Section 17.7 Notices . Any notice, instruction or other instrument required to be given hereunder will be in writing and may be sent by hand, or by facsimile transmission, or overnight delivery by any recognized delivery service, to the parties at the following addresses or such other addresses as may be notified by any party from time to time.

To the Fund:
c/o *[Sponsor/Fund Name]
*[address]
 
Attention: *[contact]
Telephone: *[]
Telecopy: *[]

To the Custodian:
State Street Bank and Trust Company
*[address]
Attention: [unit head or department head]
Telephone: 617-*[662/985-]
Telecopy: 617-*[662/985-]

Section 17.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement . Counterparts may be executed in either original or electronically transmitted form (e.g., faxes or emailed portable document format (PDF) form), and the parties hereby adopt as original any signatures received via electronically transmitted form.

Section 17.9 Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, unlawful or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired. The failure of a party hereto to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion or the failure of a party hereto to exercise or any delay in exercising any right or remedy under this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of any such term, right or remedy or a waiver of any other rights or remedies, and no single or partial exercise of any right or remedy under this Agreement shall prevent any further exercise of the right or remedy or the exercise of any other right or remedy.

Section 17.10 Confidentiality . The parties hereto agree that each shall treat confidentially all information provided by each party to the other party regarding its business and operations. All confidential information provided by a party hereto shall be used by any other party hereto solely for the purpose of rendering or receiving services pursuant to this Agreement and, except as may be required in carrying out this Agreement, shall not be disclosed to any third party. Neither party will use or disclose confidential information for purposes other than the activities contemplated by this Agreement or except as required by law, court process or pursuant to the lawful requirement of a government agency, or if the party is advised by counsel that it may incur liability for failure to make a disclosure, or except at the request of with the written consent of the other party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each party acknowledges that the other party may provide access to and use of confidential information relating to the other party to the disclosing party’s employees, contractors, agents, professional advisors, auditors or person performing similar functions, but only to the extent necessary for the disclosing party to discharge its responsibilities under the Agreement. The foregoing shall not be applicable to any information (i) that is publicly available when provided or





thereafter becomes publicly available, other than through a breach of this Agreement, (ii) that is independently derived by any party hereto without the use of any information provided by the other party hereto in connection with this Agreement, (iii) that is required in any legal or regulatory proceeding, investigation, audit, examination, subpoena, civil investigative demand or other similar process, or by operation of law or regulation, or (iv) where the party seeking to disclose has received the prior written consent of the party providing the information, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The undertakings and obligations in this section 17.10 shall survive termination or expiration of this Agreement for a period of three (3) years.

Section 17.11 Reproduction of Documents . This Agreement and all schedules, addenda, exhibits, appendices, attachments and amendments hereto may be reproduced by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, micro-card, miniature photographic or other similar process. The parties hereto all/each agree that any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding, whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by a party in the regular course of business, and that any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence.

Section 17.12 Regulation GG . The Fund hereby represents and warrants that it does not engage in an “Internet gambling business,” as such term is defined in Section 233.2(r) of Federal Reserve Regulation GG (12 CFR 233) (“ Regulation GG ”). The Fund hereby covenants that it shall not engage in an Internet gambling business. In accordance with Regulation GG, the Fund is hereby notified that “restricted transactions,” as such term is defined in Section 233.2(y) of Regulation GG, are prohibited in any dealings with the Custodian pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise between or among any party hereto.

Section 17.13 Data Privacy. The Custodian will implement and maintain a written information security program that contains appropriate security measures to safeguard the personal information of the Fund’s shareholders, employees, directors and/or officers that the Custodian receives, stores, maintains, processes or otherwise accesses in connection with the provision of services hereunder.  For these purposes, “personal information” shall mean (i) an individual’s name (first initial and last name or first name and last name), address or telephone number plus (a) Social Security number, (b) driver’s license number, (c) state identification card number, (d) debit or credit card number, (e) financial account number or (f) personal identification number or password that would permit access to a person’s account, or (ii) any combination of the foregoing that would allow a person to log onto or access an individual’s account.  Notwithstanding the foregoing “personal information” shall not include information that is lawfully obtained from publicly available information, or from federal, state or local government records lawfully made available to the general public.

Custodian will immediately notify the Fund of any actual, probable or reasonably suspected breach of security of its systems and/or of any actual, probable or reasonably suspected unauthorized access to or acquisition, use, loss, destruction, compromise or disclosure or any of the Fund’s confidential information (each, a “Security Breach”). Custodian shall at its sole cost: (i) promptly investigate, remedy and take any other action it or the Fund reasonably deems necessary regarding any Security Breach and any dispute, inquiry or claim that concerns the Security Breach; and (iii) shall provide the Fund with assurance to the Fund that such Security Breach will not recur.






Section 17.14 Shareholder Communications Election . SEC Rule 14b-2 requires banks which hold securities for the account of customers to respond to requests by issuers of securities for the names, addresses and holdings of beneficial owners of securities of that issuer held by the bank unless the beneficial owner has expressly objected to disclosure of this information. In order to comply with the rule, as may be applicable, the Custodian needs the Fund to indicate whether it authorizes the Custodian to provide the Fund’s name, address, and share position to requesting companies whose securities the Fund owns. If the Fund tells the Custodian “no,” the Custodian will not provide this information to requesting companies. If the Fund tells the Custodian “yes” or does not check either “yes” or “no” below, the Custodian is required by the rule, as applicable, to treat the Fund as consenting to disclosure of this information for all securities owned by the Fund or any funds or accounts established by the Fund. For the Fund’s protection, the rule, as applicable, prohibits the requesting company from using the Fund’s name and address for any purpose other than corporate communications. Please indicate below whether the Fund consents or objects by checking one of the alternatives below.

YES [ ]      The Custodian is authorized to release the Fund’s name, address, and share positions.

NO [X]      The Custodian is not authorized to release the Fund’s name, address, and share positions.

Section 17.15 Business Continuity/Disaster Recovery. The Custodian has (i) in place a business continuity/disaster recovery plan (“Plan”) and facilities that meets industry best practices, and which, in the event of a disaster affecting the Custodian, will be sufficient to enable the Custodian to resume and continue to perform its obligations under this Agreement without undue delay or disruption; (ii) shall test its Plan at least annually and shall, upon request, provide the Fund with a summary of the Plan that the Custodian successfully conducted a test of its Plan (such summary shall include the scope and date(s) of the test(s).

Section 17.16 Records . The Custodian shall with respect to each Portfolio create and maintain all records relating to its activities and obligations under this Agreement in such manner as will meet the obligations of each Portfolio under the 1940 Act, with particular attention to section 31 thereof and Rules 31a-1 and 31a-2 thereunder. All such records shall be the property of the Fund and shall at all times during the regular business hours of the Custodian be open by duly authorized officers, employees or agents of such Fund and employees and agent of the SEC.

Section 17.17 Service Level Documents. The Fund and Custodian may from time to time, in good faith, agree on certain performance measures by which the Custodian is expected to provide the services contemplated by this Agreement (“ Service Level Documents ”). The Service Level Documents are designed to provide metrics and other information which may be utilized by the parties to help measure performance.





Signature Page


In Witness Whereof , each of the parties has caused this instrument to be executed in its name and behalf by its duly authorized representative under seal as of the date first above-written.

Principal Exchange-Traded Funds



By: ____________________________
Name: __________________________
Title: ___________________________



State Street Bank and Trust Company



By:________________________________     
Michael F. Rogers
Executive Vice President







APPENDIX A
to
Custodian Agreement










SCHEDULE D
to
Custodian Agreement


Special Sub-Custodians

*[None/Name of Special Sub-Custodian(s)]

 





TRANSFER AGENCY AND SERVICE AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made as of the ____ day of ___________, 2014, by and between STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, Massachusetts trust company having its principal office and place of business at One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111 (“State Street” or the “Transfer Agent”), and Principal Exchange-Traded Funds , a Delaware statutory trust having its principal office and place of business at 711 High Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50392-2080 (the “Trust”).

WHEREAS, the Trust is authorized to issue shares of beneficial interest (“Shares”) in separate series, with each such series representing interests in a separate portfolio of securities and other assets;

WHEREAS, the Trust intends to initially offer Shares in one or more series, each as named in the attached Schedule A , which may be amended by the parties from time to time (such series, together with all other series subsequently established by the Trust and made subject to this Agreement in accordance with Section 12 of this Agreement, being herein referred to as a “Portfolio,” and collectively as the “Portfolios”);

WHEREAS, each Portfolio will issue and redeem Shares only in aggregations of Shares known as “Creation Units” as described in the currently effective prospectus and statement of additional information of the Trust (collectively, the “Prospectus”);

WHEREAS, only those entities (“Authorized Participants”) that have entered into an Authorized Participant Agreement with the distributor of the Trust, currently ALPS Distributors, Inc. (the “Distributor”), are eligible to place orders for Creation Units with the Distributor;

WHEREAS, the Depository Trust Company, a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York (“DTC”) or its nominee will be the record or registered owner of all outstanding Shares;

WHEREAS, Trust desires to appoint Transfer Agent to act as its transfer agent, dividend disbursing agent and agent in connection with certain other activities; and Transfer Agent is willing to accept such appointment.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto, agree as follows:

1.
TERMS OF APPOINTMENT

1.1
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Trust and each Portfolio hereby employs and appoints the Transfer Agent to act as, and the Transfer Agent agrees to act as, transfer agent for the Creation Units and dividend disbursing agent of the Trust and each Portfolio.

1.2
Transfer Agency Services . In accordance with procedures established from time to time by agreement between the Trust and each Portfolio, as applicable, and the Transfer Agent, the Transfer Agent shall:

(i)
establish each Authorized Participant’s account in the applicable Portfolio on the Transfer Agent’s recordkeeping system and maintain such account for the benefit of such Authorized Participant;






(ii)
receive and process orders for the purchase of Creation Units from the Distributor or the Trust, and promptly deliver payment and appropriate documentation thereof to the custodian of the applicable Portfolio as identified by the Trust (the “Custodian”);

(iii)
generate or cause to be generated and transmitted confirmation of receipt of such purchase orders to the Authorized Participants and, if applicable, transmit appropriate trade instruction to the National Securities Clearance Corporation (“NSCC”);

(iv)
receive and process redemption requests and redemption directions from the Distributor or the Trust and deliver the appropriate documentation thereof to the Custodian;

(v)
with respect to items (i) through (iv) above, the Transfer Agent may execute transactions directly with Authorized Participants;

(vi)
at the appropriate time as and when it receives monies paid to it by the Custodian with respect to any redemption, pay over or cause to be paid over in the appropriate manner such monies, if any, to the redeeming Authorized Participant as instructed by the Distributor or the Trust;

(vii)
prepare and transmit by means of DTC’s book-entry system payments for any dividends and distributions declared by the Trust on behalf of the applicable Portfolio;

(viii)
record the issuance of Shares of the applicable Portfolio and maintain a record of the total number of Shares of each Portfolio which are issued and outstanding; and provide the Trust on a regular basis with the total number of Shares of each Portfolio which are issued and outstanding but Transfer Agent shall have no obligation, when recording the issuance of Shares, to monitor the issuance of such Shares to determine if there are authorized Shares available for issuance or to take cognizance of any laws relating to, or corporate actions required for, the issue or sale of such Shares, which functions shall be the sole responsibility of the Trust and each Portfolio; and, excluding DTC or its nominee as the record or registered owner, the Transfer Agent shall have no obligations or responsibilities to account for, keep records of, or otherwise related to, the beneficial owners of the Shares;

(ix)
maintain and manage, as agent for the Trust and each Portfolio, such bank accounts as the Transfer Agent shall deem necessary for the performance of its duties under this Agreement, including but not limited to, the processing of Creation Unit purchases and redemptions and the payment of a Portfolio’s dividends and distributions. The Transfer Agent may maintain such accounts at the bank or banks deemed appropriate by the Transfer Agent in accordance with applicable law;

(x)
process any request from an Authorized Participant to change its account registration; and






(xi)
except as otherwise instructed by the Trust, the Transfer Agent shall process all transactions in each Portfolio in accordance with the procedures mutually agreed upon by the Trust and the Transfer Agent with respect to the proper net asset value to be applied to purchase orders received in good order by the Transfer Agent or by the Trust or any other person or firm on behalf of such Portfolio or from an Authorized Participant before cut-offs established by the Trust. The Transfer Agent shall report to the Trust any known exceptions to the foregoing.

1.3
Additional Services . In addition to, and neither in lieu of nor in contravention of the services set forth in Section 1.2 above, the Transfer Agent shall perform the following services:

(i)
The Transfer Agent shall perform such other services for the Trust that are mutually agreed to in writing by the parties from time to time, for which the Trust will pay such fees as may be mutually agreed upon, including the Transfer Agent’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, which are required to perform such other services. All such expenses in excess of $500 shall be pre-approved by the Trust in writing and such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. The provision of such services shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(ii)
DTC and NSCC . The Transfer Agent shall: (a) accept and effectuate the registration and maintenance of accounts, and the purchase and redemption of Creation Units in such accounts, in accordance with instructions transmitted to and received by the Transfer Agent by transmission from DTC or NSCC on behalf of Authorized Participants; and (b) issue instructions to a Portfolio’s banks for the settlement of transactions between the Portfolio and DTC or NSCC (acting on behalf of the applicable Authorized Participant).

1.4
Authorized Persons . The Trust and each Portfolio, hereby agrees and acknowledges that the Transfer Agent may rely on the current list of authorized persons, including the Distributor, as provided or agreed to by the Trust and as may be amended from time to time, in receiving instructions to issue or redeem Creation Units. The Trust and each Portfolio, agrees and covenants for itself and each such authorized person that any order or sale of or transaction in Creation Units received by it after the order cut-off time as set forth in the Prospectus or such earlier time as designated by such Portfolio (the “Order Cut-Off Time”), shall be effectuated at the net asset value determined on the next business day or as otherwise required pursuant to the applicable Portfolio’s then-effective Prospectus, and the Trust or such authorized person shall so instruct the Transfer Agent of the proper effective date of the transaction.

1.5
Anti-Money Laundering and Client Screening . With respect to the Trust’s or any Portfolio’s offering and sale of Creation Units at any time, and for all subsequent transfers of such interests, the Trust or its delegate shall, to the extent applicable, directly or indirectly and to the extent required by law: (i) conduct know your customer/client identity due diligence with respect to potential investors and transferees in the Shares and Creation Units and shall obtain and retain due diligence records for each investor and transferee; (ii) use its best efforts to ensure that each investor’s and any transferee’s funds used to purchase Creation Units or Shares shall not be derived from, nor the product of, any criminal activity; (iii) if requested, provide periodic written verifications that such investors/transferees have been checked against the United States Department of the Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control database for any non-





compliance or exceptions; and (iv) perform its obligations under this Section in accordance with all applicable anti-money laundering laws and regulations. In the event that the Transfer Agent has received advice from counsel that access to underlying due diligence records pertaining to the investors/transferees is necessary to ensure compliance by the Transfer Agent with relevant anti-money laundering (or other applicable) laws or regulations, the Trust shall, upon receipt of written request from the Transfer Agent, provide the Transfer Agent copies of such due diligence records.

1.6
State Transaction (“Blue Sky”) Reporting . If applicable, the Trust shall be solely responsible for its “blue sky” compliance and state registration requirements.

1.7
Tax Law . The Transfer Agent shall have no responsibility or liability for any obligations now or hereafter imposed on the Trust, a Portfolio, any Creation Units, any Shares, a beneficial owner thereof, an Authorized Participant or the Transfer Agent in connection with the services provided by the Transfer Agent hereunder by the tax laws of any country or of any state or political subdivision thereof. It shall be the responsibility of the Trust to notify the Transfer Agent of the obligations imposed on the Trust, a Portfolio, the Creation Units, the Shares, or the Transfer Agent in connection with the services provided by the Transfer Agent hereunder by the tax law of countries, states and political subdivisions thereof, including responsibility for withholding and other taxes, assessments or other governmental charges, certifications and governmental reporting.

1.8
The Transfer Agent shall provide the office facilities and the personnel determined by it to perform the services contemplated herein.

2.
FEES AND EXPENSES

2.1
Fee Schedule . For the performance by the Transfer Agent of services provided pursuant to this Agreement, the Transfer Agent shall be entitled to receive the fees and expenses set forth in a written fee schedule.

2.2
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE TRANSFER AGENT

The Transfer Agent represents and warrants to the Trust that:

3.1
It is a trust company duly organized and existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
3.2
It is duly registered as a transfer agent under Section 17A(c)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), it will remain so registered for the duration of this Agreement, and it will promptly notify the Trust in the event of any material change in its status as a registered transfer agent.
3.3
It is duly qualified to carry on its business in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
3.4
It is empowered under applicable laws and by its organizational documents to enter into and perform the services contemplated in this Agreement.
3.5
All requisite organizational proceedings have been taken to authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement.





3.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE TRUST AND THE PORTFOLIOS

The Trust and each Portfolio represents and warrants to the Transfer Agent that:

4.1
The Trust is a business trust duly organized, existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of its formation.
4.2
The Trust is empowered under applicable laws and by its organizational documents to enter into and perform this Agreement.
4.3
All requisite proceedings have been taken to authorize the Trust to enter into, perform and receive services pursuant to this Agreement.
4.4
The Trust is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), as an open-end management investment company.
4.5
A registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), has been filed and will be effective and will remain effective during the term of this Agreement, and all necessary state securities law filings have been made and will continue to be made, with respect to all Shares of the Trust being offered for sale.
4.
DATA ACCESS AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
5.1
The Trust acknowledges that the databases, computer programs, screen formats, report formats, interactive design techniques, and documentation manuals furnished to the Trust by the Transfer Agent as part of the Trust’s ability to access certain Trust-related data maintained by the Transfer Agent or another third party on databases under the control and ownership of the Transfer Agent (“Data Access Services”) constitute copyrighted, trade secret, or other proprietary information (collectively, “Proprietary Information”) of substantial value to the Transfer Agent or another third party. In no event shall Proprietary Information be deemed Authorized Participant information or the confidential information of the Trust. The Trust and each Portfolio agrees to treat all Proprietary Information as proprietary to the Transfer Agent and further agrees that it shall not divulge any Proprietary Information to any person or organization except as may be provided hereunder. Without limiting the foregoing, the Trust agrees for itself and its officers and trustees and their agents, to:
(i)
use such programs and databases solely on the Trust’s, or such agents’ computers, or solely from equipment at the location(s) agreed to between the Trust and the Transfer Agent, and solely in accordance with the Transfer Agent’s applicable user documentation;
(ii)
refrain from copying or duplicating in any way the Proprietary Information;
(iii)
refrain from obtaining unauthorized access to any portion of the Proprietary Information, and if such access is inadvertently obtained, to inform the Transfer Agent in a timely manner of such fact and dispose of such information in accordance with the Transfer Agent’s instructions;
(iv)
refrain from causing or allowing Proprietary Information transmitted from the Transfer Agent’s computers to the Trust’s, or such agents’ computer to be retransmitted to any other computer facility or other location, except with the prior written consent of the Transfer Agent;
(v)
allow the Trust or such agents to have access only to those authorized transactions agreed upon by the Trust and the Transfer Agent;





(vi)
honor all reasonable written requests made by the Transfer Agent to protect at the Transfer Agent’s expense the rights of the Transfer Agent in Proprietary Information at common law, under federal copyright law and under other federal or state law.
5.2
Proprietary Information shall not include all or any portion of any of the foregoing items that are or become publicly available without breach of this Agreement; that are released for general disclosure by a written release by the Transfer Agent; or that are already in the possession of the receiving party at the time of receipt without obligation of confidentiality or breach of this Agreement.
5.3
If the Trust notifies the Transfer Agent that any of the Data Access Services do not operate in material compliance with the most recently issued user documentation for such services, the Transfer Agent shall endeavor in a timely manner to correct such failure. Organizations from which the Transfer Agent may obtain certain data included in the Data Access Services are solely responsible for the contents of such data, and the Trust agrees to make no claim against the Transfer Agent arising out of the contents of such third-party data, including, but not limited to, the accuracy thereof. DATA ACCESS SERVICES AND ALL COMPUTER PROGRAMS AND SOFTWARE SPECIFICATIONS USED IN CONNECTION THEREWITH ARE PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS, AS AVAILABLE” BASIS. THE TRANSFER AGENT EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES EXCEPT THOSE EXPRESSLY STATED HEREIN INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
5.4
If the transactions available to the Trust include the ability to originate electronic instructions to the Transfer Agent in order to effect the transfer or movement of cash or Creation Units or transmit Authorized Participant information or other information, then in such event the Transfer Agent shall be entitled to rely on the validity and authenticity of such instruction without undertaking any further inquiry as long as such instruction is undertaken in conformity with security procedures established by the Transfer Agent from time to time.
5.5
Each party shall take reasonable efforts to advise its employees of their obligations pursuant to this Section. The obligations of this Section shall survive any earlier termination of this Agreement.
6.
RESERVED
7.
STANDARD OF CARE / LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
7.1
The Transfer Agent shall at all times act in good faith and without fraud, negligence or willful misconduct in its performance of all services performed under this Agreement, but assumes no responsibility and shall not be liable for loss or damage due to errors, including encoding and payment processing errors, unless said errors are caused by its negligence, bad faith, or willful misconduct or that of its employees or agents. The parties agree that any encoding or payment processing errors shall be governed by this standard of care, and that Section 4-209 of the Uniform Commercial Code is superseded by this Section.
7.2
s Neither party shall be liable for any special, incidental, indirect, punitive or consequential damages, regardless of the form of action and even if the same were foreseeable.





8.
INDEMNIFICATION
8.1
The Transfer Agent shall not be responsible for, and the Trust and each applicable Portfolio shall indemnify and hold the Transfer Agent harmless from and against, any and all losses, damages, costs, charges, reasonable counsel fees (including the defense of any lawsuit in which the Transfer Agent or affiliate is a named party), payments, expenses and liability arising out of or attributable to:
(i)
all actions of the Transfer Agent or its agents or subcontractors required to be taken pursuant to this Agreement, provided that such actions are taken in good faith and without negligence, fraud or willful misconduct;
(ii)
the Trust’s breach of any representation, warranty or covenant of the Trust hereunder;
(iii)
the Trust’s lack of good faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct;
(iv)
reasonable reliance upon, and any subsequent use of or action taken or omitted in good faith, by the Transfer Agent, or its agents or subcontractors on: (a) any information, records, documents, data, stock certificates or services, which are received by the Transfer Agent or its agents or subcontractors by machine readable input, facsimile, electronic data entry, electronic instructions or other similar means authorized by the Trust, and which have been prepared, maintained or performed by the Trust or any other person or firm authorized to act on behalf of the Trust, including but not limited to any broker-dealer, third party administrator or previous transfer agent; (b) any instructions or requests of the Trust or its officers who are Authorized Persons; (c) any instructions or opinions of legal counsel to the Trust or any Portfolio with respect to any matter arising in connection with the services to be performed by the Transfer Agent under this Agreement which are provided to the Transfer Agent after consultation with such legal counsel; or (d) any paper or document, reasonably believed to be genuine, authentic, or signed by the proper person or persons;
(v)
the offer or sale of Creation Units in violation of any requirement under federal or state securities laws or regulations requiring that such Creation Units be registered, or in violation of any stop order or other determination or ruling by any federal or state agency with respect to the offer or sale of such Creation Units;
(vi)
the negotiation and processing of any checks, wires and ACH transmissions, including without limitation, for deposit into, or credit to, the Trust’s demand deposit accounts maintained by the Transfer Agent;
(vii)
all actions relating to the transmission of Trust, Creation Unit or Authorized Participant data through the NSCC clearing systems, if applicable; and
(viii)
any tax obligations under the tax laws of any country or of any state or political subdivision thereof, including taxes, withholding and reporting requirements, claims for exemption and refund, additions for late payment, interest, penalties and other expenses (including legal expenses) that may be assessed, imposed or charged against the Transfer Agent as transfer agent hereunder.
8.2
At any time the Transfer Agent may apply to any officer of the Trust who is an Authorized Person for instructions, and may consult with legal counsel (which may be Trust counsel) with respect to any matter arising in connection with the services to be performed by the Transfer Agent under this Agreement, and the Transfer Agent and its agents or subcontractors shall not be liable and shall be indemnified by the Trust and the applicable Portfolio for any action taken or omitted by it in reasonable reliance upon such instructions or upon the opinion





of such counsel. The Transfer Agent, its agents and subcontractors shall be protected and indemnified in acting upon any paper or document furnished by or on behalf of the Trust or the applicable Portfolio, reasonably believed to be genuine and to have been signed by the proper person or persons, or upon any instruction, information, data, records or documents provided the Transfer Agent or its agents or subcontractors by machine readable input, electronic data entry or other similar means authorized by the Trust and the Portfolios, and shall not be held to have notice of any change of authority of any person, until receipt of written notice thereof from the Trust.
9.
ADDITIONAL COVENANTS OF THE TRUST AND THE TRANSFER AGENT
9.1
Delivery of Documents . The Trust shall promptly furnish to the Transfer Agent the following:
(i)
A copy of the resolution of the Board of Trustees of the Trust certified by the Trust’s Secretary authorizing the appointment of the Transfer Agent and the execution and delivery of this Agreement.
(ii)
A copy of the Declaration of Trust and By-Laws of the Trust and all amendments thereto.
9.2
Certificates, Checks, Facsimile Signature Devices . The Transfer Agent hereby agrees to establish and maintain facilities and procedures for safekeeping of any stock certificates, check forms and facsimile signature imprinting devices; and for the preparation or use, and for keeping account of, such certificates, forms and devices.
9.3
Records . The Transfer Agent shall keep records relating to the services to be performed hereunder, in the form and manner as it may deem advisable. To the extent required by Section 31 of the 1940 Act and the Rules thereunder, the Transfer Agent agrees that all such records prepared or maintained by the Transfer Agent relating to the services to be performed by the Transfer Agent hereunder are the property of the Trust and will be preserved, maintained and made available in accordance with such Section and Rules, and will be surrendered promptly to the Trust on and in accordance with its request. Records may be surrendered in either written or machine-readable form..
10.
CONFIDENTIALITY AND USE OF DATA
10.1 The parties hereto agree that each shall treat confidentially all information provided by each party to the other party regarding its business and operations. All confidential information provided by a party hereto shall be used by the other party hereto solely for the purpose of rendering or receiving services pursuant to this Agreement and, except as may be reasonably required in carrying out this Agreement, shall not be disclosed to any third party. Neither party will use or disclose confidential information for purposes other than the activities contemplated by this Agreement or except as required by law, court process or pursuant to the lawful requirement of a governmental agency, or if the party is advised by counsel that it may incur liability for failure to make a disclosure, or except at the request or with the written consent of the other party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each party acknowledges that the other party may provide access to and use of confidential information relating to the other party to the disclosing party’s employees, contractors, agents, professional advisors, auditors or persons performing similar functions. but only to the extent necessary for the disclosing party to discharge its responsibilities under this Agreement. The foregoing shall not be applicable to any information (a) that is publicly available when provided or thereafter becomes publicly available, other than through a breach of this Agreement, (b) that is independently derived by the a party without the use of any information provided by the other party in connection with this Agreement, (c) that is disclosed to comply





with any legal or regulatory proceeding, investigation, audit, examination, subpoena, civil investigative demand or other similar process, (d) that is disclosed as required by operation of law or regulation or as required to comply with the requirements of any market infrastructure that the Trust or its agents direct the Transfer Agent or its Affiliates to employ (or which is required in connection with the holding or settlement of instruments included in the assets subject to this Agreement), or (e) where the party seeking to disclose has received the prior written consent of the party providing the information, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld .     
The undertakings and obligations contained in this section 10.1 shall survive termination or expiration of this Agreement for a period of three (3) years.
10.2
The Transfer Agent affirms that it has, and will continue to have throughout the term of this Agreement, procedures in place that are reasonably designed to protect the privacy of non-public personal consumer/customer financial information to the extent required by applicable laws, rules and regulations.

11.
Effective Period and Termination
This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect for an initial term ending ________, 20__ (the “Initial Term”). After the expiration of the Initial Term, this Agreement shall automatically renew for successive ___-year terms (each, a “Renewal Term”) unless a written notice of non-renewal is delivered by the non-renewing party no later than sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the Initial Term or any Renewal Term, as the case may be. During the Initial Term and thereafter, either party may terminate this Agreement without penalty: (i) in the event of the other party’s material breach of this Agreement that the other party has either (a) failed to cure or (b) failed to establish a remedial plan to cure that is mutually agreed, within 30 days’ written notice of such breach unless the parties agree to extend such cure period, or (ii) in the event of the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the other party or upon the happening of a like event to the other party at the direction of an appropriate agency or court of competent jurisdiction. Upon termination of this Agreement pursuant to this paragraph with respect to the Trust or any Portfolio, the Trust or applicable Portfolio shall pay Transfer Agent its compensation due and undisputed and shall reimburse Transfer Agent for its reasonable out -of-pocket expenses associated with such termination. All out-of-pocket expenses under this sub-paragraph for which the Transfer Agent seeks reimbursement must be pre-approved by the Trust in writing, such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.
In the event of the Trust’s termination of this Agreement with respect to the Trust or its Portfolio(s) during the Initial Term for any reason other than as set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph , the Trust or applicable Portfolio shall pay the Transfer Agent its compensation due through the end of the Initial Term (based upon the average monthly compensation previously earned by Transfer Agent during the term with respect to the Trust or such Portfolio) and shall reimburse the Transfer Agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses associated with such termination (“Termination Payment”). All out-of-pocket expenses under this sub-paragraph for which the Transfer Agent seeks reimbursement must be pre-approved by the Trust in writing, such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Promptly upon the Trust’s request, the Transfer Agent will deliver the Trust’s or such Portfolio’s records as set forth herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Termination Payment will be required to be paid by the Trust or a Portfolio in the event of the liquidation or dissolution of the Trust or a Portfolio and distribution of the Trust’s or Portfolio’s assets as a result of the Board’s determination that the Trust or such Portfolio is no longer viable, (b) a merger of the Trust or a Portfolio into, or the consolidation of the Trust or a Portfolio with, another entity, or (c) the sale by the Trust or a Portfolio of all, or substantially all, of its assets to another entity.






Termination of this Agreement with respect to any one particular Portfolio shall in no way affect the rights and duties under this Agreement with respect to the Trust or any other Portfolio.
Notwithstanding the above, in the event of the termination of the Custodian Agreement or the Administration Agreement between State Street and the Trust, the Trust at any time may terminate this Agreement in whole or in part. The Trust may terminate this Agreement immediately without penalty on written notice to State Street in the event that a material breach of this Agreement, the Custodian Agreement and/or the Administration Agreement by State Street that has not been curred within thirty (30) days’ of State Street being given written notice of the material breach unless the parties agree to extend the period to remedy the breach.
12.
ADDITIONAL PORTFOLIOS
In the event that the Trust establishes one or more series of Shares in addition to the Portfolios listed on the attached Schedule A , with respect to which the Trust desires to have the Transfer Agent render services as transfer agent under the terms hereof, it shall so notify the Transfer Agent in writing, and if the Transfer Agent agrees in writing to provide such services, such series of Shares shall become a Portfolio hereunder.
13.
ASSIGNMENT
13.1
Except as provided in Section 14.1 below, neither this Agreement nor any rights or obligations hereunder may be assigned by either party without the written consent of the other party.
13.2
Except as explicitly stated elsewhere in this Agreement, nothing under this Agreement shall be construed to give any rights or benefits in this Agreement to anyone other than the Transfer Agent and the Trust and the Portfolios, and the duties and responsibilities undertaken pursuant to this Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Transfer Agent and the Trust and the Portfolios. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns.
13.3
This Agreement does not constitute an agreement for a partnership or joint venture between the Transfer Agent and the Trust. Other than as provided in Section 14.1, neither party shall make any commitments with third parties that are binding on the other party without the other party’s prior written consent.
14.
SUBCONTRACTORS

The Transfer Agent may, without further consent on the part of the Trust, subcontract for the performance hereof with a transfer agent which is duly registered pursuant to Section 17A(c)(2) of the 1934 Act, including, but not limited to: (i) Boston Financial Data Services, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation (“BFDS”); (ii) a BFDS subsidiary; or (iii) a BFDS affiliate;; provided, however, that the Transfer Agent shall remain liable to the Trust for the acts and omissions of any subcontractor under this Section as it is for its own acts and omissions under this Agreement.
15.
MISCELLANEOUS

15.1
Amendment . This Agreement may be amended by a written agreement executed by both parties.
15.2
Massachusetts Law to Apply . This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions thereof interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts without giving effect to any conflicts of law rules thereof.





15.3
Force Majeure . The Transfer Agent shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in performance of its obligations under this Agreement arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its control, including without limitation, work stoppage, power or other mechanical failure, computer virus, natural disaster, governmental action or communication disruption; provided that Transfer Agent has notified the Trust promptly when it becomes aware of a specific occurrence or event and has used its best efforts to resolve the effects of the specific occurrence or event.
15.4
Data Protection . The Transfer Agent will implement and maintain a comprehensive written information security program that contains appropriate security measures to safeguard the personal information of the Trust’s shareholders, employees, directors and/or officers that the Transfer Agent receives, stores, maintains, processes or otherwise accesses in connection with the provision of services hereunder. For these purposes, “personal information” shall mean (i) an individual’s name (first initial and last name or first name and last name), address or telephone number plus (a) social security number, (b) drivers license number, (c) state identification card number, (d) debit or credit card number, (e) financial account number or (f) personal identification number or password that would permit access to a person’s account or (ii) any combination of the foregoing that would allow a person to log onto or access an individual’s account. Notwithstanding the foregoing “personal information” shall not include information that is lawfully obtained from publicly available information, or from federal, state or local government records lawfully made available to the general public.

Transfer Agent will immediately notify the Trust of any actual, probable or reasonably suspected breach of security of its systems and/or of any actual, probable or reasonably suspected unauthorized access to or acquisition, use, loss, destruction, compromise or disclosure of any of the Trust’s confidential information (each, a “Security Breach”). Transfer Agent shall at its sole cost: (i) promptly investigate, remedy and take any other action it or the Trust reasonably deems necessary regarding any Security Breach and any dispute, inquiry or claim that concerns the Security Breach; and (ii) shall provide the Trust with assurance to the Trust that such Security Breach will not recur.
15.5
Survival . All provisions regarding indemnification, warranty, liability, and limits thereon, and confidentiality and/or protections of proprietary rights and trade secrets shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
15.6
Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held invalid, unlawful, or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired.
15.7
Priorities Clause . In the event of any conflict, discrepancy or ambiguity between the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement and any schedules or attachments hereto, the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement shall take precedence.
15.8
Waiver. The failure of a party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not be considered a waiver nor shall it deprive such party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any term of this Agreement or the failure of a party hereto to exercise or any delay in exercising any right or remedy under this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of any such term, right or remedy or a waiver of any other rights or remedies, and no single or partial exercise of any right or remedy under this Agreement shall prevent any further exercise of the right or remedy or the exercise of any other right or remedy. Any waiver must be in writing signed by the waiving party.





15.9
Entire Agreement . This Agreement and any schedules, exhibits, attachments or amendments hereto constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof whether oral or written.
15.10
Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement . Counterparts may be executed in either original or electronically transmitted form (e.g., faxes or emailed portable document format (PDF) form), and the parties hereby adopt as original any signatures received via electronically transmitted form.
15.11
Reproduction of Documents . This Agreement and all schedules, exhibits, attachments and amendments hereto may be reproduced by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, micro-card, miniature photographic or other similar process. The parties hereto all/each agree that any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding, whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by a party in the regular course of business, and that any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence.
15.12
Notices . Any notice instruction or other instrument required to be given hereunder will be in writing and may be sent by hand, or by facsimile transmission, or overnight delivery by any recognized delivery service, to the parties at the following address or such other address as may be notified by any party from time to time:
(a)    If to Transfer Agent, to:
State Street Bank and Trust Company
200 Clarendon Street, 16th Floor
Boston, Massachusetts 02116
Attention: Sheila McClorey, Transfer Agent Vice President
Telephone: (617) 662-9681
Facsimile: (617) 956-5648

With a copy to:
State Street Bank and Trust Company
2 Avenue de Lafayette, 2nd Floor (LCC/2)
Boston, MA 02110
Attn: Mary Moran Zeven, Esq.
Telephone: (617) 662-1783
Facsimile: (617) 662-2702

(b)    If to the Trust, to:

Principal Management Corporation
711 High Street
Des Moines, IA 50392-2080
Attn: Layne Rasmussen
Telephone: (515) 247-6783
Facsimile: (515) 248-2453







15.13
Interpretive and Other Provisions . In connection with the operation of this Agreement, the Transfer Agent and the Trust on behalf of each of the Funds, may from time to time agree on such provisions interpretive of or in addition to the provisions of this Agreement as may in their joint opinion be consistent with the general tenor of this Agreement. Any such interpretive or additional provisions shall be in a writing signed by all parties and annexed hereto, provided that no such interpretive or additional provisions shall contravene any applicable laws or regulations or any provision of the Trust’s agreement and declaration of trust, by-laws or the Trust’s registration statement. No interpretive or additional provisions made as provided in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be an amendment of this Agreement.

15.14
Employment of Others . The Transfer Agent may employ, engage, associate or contract with such person or persons, including, without limitation, affiliates and subsidiaries of the Transfer Agent, as the Transfer Agent may deem desirable to assist it in performing its duties under this Agreement without the consent of the Trust; provided, however, that the compensation of such person or persons shall be paid by the Transfer Agent and that the Transfer Agent shall be as fully responsible to the Trust for the acts and omissions of any such person or persons as it is for its own acts and omissions under this Agreement.
15.15
Business Continuity/Disaster Recovery . The Transfer Agent has (i) in place a business continuity/disaster recovery plan (“Plan”) and facilities that meets industry best practices, and which, in the event of a disaster affecting the Transfer Agent, will be sufficient to enable the Transfer Agent to resume and continue to perform its obligations under this Agreement without undue delay or disruption; (ii) shall test its Plan at least annually and shall, upon request, provide the Trust with a summary of the Plan that Transfer Agent successfully conducted a test of its Plan (such summary shall include the scope and date(s) of the test(s).

15.16.
Obligations of the Portfolios . This Agreement is executed on behalf of the Board as Trustees and not individually, and the obligations of this Agreement are not binding upon any of the Trust’s Trustees, officers or shareholders personally but are binding only upon the assets and property of the Trust. With respect to the obligations of each Portfolio arising hereunder, Transfer Agent shall look for payment or satisfaction of any such obligation solely to the assets of the Portfolio which such obligation relates as though Transfer Agent had separately contracted by separate written instrument with respect to each Portfolio, and in no event shall Transfer Agent have recourse, by set off or otherwise, to or against any assets of any other Portfolio.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]






IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed in their names and on their behalf by and through their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year first above written.

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
By:
 
 
Name:
Michael F. Rogers
 
Title:
Executive Vice President



PRINCIPAL EXCHANGE-TRADED FUNDS
By:
 
 
Name:
Layne A. Rasmussen
 
Title:
Vice-President, Controller and CFO
 




 





Schedule A

LIST OF PORTFOLIOS

1.
Principal EDGE Active Income ETF






FORM OF

PRINCIPAL EXCHANGE-TRADED FUNDS, INC.

CONTRACTUAL FEE WAIVER AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT made this ______ day of ________, 2015 by and between Principal Exchange-Traded Funds, Inc. (the “Fund”) and Principal Management Corporation (the “Advisor”) (together, the “Parties”).

The Advisor has contractually agreed to limit the Fund’s expenses, (excluding interest expense, expenses related to fund investments, acquired fund fees and expenses, and other extraordinary expenses) on certain share classes of certain of the Funds. The reductions and reimbursements are in amounts that maintain total operating expenses at or below certain limits. The limits are expressed as a percentage of average daily net assets attributable to each respective class on an annualized basis. The expenses borne by the Advisor are subject to reimbursement by the Funds through the fiscal year end, provided no reimbursement will be made if it would result in the Funds’ exceeding the total operating expense limits. The operating expense limits are attached on Schedule A to this Agreement.

The Agreement embodies the entire agreement of the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreement and understandings, and all rights and obligations thereunder are hereby canceled and terminated. No amendment or modification of this Agreement will be valid or binding unless it is in writing by the Parties

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the day and year first written above.
PRINCIPAL EXCHANGE-TRADED FUNDS, INC.
 
PRINCIPAL MANAGEMENT CORPORATION
 
 
 
 
 
 
By: ____ ____________________________
 
By: ____ ____________________________
Name: Michael J. Beer
 
Name: Michael J. Beer
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
 
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By: ____ ____________________________
 
 
Name: Beth C. Wilson
 
 
Title: Secretary and Vice President
 
 







SCHEDULE A

Series
 
Expiration
Principal Edge Active Income ETF
0.85%
10/31/2016




PRINCIPAL FUNDS, INC.
DISTRIBUTION PLAN AND AGREEMENT
PRINCIPAL EXCHANGE-TRADED FUNDS

DISTRIBUTION PLAN AND AGREEMENT made as of _________, 2015, by and between PRINCIPAL EXCHANGE-TRADED FUNDS, a Delaware Trust (the "Fund"), and ALPS Distributors, Inc., a Colorado Corporation (the " Distributor ").

1.
This Distribution and Service Plan (the “Plan”), when effective in accordance with its terms, shall be the written plan contemplated by Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Act”) for the shares of each Series identified in Appendix A, attached hereto (the “Series”)of the Principal Exchange-Traded Funds (the “Fund”).

2.
The Fund has entered into a Distribution Agreement on behalf of the Fund with the Distributor, under which the Distributor uses all reasonable efforts, consistent with its other business, to secure purchasers of shares of each Series of the Fund (the “Shares”). Such efforts may include, but neither are required to include nor are limited to, the following: (1) formulation and implementation of marketing and promotional activities, such as mail promotions and television, radio, newspaper, magazine and other mass media advertising; (2) preparation, printing and distribution of sales literature provided to the Fund’s shareholders and prospective shareholders; (3) preparation, printing and distribution of prospectuses and statements of additional information of the Fund and reports to recipients other than existing shareholders of the Fund; (4) obtaining such information, analyses and reports with respect to marketing and promotional activities as the Distributor may, from time to time, deem advisable; (5) making payment of sales commission, ongoing commissions and other payments to brokers, dealers, financial institutions or others who sell Shares pursuant to Selling Agreements; (6) paying compensation to registered representatives or other employees of the Distributor who engage in or support distribution of the Fund’s Shares; (7) paying compensation to, and expenses (including overhead and telephone expenses) of, the Distributor; (8) providing training, marketing and support to dealers and others with respect to the sale of Shares; (9) receiving and answering correspondence from prospective shareholders including distributing prospectuses, statements of additional information, and shareholder reports; (10) providing of facilities to answer questions from prospective investors about Shares; (11) complying with federal and state securities laws pertaining to the sale of Shares; (12) assisting investors in completing application forms and selecting dividend and other account options; (13) providing of other reasonable assistance in connection with the distribution of the Fund’s shares; (14) organizing and conducting of sales seminars and making payments in the form of transactional compensation or promotional incentives; and (15) such other distribution and services activities as the Fund determines may be paid for by the Fund pursuant to the terms of this Plan and in accordance with Rule 12b-1 of the Act.

3.
The Distribution Agreement also authorizes the Distributor to enter into Service Agreements with other selling dealers and with banks or other financial institutions to provide shareholder services to existing Fund shareholders, including without limitation, services such as furnishing information as to the status of shareholder accounts, responding to telephone and written inquiries of shareholders, and assisting Fund shareholders with tax information.

4.
In consideration for the services described above, and the expenses incurred by the Distributor pursuant to the Distribution Agreement and Paragraphs 2 and 3 hereof, all with respect to shares of a Series of the Fund, shares of each Series shall pay to the Distributor a fee at the annual rate as shown on Appendix A (or such lesser amount as the Fund Trustees may, from time to time, determine) of the average daily net assets of shares of such Series. This fee shall be accrued daily and paid monthly or at such other intervals, as the Fund Trustees shall determine. The determination of daily net assets shall be made at the close of business each day throughout the month and computed in the manner specified in the Fund’s then current Registration Statement for the determination of the net asset value of the Fund’s shares.


Page 1 of 4


5.
The Fund presently pays, and will continue to pay, a management fee to Principal Management Corporation (the “Manager”) pursuant to a Management Agreement between the Fund and the Manager (the “Management Agreement”). It is recognized that the Manager may use its management fee revenue, as well as its past profits or its resources from any other source, to make payment to the Distributor with respect to any expenses incurred in connection with the distribution of shares, including the activities referred to in Paragraph 2 hereof. To the extent that the payment of management fees by the Fund to the Manager should be deemed to be indirect financing of any activity primarily intended to result in the sale of shares within the meaning of Rule 12b-1, then such payment shall be deemed to be authorized by this Plan.

6.
This Plan shall not take effect until it has been approved (a) by a vote of at least a majority (as defined in the Act) of the outstanding shares of the Series of the Fund and (b) by votes of the majority of both (i) the Board of Trustees of the Fund, and (ii) those Trustees of the Fund who are not "interested persons" (as defined in the Act) of the Fund and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of this Plan or any agreements related to this Plan (the "Disinterested Trustees"), cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on this Plan or such agreements.

7.
Unless sooner terminated pursuant to Paragraph 6, this Plan shall continue in effect for a period of twelve months from the date it takes effect and thereafter shall continue in effect so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually in the manner provided for approval of this Plan in Paragraph 6(b).

8.
A representative of the Distributor shall provide to the Board and the Board shall review at least quarterly a written report of the amounts so expended and the purposes for which such expenditures were made.

9.
This Plan may be terminated at any time by vote of a majority of the Disinterested Trustees, or by vote of a majority (as defined in the Act) of the outstanding shares of the Series of the Fund.

10.
Any agreement of the Fund related to this Plan shall be in writing and shall provide:

A.
That such agreement may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by vote of a majority of the Disinterested Trustees or by a vote of a majority (as defined in the Act) of the outstanding shares of the Series of the Fund on not more than sixty (60) days' written notice to any other party to the agreement); and

B.
That such agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.

11.
While the Plan is in effect, the Fund’s Board of Trustees shall satisfy the fund governance standards as defined in Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 0-1(a)(7).

12.
This Plan does not require the Manager or Distributor to perform any specific type or level of distribution activities or to incur any specific level of expenses for activities primarily intended to result in the sale of shares.

13.
The Fund shall preserve copies of this Plan and any related agreements and all reports made pursuant to Paragraph 8, for a period of not less than six years from the date of the Plan, or the agreements or such report, as the case may be, the first two years in an easily accessible place.

14.
This Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amount of Fees provided for in Paragraph 4 hereof unless such amendment is approved in the manner provided for initial approval in Paragraph 6 hereof and no other material amendment to this Plan shall be made unless approved in the manner provided for initial approval in Paragraph 6(b) hereof.


Page 2 of 4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Plan as of the first date written above.

PRINCIPAL EXCHANGE-TRADED FUNDS

BY:         
    


BY:         
    


ALPS DISTRIBUTORS, INC.

BY:         

Page 3 of 4


PRINCIPAL EXCHANGE-TRADED FUNDS

APPENDIX A

Series
Distribution or Service Fee
Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
0.25%


Page 4 of 4










Code of Ethics

for

Principal Exchange Traded Funds
Principal Funds, Inc.
Principal Variable Contracts Funds, Inc.
Principal Management Corporation (“PMC”)
Principal Financial Advisors, Inc. (“PFA”)
Principal Funds Distributor (“PFD”)

The entities are collectively known as the “Fund Entities."



 

1



Code of Ethics

 
Revision Date
This version of the Code of Ethics is effective as of March 10, 2015.

Purpose of the Code
The Code is designed to ensure that Access Persons  conduct their personal trading activities in a manner that does not take advantage of their access to non-public securities holdings information and trade activities of the Principal Funds, and to reasonably prevent Access Persons from:
     employing any device, scheme or artifice to defraud the Funds;
     making any untrue statements of material fact to the Funds
     omitting to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made to the Funds not misleading, in light of the circumstances under which they are made;
     engaging in any act, practice or course of business that operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit on the Funds; or
     engaging in any manipulative practice with respect to the Funds.

Requirements of Access Persons include:
     Access Persons subject to the Code must observe the applicable standards of duty and care and comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws.
     Access Persons may not evade the Code’s provisions by having another person, whether family, friend or other, act in a manner in which the Access person is prohibited to act.
     Access Persons are required to disclose and report personal securities accounts and activities as described in the Code. Disclosures and reports will be monitored and reviewed by Compliance staff in an effort to ensure that Access Persons are not taking advantage of their access to non-public securities holdings information and trade activities of the Principal Funds.
     Access Persons are also required to report to Compliance any violations of the Code promptly.
     Access Persons will receive, and be required to certify to, the Code each January and more often as material changes may be made. The most recent copy of the Code is provided on a quarterly basis to all Access Persons and is also always available from the Designated Code of Ethics Compliance Officer.


2





Code of Ethics, Continued


Who is Subject to the Code?

The following individuals are subject to the Code as “Access Persons”:

1)      Officers and Directors of PMC, PFA and the Funds;
2)      Officers and Directors of PFD and any company controlling PMC, who obtain information regarding the purchases and sales of fund securities in their regular functions or duties or whose functions relate to the recommendations of such purchases and sales;
3)      Employees, temporary employees and contract employees of PMC and the Funds who:
a)      Have access to non-public information regarding the Funds’ purchases and sales of securities or portfolio holdings, or
b)      Who are involved in making, or have access to, recommendations made to a Fund.
4)      Employees, temporary employees and contract employees of PMC 3  and/or PFA who:
a)      Have access to non-public information regarding a customer’s purchase or sale activity, or
b)      Are involved in making, or have access to, recommendations made to a customer.




3



Code of Ethics, Continued

Administration and Reporting
The Code is administered by, or under the supervision of, PMC’s Designated Code of Ethics Compliance Officer. The staff maintains a database of all identified Access Persons and their disclosed financial accounts.

Access Persons certify:
     receipt of, understanding of, and intent to comply with, the Code;
     report the execution of trades; and
     report holdings to the Designated Code of Ethics Compliance Officer via a report with copies of statements of all disclosed accounts.

Gifts are reported via email or handwritten.

The Designated Code of Ethics Compliance Officer will make exceptions to the provisions of the Code where necessary to ensure reporting is complete and as accurate as possible given the various policies and procedures used by firms holding disclosed accounts.


4




Inside Information

Inside Information
Under no circumstances may you use material, non-public information in connection with a securities transaction. Such purchases are considered a violation of the Code, even if pre-clearance is requested and received.

Employees who posses material, non-public information pertaining to a proprietary mutual fund are prohibited from trading in shares of that fund. Employees may obtain information about significant portfolio activity, such as large, unscheduled redemptions in illiquid markets, valuation errors that are not yet reflected in the NAV, or significant tax refunds or litigation recoveries, that is material and non-public. Trading in the funds while in possession of this type of information is prohibited.

Other types of information, such as a change in manager or a large purchase by an institutional investor, may be sensitive, but not expected to have significant impact on the Fund’s NAV, would not constitute material, non-public information and would not prohibit an employee from trading in the Fund.

The entities to which this Code applies have adopted an Insider Trading Policy which is included as Appendix B  of this Code. Employees of the Principal are also subject to the Corporate Insider Trading Policy.


5



Disclosing Accounts

Types of Financial Accounts
Access Persons do not need prior approval to open financial accounts, but must disclose them within the quarter they are opened. The accounts which must be disclosed include those held at broker-dealers, transfer agencies, investment advisory firms, and other types of financial services firms.
Accounts in which APs have Beneficial Ownership
Financial accounts which must be disclosed include those in which you have beneficial ownership. Accounts in which you have beneficial ownership are   those in which you have any direct or indirect financial interest, including:
Accounts held individually in your own name or jointly with others;
     Accounts held by members of your immediate family sharing the same household;
     Your proportionate interest in portfolio securities held in partnership (e.g., an investment club);
     Accounts holding derivative securities that can be converted through exercise or conversion (e.g., options and warrants);
     Situations where securities are held in certificate form (e.g., stock certificates and coupon bonds held in files, safes and safe deposit boxes); and
     Accounts held at Investment Advisory firms, even such accounts for which the adviser has complete discretion.


Exempted Accounts
Accounts exempt from the reporting requirements include:
Accounts that hold ONLY exempt securities (described later) AND that CANNOT be used to trade non-exempt securities;
State 529 Plans;
Principal employee 401(k) plan accounts;
Principal Excess Plan accounts;
Principal employee ESPP accounts; and
Principal stock option accounts.

NOTE: Principal stock option accounts that have been “upgraded” to allow for trading in securities other than PFG stock must be disclosed.


6



Disclosing Accounts, Continued
Duplicate Confirmation and Statements
You must provide copies of your most recent account statements when you become an Access Person and, going forward, for the entire quarter at the end of each quarter.

If duplicate statements cannot be provided for any reason, you are required to provide a reason on the Quarterly Reporting Cover   Sheet  (QRCS) and report all transactions and holdings for that account on the QRCS.
 

7




Disclosing Security Holdings
Definition of Securities
When used in our Code, “ Security ” has the same meaning as Section 2(a)(36) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 which states:

 “…any note, stock, treasury stock, security future, bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement, collateral-trust certificate, preorganization certificate or subscription, transferable share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate, certificate of deposit for a security, fractional undivided interest in oil, gas, or other mineral rights, any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege on any security (including a certificate of deposit) or on any group or index of securities (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof), or any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency, or, in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as a "security", or any certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or interim certificate for, receipt for, guarantee of, or warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase, any of the foregoing.”  

Securities that are included in the definition for purposes of the Code and which must also be disclosed include:
     Principal mutual funds
     Principal mutual funds used as investment options in Principal Life variable annuity and variable life contracts.
     Mutual funds managed by affiliated companies
     Mutual funds managed by affiliated companies used as funding options in non-proprietary variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts.

A list of the mutual funds managed by affiliated companies can be found in Appendix A .
  

8




Disclosing Security Holdings, Continued


Exempt Securities

The Code exempts the following investments from the definition of security:
     direct obligations of the Government of the United States
     state 529 plans
     bankers’ acceptances
     bank certificates of deposit
     commercial paper
     high quality short-term debt instruments including repurchase agreements
     shares of any money market mutual funds

It also exempts any of the following that are NOT managed by PMC or an affiliate:
     shares of open-end investment companies (i.e., mutual funds)
     open-end exchange traded funds (ETFs)
     shares issued by unit investment trusts (e.g., variable annuity and variable life contracts) that are invested exclusively in one or more open-end mutual funds that are not managed by PMC or an affiliate
     Principal Financial Group stock


Initial Holdings Report (IHR)

Upon becoming an Access Person, you are required to:
1) Identify all beneficially-owned accounts in which non-exempt securities transactions may be completed or non-exempt securities are, or may be, held,
2) Complete an Initial Holdings Report  (IHR). You must supply copies of account statements to satisfy this requirement and the account statements can be no older than 45 days  of your identification as an Access Person. You must also report any non-exempt securities that you own beneficially that are not held in an account.

If you cannot provide account statements, you must make your reporting on the New Access Person Cover sheet.

The IHR must be completed within 10 business days of the date you become an Access Person.   



9



Disclosing Security Holdings, Continued
Annual Holdings Report (AHR)
You must complete an Annual Holdings Report  (AHR) no later than January 30 of each year. The AHR is used to disclose holdings within your disclosed accounts as of the end of each calendar year (information must be current to within 45 days of the report date).

To complete this report, you must submit copies of your annual account statements showing holdings as of the end of the year along with the QRCS.

If you cannot provide statements, you must make your reporting on the QRCS and provide copies of whatever source document for the information you are reporting that is available.
 
 

10



Restricted and Prohibited Transactions
Initial Public Offerings and Limited Offerings
An Initial Public Offering  is the first sale of stock by a company to the public. A Limited Offering  is an offering that is exempt from registration such as private placements, hedge funds and limited partnerships. You are generally not permitted to trade in either type of security.

However, Access Persons may make a written request for approval to engage in transactions in these securities. The request may be submitted to the Designated Code of Ethics Compliance Officer and will be forwarded to the President of PMC for consideration. Requests must clearly describe any special circumstances that might permit such approval.
 
 

11



Certificate of Compliance
Copies of the Code of Ethics
The Code of Ethics is delivered to every Access Person at least once a year, in January. The Code is distributed more often as material changes are made. A copy of the Code is available upon request from the Designated Code of Ethics Compliance Officer.
 
Certificate of Compliance
At least annually (following the fourth quarter), and more often as amendments may be made, you are required to complete a Certification of Compliance. By completing the certification, you are certifying that you have read and understand the Code of Ethics, and agree to comply with its requirements.
 
Quarterly Transaction Reporting

The Quarterly Transaction Report (QTR)
Following the end of each calendar quarter, you will be notified by email to submit your Quarterly Transaction Report  (QTR). To complete the report, you must submit copies of your statements for the quarter attached to the QRCS. If, for any reason, you cannot provide a copy of any of your account statements for the quarter, you must provide a reason on the QRCS and disclose your transactions for the quarter on the QRCS.

The QTR report is due within 30 calendar days  of the end of the quarter.
 
Information on the QTR
The QTR must include all personal securities transactions occurring during the previous quarter. Transactions in any security (as defined in the “Disclosing Securities” section) must be disclosed unless the security or transaction is specifically exempted.
 
Transactions Exempt from Quarterly Reporting
The following transactions do not need to be reported on the QTR, even if they involve reportable securities:
     Transactions completed under an Automatic Investment Plan or  Dividend Reinvestment Program ;
     Transaction completed under an Automatic Redemption Plan ;
     Transactions in securities issued by PFG or an affiliate (e.g., PFG stock);
     Non-volitional transactions (e.g., stock splits and dividend reinvestments).



12



Code Administration, Violation Reporting, and Sanctions
Responsibilities for the Administration of the Code
The CCOs of the Principal Fund Entities are responsible for overseeing the implementation of the Code on a day-to-day basis and may appoint one or more Designated Code of Ethics Compliance Officers for this purpose. All reported transactions and reports are reviewed by a member of the compliance staff as a part of a normal routine and/or during audits of the system and processes.

Responsibility for this Code is vested in the Presidents of the Principal Fund Entities that have adopted the Code. However, if you have questions regarding the interpretation of this Code, or have identified any potential issues or breaches of the Code, you should contact one of the personnel listed below. The identity of the person currently serving in such role may be obtained from the Administrative Assistant to the President of PMC. The contact list, in order of escalation, is:
     Designated Code of Ethics Compliance Officer
     PMC CCO (or PFA or PFD CCO if you are an AP of PFA or PFD)
     Counsel for the Funds
     Principal Funds CCO
 
Sanctions
If a potential violation of the Code is identified, you will be contacted to discuss the issue. If you violate a provision of the Code, sanctions may be imposed as necessary, based on a variety of factors including the seriousness of the infraction, your history of violations and the dollar amount involved.

Sanctions for violations of the Code’s provisions may include:
     Oral warning;
     Additional training;
     Letter of censure;
     Suspension of personal securities trading privileges;
     Disgorgement of profits to a charitable organizations determined by PMC, PFA, or PFD;
     Suspension of employment; or
     Termination of employment.

13



Code Administration, Violation Reporting, and Sanctions, Continued
Violation Reporting Requirements
All Access Persons and employees of the Principal are required to promptly report known or suspected violations of the Code of Ethics to any one of the individuals named in the contact list above.

You may also report violations through the corporate “ Whistle Blower ” process. You may find information about this process at Policy Central on the intranet and report through the website. You may also call 1-866-858-4433, which is staffed 24/7. Information passed through the Whistle Blower process will remain confidential.

All Code violations that are discovered by electronic monitoring, manual review or audit or reported by other individuals will be reported to the appropriate Chief Compliance Officers of the Funds, PMC, PFA and/or PFD. Any of these CCOs may recommend to the President of the appropriate Fund Entity, the imposition of such sanctions as s/he deems appropriate.

No less than annually, the Compliance Department will provide a written report to the Boards of Directors of the Funds that, at a minimum, will include:
1.      A certification the Funds, PMC, PFA, and PFD have each adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent its Access Persons from violating the Code; and
2.      A description of issues that arose during the previous year under the Code since the last report to the board, including information about material violations and sanctions imposed in response to those violations.
 

14



Glossary
Bolded Terms
The bolded terms found throughout this code are included below with their definitions.
 
Glossary
Access Person  – Access Persons are those individuals identified as officers and directors of the Funds, PMC, PFA, and PFD and/or employees, temporary employees or contract employees with access to certain non-public information concerning the Funds or other customers of an investment adviser.

Annual Holdings Report  – A yearly report showing all current reportable securities holdings for a particular Access Person. Due in January of each year.

Automatic Investment Plan  – An investment program in which regular periodic purchases are made automatically in investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule (e.g., monthly or quarterly) and allocation.

Automatic Redemption Plan  – An investment program in which regular periodic redemptions or sales are made automatically from investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule (e.g., monthly or quarterly) and allocation.

Beneficial Ownership  – Financial accounts and/or security holdings in which an Access Person has any direct or indirect financial interest.

Certification of Compliance  – A certification whereby you certify that you have read and understand the Code of Ethics and agree to abide by its terms.

Dividend Reinvestment Program  – A program whereby the account owner instructs the transfer agent to automatically invest any dividends earned back into the account by using the proceeds to buy more securities.

Initial Holdings Report  – A report showing all reportable securities holdings for a particular Access Person current within 45 days before the date the Access Person is identified by Compliance.


15



Glossary, Continued




Initial Public Offering  – A first-time sale of stock by a private company to the public.

Limited Offering  – a stock offering that is exempt from the registration requirements of the SEC.

Quarterly Reporting Cover Sheet – A document that displays each of the Access Person’s reportable accounts.   Account related communication can be submitted through this document. Additionally, the Access Person must verify that there were no changes, or if there were, identify those changes, sign, date and return to PMC Compliance by the 30 th  day following the end of each calendar quarter.

Quarterly Transaction Report  – A report that shows all the reportable security transactions for the quarter. The report is due by the 30 th  day following the end of each calendar quarter.

Security  – The definition used in this Code is the same as that found in Section 2(a)(36) of the Investment Company Act of 1940. See the section on Reportable Securities for more information.

Whistle Blower Policy  – The Whistle Blower Policy at the Principal Financial Group allows for any employee to report suspected fraudulent, unethical and/or non-compliant behaviors of others at The Principal with anonymity.
 

16



Appendix A – Mutual Funds Managed by Affiliates
Holdings and transactions in mutual funds managed by Principal or an affiliate must be disclosed to the Designated Compliance officer. The current list of Mutual Funds Managed by Affiliates is listed below:

 
SECURITY NAME
SYMBOL
CUSIP
 
EDGE
 
 
 
ANCHOR SERIES TRUST ASSET ALLOCATION PORT
ASTAAP
N/A
 
SPECTRUM
 
 
 
NUVEEN QUALITY PFD INC FD 3 COM
JHP
67072W101
 
NUVEEN QUALITY PFD INCOME FD COM
JTP
67071S101
 
NUVEEN QUALITY PFD INCOME FD COM
JPS
67072C105
 
SEI TAX-EXEMPT TAX-ADVANTAGED(STET) INCOME FUND A
SEATX
784118556
 
CCI
 
 
 
RUSSELL U.S. CORE EQ - CLASS Y
REAYX
782493282
 
RUSSELL U.S. CORE EQ – CLASS I
REASX
782493100
 
RUSSELL U.S. CORE EQ - CLASS E
REAEX
782493290
 
RUSSELL U.S. CORE EQ – CLASS C
REQSX
782494595
 
RUSSELL U.S. CORE EQ – CLASS A
RSQAX
782494611
 
RUSSELL U.S. CORE EQ - CLASS S
RLISX
782494587
 
NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL SEPARATE ACCT - RUSSELL MULTI STYLE EQUITY FD
NMLICRIFAX
N/A
 
RUSSELL U.S. STRATEGIC EQ - CLASS S
RSESX
78249R826
 
RUSSELL U.S. STRATEGIC EQ - CLASS A
RSEAX
78249R859
 
RUSSELL U.S. STRATEGIC EQ - CLASS C
RSECX
78249R842
 
RUSSELL U.S. STRATEGIC EQ - CLASS E
RSEEX
78249R834
 
RUSSELL U.S. LARGE CAP EQ - CLASS S
RLCSX
78249R305
 
RUSSELL U.S. LARGE CAP EQ - CLASS A
RLCZX
78249R107
 
RUSSELL U.S. LARGE CAP EQ - CLASS C
RLCCX
78249R206
 
VANTAGEPOINT FDS GROWTH STK FD
VPGRX
92208T301
 
GUIDESTONE FDS SMLCAP EQT GS4 CG
GSCZX
40171W470
 
GUIDESTONE FDS GRW EQTY GS4
GGEZX
40171W520
 
KP SMALL CAP EQUITY FUND
KPSCX
487902793
 
POST
 
 
 
AXA MULTIMANAGER MULTI-SECTOR BOND PORTFOLIO
AXAMMSBP
N/A

(continued on next page)

17




Mutual Funds Managed by Affiliates , Continued
    
PGI-PRINREI
 
 
THRIVENT MUT FDS PTNR WWD ALL A (CLASS A)
TWAAX
885882159
THRIVENT MUT FDS PTNR WW ALLO I CG (CLASS I)
TWAIX
885882142
INTEGRA HIGH QUALITY CANADIAN FIXED INCOME PLUS FUND (NON-US RIC FD)
IHQCFIPF
N/A
INTEGRA US VALUE EQUITY FUND (NON-US RIC FD)
IUSVEF
N/A
PRINCIPAL REAL ESTATE INCOME SHS BEN INT SF (CLOSED-END FUND W/ ALPS)
PGZ
74255X104
PACIFIC SELECT FUND - CURRENCY STRATEGIES PORFOLIO (I SHARES AVAILABLE IN VARIABLE PRODUCTS)
PSFCSPI
N/A
PACIFIC SELECT FUND - CURRENCY STRATEGIES PORFOLIO (P SHARES AVAILABLE IN VARIABLE PRODUCTS)
PSFCSPP
N/A


18






Appendix B – Insider Trading Policies and Procedures



POLICY AND PROCEDURES OF PRINCIPAL MANAGEMENT CORPORATION
DESIGNED TO DETECT AND PREVENT INSIDER TRADING (" POLICY AND PROCEDURES")

(Effective August 3, 2011)

SECTION I. POLICY STATEMENT ON INSIDER TRADING

A.     Policy Statement on Insider Trading

Principal Management Corporation ("Principal Management") forbids any officer, director or employee from (1) trading, either personally or for others (including any of the mutual funds managed by Principal Management) while in possession of material nonpublic information or (2) communicating material nonpublic information to others in violation of the law. Conduct of this kind is referred to as "insider trading." Principal Management's policy statement (the " Policy") applies to every (1) officer, (2) director and (3) employee of Principal who acts on behalf of Principal Management (hereafter "employees"). The Policy extends to activities of Principal Management's officers, directors and employees both within and outside their duties for Principal Management. Every officer, director and employee must read and retain the Policy. Any questions regarding the Policy and Procedures should be referred to Ernie Gillum at extension 67372.

The term "insider trading" is not defined in the federal securities laws, but generally is used to refer to trading in securities while in possession of material, nonpublic information (whether or not one is an "insider") or to communicating material, nonpublic information to others.

While the laws concerning insider trading are not static, it is generally understood that the laws prohibit:

1)     trading by an insider, while in possession of material nonpublic information;

2)
trading by a non-insider, while in possession of material nonpublic information, where the information either was disclosed to the non-insider in violation of an insider's duty to keep it confidential or was misappropriated; or

3)     communicating material nonpublic information to others.

19



As you can see, the term "insider trading" is a misnomer. It suggests that only insiders can violate laws against insider trading. This is not correct. Anyone trading while in possession of material, nonpublic information, whether or not an "insider" in the traditional sense, can violate laws against insider trading.
The elements of insider trading and the penalties for such unlawful conduct are discussed below. Because violations of insider trading laws can result in imposition of penalties not only on the violator but the violator's employer as well, it is important that directors, officers and employees of Principal Management become familiar enough with the issues to be able to identify potential insider trading problems. If, after reviewing the Policy and Procedures, you have any questions you should consult Ernie Gillum.
1.     Who is an Insider?
The concept of "insider" is broad. It includes officers, directors and employees of a company. In addition, a person can be a "temporary insider" if he or she enters into a special confidential relationship in the conduct of a company's affairs and as a result is given access to information solely for the company's purposes. A temporary insider can include, among others, a company's attorneys, accountants, consultants, bank or insurance company lending officers, and the employees of such organizations. According to the Supreme Court, the company must expect the outsider to keep the disclosed nonpublic information confidential and the relationship must at least imply such a duty before the outsider will be considered an insider.
2.     What is Material Information?
Trading on inside information is not a basis for liability unless the information is material. "Material Information" generally is defined as information for which there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider it important in making his or her investment decisions, or information that is reasonably certain to have a substantial effect on the price of a company's securities. Information that officers, directors and employees should consider material includes, but is not limited to: dividend changes, earnings estimates, changes in previously released earnings estimates, significant merger or acquisition proposals or agreements, major litigation, liquidation problems, and extraordinary management developments.
Material information does not have to relate to a company's business. For example, in Carpenter v. U.S., 108 U.S. 316 (1987), the Supreme Court considered as material certain information about the contents of a forthcoming newspaper column that was expected to affect the market price of a security. In that case, a Wall Street Journal ("WSJ") reporter was found criminally liable for disclosing to others the dates that reports on various companies would appear in the WSJ and whether those reports would be favorable or not.


20



3.     What is Nonpublic Information?

Information is nonpublic until it has been effectively communicated to the market place. One must be able to point to some fact to show that the information is generally public. For example, information found in a report filed with the SEC, or appearing in Dow Jones, Reuters Economic Services, WSJ or other publications of general circulation would be considered public.

4.     Penalties for Insider Trading

Penalties for trading on or communicating material nonpublic information are severe, both for individuals involved in such unlawful conduct and their employers. A person can be subject to some or all of the penalties below even if he or she does not personally benefit from the violation. Penalties include:

1. Civil injunctions

2. Treble damages

3. Disgorgement of profits

4. Jail sentences

In addition, any violation of the Policy and Procedures could result in serious sanctions by Principal Management, including dismissal.

SECTION II. PROCEDURES TO IMPLEMENT PRINCIPAL MANAGEMENT'S POLICY

Procedures to Implement Principal Management's Policy Against Insider Trading

Principal Management has established the following procedures to aid its officers, directors and employees in avoiding insider trading, and to aid Principal Management in preventing, detecting and imposing sanctions against insider trading. Every officer, director and employee must follow these procedures or risk serious sanctions which, in serious situations, could include dismissal, substantial personal liability and criminal penalties. If you have any questions about the Policy and Procedures you should consult Ernie Gillum.

A.     Identifying Inside Information

Before trading for yourself or others (including any mutual fund managed by Principal Management) in any security of a company about which you may have inside information, ask yourself the following questions:


21



i. Is the information in my possession material? Is this information that an investor would consider important in making his or her investment decisions? Is this information that would substantially affect the market price of the securities if generally disclosed? If you are in doubt, assume the information is material.

ii. Is the information nonpublic? To whom has this information been provided? Has the information been effectively communicated to the marketplace by being published in Reuters, WSJ or other publications of general circulation? Has the information been published in a widely circulated research report?

If, after consideration of the above, you believe that the information in your possession is material and nonpublic, or if you have any questions as to whether the information is material and nonpublic, you should take the following steps:

i. Report the matter immediately to Ernie Gillum.

ii. Do not purchase or sell the securities on behalf of yourself or others, including any mutual fund managed by Principal Management.

iii. Do not communicate the information inside or outside Principal Management, other than to the officer mentioned in (i), above. If the information you have is in written form, the officer who reviews the information with you may instruct you to keep the information with your personal files at your desk.

iv. After the officer has reviewed the issue, you will be instructed to continue the prohibitions against trading and communication, or you will be allowed to trade and communicate the information.

B.
Officers and Directors of Principal Management and Any Others Who, in the Course of Their Duties with Principal Management, Come into the Possession of Material, Nonpublic Information.

Although the officers and directors of Principal Management ordinarily do not, in the course of their duties, come into the possession of material, nonpublic information, they have the authority to obtain that information. In addition, other personnel who perform tasks on behalf of Principal Management may come into the possession of material, nonpublic information, either purposely or inadvertently. Therefore, any individual, no matter what position or office that person holds with Principal Management, must:

(1) Guard against communicating material, nonpublic information to anyone who does not need to know it.

(2) Ensure, before trading personally or for others, that any information in his/her possession is not material and nonpublic.

22




C.     Resolving Issues Concerning Insider Trading

If, after consideration of the items set forth in paragraph I, doubt remains as to whether information is material or nonpublic, or if there are any unresolved questions as to the applicability or interpretation of the foregoing procedures, or as to the propriety of any action, the matter must be discussed with the officer identified in II., above before you trade or, in the circumstances described in the paragraph above, before you communicate the information to anyone.

SECTION III. SUPERVISORY PROCEDURES

Supervisory Procedures

Supervisory procedures are critical to the implementation and maintenance of the Policy and Procedures. Supervisory procedures can be divided into two classes - those designed to detect insider trading and those designed to prevent insider trading.

A.     Prevention of Insider Trading

To prevent insider trading, Principal Management shall:

i. provide an education program to familiarize new officers, directors and employees with Principal Management's policy and procedures;

ii. answer questions regarding Principal Management's policy and procedures;

iii. resolve issues of whether information received by an officer, director or employee of Principal Management is material and nonpublic;

iv. designate an individual to review on a regular basis and update as necessary, its policy and procedures designed to prevent and detect insider trading; and

v. when it has been determined that an officer, director or employee of Principal Management has material nonpublic information;

1. implement measures to prevent dissemination of such information; and

2. if necessary, restrict officers, directors and employees from trading the securities.

B.     Detection of Insider Trading

To detect insider trading, persons operating under the direction of Principal Management officers and directors shall:

23




i.
review the trading activity reports filed by each officer, director and employee pursuant to Investment Company Act of 1940 Rule 17j -1;

ii. review the trading activity of the mutual funds managed by Principal Management; and

iii. coordinate the review of such reports with other appropriate officers, directors or employees of Principal Management.

C.     Special Reports to Management

Promptly, upon learning of a potential violation of the Policy and Procedures, an officer or an individual operating under an officer's direction shall prepare a written report to management providing full details and recommendations for further action.



24



EX-99.16  9 v782184_exp16.htm EDGE ASSET MGMT CODE OF ETHICS


 
CODE OF ETHICS
 
August 30, 2012
 
This Code of Ethics (the “Code”) has been adopted by Edge Asset Management, Inc. (the “Advisor”), effective   August 30, 2012 .  The principal objectives of the Code are: (i) to provide policies and procedures consistent with applicable laws and regulations, including Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 as amended, and Rule 204 A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended; and (ii) to prevent conflicts of interest or the appearance of such conflicts including activities related to personal securities transactions or engaging in outside business activities.
 
Access Persons of the Advisor are also subject to the Principal Financial Group® (“PFG”) Corporate Code of Business Conduct & Ethics and other PFG policies, which can be found on the  Inside the Principal ®  intranet site. Access Persons are also subject to additional Advisor policies including but not limited to insider trading, proprietary and confidential information and political contributions.
 
The administration and enforcement of this Code is the responsibility of the Advisor's Chief Compliance Officer. However, all Access Persons have the responsibility for observing and complying with the Code on a day-to-day basis. Access Persons are strongly urged to consult with the Compliance Department should they have any questions about the Code or its content.
 

 

1



TABLE OF CONTENTS 
I.
Policy Highlights
3
 
 
 
II.
General Principles
4
 
 
 
III.
Definition of Terms
5
 
 
 
IV.
Personal Securities Transactions
7
 
 
 
V.
Reporting Requirements
12
 
 
 
VI.
Insider Trading
14
 
 
 
VII.
Confidentiality
14
 
 
 
VIII.
Anti-Money Laundering  
15
 
 
 
IX.
Service as a Director and Outside Business Activities
15
 
 
 
X.
Gifts & Entertainment
15
 
 
 
XI.
Political Activity & Government Relations
17
 
 
 
XII.
Bribery & Corruption Policy
18
 
 
 
XIII.
Exemptions
18
 
 
 
XIV.
Copyright Laws
19
 
 
 
XV.
Media Relations & Third Party Inquires
19
 
 
 
XVI.
Violations & Sanctions
19
 
 
 
XVII.
Reports and Certifications of Adequacy
19
 
 
 
XVIII.
Client Notification
20
 
 
 
XIX.
Access Person Training and Certification
20
 
 

2



I. Policy Highlights
 
The Code is designed to ensure that all applicable acts, practices and courses of business engaged in by Access Persons (all capitalized terms are defined herein) are conducted in accordance with the highest possible standards, and to prevent conflicts of interest or even the appearance of conflicts by Access Persons when conducting their personal trading and other business activities. This section sets forth selected rules that frequently raise questions. This is by no means a comprehensive list of all the applicable rules and requirements. Access Persons must examine the specific sections of the Code for more details and are strongly encouraged to consult applicable policies and procedures or the Advisor's Compliance Department when questions arise:
All Personal Securities Transactions must be pre-cleared through the Compliance Department, unless specifically exempted by the Code.
Access Persons are required to have duplicate account statements and trade confirmations sent to the Advisor's Compliance Department for any Covered Account in which the Access Person(s) may obtain Beneficial Ownership of a Covered Security.
Access Persons are required to report new Covered Accounts within 30 days after the calendar quarter end.
Affiliated Mutual Funds are exempt from pre-clearance requirements of the Code but are subject to its holding and reporting requirements.
Purchases and sales of shares in money market funds are exempt from the pre-clearance, holding period and reporting requirements of the Code.
Exchange traded funds (“ETFs”) and closed-end mutual funds must be pre-cleared and are subject to all holding and reporting requirements.
Access Persons are prohibited from acquiring any equity or fixed income security in an initial public offering (“IPO”) or secondary public offering.
Limited offerings (e.g., private placements) must be pre-approved by the Advisor's Compliance Department.
Outside business activities, including service as a director or trustee of a company, must be pre-approved by the Chief Compliance Officer, or its designee.
Access Persons may not sell Covered Securities under any circumstances unless they have been held for at least 30 days.
An Access Person may not repurchase any security it has sold within the previous 30 days.
No Access Person may purchase or sell a Covered Security for a period of 7 calendar days before and after the Covered Security has been traded by the Advisor on behalf a client account.
No Access Person may purchase or sell any security, which to their knowledge at the time of the intended trade is being considered by the Advisor for purchase or sale on behalf of a client account.
Access Persons are required to submit an Initial Holdings Report within ten days of becoming an Access Person, Quarterly Transactions Reports within thirty days of each calendar quarter end, and Annual Holdings Reports and Certifications of Compliance within thirty days of each calendar year end.
 
II. General Principles
 
A. Shareholder and Client Interests Come First
 
Access Persons of the Advisor must comply with all applicable federal securities laws. This Code is designed to assist Access Persons in fulfilling their regulatory and fiduciary duties.
 
Every Access Person owes a fiduciary duty to each of the Advisor's clients and their shareholders. Access Persons must always recognize the needs and interests of the Advisor's clients and be certain that, at all times, the interests of the Advisor's clients are considered ahead of any personal interest.
 

3



B. Avoid Actual and Potential Conflicts of Interest
 
The restrictions and requirements of the Code are designed to prevent behavior, which actually or potentially conflicts, or raises the appearance of an actual or potential conflict, with the interests of the Advisor's clients. It is imperative that the Personal Securities Transactions of Access Persons are conducted in a manner consistent with both the letter and spirit of the Code to avoid any such conflict of interest and to prevent abuse of an Access Person's position of trust and responsibility.
 
C. Statutory Grounds for Disqualification from Employment
 
The Advisor mandates that no officer, director or employee may become or continue to remain an officer, director or employee without an exemptive order issued by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission if such director, officer or employee within the past thirteen years or during the course of employment:
has been charged with, convicted of, or plead guilty or no contest to any felony or misdemeanor or of a substantially equivalent crime by a foreign court of competent jurisdiction involving the purchase or sale of any security, the taking of false oath, the making of a false report, bribery, perjury, burglary, or conspiracy to commit such offense, or has been convicted of any crime that is punishable by imprisonment for 1 year or more years that is not described above;
has been charged with, convicted of, or plead guilty or no contest to any felony or misdemeanor or of a substantially equivalent crime by a foreign court involving the purchase or sale of any security; or arising out of their conduct as an underwriter, broker, dealer, investment adviser, municipal securities dealer, government securities dealer, transfer agent or entity or person require to register under the U.S. Commodity Exchange Act, or as an affiliated salesman or employee of any investment company, bank, insurance company or entity or person required to be registered under the Commodity Exchange Act; or
is or becomes permanently or temporarily enjoined by any court from (i) acting as an underwriter, broker, dealer, investment adviser, municipal securities dealer, transfer agent, or entity or person required to be registered under the U.S. Commodity Exchange Act, or as an affiliated salesman or employee of any investment company, bank, insurance company or entity or person required to be registered under the Commodity Exchange Act; or (ii) engaging in or continuing any conduct or practice in connection with any such activity or in connection with the purchase or sale of any security.
 
It is your obligation to immediately report any conviction or injunction falling within the foregoing provisions to the Chief Compliance Officer.
 
III. Definitions
 
“Access Persons” shall include all of the Advisor's supervised persons including any director, officer, partner, employee or other related person as designated by the Firmwho are:
i.
Supervised personnel and have access to:
a.    Nonpublic information regarding any purchase or sale of securities by any client of the Advisor; or
b.    Nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of any account the Advisor manages.
ii.
Any person who is involved in making securities recommendations to clients or has access to such recommendations that are nonpublic.
iii
Any other persons falling within such definition under Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Adviser Act of 1940.
iv.
Any person who primarily works within the main office of the Advisor.
 
All employees of the Advisor are deemed to be Access Persons under this Code, unless designated by the Chief Compliance Officer to be an Exempt Access Person.
 

4



“Affiliated Mutual Funds” shall include a series of open-end investment companies that are advised or sub-advised by the Advisor as well as those funds within Principal Funds, Inc. and Principal Variable Contracts Fund, Inc. (collectively, the “Principal Funds”) that are not sub-advised by the Advisor.
 
“Beneficial Ownership” shall include an Access Person having beneficial interest of securities held in an account in the name of: (1) the individual; (2) a husband, wife or minor child; (3) a relative sharing the same house; (4) another person if the Access Person (i) obtains benefits substantially equivalent to ownership of the securities; (ii) can obtain ownership of the securities immediately or at some future predetermined time; or (iii) can have investment discretion or otherwise can exercise control.
 
“Covered Accounts” shall include any account in which an Access Person has or acquires any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership in a security held in the account. Common examples of accounts representing Beneficial Ownership include joint accounts, spousal accounts, UTMA accounts, partnerships, trusts and controlling interests in corporations. Any uncertainty as to whether an account represents a Covered Account should be brought to the attention of the Compliance Department. Such questions will be resolved in accordance with, and this definition shall be subject to, the definition of “beneficial owner” found in Rules 16a-1(a)(2) and (5) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
“Covered Securities” shall include all securities as defined in Section 2(a)(36) of the Investment Company Act. Under this definition, Covered Securities include, but are not limited to, common and preferred stocks, open-end mutual funds, ETFs, closed-end funds and unit investment trusts. Also included are derivatives, options or futures to purchase or sell as well as any security convertible into or exchangeable for such securities. Exemption from certain requirements of the Code may apply to designated Covered Securities, as set forth below. In addition, certain securities, such as money market funds, are exempt from the definition of “Covered Security” as explained in the Code.
 
“Exempt Access Person” shall mean any Access Person who has received a written exemption from the Chief Compliance Officer from the restrictions and requirements of this Code. Exempt Access Persons are subject to all other sections of the Code. Generally, Exempt Access Persons may be temporary or part-time employees, or contractors without access to applicable confidential and/or tactical trading, holding or account information.
 
“Insider Access Person” shall mean any employee of Edge or an affiliate located at Edge who, in the regular course of their business activities, has access to certain non-public proprietary information related to the Principal Funds not sub-advised by Edge.
 
“Investment Personnel” shall mean any employee who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities, or anyone who, in connection with their job functions, has real-time knowledge of such recommendations or supervises of those making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities. This includes, but is not limited to, portfolio managers, research analysts, and personnel in the trading department, among others.

IV. Personal Securities Transactions
 
A. Prohibited Conduct

No Access Person shall buy or sell any Covered Security, with the exception of those described in sub-section C. below titled Exempt Securities (referred to herein as a "Personal Securities Transaction") unless:
1.
Pre-clearance approval of the transaction has been obtained from the Compliance Department; and
2.
The transaction is reported to the Compliance Department in accordance with the requirements below.

B. Restrictions and Limitations on Personal Securities Transactions
 
Except where otherwise indicated, the following restrictions and limitations govern Personal Securities Transactions:
1.
Covered Securities purchased may not be sold until at least 30 calendar days from the purchase trade date. Covered Securities sold may not be repurchased until at least 30 calendar days from the sale trade date. A violation may result in disgorgement of all profits from the transactions as well as other possible sanctions.
2.
Affiliated Mutual Funds (excluding money market funds), whether purchased in a brokerage account, directly through a transfer agent or in a 401(k) or other retirement plan, may not be sold, redeemed or exchanged until

5



at least 60 calendar days from the purchase trade date. They may not be repurchased until at least 60 calendar days from the sale trade date.
3.
No opening transactions in options or futures may be executed if the expiration date is less than 30 calendar days from the date the transaction was executed.
4.
No Access Person may acquire any equity or fixed income security in an initial public offering (“IPO”) or secondary public offering.
5.
Access Persons shall obtain approval from the Compliance Department prior to the acquisition of securities issued pursuant to a "private offering" (as that term is generally recognized as an exemption from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933) ("Private Offering Security") in which they, their families (including those immediate family members sharing the same household as the Access Person) or trusts of which they are trustees or in which they have a beneficial interest are parties. The Compliance Department shall promptly notify the person of approval or denial for the transaction. Notification of approval or denial for the transaction may be given verbally; however, it shall be confirmed in writing within 72 hours of verbal notification. In reviewing the request, the Compliance Department shall consult with the President, the Chief Compliance Officer and the applicable Asset Class Heads or Chief Investment Officer, and shall take into account, among other factors, whether the investment opportunity should be reserved for the Advisor's clients, and whether the opportunity is being offered to such person as a result of his or her position with the Advisor. Investment Personnel who are Beneficial Owners of any Private Offering Security shall be required to disclose such ownership to the Compliance Department prior to making any recommendation regarding the purchase or sale of the Private Offering Security by a client or participating in the determination of which recommendations shall be made to a client. Under such circumstances, the Advisor's decision to purchase the Private Offering Securities shall be subject to an independent review by Investment Personnel with no personal interest in the Private Offering Securities.
6.
No purchase or sale transaction may be made in any Covered Security by an Access Person for a period of 7 calendar days before and after that Covered Security is purchased or sold by the Advisor on behalf of any client account. Any profits realized on these trades may be subject to disgorgement. 1  
7.
No Access Person shall purchase or sell any Covered Security, which to their knowledge at the time of such purchase or sale is being considered for purchase or sale by a client account.
8.
If a Personal Securities Transaction is not executed on the day pre-clearance approval is granted, it is required that pre-clearance approval be obtained again on the subsequent day (i.e., open orders, such as limit orders, good until cancelled orders and stop-loss orders, must be pre-cleared each day until the transaction is effected).
9.
Access Persons shall not participate in investment clubs.
 
C. Exempt Securities

1.
The following securities are exempt from: (i) the pre-clearance requirement of Section IV.(A); (ii) the holding period and other restrictions of this Section IV.(B); and (iii) the initial, quarterly and annual reporting requirements of Section V.(A):
a)
Direct obligations of the United States Government 2 ;
b)
Bank Certificates of Deposit;
c)
Bankers' Acceptances;
___________________________
 
1  In the event that an Access Person, upon receiving pre-clearance approval, personally trades a security that is subsequently traded on behalf of a client account, the Compliance Department will evaluate the size of the trades, the issuer's market cap and the security's average trading volume to determine if the trades impact each other. If it is determined that no impact occurred, the Compliance Department may deem the infraction to be a technical non-volitional violation.
 
2  Includes securities that carry full faith and credit of the U.S. Government for the timely payment of principal and interest, such as Ginnie Maes, U.S. Savings Bonds, and U.S. Treasuries.


6



d)
Commercial Paper;
e)
High Quality Short-Term Debt Instruments; 3  
f)
Shares held in money market funds;
g)
Shares held in open-end Mutual Funds other than Affiliated Mutual Funds. 4  
2. 
Transactions in redeemable Unit Investment Trusts are exempt from the holding period restrictions contained in this Section IV.(B)(1) and the pre-clearance requirement of Section IV.(A), but are subject to the initial, quarterly and annual reporting requirements reporting requirements of Section V.(A).
3.
Affiliated Mutual Funds are exempt from the pre-clearance requirement of this Section IV.(A), but are subject to the initial, quarterly and annual reporting requirements of Section V.(A), and the holding period restrictions contained in Section IV.(B)(2).
4.
Affiliated Mutual Fund transactions that are made through an automated systematic purchase/redemption plan are exempt from the pre-clearance requirement of this Section IV.(A), and the holding period restrictions contained in Section IV.(B)(2), but are subject to the initial, quarterly and annual reporting requirements of Section V.(A).
5.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary within the Code, securities that are not eligible for purchase or sale by the Advisor are exempt from pre-clearance requirement of Section IV.(A) and from the holding period restrictions contained in this Section IV.(B)(1), but are subject to initial, quarterly and annual reporting requirements of Section V.(A).
6.
Securities issued by the Principal Financial Group® or its subsidiaries (“PFG”), including PFG common stock, are exempt from the pre-clearance requirement of Section IV.(A) and the holding restrictions contained in Section IV.(B)(1) but are subject to the initial, quarterly and annual reporting requirements of Section V.(A). Access Persons are responsible for understanding whether they are subject to the PFG corporate policy and rules on trading in PFG common stock. All Access Persons are prohibited from purchasing PFG stock on margin, trading in put or call options on PFG stock or entering into short sales of PFG stock.
 
D. Exempt Transactions

1.
The transactions listed below are exempt from the pre-clearance and holding requirements of this Section IV., but are subject to the quarterly reporting requirements of Section V.(A)(2):
a)
Purchases which are part of an automatic dividend reinvestment plan.
b)
Purchases or sales, which are non-volitional on the part of the Access Person.
c)
Purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities, to the extent, such rights were acquired from such issuer, and sales of such rights so acquired.
d)
Maturity of a fixed income security.
___________________________ 
 
3  These include repurchase agreements or any instrument that has a maturity at issuance of fewer than 366 days that is rated in one of the two highest categories by a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.
 
4  Includes purchases of applicable 529 plans which may technically represent municipal securities but for which the underlying investment options are limited to open-end mutual funds or securities designed to mirror the structure of open-end mutual funds.


7



2.
All Access Persons wishing to directly participate in or obtaining Beneficial Ownership through an issuer's automated direct stock purchase plan or an employee stock purchase plan must submit a memorandum to the Compliance Department stating the name of the security and the amount to be invested, in frequency of the transactions, the method of payment (i.e. ACH, bank wire drafts etc.) and the institution where the transaction will be processed. Please note that only automatic purchases may be approved under this provision. Upon review, the Compliance Department will approve or decline the investment plan in writing. Once approved, all subsequent trades made in conjunction will be considered approved unless otherwise notified by the Compliance Department. However, any change made to the security, purchase amount, or frequency will be considered a deviation from the approved investment plan and will require subsequent pre-approval. Automated systematic purchases under an issuer's direct stock purchase plan or employee stock purchase plan that adhere to the above reference provisions are exempt from the restrictions contained in this Section IV.(B)(1), (B)(6) and (B)(7), but are subject to all other provisions including initial, quarterly and annual reporting requirements. Please note that these provisions are applicable to purchase only. Liquidations from a direct stock purchase plan or employee stock purchase plans must adhere to standard requirements.
3.
Access Persons are permitted to make regular purchases in Covered Securities when participating in an employer-sponsored 401(k) plan, for which the Access Person is making automatic payroll deductions. Such purchases are exempt from the pre-clearance requirement of Section IV.(A) and the restrictions of Section IV.(B)(1), (B)(2), (B)(6) and (B)(7). Unless specifically exempted in the Code, any sell transactions in Covered Securities within a 401(k) plan are subject to the pre-clearance requirement of Section IV.(A). The initial, quarterly and annual reporting requirements of Section V.(A) apply.
4.
All Access Persons wishing to establish a non-controlled/non-volitional account must submit a written request to and receive approval from the Advisor's Chief Compliance Officer prior to the establishment of the account. Each request will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis and a written response will be provided by the Chief Compliance Officer or its designee. Once an approved account is established, the Covered Securities held within the account will be exempt from the pre-clearance requirements of Section IV.(A) and the restrictions of Section IV.(B)(1), (B)(2), (B)(6) and (B)(7). However the account will be subject to each of the reporting requirements outlined in Section V.(A)

 
E. Personal Trading Monitoring System
 
The SunGard Protegent Personal Trading Assistant (“SunGard PTA”) is an intuitive browser-based application that automates compliance with personal securities trading regulations and the Advisor's Code. The functionality spans various areas of personal securities trading from pre-trade authorization through post-trade reconciliation and reporting to help ensure comprehensive, documented compliance with personal securities trading regulations. Access Persons are expected to utilize the SunGard PTA to fulfill their pre-clearance, reporting and disclosure obligations under the Code.
 
F.  Pre-Clearance Requirement

1.    Personal Securities Transaction Approval Process
 
Access Persons are required to obtain pre-clearance approval of a Personal Securities Transaction prior to entering into any transaction. (Note: it is advised to overestimate if the exact quantity is not known at time of the pre-clearance). The submission and approval process is administered through SunGard PTA by completing details of the transaction into SunGard PTA, which is evaluated against provisions in the Code of Ethics. If a Personal Securities Transaction request is approved the specified transaction must be completed on the same day the request was approved.  Any transaction not completed on the same day will require a new approval.
 
Pre-clearance is not required for Exempted Securities (IV.C.) or Exempted Transactions (IV.D.).
 
Insider Access Persons may be subject to additional pre-clearance requirements as a result of having access to certain non-public portfolio holdings information.

2.
Factors Considered in Pre-Clearance of Personal Securities Transactions
 

8



When evaluating a Personal Securities Transaction for pre-clearance, the following factors, among others, may generally be considered:

Whether the requested security: (i) is currently held in any client accounts; (ii) has been purchased or sold by a client account in the past seven days; or (iii) is being considered for purchase or sale by a client account.
Whether the Access Person will improperly benefit from purchases or sales, which have been executed or are being considered by a client account.
Whether the proposed transaction will be conducted in a manner that is consistent with the requirements of the Code.
Whether the proposed transaction would impact the price of the security, considering the number of shares being traded in relation to the issuer's market cap and the security's average daily volume.
 
In addition to the requirements set forth in the Code, the Advisor's Compliance Department and/or, if applicable, designated Portfolio Manager and/or Asset Class Head, in keeping with the general principles and objectives of the Code, may refuse to grant pre-clearance of a Personal Securities Transaction if it is determined that it may present a material conflict of interest.
 
V. Reporting Requirements
 
A. Reports of Transactions & Holdings
Under the Code, Access Persons are subject to several reporting requirements. At the beginning of their employment, or upon determination of being an Access Person, each Access Person is required to complete an Initial Holdings Report. Access Persons are also required to complete Quarterly Transactions Reports and an Annual Holdings Report & Certification of Compliance. It is the responsibility of each Access Person to submit their reports to Compliance in a timely manner. Compliance will notify Access Persons of their quarterly and annual reporting obligations under the Code.
 
At the beginning of their employment or upon determination of being an Access Person, each Access Person shall immediately provide to the Compliance Department duplicate copies of all periodic statements issued by Covered Accounts and arrange for future statements to be provided to the Compliance Department.
 
1.
Initial Holdings Report
 
Not later than 10 days after becoming an Access Person, he or she must provide an Initial Holdings Report to the Advisor's Compliance Department, (which information must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date the person becomes an Access Person), disclosing:
(i)
All Covered Securities, including Affiliated Mutual Funds and Private Offering Securities beneficially owned by the Access Person, listing the title and type of the security, and as applicable the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, number of shares held, and principal amount of the security.
(ii)
The name of the broker, dealer, bank or financial institution where the Access Person maintains a Covered Account.
(iii)
The date the report is submitted by the Access Person.
 
2.
Quarterly Transactions Reports
 
Access Persons must submit Quarterly Transactions Reports within 30 calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter. Any new brokerage account, or any account opened for the purchase of Affiliated Mutual Funds must also be reported within 30 calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter.
 
All Personal Securities Transactions in Covered Securities, and all securities transactions in Affiliated Mutual Funds must be reported in the next quarterly transaction report for the quarter in which the transaction was effected. The quarterly report shall contain the following information:

9



(i)
The date of the transaction, the title and type of the security, and as applicable the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), number of shares and principal amount of each security involved.
(ii)
The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale, or any other type of acquisition or disposition).
(iii)
The price at which the purchase or sale was effected.
(iv)
The name of the broker, dealer, bank or other financial institution with, or through which, the purchase or sale was effected.
(v)
The date the report was submitted to the Advisor's Compliance Department by such person.
3.
Annual Holdings Report & Certification of Compliance
 
The Annual Holdings Report & Certification of Compliance requires all Access Persons to provide an annual listing of holdings of:
(i)
All Covered Securities beneficially owned, including all Affiliated Mutual Funds (excluding money market accounts), listing the title and type of the security and as applicable the exchange ticker, symbol or CUSIP number, number of shares held, and principal amount of the security as of December 31 of the preceding year.
(ii)
The name of any broker, dealer, bank or financial institution where the account(s) in which these Covered Securities were maintained, as of December 31 of the preceding year.
(iii)
The date the report is submitted. This report must be provided no later than 30 calendar days after December 31 each year.
 
B. PFG Employee Benefit Plans
 
The following PFG employee benefit plans are considered Covered Accounts; however, Access Persons are not required to report these accounts or transactions executed therein. The Compliance Department may obtain holdings and transaction information for these accounts directly from PFG Human Resources.
PFG Employee Stock Purchase Plan
PFG Excess Savings Plan
PFG 401(k) Plan
Please note, PFG restricted stock, stock options, or performance share awards held within a personal brokerage account (and no longer a plan administrator) must be reported. Duplicate account statements for such accounts should be provided to Compliance.
 
C. Responsibility to Report
The responsibility for reporting is imposed on each Access Person required to make a report.
 
D. Where to File Report
All reports must be filed by Access Persons with the Advisor's Compliance Department.
 
E. Responsibility to Review
The Advisor's Compliance Department will review in a timely manner all initial, quarterly and annual reports submitted by Access Persons, as well as all duplicate account statements and trade confirmations to verify that Access Persons have complied with the pre-clearance, holding and reporting requirements of this Code.
 
VI. Insider Trading
 
The Advisor has developed policies and procedures to detect and prevent insider trading. The Advisor seeks to foster a reputation for integrity and professionalism. That reputation is a vital business asset. The confidence and trust placed in the Advisor by its clients is something it values and endeavors to protect. To further that goal, procedures have been implemented

10



to deter the misuse of material, nonpublic information in securities transactions. Please see the Advisor's Insider Trading Policy for a complete explanation of the policy.
 
VII. Confidentiality
 
No Access Person shall disclose portfolio holdings information, investment recommendations or pending securities transactions or non public portfolio holdings to any third party unless such parties have agreed in writing, or are legally obligated, to maintain the confidentiality of the information and to refrain from using such information to engage in securities transactions. Edge has taken steps to ensure confidential information is appropriately safeguarded. Such safeguards would include but are not limited to restrictions on Access Person personal trading activity, restricted treatment and access to client information, and establishment and enforcement of a portfolio holdings disclosure policy. Additionally, access to confidential information including both soft and hard copy files are generally limited and information is maintained in secure locations.
 
VIII. Anti-Money Laundering
 
All Access Persons must recognize the importance of guarding against the use of client accounts for money laundering activities. The Advisor has adopted policies to conduct business in a manner consistent with all applicable requirements of the Bank Secrecy Act as such pertains to its business.
 
IX. Service as a Director and Outside Business Activities
 
A.
Approval to Serve as a Director
 
No Access Person may serve as a director or trustee on the board of any organization, partnership, corporation or non-profit agency without prior approval from the Chief Compliance Officer or its designee. An Access Person may obtain approval to serve as a director or trustee by submitting a written request to the Compliance Department. If such approval is granted, it may be subject to the implementation of information barrier procedures or additional restrictions and it is the responsibility of the Access Person to notify Compliance immediately if any conflict or potential conflict of interest arises in the course of such activity. If it is determined that such service would create a conflict of interest and the request is therefore denied, the determination may be reviewed and confirmed by appropriate management.
 
B.
Approval to Engage in Outside Business Activities
 
No Access Person may engage in any outside business activity without prior approval of the Compliance Department. An outside business activity is generally considered any activity, including but not limited to employment, consulting, contracting or otherwise providing services for direct or indirect compensation. An Access Person may obtain approval to engage in an outside business activity by submitting a written request to the Compliance Department. If such approval is granted, it may be subject to the implementation of information barrier procedures or additional restrictions and it is the responsibility of the Access Person to notify Compliance immediately if any conflict or potential conflict of interest arises in the course of such activity. If it is determined that such activity would create a conflict of interest and the request is therefore denied, the determination will be reviewed and confirmed by appropriate management.
 
X. Gifts & Entertainment
 
A.
Gifts Given
 
No Access Persons may give gifts in excess of $100 per year to any one Business Associate 5  without prior approval from the President (or chief executive officer) and Chief Compliance Officer. Access Persons are required to promptly report to the Compliance Department gifts given that are not promotional items of nominal value.
___________________________  
 
5  Business Associate: A client, prospective client, service provider, vendor or any third party that has a business relationship with the company
 

11



B.
Gifts Received
 
No Access Person shall accept directly or indirectly anything of value, including gifts and gratuities, in excess of $100 per year from any one Business Associate that does business with the Advisor, not including occasional meals or tickets to theater or sporting events or other similar entertainment that is neither excessive nor frequent. Client entertainment expenses generally are not considered gifts if (i) firm personnel are present; (ii) a firm client is present; and (iii) the entertainment is not so regular or frequent that it creates the appearance of impropriety.
 
Unless reporting is specifically exempt by the Code, Access Persons are required to promptly report to the Compliance Department:
Any gift received.
Any entertainment received.
Any meal received (with the exception of onsite business meeting meals).
 
No Access Person may solicit gifts from anyone in return for any business, service or confidential information. Entertainment must not be lavish or so excessive as to appear to unduly influence the judgment of the Access Person or of the client or prospect, or otherwise appear improper under these requirements.
 
Generally, no Access Person may give or accept cash gifts or cash equivalents from a client, prospective client, or any entity that does business with the Advisor, however gift cards of $25 or less may be received from a Business Associate on one occasion during the year and must be reported as a gift if received. Access Persons are also subject to Principal Financial Group's Gifts & Gratuity Policy.
 
C. Exceptions
 
No prior approval or reporting is required for gifts given or received as described below, and does not count toward the $100 limit on individual gifts.
Personal gifts (wedding, birthday, etc.) provided (i) the Access Person pays for the gift with his or her own money; and (ii) the gift is not related to the Advisor's business (i.e. would the Access Person otherwise give the gift or receive the gift if there were no business relationship?).
Promotional materials (logo golf balls, pens, etc.) of nominal value (under $50 in approximate value).
Advisor established gifts or acknowledgements in small amounts to its employees.
Raffle/Drawings - Access Persons may enter random drawings at business conferences where every entrant has an equal chance of winning, and if you win a prize, it is not reportable as a Business Gift or Entertainment. Any tax owed on the prize is the Access Person's personal responsibility. The Advisor may offer random drawings at business conferences after participation and prizes have been pre-approved by Compliance.

D.
Entertainment
 
If the third party hosting the entertainment is not present and the Access Person attends the event, the entertainment is considered a gift subject to the Gifts Received requirements. Entertainment may be acceptable if accompanied by third party hosting the entertainment and prompt notification is provided to the Compliance Department.
 
Entertainment must not be lavish or so excessive as to appear to unduly influence the judgment of the Access Person or of the client or prospect, or otherwise appear improper under these requirements. Access Persons must adhere to the PFG Business Entertainment Policy, which may require pre-approval of certain entertainment events at a certain level prior to participation. Meals that exceed a certain dollar amount is considered entertainment and in aggregate should not exceed their stated threshold per year, per Business Associate.
 
An Access Person must receive pre-approval from Compliance before providing or accepting tickets or access to big ticket/high profile events such as The Masters golf tournament, the Super Bowl, the World Series, concerts or Broadway shows.

12



 
Any business entertainment that is illegal, encourage inappropriate conduct or otherwise compromises the participants, exposes participants to civil liability, or would reflect poorly on the Advisor due to the nature of the entertainment, venue or other circumstance is not permitted.
 
E. Government Employees and Officials
 
Pre-approval from Compliance is required for any gifts, entertainment or travel related to a government official in or outside of the U.S. In most instances within the U.S., no gifts, entertainment or travel is allowed to be given to a government official.
 
XI. Political Contribution & Government Relations
 
The Advisor has developed policies and procedures to address pay-to-play practices. Pay-to-play is the practice of making campaign contributions and related payments to elected officials in order to influence the awarding of lucrative contracts for the management of public pension plan assets and similar government investment accounts. The Advisor has adopted a policy, which attempts to deter such activity. Please see the Advisor's policy for engaging in political activity on behalf of the firm and for Access Persons, which addresses restricting political contributions; banning solicitation of contributions; banning certain third party solicitors and restricting indirect contributions and solicitations.
 
XII. Bribery and Corruption Policy
All Access Persons are subject to the PFG Bribery and Corruption Policy within the Corporate Code of Business Conduct & Ethics compliance program, found at http://inside.principal.com/gfr/brc/toolkit/briberycorruptionpolicy.pdf.
 
The Advisor and its affiliates will not seek to influence others, directly or indirectly, by paying or receiving bribes or kickbacks, or by any other means that is unethical or that will harm our reputation for honesty and integrity. Such behavior is unacceptable wherever the Advisor conducts business, whether we are dealing with public officials, other corporations, or private individuals. These practices are not only against our company values; they are illegal and can expose both the employee and Advisor to fines and other penalties, including imprisonment.
 
The Advisor will not tolerate Access Persons who achieve results at the cost of violating the law or acting dishonestly. Access Persons are expected to decline any opportunity, which would place our ethical principles and reputation at risk.
 
If you have any questions concerning the PFG Bribery and Corruption Policy, please contact Compliance.
 
XIII. Exemptions
 
A.
Exempt-Access Persons
 
The Advisor's officers, directors, employees and other related persons are presumed to be Access Persons subject to this Code. However, certain persons, such as certain officers and directors of the Advisor, as well as other persons such as temporary or part-time employees, often do not have actual access to nonpublic information regarding portfolio holdings or investment recommendations. In cases where the Chief Compliance Officer determines that a presumed Access Person does not have access to nonpublic information with respect to portfolio holdings, transactions, or securities recommendations and is not involved in the recommendation process, the Chief Compliance Officer may declare such person to be an Exempt Access Person and therefore not subject to of this Code. The Chief Compliance Officer will provide each Exempt Access Person written notification of their status and specify those sections of the Code from which they are exempt.
 
B.
Requests for Exemption
 
In special circumstances, an Access Person may request and obtain relief or an exemption from any restriction, limitation or procedure contained herein this Code. The Access Person shall submit a written request for an exemption to the Compliance Department for initial review. The Compliance Department shall consult with the appropriate Asset Class Head and/or President with its recommendation to approve or deny the request and carry out the final determination to approve or deny it. Such determination will be communicated to the Access Person by the Compliance Department in writing. If a request is denied, the determination may be reviewed and confirmed by appropriate management.
 

13



XIV. Copyright Laws
 
All Access Persons must adhere to all copyright laws. Copyright is a protection that covers published and unpublished articles or other forms of expression, meaning the law grants the creator the exclusive right to reproduce, and distribute. Article regarding any of our personnel or our business that have been published may not be reproduced without the creator's approval because he owns the exclusive rights which means he is the only one who can reproduce and distribute the materials. Please contact the Compliance Department with any questions in regards to Copyright Laws.
 
XV. Media Relations & Third Party Inquiries
 
Given the sensitive nature of media inquiries in general, it is necessary that all Access Persons refrain from responding to media or third party inquiries without consulting with applicable management. An Access Person should refer to the firm's policies and procedures to determine an appropriate response.
 
XVI. Violations and Sanctions
 
All Access Persons are required to report promptly any violation of the Code of Ethics they become aware of to the Compliance Department. Access Persons are subject to the PFG Whistleblower Policy and expected to report any suspected unethical or fraudulent activities. The PFG Whistleblower policy provides non-retaliation protections for reports of any type of suspected wrongdoing or unethical conduct made in good faith.
 
All violations of this Code will be reported promptly to the Chief Compliance Officer. Upon discovering a violation of this Code, the Chief Compliance Officer may impose such sanctions as determined appropriate. However, if the Chief Compliance Officer determines a violation to be material, the Chief Compliance Officer shall forward the reported violation and such recommendation to appropriate management. Upon review, such management may impose such sanctions as they deem appropriate, including a reprimand (orally or in writing), disgorgement, monetary fine, demotion, suspension or termination of employment and/or other possible sanctions. All material violations of this Code and any sanctions imposed with respect thereto shall be reported to the Advisor's Board of Directors.
 
XVII. Reports and Certifications of Adequacy
 
The Compliance Department shall maintain a system for the regular review of all reports of personal securities transactions and holdings filed under this Code.
 
On an annual basis, the Advisor's Chief Compliance Officer shall provide a report to management, which includes the following:
A statement that the Code of Ethics procedures have been designed to prevent Access Persons from violating the Code.
A summary of any changes in procedures made during the past year.
Identification of any violations that required significant remedial action during the past year.
Identification of any recommended changes based upon the Advisor's experience under the Code, evolving industry practices, or developments in applicable laws or regulations.
 
XVIII. Client Notification
 
The Advisor will provide its Code, including subsequent revisions thereto, to its clients in accordance with their written instruction.
 
XIX. Access Person Training and Certification
 

14



All new Access Persons will receive training on the policies and procedures of this Code. New Access Persons are required to provide a written certification attesting to their understanding of, and their agreement to abide by the terms of this Code. In addition, Access Persons are required to certify annually or at any time they receive amendments to this Code that: (i) they have read and understand the terms of the Code and recognize the responsibilities and obligations incurred by their being subject to the Code; and (ii) they are in compliance with the requirements of the Code.
 
*****
 
This Code of Ethics was formally adopted by the Board of Directors of Edge Asset Management, Inc. on August 30, 2012 .  Previous versions were approved: July 21, 2011, February 24, 2011, August 26, 2010, January 1, 2007, July 21, 2005, February 1, 2005 and May 14, 2002.
 

15



CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO THE
CODE OF ETHICS
OF
EDGE ASSET MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
I hereby acknowledge receipt of the Code of Ethics of Edge Asset Management, Inc. dated August 30, 2012 (the “Code”). I hereby certify that I have read the Code in its entirety and recognize that I am subject to it as an Access Person. Furthermore, I hereby certify that I am aware of and understand my responsibilities and obligations as an Access Person and agree to abide by the Code for as long as I am deemed to be an Access Person of Edge Asset Management, Inc.
 
 
 
Signature
 
 
 
Print Name
 
 
 
Date
 
 



16



CODE OF ETHICS
October 1, 2013


Principal Global Investors, LLC (“PGI”), Principal Real Estate Investors, LLC (“PrinREI”), and Principal Enterprise Capital, LLC (“PEC”) (collectively, the “Advisers”) have adopted this Code of Ethics (the “Code”). The principal objectives of the Code are to provide policies and procedures consistent with applicable laws and regulations, including Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940; and to prevent conflicts of interests or the appearance of such conflicts when officers, directors, supervised persons, employees and other persons of the Advisers own or engage in transactions involving securities.

Employees of the Advisers are also subject to the Principal Financial Group® Corporate Code of Business Conduct and Ethics which can be found on the Principal Global Investors Compliance Portal of the Inside The Principal ® intranet site. Employees are reminded that they are also subject to other policies including policies on insider trading, the handling of all internally distributed proprietary and confidential information, and information barriers, among others.

Responsibility for this Code is vested in the Global Chief Compliance Officer of the Adviser. However, the responsibility for implementing this Code on a day-to-day basis falls on all employees and especially staff that are in supervisory and management roles.

Employees with questions are strongly urged to consult with the Compliance Department prior to taking the action in question. Please see the last page of the policy for the primary Compliance Department contacts for questions regarding the Code.




TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
I.    Definitions………………………………………………………………………...    4
A.     Access Person……………………………………………………...........    4
B.     Advisers………………………………………………………………....    4
C.     Beneficial Ownership……………………………………………............    4
D.     Covered Accounts……………………………………………….............    4
E.     Covered Associate ………………………………………………............    4
F.     Covered Securities………………………………………………............    4
G.    Employee…………………………………………………………..........    4
H.    Federal Securities Laws…………………………………………............    5
I.    Investment Club…………………………………………………............    5
J.    Investment Personnel…………………………………………..    ..............    5
K.    Portfolio Managers………………………………………………............    5
L.    Private Investments………………………………………………...........    5
M.    Reportable Fund…………………………………………………............    5
N.    Reportable Security………………………………………………...........    5
O.    Master Security List………………………………………………..........    5
P.    Security ……………………………………………………………........    5
Q.    Supervised Person………………………………………...........    ..............    5

II.    General Principles…………………………………………………………….......    6
A.    Statement of Purpose and General Principles…………….......................    6
B.    Standards of Business Conduct……………………………….................    6
C.    Promptly Report Violations of the Code………………….......................    6
D.    Statutory Grounds for Employment Disqualification…...........................    7

III.    Covered Account Reporting ………………………………………………...........    7
A.     Accounts……………………………………………………………........    7     
B.    New Accounts ……………………………………………………..........    8
C.    Discretionary Managed Accounts.………………………..…..................    8

IV.    Personal Securities Transactions Rules………….……………………..................    8    
A.    Pre-Clearance of Securities Transactions………….……….....................    8
1. Personal Trading Monitoring System…………..………....................    9
2. How to Pre-clear………………………………………………..........    9     
a. Online Pre-clearance…………………………..…................    9    
b. Alternative Methods of Pre-clearance…….….......................    9    
3. Standard of Review for Pre-clearance of Trades……..........................    10    
B.    Restricted and Prohibited Transactions…………………….....................    10
C.    Exempt Securities and Transactions…………….…………....................    11
1.    Exempted Securities…………………………………...............    11
2.    Exempted Transactions……………………………...................    11
D.    Purchase of Private Investments………………………………...............    12    
E.    Purchase and Sale of PFG Stock and Proprietary Funds..........................    12
1. PFG Stock………………………………………………………........    12
2. Principal Mutual Funds……………………………………..    ..............    13






F.    Specific Rules Applicable to Portfolio Managers and
Investment Personnel……………………………………………............    13
1. Seven-Day Blackout Periods ……….…………………….................    13    
2. Portfolio Manager Purchasing an Investment for a
Client Account that is a Personal Holding……….……......................    13    
G.    Special Rules Applicable to Directors of the Advisers.............................    14    
H.    Real Estate Investments..…………………………………………..........    14

V.    Outside Business Activities………………………………………………….........    14    
    
VI.    Political Contributions………………………………………………………….....    15    
Political Action Committee (PAC)………………………………………..............    16

VII.    Business Gifts and Entertainment……………………………………….    ..............    17

VIII.    Bribery and Corruption Policy ……………………………………………...........    17

IX.    Reporting Requirements………………………………………………….….........    18
A.    Initial and Annual Certification of Compliance ….………......................    18
B.    Initial Holdings and Broker Account Reporting…………........................18
C.    Quarterly Transaction Reporting………………………………...............    18
D.    Annual Holdings and Broker Account Reporting…….…........................    19

X.    Administration and Sanctions……………………………………………..............    19

Compliance Contacts…………………………………………………………………….....    20

Appendix A    Outside Business Activities and Services as a
Director or Board Member Policy……………………………................    21

Appendix B    Political Contribution Policy…………………………………….............    24





I.    DEFINITIONS

A.
Access Person : means any officer, director, employee or other person of the Advisers (including any of the Advisers’ supervised persons) who has access to nonpublic information regarding any clients’ purchase or sale of securities; has access to nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of any advisory client; is involved in making securities recommendations to clients; or has access to such recommendations that are nonpublic. Positions held by consultants, contractors, temporary employees, interns, co-op students and PFG HR and Legal staff supporting the Advisers are deemed an Access Person unless otherwise evaluated by the Compliance Department not to have access or potential access to nonpublic information, as described above. All Employees of the Advisers are deemed to be “Access Persons” under this Code.

B.
Advisers: means Principal Global Investors, LLC (“PGI”), Principal Real Estate Investors, LLC (“PrinREI”), and Principal Enterprise Capital, LLC (“PEC”).

C.
Beneficial Ownership : shall be interpreted in the same manner as it would be under Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 when determining whether a person is a beneficial owner of a security.
For example, the term “Beneficial Ownership” shall encompass: securities in the person’s own account(s); securities owned by members of the person’s immediate family sharing the same household; a person’s proportionate interest in the portfolio of securities held by a partnership, trust, corporation or other arrangements; and securities a person might acquire or dispose of through the exercise or conversion of any derivative security (e.g. an option, whether presently exercisable or not). See Covered Accounts.

D.
Covered Accounts : shall include any account that an Access Person has, or acquires any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in a security held in the account. Generally, an Access Person is regarded as having a beneficial ownership of securities held in an account in the name of:
(1) the individual;
(2) a spouse, minor child, immediate family member or dependent of the Access Person sharing the same household;
(3) a relative sharing the same household; or
(4) another person:
(i) if the Access Person obtains benefits substantially equivalent to ownership of the securities; or
(ii) can have investment discretion or otherwise exercise control.

E.     Covered Associate: shall include executive officers and employees who solicit
government entities for the Advisers, along with those who directly or indirectly supervise such employees.

F.
Covered Securities : shall include all securities, any option to purchase or sell, and any securities convertible into or exchangeable for such securities. For example, covered securities include but are not limited to individual securities, closed-end mutual funds, exchange traded funds and unit investment trusts. Certain securities are exempted from this definition, please see Exempted Securities section.

G.
Employee : shall be deemed an Access Person.





H.    Federal Securities Laws : means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, (and all rules adopted under those Acts) the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the Bank Secrecy Act, and all rules adopted under any of these statutes by the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Department of the Treasury.

I.
Investment Club: means a group of individuals who combine their funds for the purpose of making investments and advancing their investment education.

J.
Investment Personnel : means the Advisers’ Portfolio Managers, Traders, Charles River Trade Support staff, Compliance Department staff, any individual with authorization to send/direct a trade; or any individual at the discretion of the Chief Compliance Officer.

K.
Portfolio Managers : means individuals entrusted with the direct responsibility and authority to make investment decisions for or affecting the accounts of the Advisers’ clients.

L.
Private Investments: Generally, private investments involve the sale of securities to a relatively small number of qualified investors in a private transaction, rather than through an exchange or over the counter market. Private investments may not have to be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and in many cases detailed financial information is not disclosed. Examples include, but are not limited to hedge funds, limited partnerships, and private equity transactions.

M.
Reportable Fund : means (i) any fund for which the Advisers serves as an investment adviser as defined by the Investment Company Act of 1940; or (ii) any fund whose investment adviser or principal underwriter controls the Advisers, is controlled by the Advisers, or is in common control with the Advisers.
   
N . Reportable Security : shall have the meaning set forth in Section 202(a)(18) of
the Investment Advisers Act, except for securities explicitly exempted by the Code, please see Exempted Securities section.

O.
Master Security List : includes the names of all securities that the Advisers (1) is currently buying or selling, and (2) all securities currently held in client accounts.

P .
Security : shall have the meaning set forth in Section 202(a)(18) of the Investment Advisers Act including, but not limited to fixed income securities, equity securities, securities based on indices, I-Shares, exchange traded funds (ETF), UIT, options and limited or private placement offerings of securities, and other derivative instruments. Derivative instruments would include commodity, credit, currency, equity, interest rate and volatility.

Q.
Supervised Person : is any officer, director (or other person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions), or employee of the Advisers, or other person who provides investment advice on behalf of the Advisers and is subject to the supervision and control of the Advisers.





II.    GENERAL PRINCIPLES

A.    Statement of Purpose and General Principles

The Advisers have adopted this Code of Ethics (the “Code”). The principal purposes of this Code are to:

Provide policies and procedures consistent with applicable laws and regulations, including Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940; and

Prevent conflicts of interests or the appearance of such conflicts when officers, directors, supervised persons, employees and other persons of the Advisers own or engage in transactions involving securities.

Employees of the Advisers are also subject to the Principal Financial Group (PFG) Corporate Code of Business Conduct & Ethics and other PFG policies which can be found on the Principal Global Investors Compliance Portal of the Inside The Principal ® intranet site.

B.    Standards of Business Conduct

The following standards of business conduct shall govern personal investment activities and interpretation and administration of this Code:

The interests of advisory clients must be placed first at all times;
Access persons must act honestly and fairly and with due skill, care and diligence in the best interest of our clients and the integrity of the market;
Access persons have an obligation to observe just and equitable principals of trading;
All personal securities transactions must be conducted consistent with this Code and in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest or any abuse of an individual’s position of trust and responsibility;
Access persons should not take advantage of their positions; and
Access persons must comply with applicable federal securities laws.

The Code does not attempt to identify all possible conflicts of interests, and literal compliance with each of its specific provisions will not shield supervised and/or advisory personnel from liability for personal trading or other conduct that violates a fiduciary duty to advisory clients.

C.    Promptly Reporting Violations or Possible Violations of the Code

The Investment Advisers Act requires all Employees of an investment adviser “to report any violations of your code of ethics promptly to your chief compliance officer or other persons designated.” Accordingly if you commit a violation or become aware of a violation you must promptly report this to the Advisers’ Global Chief Compliance Officer (or their designees) listed at the end of the Code. The Compliance Department shall promptly review any violations.








In addition, staff can also utilize the PFG “Whistle Blower” process found at: http://inside.principal.com/gfr/brc/busprac/whistleblower.shtm. Any information passed through the Whistleblower process will remain confidential.

In addition, the Ethics Hotline can be used at 1-866-858-4433. The Ethics Hotline is staffed 24 hours a day, seven days a week.

D.     Statutory Grounds for Disqualification from Employment

The Advisers mandate that no officer, director or employee of the Advisers may become or continue to remain an officer, director or employee without an exemptive order issued by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission if such director, officer or employee within the past thirteen years or during the course of employment:

has been charged with, convicted of, or plead guilty or no contest to any felony or misdemeanor or of a substantially equivalent crime by a foreign court of competent jurisdiction involving the purchase or sale of any security, the taking of false oath, the making of a false report, bribery, perjury, burglary, or conspiracy to commit such offense, or has been convicted of any crime that is punishable by imprisonment for 1 year or more years that is not described above;

has been charged with, convicted of, or plead guilty or no contest to any felony or misdemeanor or of a substantially equivalent crime by a foreign court involving the purchase or sale of any security; or arising out of their conduct as an underwriter, broker, dealer, investment adviser, municipal securities dealer, government securities dealer, transfer agent or entity or person require to register under the U.S. Commodity Exchange Act, or as an affiliated salesman or employee of any investment company, bank, insurance company or entity or person required to be registered under the Commodity Exchange Act; or

is or becomes permanently or temporarily enjoined by any court from (i) acting as an underwriter, broker, dealer, investment adviser, municipal securities dealer, transfer agent, or entity or person required to be registered under the U.S. Commodity Exchange Act, or as an affiliated salesman or employee of any investment company, bank, insurance company or entity or person required to be registered under the Commodity Exchange Act; or (ii) engaging in or continuing any conduct or practice in connection with any such activity or in connection with the purchase or sale of any security.

It is your obligation to immediately report any conviction or injunction falling within the foregoing provisions to the Global Chief Compliance Officer of the Advisers (or their designee).

III.    COVERED ACCOUNT REPORTING

A.    Accounts

Any account that an Access Person has, or acquires any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in a Security held or has the capability to trade Securities is reportable.





Generally, an Access Person is regarded as having a beneficial ownership of Securities held in an account in the name of:
(1)
the individual;
(2)
a spouse, minor child, immediate family member or dependent of the Access Person sharing the same household;
(3) a relative sharing the same household; or
(4) another person:
(i) if the Access Person obtains benefits substantially equivalent to ownership of the securities; or
(ii) can have investment discretion or otherwise exercise control.

The following information will need to be provided: the name of the broker, dealer, bank or firm where the Covered Account is held, the identifying number and name on the Covered Account, and the date it was established.

Entry of an account within SunGard PTA will serve as consent to obtain the records of your Covered Account for monitoring as required by Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. Upon notification of the account within SunGard PTA, the Compliance Department will send a 407 Letter Request directing the broker, dealer, bank or firm with which an Access Person has a Covered Account to furnish the Advisers’ Compliance Department on a timely basis, duplicate copies of periodic statements and trade confirmations of all personal Securities transactions either electronically or paper copy.

B.    New Accounts

All Access Persons must, within 2-business days of receiving a new account number from their broker, report the new Covered Account within the SunGard PTA system.

C.    Discretionary – Managed Accounts

Access Persons must report all Covered Accounts over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control (e.g., assignment of management discretion in writing to another party). Discretionary managed accounts must be reported to the Compliance Department prior to opening. The Access Person must provide the Compliance Department with acceptable evidence that the investment adviser or other financial institution/individual acts as discretionary adviser at the time the account is reported. The Access Person will be required to submit holding reports as directed by the Code. This requirement may be satisfied by providing a copy of an annual statement in lieu of reporting through the SunGard PTA system. 

Discretionary managed accounts are exempt from the pre-clearance requirements, 30-day holding period, quarterly transaction reports and initial public offerings prohibition provisions of the Code.

IV.    PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS RULES

A.    Pre-Clearance of Securities Transactions

All Access Persons must receive pre-clearance approval for all Reportable Security transactions from the Advisers’ Compliance Department prior to executing or entering into any transaction. Pre-clearance approval is valid for 2-business days (counted as the current day and the next business day).




If the trade is not executed or completed within 2-business days, a new pre-clearance will need to be re-submitted on the third day for approval. This applies to all market and limit orders, good-til-cancel orders, and stop loss orders. A denied preclearance may not be executed.

Pre-clearance is not required for Exempted Securities or Exempted Transactions. Please refer to those sections of the Code for detailed information.

1.
Personal Trading Monitoring System

SunGard Personal Trading Assistant (SunGard PTA) is an intuitive browser-based application available on The Principal’s intranet that automates compliance with personal securities trading regulations and the Advisers’ Code. The functionality spans various areas of personal securities trading, which includes pre-trade authorization/post-trade reconciliation/ensuring comprehensive documented compliance with personal securities requirements.

SunGard PTA accessibility is available on The Principal’s intranet only thru the following The Principal secured options:
Company desktop via The Principal network
Company laptop via VPN
Notebook via VPN
Any PC via Citrix
A RAMS request is needed to add this AD Group “WTS PGI SunPTA” 

2.
How to Pre-clear a Trade

a.
On-line Pre-clearance: A pre-clearance must be filed online within SunGard PTA prior to executing a trade. Approval/denial will be provided from the system immediately.
Approval is valid for 2-business days. Approved trades must be executed within 2-business days, including the submitted date.
Denied trades must not be executed

b.
Alternative Methods of Pre-clearance: Should an Access Person not have access to SunGard PTA available on The Principal intranet site via VPN or Citrix, they may call or email to obtain trade pre-clearance by:
The Compliance Department.
A Proxy, which is a person who has been permitted to act on behalf of another person. An Advisers’ Access Person can be made a proxy for another Access Person. The Compliance Department can setup the proxy relationship upon request.

Access Persons must not execute the trade until they have received a confirmation from the Compliance Department that the pre-clearance request was approved. When seeking to pre-clear through alternative methods, Access Persons are required to provide the following information:
Broker account number
Name of security
Security ticker symbol or cusip
Quantity
Buy/sell




3.
Standard of Review for Pre-Clearance of Trades

The Compliance Department has the authority and discretion to determine whether to grant or deny pre-clearance of a trade. Access Persons may be limited in the number of shares or principal amount of any Security listed on the Master Security List. They also may not be allowed to purchase or sell a Security at all.

B.    Restricted and Prohibited Transactions

The following restrictions and limitations (unless otherwise exempted) govern personal Securities transactions for all Access Persons:

1.
No Access Person may execute a Security transaction of a Reportable Security without pre-clearance approval.

2.
No Access Person may acquire any Security in an initial public offering (“IPO”).

3.
No Access Person may sell short any Security.

4.
No Access Person may participate in Investment Clubs.

5.
Reportable Securities that are purchased must be held for 30-calendar days prior to sale for a profit.

30-calendar day holding period does not apply to sales at a loss. Any sales at a loss are not able to re-establish (buy back) that position in the next 30-calendar days.

If sold at a profit before the 30-calendar day holding period, the transaction will be cited as a violation to the Code and any profits realized on the sale of the Reportable Security may be disgorged to a charitable organization designated by the Advisers.

6.
Reportable Securities sold may not be purchased back at a lower price until at least 30-calendar days from the sale trade date.

7.
No derivative such as stock options, futures on indexes and options and futures on commodity, credit, currency, equity, interest rate and volatility may be purchased or written if the expiration date is less than 30-calendar days from the date of purchase (this does not apply to stock options that are part of a hedged position where the underlying stock is held).

No derivative position may be closed less than 30-calendar days from the date it is established.

8.
No Access Person may engage in financial spread betting and contracts of difference. These types of derivative contracts involve taking or placing a bet on the price movement of a security, index, currency, commodity or other financial product.

9.
An Access Person may not be allowed to purchase or sell a Security at all, at the discretion and guidance of the Global Chief Compliance Officer of the Advisers.






C.    Exempt Securities and Transactions

1. Exempted Securities

The Securities listed below are exempt from the pre-clearance requirement, the initial, quarterly and annual reporting requirements and holding periods.

a.
Direct Obligations of the Government of the United States
b.
Banker’s acceptances
c.
Bank certificates of deposit
(Note: Brokered CDs offered by a financial intermediary are not exempt and are Reportable Securities that require pre-clearance.)
d.
Commercial paper
e.
High quality short-term debt instrument, including repurchase agreements
f.
Money market funds
g.
Open-end mutual funds with outside mutual funds that are not advised or sub-advised by the Advisers or an affiliate of the Advisers.
(Note: Exchanged Traded Funds (ETF) and I-Shares and Closed-end Mutual Funds are not exempt and are Reportable Securities that require pre-clearance. See Covered Security definition.) ( Exemption is applicable to funds used in 529 Plans which may be registered as municipal securities but only offer open-end mutual funds or securities designed to mirror the structure of open-end mutual funds as underlying investment options. Self-managed 529 Plans available in some states may be reportable depending on the investment product options.)
h.
Shares issued by unit investment trusts (“UIT”) that are invested exclusively in one or more open-end mutual funds, none of which are advised or sub-advised by the Advisers or an affiliate of the Advisers.
(Note: Unit investment trusts (“UIT”) that are not invested exclusively in one or more open-ended mutual funds are not exempt and are Reportable Securities that require pre-clearance. See Section I.E. Covered Security.)

2. Exempted Transactions

The transactions listed below are exempt from the pre-clearance requirement only. All other initial, quarterly, annual reporting and holding period provisions of the Code apply.

a.
De minimis transactions of 50 or less shares and/or $500 of any Reportable Security in aggregate within a 30-calendar day period.
b.
Transactions in Reportable Funds, which are open-end mutual funds advised or sub-advised by the Advisers or an affiliate of the Advisers.*
c.
Transactions in Proprietary funds (including Principal mutual funds underlying principal variable life and variable annuity contracts).*
d.
Securities acquired through an employer-sponsored automatic payroll deduction plan. However, any sale transaction must be pre-cleared and reported.





e.
Reinvestment of dividends under a dividend reinvestment plan or in an automatic investment plan for the purchase of securities already owned and pre-cleared. However, any sale transaction must be pre-cleared and reported. Transactions effected by an issuer pro rata of a class of Securities already owned; such as stock splits, stock dividends or the exercise of rights, warrants or tender offers.
f.
Transactions which are non-volitional on the part of the Access Person. Transactions in an account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control (e.g. assignment of management discretion in writing to another party.)

*These reportable open-ended mutual funds are not subject to the 30-calendar day holding period restriction given the monitoring done by the fund company.

D.    Purchase of Private Investments

Private investments of any kind may only be acquired with prior approval of the Access Person’s supervisor and the Chief Compliance Officer (or their designee). An Access Person wishing to request pre-approval of private investments must complete an electronic Private Investments Approval Request Form within the SunGard PTA system.

E.    Purchase and Sale of PFG Stock and Proprietary Funds

1. PFG Stock

The restrictions imposed by Principal Financial Group and other designated persons in connection with transactions in PFG stock are in addition to this Code and must be observed to the extent applicable . Employees are responsible for understanding whether they are subject to the Corporate Policy and Rules on trading in PFG stock. Please refer to the following links: Corporate policy on the trading of PFG stock.http://inside.principal.com/gfr/brc/busprac/insidertradingstatement.shtm
Please note, pursuant to the PFG corporate insider trading policy, the following activities with respect to Company securities are prohibited by all Employees of the member Companies of the PFG and family members sharing their households:
Purchasing Company securities "on margin" (i.e., with the proceeds of a loan from a brokerage firm when the loan is secured by Company securities), except for the exercise of employee stock options.
Short sales (selling stock that is borrowed in anticipation of a drop in price).
Trading in put or call options.

Corporate HR Benefit Plans:
The following PFG Plans are considered Covered Accounts and will be monitored by the Compliance Department.  There is no action required by Access Persons to create these accounts within SunGard PTA , The Compliance Department will receive information directly from HR Benefits for monitoring.

PFG Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP)
Newly distributed PFG shares are subject to the 30-calendar day holding period.
PFG Excess Plan
PFG 401(k) Plan






The following are not considered Covered Accounts and thus are not subject to reporting or holding periods. Please note, once vested/exercised and PFG stock is held within your personal non-restricted brokerage account (and no longer held with the Plan Administrator), it becomes Reportable Security at that time.

Restricted Stock Units (RSU)
Stock Options Awards
Stock Options – Broadbased Options
Performance Share Awards

2.
Principal Proprietary Funds

Principal Proprietary Funds include Principal Mutual Funds and underlying investment sub-accounts within Principal Variable Life and Variable Annuity contracts and are required to be reported. Please contact the Compliance Department for assistance in finding and entering these Reportable Funds within the SunGard PTA system.

Holdings in Principal Proprietary Funds are subject to the initial and annual reporting requirements, and are exempt from pre-clearance and the 30-calendar day holding period given the monitoring done by the fund company.

F.    Specific Rules Applicable to Portfolio Managers and Investment Personnel

REMINDER: Investment Personnel is defined as the Advisers’ Portfolio Managers, Traders, Charles River Trade Support staff, identified Compliance Department staff and individuals with authorization to send/direct a trade; or any individual at the discretion of the Chief Compliance Officer.

1.
Seven-Day Blackout Periods

No portfolio manager or investment personnel may purchase or sell a Security or its underlying securities for a personal account in which they have beneficial ownership within 7-calendar days before and after a client account that they manage, advise or execute trades, have authorization to send/direct trades or access of trades, trades in that Security.

The blackout period is a total of 15-calendar days, which includes the full 7-calendar days before, after, and including the trade date.

2.
Portfolio Manager Purchasing an Investment for a Client Account that is a Personal Holding

A portfolio manager authorized to trade on a client account who is purchasing or selling a Security for a client account that is also a personal Security holding, shall disclose such holding to their supervisor upon initial acquisition.

A portfolio manager’s personal Security holdings shall have no affect on client account decisions or ability to trade.





G.    Special Rules Applicable to Directors of the Advisers

Any Director of an affiliated adviser is considered an Access Person of that adviser and subject to their Code of Ethics as a matter of presumption.

Any Director of the Advisers who also serves as a Director of an affiliated adviser shall be examined with regard to the affiliated adviser for their access to the affiliated advisers’ nonpublic information regarding any clients’ purchase or sale of securities; access to nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of any advisory client; is involved in making securities recommendations to clients; or access to such recommendations that are nonpublic as to each adviser of which the Director is a member of the Board. To the extent that such Director does not have such access to the affiliated adviser, that Director may be exempt from pre-clearance of transaction after a full examination and written documentation of the findings.
H.     Real Estate Investment

No Access Person of the Advisers may purchase or sell a real estate investment property without the pre-approval of a PrinREI Investment Committee member or a PEC Board member and the Compliance Department. No PrinREI Investment Committee member or PEC Board member may approve his/her own request. Access Person wishing to request pre-approval to purchase or sell a U.S. real estate investment property must complete an electronic Real Estate Investment Property Approval Request Form within the SunGard PTA system.

Note the following property types are exempt from reporting:
Single Family Residential property
Vacation Residential property
Multi-Family Residential Complex property with less than 20 units
(Examples: apartments, condos) 
Farmland property zoned and operated as agricultural that is not adjacent to properties owned, developed or considered to be developed by PrinREI  

V.    OUTSIDE BUSINESS ACTIVITIES

Access Persons must not undertake other business activities outside of the Advisers which may cause, or appear to cause, conflicts of interest.
All Access Persons are required to obtain pre-approval from their supervisor and the Compliance Department before engaging in any outside business activity or board/committee membership. Certain activities and/or relationships may be perceived as actual or potential conflicts of interests and may require the Advisers to disclose the existence of such conflicts to its clients and/or regulators. The Compliance Department will review the request and determine whether such an activity or relationship may be perceived as a conflict. Officers must also obtain the approval of the PFG Conflicts Committee. Of course, even if the outside activity is approved, it should not interfere with the responsibilities of your current position or utilize company resources. Also, approval to serve on any board does not imply that you are serving at the direction or request of the Advisers, The Principal or an Affiliate.






Access Person wishing to request pre-approval for outside business activities must complete an electronic Outside Business Activities and Officer/Directorship Request Form within the SunGard PTA system.

See APPENDIX A to read the full policy .     

VI.    POLITICAL CONTRIBUTIONS

Applicable only to U.S. Employees and PGI Covered Associates.

The Advisers are subject to SEC, state and local laws regulating personal political contributions (“political contribution”) that are in place to inhibit “pay-to-play” practices which occur when government officials 1 award contracts to individuals and organizations in exchange for political contributions. Pay-to-play rules are designed to restrict personal political contributions to government officials who are in a position to influence the award of advisory business. Consequences to the Advisers for violation of these laws can be severe, such as not receiving compensation for advisory services from a governmental client (current or prospective) for two years.

Pay-to-play rules are complicated and vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Restrictions and reporting requirements of political contributions depend on the facts of a particular situation and respective jurisdiction and/or client.
Regardless of whether a particular jurisdiction has a pay-to-play law, employees should never provide contributions with the intent to obtain or retain business or to influence any other official action. Rule 206(4)-5 of the Advisers Act and some state and local pay-to-play laws outline a person cannot make a contribution indirectly that is prohibited if made directly. In other words, employees cannot circumvent pay-to-play laws by directing a family member, friend or anyone else to make a political contribution for them.

A.
Pre-clearance Approval and Certification Requirements

Pre-clearance and quarterly certification is required within the SunGard PTA system.

1. Pre-clearance

All U.S. Employees and PGI Covered Associates must obtain pre-clearance approval before making a personal political contribution 2 that includes contributions made by the employee, the employee’s spouse and minor children to a:

State and local candidate
Federal candidate currently holding a state or local office, such as a Governor running for U.S. Senate
State and local political party committees
Political Action Committee (PAC)
(Please note PrinPac payroll deduction contributions do not need to be pre-cleared.
See PAC Section below for details.)








_______________________
1 Government official is any individual that is elected, appointed or hired by a governmental or quasi-governmental entity.
2 Contribution is anything of value given to influence an election, most commonly contributions include deposit of money, gift, subscription, loan, advance or any payments for debts incurred in such an election.




a.
How to Pre-clear

U.S. Employees and PGI Covered Associates wishing to request pre-approval must complete an electronic Outside Business Activities and Officer/Directorship Request Form within the SunGard PTA system.

can submit a pre-clearance request in SunGard PTA by completing the Political Contribution Pre-clearance Form found under the ‘Disclosure’ tab. Employees will be required to provide the following information:
Employee Information
Name of Candidate
Campaign Office Title
Campaign Jurisdiction (State/County/City)
Contribution Description
Contribution Amount

After receiving approval of your pre-clearance request thru SunGard PTA, you may proceed with your political contribution. Upon contribution completion, you will need to provide post-clearance information within the SunGard PTA.

b.
Review of Pre-clearance

Compliance will review all pre-clearance requests submitted subject to the following:

SEC Pay-to-Play De Minimis Contribution Exception for
Covered Associates: $150 or less per election per candidate
State and Local Municipality Pay-to-Play Rules
Current governmental client restrictions and/or reporting requirements

2. Certification Acknowledgement

All U.S. Employees and PGI Covered Associates will also be required to complete a Quarterly Political Contribution Certification acknowledging all personal political contributions have been pre-cleared in accordance with this policy.

B.
Political Action Committee (PAC)

The SEC and some state and local pay-to-play laws view contributions to certain PACs as an indirect way to circumvent the pay-to-play laws. Therefore, all employees are required to pre-clear contributions to PACs, including PrinPac. However, regular payroll deduct contributions to PrinPac do not need to be pre-cleared in SunGard PTA, as Government Relations which administers PrinPac maintains records of these contributions.  There is no further action required of employees.  Compliance will work closely with Government Relations to meet client reporting requests, when applicable.

The Principal and the Advisers encourage employees to participate in the political process and support PrinPac.

See APPENDIX B to read the full policy.





VII.    BUSINESS GIFTS AND ENTERTAINMENT

Employees of the Advisers are subject to the PFG Travel and Entertainment Policy and the PFG Business Gift and Entertainment Policy, found at http://inside.principal.com/gfr/brc/busprac/statement/gifts.shtm
In addition to the PFG policy, the Advisers more restrictive policy covering business gift and entertainment reporting and pre-approval requirements are as outlined below. Access Persons must report and obtain pre-approval through the SunGard PTA system.

BUSINESS GIFTS
Per Business Associate per calendar year aggregated.
ð REPORTABLE: Business Gifts given or received valued at $0 – 100.
ð
PRE-APPROVAL REQUEST REQUIRED: Business Gifts given or received valued over $100.

BUSINESS ENTERTAINMENT
Per Business Associate per day.
ð
NON-REPORTABLE: Business Entertainment as host or guest valued at $0-300.
Note: The PFG Expense System will serve as log of Business Entertainment under $300, so please make sure to list each business associate and respective firms as part of your expense reporting documentation.
ð
PRE-APPROVAL REQUEST REQUIRED: Business Entertainment as host or guest valued greater than $300.

Employees must conform with our policy above and any additional standards applicable to your position. Among others, FINRA rules and the CFA Institute Code may be applicable as well as the PFG Business Gifts & Business Entertainment Policy. For example, Employees who are registered representatives with Princor Financial Services Corporation are subject their broker-dealer policies. You are expected to know and follow all applicable standards, such as any special dollar limits, recordkeeping and reporting requirements. If there are different limits between policies, the stricter standard applies . Your supervisor would be your first point of contact prior to submitting a pre-approval request to the Compliance Department of the Advisers.

Access Persons needing report or obtain pre-approval can complete an electronic Business Gift and Entertainment Form within the SunGard PTA system. If the Business Gift is under the pre-approval requirement limit, the form will be reported however there will be no approval/denial analysis. Business gift and entertainment request forms over the pre-approval requirement limit will be pended for approval/denial analysis.

VIII.    BRIBERY AND CORRUPTION POLICY

Employees of the Advisers are subject to the PFG Bribery and Corruption Policy within the Corporate Code of Business Conduct & Ethics compliance program, found at http://inside.principal.com/gfr/brc/toolkit/briberycorruptionpolicy.pdf.

The Advisers will not seek to influence others, either directly or indirectly, by paying or receiving bribes or kickbacks, or by any other means that is unethical or that will harm our reputation for honesty and integrity. Such behavior is unacceptable in all global locations in which we conduct business, whether we are dealing with public officials, other corporations, or private individuals.





These practices are not only against our company values; they are illegal and can expose both the employee and company to fines and other penalties, including imprisonment.

The Advisers will not tolerate employees or representatives who achieve results at the cost of violating the law or acting dishonestly. Employees and representatives of the Advisers are expected to decline any opportunity which would place our ethical principles and reputation at risk. If you have any questions concerning the PFG Bribery and Corruption Policy, please contact the Compliance Department.

IX.    REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

A.    Initial and Annual Certification of Compliance

The Chief Compliance Officer (or their designee) shall ensure that each Access Person receives a copy of this Code, any material amendment thereto and an acknowledgement of receipt to be returned to the Compliance Department. The Code is also available to all Access Persons on The Principal intranet site.

All Access Persons will be required initially upon their appointment as an Access Person and annually thereafter to acknowledge and certify that they have read and understand the Code and the Insider Trading Policy (“Policy”) and its applicability to them, that they have complied with the requirements of the Code and Policy, and that they have disclosed or reported all personal Securities transactions and/or Covered Accounts as required by the Code.

B.
Initial Holdings and Broker Account Reporting

All Access Persons must, within 10-calendar days of the date of their hire or appointment as an Access Person, furnish the Compliance Department an Initial Holdings Report current as of a date no more than 45-calendar days prior to the date the person becomes an Access Person containing the following information: (i) the name, type, number of shares, exchange ticker or CUSIP number, and principal amount of each Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership at the time the report was prepared; (ii) the name and address of the broker, dealer, bank or firm at which the Access Person maintains any Covered Account during the period covered in which securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person; (iii) the account number of any account described above; and (iv) the date the report was prepared.

C.    Quarterly Transactions Reporting

Access Persons shall file a report with the Compliance Department listing all of their personal Securities transactions (except Exempted Transactions) during the previous calendar quarter in any Security (except Exempted Securities) in which such person has acquired any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership. The report shall contain the following information:

The date of the transaction(s), the title, exchange ticker or Cusip number, interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), number of shares, and principal amount of each Security involved;
The nature of the transaction (e.g., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition);
The price at which the transaction was effected;
The name of the broker, dealer, or bank with or through which the transaction was effected; and
The date the report is submitted by the Access Person.






Access Persons will be required on a quarterly basis within 30-calendar days of the request to certify that their transactions are complete and accurate in the SunGard PTA system.

D.    Annual Holdings and Broker Account Reporting

Access Persons must submit an Annual Holdings Report to the Compliance Department using a statement or report that is dated no more than 45-calendar days prior to the date the report is submitted, containing the following information: (i) the name, type, number of shares, exchange ticker or CUSIP number, and principal amount of each Security (except Exempted Securities) in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership at the time the report was prepared; (ii) the name and address of the broker, dealer, bank or firm at which the Access Person maintained any Covered Account during the period covered in which Securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person; (iii) the account number of any account described above; and (iv) the date the report was prepared.

Access Persons will be required on an annual basis within 30-calendar days of the request to certify that their holdings are complete and accurate in the SunGard PTA system.

X. ADMINISTRATION AND SANCTIONS

The Global Chief Compliance Officer (or their designee) shall have the authority to interpret the Code and grant exceptions to the Code when appropriate, such as a hardship or exigent circumstances that warrant an exception. However, exceptions will be granted only on a rare occasion. When exceptions are granted the Global Chief Compliance Officer (or their designee) shall make a record and explain in writing the reasons and parameters of such exceptions.

The Global Chief Compliance Officer (or their designee) shall maintain a system for the regular review of all reports of personal securities transactions and holdings filed under this Code.

Upon discovering a violation of this Code, the Global Chief Compliance Officer of the Advisers shall impose such sanctions as determined appropriate. Sanctions may include a verbal warning notification, letter of warning, suspension of personal Securities transactions, and other sanctions up to and including suspension or termination of employment.

Annually, those individuals charged with the responsibility for monitoring compliance with this Code shall prepare a written report to the Board of Directors of the Advisers that, at a minimum, will include:

A certification that the Advisers has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating the Code;


Identification of material violations and sanctions imposed in response to those violations during the past year;
A description of issues that arose during the previous year under the Code; and
Recommendations, if any, as to changes in existing restrictions or procedures based upon experience with this Code, evolving industry practices and changes and developments in applicable laws or regulations.






COMPLIANCE CONTACTS

NORTH AMERICA

Niki Rathert
515-362-1412
Rather.Niki@principal.com

Diane Cortese
515-235-1981    
Cortese.Diane@principal.com
Drew Donohue    
212-603-3659                        
Donohue.andrew@principal.com             

GLOBAL

Global Chief Compliance Officer
Jeffrey Hiller
515-235-5737
Hiller.Jeffrey@principal.com

Contact your local Compliance Department
Ex-U.S. Compliance Officers










APPENDIX A

OUTSIDE BUSINESS ACTIVITIES
AND
SERVICE AS A DIRECTOR OR BOARD MEMBER
POLICY
Advisers’ Access Persons are expected to act in the best interests of the firm and refrain from being placed in a position that could result in the appearance of a conflict between your personal interests and the interests of the Principal Financial Group, which includes any subsidiary or affiliate company of the Principal Financial Group (“PFG or The Principal”). Access Persons are to avoid even the appearance that a personal or professional relationship, gift or favor could affect sound business judgment or could reflect poorly on the image of PFG.  In addition to the information contained in this policy, each Access Person is also bound by the overall guidelines and policies which include, but are not limited to the PFG Corporate Ethics and Compliance – Conflicts of Interest, PFG Corporate Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, PFG Corporate Intranet page, the Advisers Compliance Manual and any internal boutique policies.
Pre-Approval
All Access Persons are required to obtain pre-approval from their manager and the Advisers Compliance Department before engaging in any outside business activity or board/committee membership. Certain activities and/or relationships may be perceived as actual or potential conflicts of interests and may require the Advisers to disclose the existence of such conflicts to its clients and/or regulators. Compliance will review the request and determine whether such an activity or relationship may be perceived as a conflict. Officers must also obtain the approval of the PFG Conflicts Committee. Of course, even if the outside activity is approved, it should not interfere with the responsibilities of your current position or utilize company resources. Also, approval to serve on any board does not imply that you are serving at the direction or request of the Advisers, The Principal or an Affiliate.
Conflicts
Although it is impossible to anticipate all of the circumstances and conditions that might involve a conflict of interest, following are some activities that are not allowable, or require careful consideration.
The following activities involving customers, suppliers, competitors or business associates suggest the appearance of a conflict of interest. The best policy is to avoid any direct or indirect business connection with our customers, suppliers, competitors, or business associates except on our behalf.
No Access Person may borrow money from or act as a guarantor, co-signer, surety or in similar capacity for customers, suppliers, vendors, potential clients, suppliers or vendors, or others in similar situations
Accepting outside employment or compensation from an entity other than the Advisers, The Principal or an Affiliate
Serving on any board of directors
-
Public
-
Private
-
Non-profit




Providing consulting services
Owning or holding a material interest in an outside entity
Being personally involved in any significant business transaction in which the firm is also involved. Transactions with the firm which involve family members and other close personal relationships can also raise questions.
Accepting gifts or favors, beyond modest entertainment and promotional gifts of nominal value, offered because of services performed on behalf of the company, your business position, or a business relationship the firm has or is being proposed with other entities. For more information on this topic, refer to the Gifts and Entertainment topic section.
Conducting your own business that competes with the Advisers, The Principal products/services either directly or indirectly is a conflict of interest and is not allowed.
Using your Advisers’, The Principal or Affiliate position, knowledge or relationships to secure private financial gain or personal advantage is strictly prohibited.
The following activities suggest a conflict of interest:
Serving as an expert witness or making public appearances in subject areas of The Principal or Affiliate businesses.
Diverting business from the Advisers, The Principal or Affiliates.
Accepting compensation, commissions, fees or profit from a source outside the Advisers, The Principal or Affiliates in connection with any transaction, either actual or proposed, with which the Advisers, The Principal or an Affiliate is either directly or indirectly involved.
Accepting compensation, commissions, fees or profit from a source outside the Advisers, The Principal or an Affiliate, either actual or proposed.
Even without compensation, providing non-public information, such as in an industry advisory board or to family members or other associates is prohibited.
Employees using their business relationships or other connections for personal gain.
Publishing written materials (such as books and articles).
Other Potentia l Conflicts
Participation in outside activities involves responsibilities and risks of which you need to be aware. For example, acting as a director of an entity, or fiduciary or trustee for any individual or entity, except for appointments by family members and close, non-business personal friends, can be of concern. In addition to receiving the appropriate pre-approval, caution should be exercised before accepting any such outside role.
Additional questions to consider are:
ð
Is the outside entity a potential customer, service provider, vendor or business associate?
ð
Will the outside role, such as serving on a board, require you to make decisions or vote on products/services that are offered by the Advisors, The Principal or any Affiliate? If so, you must disclose your association with The Principal to the outside entity, ensure that the disclosure is documented and not participate in discussions or vote on matters involving the Advisers, The Principal or Affiliate products and services.





Pre-Approval Process for Disclosure
Access Persons are required to complete the Outside Business Activities and Officer/Directorship Form within SunGard PTA by clicking on “Submit Disclosure” under the “Attestations” tab for each activity they wish disclose and receive pre-approval to participate. 






APPENDIX B

POLITICAL CONTRIBUTION POLICY

The Advisers are subject to SEC, state and local laws regulating personal political contributions (“political contribution”) that are in place to inhibit “pay-to-play” practices which occur when government officials 1 award contracts to individuals and organizations in exchange for political contributions. Pay-to-play rules are designed to restrict personal political campaign contributions to government officials who are in a position to influence the award of advisory business. Consequences to the Advisers for violation of these laws can be severe, such as not receiving compensation for advisory services from a governmental client (current or prospective) for two years.

Pay-to-play rules are complicated and vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Restrictions and reporting requirements of political contributions depend on the facts of a particular situation and respective jurisdiction and/or client.

Rule 206(4)-5 of the Advisers Act contains several prohibitions and the Advisers would like to highlight the following notable provisions:

Two year “Time-Out” of Adviser Compensation
Advisers cannot be compensated for advisory services provided to a governmental client (current or prospective) following a prohibited political contribution to a governmental official or candidate.

Two year “Look-back” Period for Covered Associates
Advisers must look-back in time to determine whether a Covered Associate has made a triggering prohibited political contribution within the previous two years for Covered Associates who solicit clients, and six months for new Covered Associates who do not solicit clients.

Ban on “Bundling”
Advisers and Covered Associates are prohibited from bundling – i.e. soliciting from a person or PAC contributions to officials of governmental entities to which the Advisers seeks to provide investment advisory services.

Ban on Third-Party Solicitors
Advisers are prohibited from using third-party placement agents and solicitors who are not themselves “regulated persons” subject to pay-to-play restrictions on political contributions.

Regardless of whether a particular jurisdiction has a pay-to-play law, employees should never provide contributions with the intent to obtain or retain business or to influence any other official action. Rule 206(4)-5 of the Advisers Act and some state and local pay-to-play laws outline a person cannot make a contribution indirectly that is prohibited if made directly. In other words, employees cannot circumvent pay-to-play laws by directing a family member, friend or anyone else to make a political contribution for them.









_____________________
1 Government official is any individual that is elected, appointed or hired by a governmental or quasi-governmental entity.





A.
Campaign Contributions

1.
Covered Associates per SEC Pay-to-Play

The SEC pay-to-play contribution restrictions specifically apply to employees of an investment adviser that are deemed to be a Covered Associate. Covered Associate is defined as executive officers and employees who solicit 2 government entities for the investment adviser, along with those who directly or indirectly supervise such employees. 

Covered Associates will be notified by Compliance of their status as a Covered Associate. Compliance will maintain a list of the Covered Associates as required, coordinate with HR to have Covered Associate job codes identified and future applicants (external and internal) will be vetted during the hiring process.

It is important to note the two year look-back period is effective March 14, 2011 going forward. The Advisers must look-back in time to determine whether a Covered Associate has made a triggering prohibited contribution within the previous two years for new Covered Associates who solicit clients, and six months for new Covered Associates who do not solicit clients. This provision applies to all current employees who are promoted or transferred to a Covered Associate position and external job applicants hired into Covered Associate position.

Non-Covered Associates political contributions do not fall under the SEC pay-to-play restrictions, however they may be subject to state and local pay-to-play laws and client disclosure requirements.

Check Writing Guidance: It is advised if you maintain a joint checking account, to request your name be crossed-out on any political contribution check issued that is not from you. By crossing-out your name on the check, it will document the political contribution is from the non-PGI employee on the joint checking account.

2.
Pre-clearance Approval and Certification Requirements

Pre-clearance and quarterly certification is required of all employees within the SunGard PTA system.

a.
Pre-clearance

All U.S. Employees and identified Covered Associates must obtain pre-clearance approval before making a personal political contribution 3 by the employee, employee’s spouse and minor children to a:
-
State and local candidate
-
Federal candidate currently holding a state or local office, such as a Governor running for U.S. Senate
-
State and local political parties committees
(Democratic and republican party contributions may be utilized to support certain candidates or may be earmarked to the federal budget.)
-
Political Action Committee (PAC)
(Please note PrinPac payroll deduction contributions do not need to be pre-cleared.
See PAC section below for details)


_________________________________________________  
2 Solicit means with respect to investment advisory services, to communicate, directly or indirectly, for the purposes of obtaining or retaining a client for, or referring a client to, an investment adviser.
3 Contribution is anything of value given to influence an election, most commonly contributions include deposit of money, gift, subscription, loan, advance or any payments for debts incurred in such an election.







b.
How to Pre-clear

Employees can submit a pre-clearance request in SunGard PTA by completing the Political Contribution Pre-clearance Form found under the ‘Disclosure’ tab. Employees will be required to provide the following information:

Employee Information
Name of Candidate
Campaign Office Title
Campaign Jurisdiction (State/County/City)
Contribution Description
Contribution Amount

Upon receiving approval of your pre-clearance request thru SunGard PTA, you may proceed with your political contribution. Upon contribution completion, you will need to provide post-clearance information within the SunGard PTA including the date and amount of contribution.

c.
Review of Pre-clearance

Compliance will review all pre-clearance requests submitted subject to the following:

SEC Pay-to-Play De Minimis Contribution Exception for
Covered Associates: $150 or less per election per candidate
State and Local Municipality Pay-to-Play Rules
Current governmental client restrictions and/or reporting requirements

d.
Certification Acknowledgement

All employees will also be required to complete a Quarterly Political Contribution Certification acknowledging all personal political campaign contributions have been pre-cleared in accordance with this policy.

B.
Political Action Committee (PAC)

The SEC and some state and local pay-to-play laws view contributions to certain PACs as an indirect way to circumvent the pay-to-play laws. Therefore, all employees are required to pre-clear contributions to PACs, including PrinPac. However, regular payroll deduct contributions to PrinPac do not need to be pre-cleared in SunGard PTA, as Government Relations which administers PrinPac maintains records of these contributions.  There is no further action required of employees.  Compliance will work closely with Government Relations to meet client reporting requests, when applicable.

The Principal and the Advisers encourage employees to participate in the political process and support PrinPac.





C.
Third-Party Placement Agents and Solicitors

Investment advisers and its Covered Associates are prohibited from paying a third-party solicitor or placement agent to solicit business for the investment adviser from any government entity unless such third-party solicitor or placement agent is a SEC registered investment adviser or a registered broker-dealer subject to pay-to-play restrictions. Third-party placement agents and solicitors must be pre-approved by Compliance prior to entering into an agreement.
 
D.    Government Client List Record Keeping

The Advisers are required to record keep all governmental entity clients as part of the books and records requirements of the SEC Pay-to-Play Rule. Below are the various government entities that must be identified and record keep. Please notify the Compliance Department should you be involved in solicitation of a government entity that may not be readily identified within our contact management system or RFP processing.

(1)
An adviser must make and keep a list of all the government entities to which the adviser has provided advisory services in the past five years effective March 14, 2011;
(2)
Each government entity that invests in a Covered Investment Pool where the account of such government entity can reasonably be identified as being held in the name of or for the benefit of such government entity on the records of the Covered Investment Pool or its transfer agent;
(3)
Each government entity whose account was identified as that of a government entity – at or around the time of the initial investment – to the adviser or one of its client servicing employees, regulated person, or covered associates;
(4)
Each government entity that sponsors or establishes a 529 Plan and has selected a specific Covered Investment Pool as an option to be offered by such 529 Plan; and
(5)
Each government entity that has been solicited to invest in a Covered Investment Pool either (i) by a covered associate or regulated person of the adviser; or (ii) by an intermediary or affiliate of the Covered Investment Pool if a covered associate, regulated person, or client servicing employee of the adviser participated in or was involved in such solicitation, regardless of which such government entity invested in the Covered Investment Pool.
ð
Advisers staff must notify the Compliance Department should you be involved and/or participating in meetings with PMC/RIS for their fund/pension sales with government entities.

In addition to the Advisers’ Political Campaign Contribution policy provided above, all employees are also subject to the PFG Political Activity and Government Relations Policy which can be found on Inside The Principal .

Employees maintaining dual roles with other PFG business units will need to follow the employee’s primary business unit Political Contributions policy and procedures. Dual reporting will not be required.